(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Progressive lessons in the Chinese spoken language, with lists of common words and phrases, and an appendix containing the laws of tones in the Peking dialect ..."

The date shows when this volume was taken. 

To renew this boo^ coi)y the call No. and give to 
the librarian. 

HOME USE RULES 

All bpoks subject to recall 
'' All borrowers must regis- 

..^. ter in the library to borrow 

books for home use. 
r All books must be re- 
turned at end of college 

year for inspection and 

repairs. 
Limited books must be 

t*ev returned within the four 

^l r week limit and not renewed. 

'^^ Students must return all 

't- books before leaving town. 

I ' "' " '" Officers should arrange for 

^ the return of books wanted 

> ^ ^ during their absence from 

i, \. j^ } / '. town. 

* '^ Volumes , of periodicals 

•'' " and of pamphlelfe are held 

^ in the library as much as 

possible. For special pur- 
posed they are given out for 
"a limited time. 

GlnCnpK \ •■■•;■■•< Borrowers should not use 

" their library privileges for 

jTjij / ••• the benefit of other persons. 

Books of special value 
and gift books, when the 

1. ,',......,; giver wishes it, are not 

CHARLES ' allowed to circulate. 

,,j«ft*',' Readers are asked to re- 

CCilff ;fV., ' port all cases of books ■ 

^^ ' marked or mutilated. 

CHINAS ^ ,^ , ;-— -7 ; : 

Do not dexace books by marks ahd writing. 



THE GIFT OF 

CHARLES WfLLIAM WASON 

CLASS OF 1B76 

1918 



PEOGEESSITE LESSONS. 



CHINESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 



LISTS OF COMMON WOEDS AND PHEASES, AND AN 

APPENDIX CONTAINING THE LAWS OF TONES 

IN THE PEKING DIALECT. 



BY 



J. EDKINS, D.D., Peking, 



FIFTH EDITION, REVISED. 



Cornell University Library 
PL 1125.E23 



Progressive lessons in the Chinese spolce 




3 1924 023 550 688 



SHANGHAI : ,, 

AMEEIOAN PRESBYTERIAN MISSION PltliisS. 

1885. , , ^-',11 



PL 1 1 3.^' 

£ ^3 



W <^4-^ 






PREFACE. 



This little work is intended to assist beginners in the Chinese 
spoken language. The request has often been made to me, to 
prepare a simple work in the form of a Vocabulary, as being a want 
felt by learners. The attempt is here made to supply this want, 
and to provide a manual which may be suitable for those, who wish 
to acquire the common phrases of conversation, without attempting 
to unravel the more subtle intricacies of the language. < 

In the first part of the work the standard Mandarin orthography 
has been used. It is found in a printed form in the Wu fang yuen yin 
^, Jj y^ g", a compact and useful native dictionary which 
may be advantageously consulted for the sounds of words. Farther 
on, (beginning at the 25th page) I have adopted the peculiarities 
of the Peking dialect, — which are given with great fulness in Sir 
Thomas Wade's'recent and valuable works "The book of Experi- 
ments,'.' and "Elementary Course." 

In the Appendix will be found the laws of the Peking dialect in 
regard to tones which will be of assistance to those who may be 
perplexed by a multitude of seeming irregularities in that dialect. 
These are here reduced to a system of laws sixteen in number. 

All who desire to become really good speakers in this language 
should study the tones. The knowledge of this peculiarity in 
Chinese words, lends great distinctness to what is said, and the 
dryness of the study is much more than compensated, by the 
pleasure found in being readily understood. The difficulty ex- 
perienced in distinguishing and learning the tones is much less 
than is generally supposed. 

The tones are marked in this work chiefly (from p. 1 to p. 52) 
according to the standard five-tone system, or that now prevailing 
at Nanking, and in the northern p|,rt of Kiang-su and Ngan-hwei. 
Such is the system adhered to in the native Mandarin dictionary 
mentioned above, and by Premare, Morrison, Medhurst, and other 
authors. 



IV 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 





Lessons 


1 to 52. 


Lessons 


32. Surgery. 


1 to 11. Common Words. 


33. The Well. 




12. Boating. 


34. Dinner. 




13. The House. 


35. Arresting a Criminal. 




14. Money. 


36. Baying Land. 




15. The Country. 


37. Tigers. 




16. The Body. 


38. Elephants. 




17. Conversation. 


39. Silver mines. 




18. Tailor. 


40. Water. 




19. Society. 


41. Coals at Peking. 




20. Messages. 


42. Junk Navigation. 




21. Measures. 


43. Furs. 




22. Worship. 


44. Imported foreign Manu- 




23. Man. 


factures. 




24. Time. 


45. Foreign Tribute. 




26. Strength and Skill. 


46. Emperor's Seal. 




26. Mason's work. 


47. Gratitude, an anecdote. 




27. Study. 


48. Generosity, an anecdote. 




28. Ancestors. 


49. Self-control, an anecdote. 




29. Servants. 


60. Integrity, an anecdote. 




30. Trade. 


61. Rules for a free School. 




31. War. 


52. A Cavern. 




Lists op Useful Woed 


s AND Short Phrases. 


1. 


Place and Direction. 


8. Conjunctions. 


2. 


Time. 


9. Names of Imports, Wax, etc 


3. 


Afi&rmative and Negative 


10. Incense, Pepper, etc. 




Expressions. 


11. Medicines. 


4. 


Common Adjectives. 


12. Miscellaneous articles. 


5. 


Prepositions. 


13. Marine productions. 


6. 


Postpositions. 


14. Dyes and Colours. 


7. 


Fragmentary Clauses at 


15. Woods. 




the end of Sentences. 


16. Time-pieces, Teleacopes, etc 



17. Cotton Goods. 

18. Woollens, etc. 

19. Metals. 

20. Precious Stones, etc. 

21. Animal Products. 

22. Exports — Oil, Wax, etc. 

23. Medicines. 

24. Miscellaneous Articles. 
26. Colours, Paper etc. 

26. Various Wares. 

27. Wood. 

28. Clothing. 

29. Native Linen and Cotton 
Manufactures. 

30. Silk Manufactures. 

31. Articles of Pood. 

32. Common Utensils. 

33. Vegetables and Fruits. 

34. Domestic Animals. 



35. Birdff. 

36. Fishes. 

37. Cart Furniture, etc. 

38. Words used in Building. 

39. Liquids. 

40. Clothing. 

41. Sickness. 

42. Boat furniture, etc. 

43. House furniture. 

44. Insects, Reptiles, etc. 

45. Common Verbs. 

46. Distinctive numeratives. 

47. Significant numeratives. 

48. Weights ^nd Measures. 

49. Collectives. 

50. Auxiliary nouns of quality. 

51. Numeral particles to verbs. 

52. Phrases at an Inn. 



Appendix. 



I. — Tones of the Peking dialect. 
II. — Tones of the Nanking dialect. 
III. — Tones at Chefoo. 



VI 



Alphabet and Tone Marks. 

1. The five vowels i, e, a, o, u, when they are not followed by a 
final n or ng, have the Italian sound. They are the vowels con- 
tained in the words foe, fay, papa, foe, too. 

2. The vowels i, e, when followed by n or ng, are pronounced 
as the vowels in e, fin, and fun. But after i and y, the vowel e is 
to be sounded as e in sent. A, o, u, when n and ng follow are 
unaffected by that circumstance. 

3. The vowel i is heard like e, in middle, tassel, ancle'. 

4. The vowel ii is heard like u, in the French words tu une. 

6. The vowel e is heard as the first e, in there or as ea in hear. 

6. The mute and sibilant consonants k, t, p, f, s, sh, ch, are 
pronounced as in English. Though sometimes a little softened in 
northern dialects, so as to be heard like g, d, b, etc., this need not 
be noticed in expressing their proper orthography. 

7. An inverted comma above the line follows the consonants 
k, t, p, ts, ch, when they are aspirated. In such case a strong 
guttural aspirate closely follows the sound of these consonants. 
Pronounce as the word Tahiti without the vowel a. This might 
be expressed by T'ifci, according to the orthography now explained. 

8. In the mandarin of the north and the west, the initials h and 
B coincide before i and ii. The sound formed by this union may 
be denominated a sibilant h, or an aspirated s, and the spelling hs 
has been proposed for it, but it will probably become sh in the 
course of years. 

9. In the same dialects, ts and k coincide before the same vowels 
i and ,ii. The sound thus formed may be written k, ts, or ch_ 
It is not plainly defined, and is constantly hovering between these 
various phonetic values. After a further period of change, it will 
probably determine itself finally in a distinct ch. 

10. Every word is pronounced evenly, or with a rising or falling 
inflection of the voice, or with a double inflection. It may be 
pitched high or low, according to the usage of any particular 
dialect, and be enunciated quickly or slowly. All words in the 



Vll 



language are arranged in four or five large groups, and one of 
these, tones or inflections is attached to each. Thus the great 
class to which each word belongs is known, by the intonation with 
which it is habitually pronounced. 

11. The five tone classes are marked in the following manner : 



TONE CLASS. 


CHINESE NAMES. 


EXAMPLES. 


First tone. 
Second tone. 
Third tone. 
Fourth tone. 
Fifth tone. 


r ^ shang p'ing 
Jt ^S shang sheng 
"S^ ^ c'kii sheng 
yv ^ juh sheng 

h ^ hia p'ing 


jl^ ,wu 
H. 'wu 
^ wu' 
J^ wuh 



* For Nanking mandarin, the fourth tone-class or juh sheng is 
marked with a final h. In the North, the words of this tone-class 
are distributed among the other tone classes, and the number of 
tones is then four. 

Note to Revised Edition. In numbering the tone classes, the 
native system is followed, which in the tonic dictionaries, whether 
for the general language or for provincial dialects, makes Shang 
sheng the second tone, C'hii sheng the third, and Juh sheng the 
fourth; and so on the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth for the 
lower series where this exists. 

In Sir T. Wade's works the Hia p'ing is called the second tone 
the Shang sheng the third, etc. This is an innovation. 

To avoid practical inconveniences the learner is recommended to 
make use of the Chinese names, Shang p'ing, etc., and not of 
numbers. 

When the Chinese began 1200 years since to mark tones, there 
were four in the language and they agreed to denote them by 
small circles at the four corners of a charactar. Thus ^ yii in 
p'ing sheng, ^ yii in Shang sheng, ^ yii in C'hii sheng, and ^ 
dok in Juh sheng. 

This is the basis of the tone notation adopted in Dr. Williams' 
dictionaries, and in the present work. 




The original of this book is in 
the Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 



http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023550688 



PEOGEESSIVE LESSONS. 



CHINESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE. 



ivi**-' T^ 'Ni, thou. 

Zw yv jJen, maw. 
tJ-C^;^ 14^ Shu' muh, trees. 



■<:«& ^ ,S]iu, 600A;. 
.V -^^ ;^ Shi', is; was. 



LESSON 1. 

^ ffT 'Wo men, we. -^^ ' ->-vva^ 
fSi JPI 'Ni .men, you. . '^' '^-^-"^ 
"Ml ffl ,T'a .men, i%. ^"'-^ -v-*-^ 
j^.Chwen, s/iip; 6oa«. >^ 
^y^ ,81, siZZ;. tt^- 

^'C 'Shui, water. ^ViX 

^5 ^ Na' ko', fhat. ■^' ^^ 

^ Puh, not. /.^i^ 

^^ .Lai, come. ■^ 



gfy Tih, sign of possessive^ 

as 10 ^ -^ ^ ''^^^ ^°' -j^^ P'^^ ^^> ^^^* ''^^"' *''*'^^ '^^^ come, 
or i/ws maw is not coming. 

^t M I Ov ^^ '^° .men tih .c'hwen, our ship. 
1^ iPI ft^ ^^jt'a .men tih ,si, fteiV silh. 
A^ ^k ^ iTI B^ P*^^ ^^^' '^° .men tih, it is not ours. 
ja10^-^^'^6^ clie' ko' ,sha puh shi' 'ni tih, this 
hook is not yours. 

LESSON 2. 



r: 



^ ' Yeu, have ; there is. 
- »2/wf y,ii^' ^^ ^ Muh 'yeu, AaiJe not. 
iM£^''^M Cte' 'li, ;iere. 
tMJ, -wt ^ # Clie' yang', tUs sort. 



^'Hau, ^oo(?. 7t*^' 

% ^ Puh 'hau, 6a(i. ^a^ "^ ' 
i5 i Na' 'li, there. IViC t\/ 
0R ^ Na' yang', fAai sort, yi^^ yt-^ 






[2 ] 

"X^" ^ Tsai', at; in; to be at. ^ ,Tuj all. 

^ , fi^^ To, many. A^ 'Sliau, few. ^ ''^ ,To 'shau, how many ? ^^ '^^ 

dLeti J^ Ta', great. yj'* 'Siau, little, small. oAJta.^ 

/tie- ^ jKau, ^ligf/i. '(^ ,Ti, low. , ^' 

0^ 1@ -^ >E 5?^ yv clie' ko' paji shij 'hau jen, this is not a 
good man. 

9? yv 3^ 'haa .jen 'shau, good men are few. 

'pE aa ft 'W ji'C tsai' che' 'li 'yeu ^shui, there is water here. 

JG. I0 ^ -^ ^W^ cbe' ko' jSi puh 'hau, this silk is not good. 

"KL iPI ^ "pb ia S jt'a -meii ,tu tsai' che' 'li, they are all here. 

5^ ^ w /S ^ By ol^s' jsIlu ,tu sH' ,kau tih, these trees are 
all high. 

3^ W ® ^ 5y^ 9^^' yS'Hg' stu/ mull 'liau, trees of this sort 
are good. 

3a 5^ fly yv -^^ cite' 'li tih .jen puh 'shau, the men here 
are not few. 

JK W "nf '^J'* W ix 'R ta' ,shu 'yeu 'siau ,shu muh 'yeu, there 
are large hooks, hut no small ones. 

LESSON 3. 

■1^ ^ ^ 5J$ .Na .lai, hring. $ ^ .Na k'ii (c'hu'), take away. >»«- f^'^ 

.^S:,^'^ ^ 'Tseu, waZfc. ^ K'ii', go. fJOC 

<- -^^^^jTung ,si,{east,y7est)thing,^-''\pj Sia' .t'sing, a matter. Z -Z*^ 

r^ - ^ ^ Shen' 'mo, what ? M M 'Na 'li, where ? Ha.' li/' 

(j^ii^ HSf- Kiau', caZZ; ^s caZZecZ. ^ Bff 'Ki .shi, w?iew ? CUZ'' Z. 

C- -itiX ^ ^ ,1 fuh, clothes. 'f]7 Pu', cotton cloth. fLd, 

ot^yiA, ■^^ .G'heu., woven silk; pongee. ^^ .V'ing, bottle ; pitcher. "Si-i^. 

M 1® 11 **4 ® ^ che' ko' .c'heu kiau' shen' 'mo, what is 
this silk called ? 

3ia, 10 ^k JJr ^ ® che' ko' shi' 'hau ,tung ,si, this is a good 
thing. 

^y> 1® ®f ^ >^ na, ko' .p'ing puh ta', that bottle is not large. 

■^ ^k ^ fly ^ flR p"^^ ^^^' '^'^ t^ >^ ^"^^j ^^^2/ ''"■^ ^''O^ ^2/ 

cZoi/ies. 
JIB,.3^ ■^ ,t'a puh k'ii'. Tie wiZZ not go. 
^ W ^ '^^ '^^"^ '^^^^ hring books. 



[ 3 ] 

Ju -^ ® ^ '^ 'pa jtnng ,si .na k'ii', iafce i/ie things away. 

^ •^ ^R ^ .c'hwen tsai' 'na 'li^ wKere is the boat ? 

Tn ^ B* ^ ^ pu' 'ki ,s]i'i .na .lai, when did you bring 
the cloth ? 

3^a W /W ^ c^e' yang' jSi ,to, there is much of this silk, 
(raw silk.) 

^l*fllW^-^ a! na' yang' sbu' muh puli ta', that hind 
of tree is not large. 

is 1@ :S "S ^ che' ko' shi' shen' 'mo, what is this ? 

LESSON 4. 

Z' ^'' g 2* . Tsi' 'ki, self ^WiW. Clie' 'mo yang', thus. dJ, 7^^ 

-j^ :^ .T'siuen, aZZ; wA^oZe. ^^, ^ '^'Tseti'moyang'^/iowP'fi*^ '~- i* 



'^;4v^ # Koh, eac/i,; ewrj^. -^ Tso', cZo; ma&e. -fe-^ 

<>^ ^,Sie,afewof.alittleof. ^. Ho, with; harmony. ' '^''^^ 

<^^^ tSt^ j^ 1^ Che' lei' this sort of |^ .T'ung, together with. ^^^ 

ȣ^ [h] B-iang', towards ; to. ^ .T,sui^g,from;toaccordwith. J^ 

(<2-<i^s^^ gSj Shwoh, io. say; speaking'. ^ Yau', io tuawi ; Segr. -^'^ 

■jlSi H C* ix.'R jt'a tsi' 'ki muh 'yeu he himself has it not. 

^ffl -^^ 'w^o .men .t'siuen k'ii', we will all go. 

^ •S" fH* fffii 5k jiii c'hli' kiau' ,t'a .lai, gro arid! caZZ him. 

^ ^ ^ Jl '/^^ 'ki .shi .t'sung Shang' 'hai .lai, when did 
you come from Shanghai ? 

m.^^K^^MM^'^ che' ,sie .jen ,tu shi' 'Kwang 
,tung .lai tih, these persons all come from Ganton. 

^- J\. p[ 2t SRi koh .jen ts'i' 'ki shwoh, let each one speak for 

himself. 
^ /E ia. )M W -t'siiien shi' che' 'mo yang', it is all so. 
-^ W^ ■© ^S P"^^ tso' shen' 'mo, he does nothing. 
M./^ Mi M^ M ffy che' pa' 'tsen 'mo yang' tso' tih, how 

is this cloth made t 
jf^ 05 ft ^L Bv -c'heu 'na 'li tso' tih, where is woven silk 

made ? 

'flfe|tt)'ftfii^^0P^M t'a hiang' ,t'a shwoh yau' na' ,i 
fuh, he said to him that he -wanted, the clothes. ; ' 



[4] 



LESSON 5. 



CAo-t^ ^5p Kih ('kei), give. 

'^^ Wnf Hwa'j language ; words. 

yi*U^ B^ .Ni, final interrogative. 

'o~^ J^E HuDg. red, 

fvii^ *|^ Han', Chinese. 
'^'^•^ P^ .Men, do(yr, 

<4/^ _ /^ 'Sie, to write. 
.^Aio^^ gj ^chung kwoh, CUna. 
ni- 7~€/ |g -^ Hien' tsai', ai present. 
^"^y^ ±^ T'ai' .yang, iAe sun. 
^*i^X ^ Pill, 'pencil ; pen. 
^^ ^^^.-^ T'i' Vo,/or me. 



J ,Liau, sign of the past. 't^^em. 

jM. Hwa', picture; to draw. ' (f 

W ,Teng, Zamp. ^fe-^ 

•^ ,Kin, groZd. ' ff^^^WiC 

^ t§. Jen' teh, A;wow. '"f^ '^ 
JT^ ,Kin, a catty ; I5 lbs. tUoyvyi 

-J- Tsi', characters. Z 

^V Wai' kwoh, foreign, txf^ ^ittM^M. 
^. *^ .Hwang ti', emperor. '^>t^ ^^a 
^ ^ Yueh liang', iZie moow. i^f'*^ '^^ 
^^'Ch^i, paper. -S<-^ 

,Cha yeh, Zea in leaf. <^ n*^ 






- , J -Jp B'E 'sie 'liau tsi' .ni, have you written. 

^p fla ^W ni kih ('kih) ,t'a 'chi yung', give him paper to use 

^C sS' frf itSi 'wo jen' teh ,t'a, I know him. 

^S ^ ^ >Mf -f* -na pih .lai 'sie tsi', hring a pencil to write. 

W 10 ^ rl 'y^'^ ^*^' -hung .men, there is a red door. 

^^ .a. 51$ W ■^8' hwa' .lai k'an', bring pictures for me to see 

iS 'iS M '^ $F 1^ hien' tsai' hwang ti' 'hau tih, the present' 
emperor is good. 

5^ 'R ^ ^ muh 'yen yueh liang', there is no moonlight. 

jK. 1^ >K JK ^'^^' ■yS'ng t'ai' ta', the sun is very powerful. 

iwwi^W'-m^ >^'^ ti^ ji ^^^ -hung, hung, his clothes are red. 

LESSON 6. 

— ' Tih, one ; a. on^ .-£1^ 7^ Luh, or lieu', six. -^oc- 

~ Br', two. -f;if^ iz^'-t^ '^'^^^' *«^^'*- -^^^o*^^ 

^zi ,San, three, -f;^;^,.*^ j^-L ^ ^*^' ^^S'^*- -e^i^^J^ 
EgSi',/oMr. ^-r ^^ jt 'Kieu, mwe. .,.»*-^ 

i'Wu,>e. ^^i.^. ^^,^;^+ Shih, fer.. "Z^^^ 

* B/U' fg' jen' teh, hnow a person or know characters. ^ ^ 
'hiau teh, know thoroughly. ^^ ,chi tau', know a fact. 



[5] 

^5 or "10 Ko'j numeral for 7^ 'Pen, root, volume, numeral 
men, etc. for books. 

^ 'Mai, buy. J Mai', sell. 

Hi Yung', to use ; eat. ^ /V Yung' . jen, servant. 

gg .Netig, can. ^ ,C'liwen, <o insert; put on. 

^ -S" ^ Wei' shen' mo, why .? ^ f^ 'Hiau teh, to know. 

■^u tlS /13 J\. t'sih ko' yung' .jen, seven servants. 

^ rr. I'M is3 yau' ,san s'i' fco', I want three or four. 

jS 3£ JT ^ ^ ™^i' j"*^"^ j^iii -c'lia yeh, Swy .A"^ catties 
of tea. 

H J^R Hy /V 'mai 'chi fcih .jen, a man who sells paper. 

^ $1 liX flR cliwen .hung ,i fuh, he put on red clothes'. 

"y' — '10 {1^ .na ,san ko' ,teng, bring three lamps. 

A^ 1S '^ ffl ^^ ^^^ ^°' -i^^ y'^'^g' -c'lia, six men took tea. 

^ — ■ ^JS^ ^J 'mai yih 'pen ,sliu, buy a book. 

jS ^ !^ gg ^ ^^ che' 'li puh .neng 'mai ,shu, here books 

cannot be bought. 
^^ M" ^ -^ ■^ "'^^^^ shen' 'mo puh c'hii, why do you 

not go ? 
^ ^ ^^ puh 'hiau teh, I do not know. 



LESSON 7. 

•^^ii*^ ^^ ift ^ shwoh jhwang, to lie. JM 'tung, understand. t^^ 

H'o"^ ^ K'an', to see. ,^ Mi ^^^ kien', to lose; lost.ixiAtiui 

'^^^ ■^ .C'ha, to seek. Wi ,Shwah to brush. ^<t^ 

"'*' A' ^ "F* -Hiai (.hie) tsi', s/ioes. #T .Ting, a naiL ^ 

^i," ..^fi-' ^ S^ ' Si 'lien, was/i me's face. ^ Ting io nail. ^^"^ 

^fe^' ^^^^ 'Tseu lu', io waZfc. 'l"! Man', slow ; slowly. 'p*> 

/^'.M^iC '^K'wai',sJ^arp; quickly; soon. 77 'Tau, A;m/e; sworcZ. ^ 

TArC Ik Fan', rice. ^^ChihidJi', take a meal.CAt£ "Uti. 

^ -Am," ^ 'Hau, well; good; done. ^ Hioh (.hiau), to Uarn. '-oA. 

"t'u. ^ jT'ien, heaven; day; weather. % Ti', earth. di> 



7^ 



Jl Shang', above. ^ Hia', 6eZow. 



■ V h HT,r,-„„. /,7,/,„.p r* Hia'. below. ' 0' 



, [ 6 ] 

^ © ^^ J jtung ,si puh kien, 'liau, things are lost. ^ 

wyJiM. 1S ^ -g^ shwah che' ko' ,i fuh, brush these clothes. 

iff fll» 1H r^ ting' na' ko' .men, nail that door. 

te te ^ man' man' 'tseu, walk slowly; wait a little. 

^ ^'1^ 'tseu lu' k'wai', he walks fast. 

PC 5T W qy S^ 'si 'iiau 'ni tih 'lien, wash your face well. 

^T* jtr W P^^ '^8-^ k'an', «,oi grooc? to see. 

•wll q^ "T* shwah .tiai 'tsi, brush shoes. 

^S '0v ^ 5|$ ■113' k'wai' ,tau .lai, bring a sharp knife. 

ilfi 5|C 'l/i J t'a' .lai k'wai' 'Iiau, he will come soon. 

Jx. "W ^? muh 'yeu hioL, J have not yet learned. 

TS -T* TM 'tung puh 'tung, do you understand or not ? 

LESSON 8. 

* *-^ ^!^ ,Sheng i', trade. BB ^ .T'ien 'li, in the fields. Cue £t^ 

'^f*^* "^ Kwei', dear; honourable. ^g Tsien', cheap ; poor. Xt^ > 

^- '^' ift" J^t (jo'), ^oi.J^ .Hang, cooL '^ 'Leng, coZt^. -^-^ 

«^ ^;^ g Put yau', I (io wo< xuant. M Heh (,liei), feZacfc. ^^^ 

e ,a!U«. 15 gg .Man .t'eu, bread. Q Peh (pai), white. 7^^^*^ ' . 

■ «*•' ^fi SM' 't'i, a maWer. :§'-^ ,Slien 'tsi, botij/. -**«< ^^ 

ti-Ay^ ;^ Tsui', very. ]J "Ting, most, top. A^Cnf"^ 

f^y,^'' ^. 'Tsau, early. pj^ f!^ 'Liang ko', two. -ioei,, ^^ ^ 

'/wwvj -^ ,Kin, woM. ^,1^'Yeuhien', «oi«M(cA;/ew. <«^'s«W^ 

i^-T^ Aj) jSin, /leari; mind. ;^ 'K'i ('c 'In), rise ; begin. cA'H,'' 

^' Hv ^ ^ Kwei' tih. puh yau', if dear, I do not want it. 

io. 10 T^ ^ che' ko' ting tsien', this is the cheapest. 

W\ W ^ 'S' tau' .t'ien 'li c'hii', go into the fields. 

t^ 5k -^ T '^^ -^^^ P'^^ 'tsau, you have not come early. 

^ ^1 ^S >Tv jt'ien jeh 'c'hi .lai, the weather is growing hot. 

5c ^(w ^ ^ fiy jt'ien 'leng yau' ,c'hwen tih, when the weather 
is cold'I shall wear it. 

^ ^ Z^ j(^ jSheng i' puh 'hau, trade is bad. -» 

yA '^ RR -jen 'y^'^ hien', i^re are few men. 



[ 7 ] 

ia. ^ y'v I^ "S SS °^s' jSie .jen c'hih .man .t,eu, these people 
eat bread. 

^ py ^ Q pKI ^ ^sli ti^ jto psii till 'shau, there are many 
black, but few white. 

R^ /r SvT ^^ 5^ 'liang jkiti .hung .c'ha yeh, iwo catties of 
black tea. 

nr ^ ^ 'tsau ,sie .lai, come earlier. 

M^^M^^a >t'a puh 'hiau teli sM' 't'i, /le does not 
know matters. 

LESSON 9. 



/Vd^m^ 



3^ 'Hen, exceedingly (initial) . fg= jR Teh 'hen, exceeding ly (fin .) i^JL HAnJ 

TTLte '^ ;^ 4^ .Mien ,hwa, cotton. ,-f,^ -^ Twan' 'tsi, saiw. -<3^^ ^^y 

->bi'M. K C'hih, /ooi. •^}^ T'sun', mc/i. -^'«> 

c^' -/it^ ^kJ® '^1 l^'O) ^0^ many ? jtj ^ 'Hau ,to, ?;eri/ many. 'A»t ^ 

'CA.-*-ti4 ^£ jShwang, a pair. 'J^ 'Tsieu, wine; spirit. t<U<^ 

e-A^ ^ ,Ki, /owZ. 1^ (^ C'hih juh (jeu'), eat meat. ci^tULrji 

•*K>e '^. .Yang, sheep ; goat. ^f ,Chu, pig. ^^^ 

(f^^ # -Yii, fish. . fy. 'Ta, beat ; catch. •^^'' ^ 

^* '*^ ^ ^ ■"-' '^^' meaning. j^ Nien', reaii. -t-i^^ 

"^fUe^ "^ Chihj numeral for sheep etc. ^ 'Li, within. -Ci/ 

V?^ -^'^ "7* -Pang 'tsi, /lottse. ^|> ^ Wai' .t'eu, outside. "^d^ ^^ 

^Ij M "?* S '^ ^ "5^ tau' .fang tsi 'li c'hii' 'sie tsi', go into 
the room and write. 

01^ IS ^, ^ itf na' ko .ii 'hen 'hau, that fish is very good. 

p- fX ^ -rS jSan ,kin .mien ,hwa, three catties of cotton. 

A^ "^ ^E ^^ t'sih ,sh-wang .hiai 'tsi, seven pairs of shoes. 

^ -)-- H 1^ "?* 'mai shih c'hih twan' 'tsi, buy ten feet 
of satin. 

^■^^^IK^ che' chi ,ki 'hen 'hau, this fowl is exceed- 
ingly good. 

^ 10 -^ M» ^ S ^^^' k°' ^^^^ '™° ^' >^^> '"'^"* ^°^^ '^^^* 
me aw .^ 

Wf ~¥'^^^^ -^^^S 'tsi 'liau teh 'hen, the house is very good. 

^ >M ^ li^ "W iiien' kwo' ,shu mei' 'yen, have you read books? 



[8] 

^e 1@ yv ^ 'ki ko' .jen .lai, how many men come ? 
^ ^ -jp ^ J'S^ tsai' .fang 'tsi 'li 'leng, within the house it 
is coldly. 

Wt'f'W^^Wl' twan' 'tsi tso' tih ,i fuh, clothes made 
of satin. 

^ "^ M IS "?" 'liang t'sun' heli twan' 'tsi, two inches of 
black satin. 

^ rPS /K ^ -^^ jet 'shui .lai, bring hot water. 

5E ^ ■^ Rk jsheng i' 'yeu hien', there is not much trade. 

flE ffl ^ ^h ^ jt'a .men tsai' wai' .t'eu, they are outside. 



LESSON 10. 

:ClJ, ^^*^ R^ 'JM Hoh 'tsieu, to drink wine. ^ ^ Pan' ,t'ien, /laZ/ a day. ^ 'ue 

^to^^i' i^ ,Pei, cztp. {1| iB' CTiuli han', io perspire.tl'iUiHO^^ 

, <^ee/. P^ 'Liang, a iaei; two. @ jifc ,Tin 't'si, therefore. M^iJ'^'^ 

' "tk^^v-^. ^ ^ "^^ ^^^' ^^^'^^ ^ Tsin', enter. "ZJ^iSi-^V 

-fitJ^^ Is Sung', present ; escort. (eJ .Hwei, gjo foacfc. -'•'Wi^t/t, 

uu^o^<*ic — '5C Yih chang', a chang, j0c. Sing, family name. t<U^^ 

^ 10 /eei. "^ 

ft-aZ ^^ ^ "^ C'he 'tsi, carriage. jf^ _ll 'Pu stang', your home. 4-^ 2-i^ 

.a^M."^ i® 'Siang, to think. ^l] 'Koh, cut with knife. AUei^, 

Ziw -A^ iK ft C'heng 'li, iti iTie city. §^ 'Tsien, cut with scissors. 't^Ze.'^ 
l>»-^ ^^^''JS^ Jl 'Wan stang', at night, 'flj Pu', cottm. cloth. /^t^i.* 

^ J ^ ^ 'siang 'liau pan' ,t'ien, he thought for half a day 
i. e. a long time. 

W ^H^ tsien 'ki c'hih, pu', or |^ ^ X tU 'cTiiau 'chi 

c'ti pii', how many feet of cloth shall I cut ? 
^ ^ ^ ^ /V /p 'mai .yang juh t'sih pah ,kin, buy seven 

or eight catties of mutton. 

•^ ^ Pw 10 yv "^ 'ta fah 'Hang ko' .jen c'hiif, send two men. 
^S 5W'^ J tsin' .c'heng c'hii' 'liau, he has gone into the city. 

IbJ^S^' .hwei c'heng 'li, c'hii', he has returned into 

the city. 
jfj Jt 5I5 ft 'fu shang' 'na 'li, where is your palace ? i.e. home. 



[ 9 ] 



LESSON 11. 



CA.L.^-'v^ ^ ,0'liun, spring. 

-^Sii^f-t. ^I'C ,T'sieu, autumn. 

J^ ^ ,Hwa, flowers. 

-My^ ^ Luh (lu')j green. 

^'M ;^ ,T'sau, grass. 
y<^y^^^Xv^^i',easy. 

^^ '^ Chu', to dwell. 
■k^ dl& ^^ Kia' .t'sien, |)nce 
•^' J^*>«.^ :J^ Ti' ,faiig, flace. 



^ Hia', summer. 

^^ ,Tung, winter. 

Mv j^ing (feng), wiwd;. 

"Q^ 'K'u, misery ; Utter 

5g!^ Kieu', saiJ6. 

^ .Nan, difficult. 

^ Nan'j suffering. 

^ "jQ 'Ki ko', Aow mawj/ •*' 

% ■^ Sing' ming', life. 






ruC 



^}t .Sin, wew. '^ kieu', old. ■^^^ 

■JS, ^k "Hi -^ gp" clie' 'li jliwa 'f^sau ,to, flowers and grass are '^^f^ 
abundant here. 

P?5 10 -^ M ?2 iia' ko' shen' 'mo ,hwa, wA.ai flower is that ? 

A^ ^ Mf W V^^ -y^iig i^ tso'j woi easT/ io do. 

■ft 'BE PIP ^ cliu' tsai' 'na 'li, where do you live ? 

^ By IM ^ J^ 'vn^i tih kia' .t'sien ta', yow btti/ a< a high price. 

Jtt ^ W^ -^ }tj jj™ '*'^i ,sheng i' puh 'hau, and therefore 
trade is bad. 

^p y^ "?£ K? Hy jc'hun ,t'ien ,hwa 'hau tih, in spring the 
flowers are fine. 

ia ^& j7 py /V che' ti' jfang tih .jen, the men of this place. 
[ij -^ ^ ^^ c'huh c'hii' k'an' ,hwa, go out to see flowers, 
^' ^ ML {« jtimg jt'ien jfung 'leng, in winter the wind is cold. 
^ j^ wM W^ jto 'shau .c'heu twan', how much silk and satin. 
^ >^ ^ /\. '''^o ^^i' '^'^ -i^^' ^ *™' ^'^ unfortunate man. 
Wk '^ W kieu' sing' ming', to save life. 

LESSON 12. BOATING. 

du. Ji^ '^ ^,S^en,sheng, sir J teacher, m^ ,Ghen, true. ^Myv^ 

^^>^ i?f Hwa', words. [man. ^ 'PE Shih tsai', truly. X^CJZ'^^ 

•^ Cdxf ^ i .Chwen 'chu, chief boat- ^" .T'ing, to stop. iPLA^ 

^,^^<-/!Ua "^ ^ 'Ma .t'eu, jetty. ^ .Yau, to scull. p^^^e- 

.Mau, anchor. ^ ,P'au, to cast. ^^/<5^z2^ 



Tyu>-n. 



/ 



'O-v^y^ 



[ 10] 

.Veng, sail. ^ 'CTii, to raise. dJi'i 

''a^'f Hia', to let fall. i^ 'Lu, a scull. ^^^ , , ^ 

t<ii«.'' i^ 'Tsiang, oar; to row. }\% Shun', favourablej obedient, ^fu^ 

/f'e. 6v^ pq W< jK'ai .c'liwen, to start. |bJ ^ Hiang' ,tuDg, to go east. ,ii^^*f*^ 

fietahf^^ '^ .C'Lau '.■skm., tide. ffi ^ ,Si ,pien, westward. aL ^a^^ ^ 

Ttit^ ^ .Nan, south. l^B M Pet mien', northwards. /l^!^>^ 

<ui^ ^ .Sieu, to repair. ^^ 'Wang, to go. 'T"^ 

yt 5E 5IJ W ^ jsien ,sheng tau' 'na 'li, where will you go, sir ? 

5^ tE V^ ®5 bien' tsai' ,p'au .man, now cast anchor. 

^ 113 yK. im wfi si'ko' .jen .yau .c'hwen, four men are sculling. 

'fi f^ ^ ,wang, ,tung 'tseu, go to the eastward. 

|w) ^ ^ "S" hiang' .nan ,pien c'hii', go to the southward. 

•fK 'pt T&^^B f wai' kVai' 'c'hi .p'eng, raise i/ie saiZ qwichly. 

iljk 'iT^ 1m k'wai' k'wai' .yau, scull quickly. 

J^ ^^ 'Pi lift ,chen shi' kVai' .c'liwen, it is indeed a fast boat. 

i^ Wi "W 5k -c'liau muh'yeu .lai, the flood tide has not begun. 

JIP J^ |1/e, shun' ,fung .ni, is the wind fair ? 

T§ ^ '^ '1"^ y^''-' )Sieu, the scull needs repairing. 

^ pq ■^ J .c'hwen ,k'ai c'hii' 'liau, the boat has started. 
» '^ iwf ■^ ia. ^ -t'ing .c'hwen tsai' che' 'li, stop the boat here. 

^ ^ i 5l^ kiau' .cliwen 'cliu .lai, call the head boatman here. 

LESSON 13. THE HOUSE. 

Ztc yna^ "^ f ^ .T'sien .men, front door. ^ ,Kwan, to shut. A'i^^a, 

/CC ^^Kai', to build; cover. ^.^ ,To .]i, glass. -/ui. -u., 

/^WLZw^ A K'eh .jen, guest. ^ ,C'hwang, window. CM,!/^^ 

K'e^ ■■ Pi jK'ai, to open. g/l W Wo' .fang, bed room. ■nt>^ 'V-OKl, 

,^1^ . ^ .T'ang, hall. ^ ,T'i, stairs. (l;t'u 

oJU twu^^ .Sill -fang, library. 1^ Choh, iafeZe, ' (U[^ 

.cU: lU.' i^ ^ Ti' 'pan, /oor. ^ 'I, chair. ^j," 

,£,xo ^ .Leu, wpp'er-story. ^ .O'liwaiig, Jed. ;^''^*^ 

T^«^X«^ _t. -Lsu sbang', v/pstairs. IRr "X* Chang' ,tsi, cMriaiw. -tW^ 
X^ J^ .T'siang, waZZ. ^^ ip 'Ho .lu, /re stove. ^^' Ztl 

^ ^ ^ W ykwan ,po 'li ,c'Jiwang, close th6 glass windows. 



[li J 

•^ W W ^ 'R nv tsai' ,shu .fang 'li 'yeu tih, in the library 
there are some. 

W rl '^ 0^ .t'sien .nienjjuh ,k'ai, the front door is not open 
or they do not open. 

S — ' \^ ^ J® 'leiyih .t'iau .c'hang .t'siang, build a long ivall. 

r. 3^ ^ ^5 shang' ,pieii kai' .leu, huild an upper-story above. 

^» \ ^ ^ J6. _tl k'eh . jen tso' tsai' .t'ang shang', the guests 
are sitting in the hall. [upstairs. 

^S _L ^(x. "W ■^ -Isu sliang' muh 'yeu ,k'uTig, there is no space 
^ ^ i^ ^ ^ -^ t'eli .t'ang muh 'jen ti' 'pan, t/te recep- 
tion hall has no wooden floor. 

i y\. rfe ^ 'cliu .jen tso' .nan, the master sits to the south- 
ward. 

LESSON 14 MONEY. 

-cUi- ^g .T'sien, money; cash. ifX 'Ctau, pay a remainder. Ta-rn, 



W^ /r'«w P3 ^ Si' ,k'ai, shilling. ^ -^ .Yin 'tsi, silver. -nyW til,=^ 

.^3^«gX> 'fj^ Chih, to be worth. Jg .Hwan, return money. /\Au\> 

CitJ-^^^ M Tui' hwan', exchange. "X ^ l^'ai' 'shau, too little. '^'^^ '^^ 

7U&V. ^ Tsien', jpoor; cAeap. ffe* Jt Shi'shang',m ^/<e?Har7ce^. J- "^ 

<j^ Z*^ ^ '[* .Hang .t'sing, _pWce. J^^^ ^ Pen .t'sien, copiiaZ. ■j)-c^'die, 

CLyA^i^ ^ Kwei', honourable; dear. '^ _t ,Kiai shang', m* ^/(e street. itA, XU. 

'i^eA-i'A 'g| ^ ^ 'Chang 'c'hi .lai, rise -jj Loh, fall. ^ , 

higher, (e.g. price of dollars ; also of the tide rising.) 
<u^ &e^^ — . p^ yih 'liang, tael; ounce. ^ .T'sien, mace; \-\Oth of an oz. "^^^ 

'^**'^ ^ ,Fen, candareen; 1-lOOth 'p^ Kioh, tenth of a dollar. T^^ 

^ &f an oz. or dollar. 

!% "^ nr ^^ ^"^i' hwan' .yang .t'sien, change the dollars. 

i^ j^ Z^ H iQ ^ 'chau 'ni er' peh ko' .t'sien, I pay you the 

remainder, two hundred cash. 
^ ^ Km ^ >to 'shau ,ying .yang, how many Mexican dollars ? 

Tp _t ^T* f^ K sjii' shang' puh teh 'mai, none to be bought 
in' the market. 

' ^^ ® ^R "(§ 4K i^^^E >si kwei' teh 'hen, the things are very dear. 

l¥ ffl 1^ ^ JK -yang kia* 'chang 'c'hi .lai, the price of the 
dollar is rising. 



[ 12 ] 

ym //-fc rnrr _^ /jfe 

SS 1-4^ — ' Wi — '3^ .hwan 'ni yih 'Hang er' .t'sieiij / return 
you one tael and two mace. 

^^ ^ I0j yT' jSan kioh si' ,fen, three-tenths and four-hun- 
dredths of a dollar; 34 cents. 

Wi "X* ifi ■?£ ^ .yin 'tsi hien' tsai' tsien'j at present silver 
is cheap. 

IM ^ >WC M kia' .t'sien t'ai' kwei', the price is too much. 

-^ liB §^ V^^ cMh .t'sien, it is not worth anything. 

LESSON 15. THE COUNTRY. 

'.*/&■ ;$^ 'Pen jliiang, my village, g^ Chung' ti', to sow. (^^i^ ^ 

f^ ''o^ liU "f»;H:iang hia', in the villages. ^ Oliuh, or chuli 'tsi, bamboo. . fl^**A/ 

Ife'M ^ jT'sun, a village. ^ 'Li, Chinese mile. "^ 

■u^tii Mj^j^™& -li^^g' "^o^- H H, ,San 'li, JS/ugrKs^ miZe. da.^ ^ 

U» Xc'oi.''^^. ,Hwa 't'sau, flowers and j^ j^ 'Tseu 'yuen, waZfc /ar. UM^, ii' 

grass. ^ Hieh, to re^t. ^Litk> 

L^'*^fe"^ ^ , Kin .men, this year. '^^ Fuh. -p'a', not fear. ^ti^Jf'O^ 

M ■'•^^^ fSc^^ .Yen -wan' , walk for plea- Jfl^^g Kin' lu', near road. ^'^If^**^ 

L^2S<a^ T^'x'Y^^ '^^ij (^t4C&. [sMre. W .^ Hwei' 'tseu, caw walk. ■t^i/^njC' iJoj} 

C'd'^ -oA ^ Ifi^ K'an' yah, watch duchs. '^^ ,Sin 'k'u, tired, [water. Cu^pt^ 

^■'^■Z^''>J'>^-y*'Siau.hai'tsi, /tWefioy ^;;^ jl'ing 'shui, wmti and <U>^^'- 

tX;*v^ J|£,Chwang, cluster of houses; JJ ^ Ohuh .lin, bamboo grove. cAMi^Lv^ 

homestead. igEl 1^ Shu' .lin, a wood. ■iV' cJvU 

■^"iVij C^^ H 'Yeu ,t'su, pretty. ^j) Kwah, fo 6Zow. ^ -7^0^ 

^Ij ?il5 P ^ tau' jhiang hia' c'hii', go into the country. 

IIP "T* /V ,hiang hia' . jen, countryman. 

1. i^ Tfj-'^ 1 shang' jkiai shi' c'hii' 'liau, to go to market. 

^ ?S Hv ''v k'an' yah tih .jen, a duck-keeper. 

^^W^\^^^^ *s^i' jhiang hia' ,ki ,to, in the country fowls 
are nwmerous. 

.^ 1^ ^ n 'tseu lu' ,sin 'k'u, he walked till he was tired. 

^ S l^ ,san si' 'li lu', three or four le. [village. 

^ .JllSII ^ 5^ jt'sun shang' tih peh sing', the people of the 

|p|5 "f* /I"* ^ "T* jtiang hia' 'siau .hai 'tsi,. village children. 

-^ ^ ^ 1* j£ -h elm' tsai' ,hiang hia' jchwang shang', 
he lives in a country hamlet. 



../ 



[ 13 ] 

3^ i^h W -^ ^ clie' jt'iau lu' puh kin'^ this road is not near. 
Mm yd*^ JKifr jfung 'slmi 'hen. 'hau, the position is very good 
(literally) the wind and water are very good. 

h!) ^^ W* y^ k-wah 'c'hi ,fung .lai, it begins to blow. 

-^ 'iH ^ is P^^ P'^' ^^' 'y^-^^i ^^ does not fea/r the distance. 

^ im V^ 'tseu lu' k'wai', he walks quickly. 

TB -^^ ^E 'hwa 't'sau 'yeu ,t'su, the flowers are pretty. 

^E'trWS^^^ ^^^^' '^^^ •'^i^ '\i .yea yj&u' , wander for 

pleasure in bamboo groves. 
*^^llJ^6^^:^raiili'yeu ,fung .Hang till ti' ,fang, 

there is no cool place. 

LESSON 16. THE BODY. 
t^ iZ-" % fl ,Shen 't% the body. ^ H K'oh .t'eu, make a pros- hl^ 
'Vxa^,'.^^^/ iP^^fl jYen jtsing, ei/es. ^^ T&i', to carry. [tration. <^ 

'''KaJk, fl§ Hiah, blind. \hand. ^ .Hien, hold in the mouth. T*' 

tt^^aXiJ' ^-^ 'Chan 'sheu, cut -off the fh Chan', stand. -"^^y^^ 

4m^UL ]^ ^ .T'eu fah, hair. ^ 'P'au, io run. f> ">^ 

t'V- %^'^'i', shave. - ^ Wo', hungry. '>^\ 

'JLlLl^ ^ M .Tsui 'li, in the mouth, ^i T'iau', jump. t'^je, ^ ^ 

■dcL tlal ^ W Ta' kioh, large feet. ^'^Kwei' ^ai' , kneel and boiv. '^'^f^' 
(UuH\, OU^ 1^ ^ ,Hiung .fang the chest, i^ M .Sin .Chang, heart. ^2^ ^^ 
. '^^^^ -^((Ji'Sheu, sin, ^aZmo/ZtawcZ. ||^* 'T'ang, fo lie down. ^^'itA. ^ 

.^JlJJ^,^^ i^ Moh, <o ioMc/i. ^ ^ ,Sheng ping', <o 6e sick, d^ ^ 

i^ Hr S^ JT 'y®'^ jtsing hiah 'liau, he is blind. 
^f ^^ ,sheng 'liau ta' ping', he has had severe illness. 
^ -jE ^ Jl 'p'au tsai lu' shang', running on the road. 
^ T 'fifc 1^^ SS '(^^^T^ 'liau ,t'a tih .t'eu, they cut off his head. 
i^fi ^ ^ chan' 'c'hi .lai, stand' up. 

Il^' '^ ^ _t 't'ang tsai' .c'hwang shang', he is lying in bed. 
^ 'SE "^ ^ *ai' *sai' 'sheu 'li, carry in the hand. 
^^- — ^ ^ 'slieu moh yih moh k'an', touch it with your 

hand and see. 
Hi ^ ^P ^ ^ .t'eu fah puh 'hen .c'hang, his hair is not 

very long. 
pT A^ l^"T* ^ '^'° '^ ^'^^' ^^^' ■^^^> y°^ ^'^y i'""^ down. 



[ 14 ] 

^T^^^'fifc kwei' hia' .lai pai' ,t'a, kneel down and 
bow to him. 

'^ S l^l] ® V^^ 7^^' t'i' •*'6'^' ^'^ ^"^ ^^"''"^ y°^'^ head. 
i^ A^fPfffeAp .t«ii 'li .hien shea' 'mo ,tung ,si, 
what is he holding in his mouth. 



LESSON 17. CONVERSATION. 



'La. di 






■flf jft Kwei, sing', your name ? ^ ,Tsuii, honourable; your. 

S^ .Ming, proper name. |^ .Han, cold; mean; my. 

^ Hau', literary name. Mi. O'hu', a place. [name ? Uju" 

;pf :Mfe Kwei' ti', your home ? ^ ^ ,'Kaxi.^va.g' ,yourMghsur- fCoe, a*^'^ 

"^y* She' hai', my cottage. ^" ^ Kwei' ,keng, your age ? cAi^X^e. 

Ling', honoured ; your. ^^ Sui', years of age. ^^kX^ 

Y\\poor; mean; my. •'^ ^ Ling' .t'ang, yowr mo^Aer. Uii/-"^^^^ 



> 



&i^i(Hi -^ ^|) Ling' .lang, your son. 



■^^i 



'Pau jkiuen, your wife. />**^ 




^"Ling' ngai', your daughter. 



jTsun kia', you. 



iSfi^^* 



,Kia ,kiuen, wife and ^ ^ Kwei' ,kan, your business. Cl^ Kil& 
children. ^ J^ Kwei' y^h, your trade. Cm^ 7*u4^ 

'Pau, valuable. jjj; ^J ,T'si k'eh, at present, ta'y^^'e^ 

^Ij Pieh, other. i^ ^ Hien' ,kin, ditto-. ^^ ^^^^ 

• ^ Wei', numeral for men. '^ }(f 'Ni 'hau, are i/om weZZ ? ^*^' ^-<*^ 

^ ^ ^ ^ ,sien jsheng ,tsun sing', teacher, what is your 
^honourable name ? 

^/fj ^ ft kwei' 'fu 'na li, where is your honourable home .? 

^ BsJf ^J fflR ^ 'ki .shi tau' pi' ti', when did you come here ? 

"^ SI ^S ^^ — ' ® kwei' kwoh shi' 'na yih kwoh, of what 
kingdom are you ? 

<&*. ^ ^ ^ ,kin .nien kwei' ,keiig, how old are you this year ? 

f^ 5^ 'ft' )M ^ ^ '^^ -^^^ ^^'^'^ '^° kwei' ,kan, ojj. wfeai 

affair have you come ? 
^ »ii -lau kia', J have troubled you. 
■^ MR ^£ ^ lii3g' .lang 'ki sni', how old is your son ? 
^ ^ -^ y^ ^E 'pau, kiuen tsai' puh tsai', is your wife with 

you or not ? 
Sy ^ B^ pieh hau' ,ni, what is your literary name ? 



[ 15 1 

!^'W ^y fid ^fft mtili 'jen pteli tih hwa' shwoh, I have 
'nothing inore to say. 

J&iMl^^ifM^ 't's'^ k'eh .lai tso' shih 'mo sH', at 
present what have you come to do ? 

LESSON 18. TAILOE. 
■^'f'^ ^^ -T'aai .in-ag, a tailor. ^-^ 'Bien 'ts'i, button. T^pu'^'' ^^^ 
■^E<U-v^ Wl jChen, weetZZe. ■ — UlYih ,knng,onedai/'stvor7c. <mL^£^^ 

^^ ^ .Lau, lasting; strong. ^ P 'JSFieu 'k'eu, button hole. -Hy^z^^A'M>'' 

<^ ^^ 'jH "?" Yang' 'ts'i, pattern. ^ -^ .P'au 'ts'i, i/iicfe robe. ^ ^'' 
'^'^'^ i^ .Fung (e), a seam ; to sew. ^ i\ji Pei' 'sin, waisi coai. ^^ a^t^ 
■d Tue. -j^ ^ Ta' .ni, woollen cloth. ^ _77 'Tsien ,tau, scissors, ^ve."^ €6' 
<^ ^» ,Sha, gauze. ^^ T'ang', to iron. ^'otC 

C^^XA-'' "^Kien', numeral for garments. ^^^ , Si sien', siZfc i/irea(i. az^ -**e 
>^' ^ % ^ 'Ma kwa', jacket. ^ 1?^ Mien sien', cotton thread ""-"^ ■'^'^ 

«^ <i<*. ^^ :^ .C'hangjshan, Zowg^ robei^ ^( 'Ti jchen, thimble. ii/ ^jl*u 

(or c'liang pu' ,shiin.) )pg ^ Kieli shiuh, _^rw. i^At^Z*^ 

^"^<2-«i, j>3.'^ 'Twan ,slian, sAorf coai.fjj -^ K'u 'tsi, trowsers. -^'^ ?*«' 

«Afc«, .<ja. J^ ^ Han' ,slian, shirt. f^ ]^ .Hu' ,cheu, crape. i^r^ ^«/" 

^^uk. -^ ,Si0n, first. # ^ Heu' .lai, after. 'a^'' ^ 

^ — n ^ 'flj ■^ f-so' yih kien' .c'Kang pu' ,shau, make a 
long cotton robe. 

i^^ )a. W •f'liig tsai' che' mien', place the seam on this side. \ 
^ B'S ^ W "T" -na .ni .t'sai yang' 'tsi, take the woollen cloth 
' and cut out the pattern. 

M ^^ 1^ ^ -t yung' ,si sien' .fung shang', sew it with silk. 
^ ^ -^ ^.mien sien' puh .lau, cotton thread is not so lasting. 
— ■ 'pf^ .1^ ^i" yib kien' 'ma kwa', one jacket, [blue silk gowns. 
■^ Pit 'ff M in ^ *so' 'liang Men' .Ian .c'heu ,slian, make two 
'^M^~¥' '^i®^ 'tsien yang' 'tsi, first cut out the pattern. 
'^ y p^ X tso' 'liau 'Hang ,kung, I have done two days' work. 
^ ^ 5^ ^ ,c'hwen 'cti .lai k'an', put it on and see. 
3^ ^ lit $? T ts-' .ni .t'sai 'hau 'liau, the cloth is already cut. 
— f^ PJIS 1$ "F* yih -t'iau -ni k'u' 'tsi, a pair of cloth trowsers. 
^j» PI ?||| 3^ wai' kwoh yang' shih, foreign fashion. 
& ^n dk -<h '^^^^ 'k'eu t'ai 'siau, the button hole is too small. 



[ 16 J 
LESSON 16- SOCIETY. 

^(«Y H^"" Jlw ^ .P'eng 'jeu, friend. ^ >|j» .Liang ,sin, conscience, -vet, 44^ 

v^t^Z^^l. y^ ^ 'Lau shih, honest. ^ ^ Tso' ,kwaii, he in office. ^tau> /Cue. 

lo^'^'-ci ^ fj 'P'in hing', conditct. ft f§ 'Tung teh, understand. T^y-Jfe^ 

^ 1"*^ S >^ ,Twan jfang, upright. ^ -f' 'Lau 'tsi, father. ■t^''^'' 

!*<©. -ate tPc I^ jT'iau ,so, sow discard. ^^ 'Niang, mother. Ji^^ 

Ta^ »^^U ffl .Tsa .men * we. ^ 5^ .T'sai .lai, just come. *^^ <^ 

^'.■^^'YC^itiM Mj P'eng' kien', to meet. -^ J^ 'Chang pei', superiors. ^>ite'/6<»c 

4*»i, cCiHZ' Jtu ^ , Hwang .t'ang, false. /[g ^§ 'Li man', politeness. -<^ fruMk. 

**6- '-** ^ ;^ jSiang 'ii, mutually. H^ |3 .Ming peh, clear j know, pt^^tt^ 

^^ ^it' Jl g Shang' tang', fall into^pj ^ 'T'sing tso', please sit T'/iiitf'Zi 

snares. doivn. " 

ta 4a^ ^ ^M ^i^' si°'> ^ow'-e Ze^fer. ^ :^ -P'ing pei', equals. 0-:^ -ha* 

^uX bS fg^ Jen' teh, to Icnow. ^ f^ 'Tseu 'hau, step carefully, t^^i^'j^ 



^e^/iiJy,^ '@v Sin'^h, news. ^ ^ 'Wan pei', inferiors. 'V-r^' lioA. 

A^ WL r^ iM. 10 yV puh jen' teh che' ko'. jen, I do not know 
this man. 

■^^ ^ JL. S pnh 'you shang' tang', do not fall into a snare. 
"flE Jt J S it'a shang' 'liau tang', he is fallen into a snare. 
nP) ^ ?5 ia S 't'sing tso' tsai' che' 'li, please sit here. 
1^ >^ ^ ^ I'li shi' 'chang pei', i/ott are superior, [inferiors. 
^ fP I ^ -W ^ JT '"svo .men sh'i' 'wan pei' 'liau, we are your 
58fP ■fH J!)3 ^ ^f" :^ ^ na' ko' .P'eng 'yeu puh 'lau shih, thut 
friend is not to be trusted. 

JlC ^ 09 0^ ,hwang .fang tih hwa', lying words. 

y& J ^ i® J 'l^-u 'ts'i .niang kwo' 'liau, his father and 
mother are no more. 

Pb IP f TM f^ 'tsa .men 'tung teh, we understand. 
^ 'L^ -^ 5j -liang jsin puh 'hau, his conscience is at fault. 
Vu '^ ■v" /v 't'iau ,so pieh .jen, he sowed discord among others. 
Wi "W 'Is ^B 'l^e^ 'y®'^ '^^ man', he has very much politeness. 
i& S ^ B '*''* y^^' *'^°' jkwan, /le wishes to be a mandarin. 
— ■ 10 Fn /V ^ ^ yili ko' yung' .jen .t'sai .lai, a servant 
has just come. 

* 'Tsa .men, we, us, or toe and vow; owra and yours. 'Wo .men, we, ours. 



[ 17 J 
, LESSON 20. MESSAGES. 

^^^^^cfr^-n^'-v"' ^^ mm, T'nr^gv^u', announce. t^/^- 
^ ^^ c^i -ming msiimff card. m^ m,-, , / ■ ^ <^/ ^ 

„,^M^p i^ :^ Q ,„ , , 'W^VL -l- 1 wo, %n my name. t'C -riJ 



AN 



^ ^^^ ^ 1p .Na sin', taU a letter. ffil +, t^- , 7 ' ' ' ^T", TT 

* -*-*Vlff 1p Tai' sm', carry a letter. iJfc iB T',-a. f , .^ ^^. 'Cv 

■^NiHl^i TT . . , t?5fa ,1'iau .tan, carry lodds. f'^Je. ta> 

.^ g ,T'iau, fo carry, (with a yoke). ^ ^ 'Ta ,t'ing, inquire. U^rs. ^. f^,A. 
^CU^- IS -T'ai, to carry, (of two -^ ^ Sin' kiih, ^fi«cr o^^ce. m^ ^ 

^ . S E ^^""^ '°^^''' '''^' ''""' '^ '^ -^'^^ '™^' ^' '■"^^- '^'^' ^" 

^/^ 1p ^ Sin' .c'liwen, letter hoat. p ^ ,Siang 'tsi, c/?.es<. ^ ^^ 

^ /^^ IIT ^ ^^^ 'P^"^ ""^ ^^'"^^^^ )^ # 'Li wuh, jjrcsfiM!;. t^' -Z^^ai^C 

i' ^^ # si Sie' sie', !!/ia?j&. ^ ^f^ung^ numeral of letters. ^-^^ 

32S /T "T* 'S' sung' p'ien' 'tsi cliii', take a card and present it. 

Ss w ^J i'w' -t sung' k'eh. tau' .c'kwen shang', e&cort the 

^'i^'l!.''J!l'^"i Ito your home. 

^ fe p) ^ S "S" tai' sin' tau' ^kia 'li c'Hii', take a letter 

^ 1p Py ^ "& 'tseu sin' tih .na c'hii', the postman took it. 

[fij "f^ 'T* ^ .hwei sin' puh yau', no ansicer is wanted. 

Py Iffl ^WiWiWt wen' ,t'a ,ngan ,sie ,sie jt'a, as/c how he is 
and thank him. 

^g — ' 'O yV jC'hai yih ko' .jen^ send a man. ' , 

^ ^e ^ H jta ,t'ing. .ming peh, inquire fully. 

59 fy^ By 13 ./@^ wen' 'ni tih sin' sih, ask news respecting!- you. 

o ^ Wi Wa ^ ^ kau' su, ,t'a tsieu' yau' .lai, tell Mm to 

come at once. 
P^ 'S 'Is %l 'liang ipau 'li wuh, two parcels containing presents. 
•S P3 ^ ^ ^ '^'^i ^^' "^^ •'''^^ jsiang, carry four tea chests. 
'i^^*^,^%\\ sin' .c'hwen muh 'yeu tau', the letter hoat has 

not arrived. 
^ — ' ^ 1^ supg' yih ,fung sin', take one letter. 



[ 18 ] 

^^^^^ -Chi 'ma k'wai' k'wai' 'tseu, go quickly on 

horseback. [nounce it. 

^ jH '^ M $R 'tseu tsin' c'liii' .t'ung pau', go in and an- 

Vd^^ ^ jt'iau ,tung ,si c'hii', carry these things on your 

shoulders. 

LESSON 21. MEASURES. 

•^■*^. yX ,Sheng, pint measure. /^Vih, 40 feet of cloth; apiece. "hitL 

TnA/'' yf, 'Mi, rice. i^ T'ang', column of characters. 



t^'' if* 'Teu, iere sheng. ^ Ku' , sentence. [hours. *'^^ 

^^^f*^'^ f9" Mien' 'fen, flour. ^ ^ .SM heu', two Mnglish 

'^tuaA^ ^ Huh, flve teu. ^J K'eh, quarter of an hour. 

i/iie'?^ia4, /]"* ^ 'Siau meh (mai'), loAeaf. J^ Yu^h, a month. 
"Hovi, b3! jKang, large earthen water- jE ^ ,Gliengyueli, 1st month, 
■di^^ i^ 'T'ung, a cash. [vessel, i^ '-^^^^ f^^u^ 

it''/4-%i,'^PS j]^ 'Yii 'shui, rain water. ^ Pu', 5 feet, (land measure). y6-lC^ 
i-C-'L^ ^ jK'ung, empty. Uiessel. W^ 'Meu, 240 square pu'. >?'V0^ 

VPt«<<^^ Xing', large earthen water- jjBj Kwo', to pass. /t*w 

/tivo^ ^ Ken', SMj^ciewL '^ B.ia.', to fall; let fall. t'O^ 

— '?r ^-^Ix f^ yili ,slieng 'mi puli keu' cliili, a pint of 
rice is not enough for him to eat. [water vessels. 

^ m TO yK B^ 'i^ai 'Hang ko' 'shui ,kang, buy two large 
— • '^ B^ ■^ jih ko' .shi heu', owe Chinese hour. 

— ■ ^ -^ iSl yit kii' pull sliwoh, he did not utter a sentence. ^ 

— ' hI aa -^ ^yili J^ii' twa' puh keu', one sentence is not enough. 
M T ^ 1S B^ ■fl ^"^o' 'lis-u 'Hang ko' .sBi heu', a/fer four 
^ iM — ■ 1® yM piih' man yih ko' yueh, 7iot afullmonth. ihours. 
pH -^ ^ jP§ si' cMli ,k'ung ,siang, four empty trunks. 
yp 5JS ffl JT V^^ kwo' si' ,kin, woi more than four catties. 
Zl W ffl + ^ — ^ hJI er' pell si shili pu' yih 'men, 240 
square pu make one meu. 

p^ -p ^ — ' /B si' shiH cliih yih -^'ih, forty feet make one piece. 
-j-" Tf* — ' /\. shih t'sun' yih c'hih, ten inches one foot. 
-^ /^ — ' 5C shih c'hih yih chang', ten feet one chang [dcn/s. 
j^ ^ p^ ^ ,k'ung ,san 'Hang ,t'ien, at leisure for two or three 
^ — ''Ito V© '^^ y^^ 't'ung 'tsieu, bring a cask of wine. 



[ 19 j 

IE /^ S '^ ^ jclieng yueh 'li puh ,k'uiig, not at leisure 
^nthenrsUnontlu Icharacters. 

Ml m 3^ "?* 'sie 'Hang t'ang' tsi', write a few columns of 
■ — ' ^J HZ 7^ yili k'eh ,kung ,fu, a quarter of an hour's worlc. 
P» J ^ ^ ^ lii^,' 'liau 'ii puh 'shau, a good deal of rain fell. 
^^ ^ b3! ^ tsai' 'shui ,bang 'li, in the water tubs. 

ViS ^J — ' -H. ^ ^ 'man tau' yih c'h'ili ,to jkau, filled to 
more than afoot high . 

LESSON 22. WORSHIP. . ' 

-;4^ ^ Pai', to worship. Jl '^ Shang' ti', GocZ. ^^'^ ^'^ 

^■a^'^10M. -Shen tau', gods (Tst). ^'^Yuhti', god of the Tauists. ^y^ '^^y 

^■>^^ %^ ^ .Shen .ming, ditto. )||^Miau"yii, Tauist temples. Tn-ieC '*^ 

***'<^ -^ Fuh, Buddha; Buddhas.rig^g^ ^ ,T'sien, bamboo divining rods. ^■^^*^ 

l^ ^^ ^ jfg_ Tsi' ,tsu, sacrifice to ances- ^ ^ .K'ieu ,t'sien, to divine. ^^ ^-^ 

■u. <ut^ ^j |g,P'usah, Buddhist deities <\^Wl^ , Sin. shen, soul. jZ^w X^u^ 

(2nd class). ^ P .K'ieu 'ii, pray for rain, fiti^ i^ 

it Tia^^M. 'M -Lo han', do. (3rd class) . ^ I^.T'sai .shen, god of riches. %e. ^^^ 

^ y*^^^ Bi' yuen', JBuddhisf^^ ^Qs;^. ,t'smg, three pure O^t-^ 

' monasteries. [priest. [ones (Tauist). ^ 

'^ ^^ ^ t^ .Ho shang', Buddhist ^ -[- Tan' sH, Tauist priest. -^^ Z'" 

W^ tit -^ f^ ,Kungteh, merit, [cense. ^ ^ ,San 'pau, three precious ,a^^^^ 

L jp- aJJjjoU^. ^. .Shau ,hiang, fewr?! «z- owes, (Buddhist). ^ , 

J^iSi-^jl^lR'.Shau'chi, feztm^oper. i^^lNien',king,c/iaH^i?rayers. 7t^^ 

j^ /^jt* -^.fSt ^"^1 ^i^^'' Buddhist reli- ^ Jl ,T'ien shang', io aci(i. ^-^^ ^^ 

.;^y:j^ ^ "^Mien'. t'sien' 5e/ore. [5'«o«- g|^ ^Kwan ,yin, goddess of 1iile.u^ 

iJL -aW*'^ ^ •'^^^ ^^°^'' ^^® 2'eop^e. ^ :^ Fu' 'nil, women, bnercy. .^^, ^^^ 

ii ft W i^ ^ '^ 1^ ^ che"li peh sing' pai' Fuh tih ,to, ^ 

i/ie people here mostly worship Buddha. 
^^Mfu iJ^^ •P''isahmien' .t'sien ,shau ,hiang hum 

incense before P'u sah. 
JL J^ ^ ^ ^ shang' miau' 'ii 'li c'hu', to go into the temples- 
7^ ^1^ 5Jci^ 'yen sh'i' .t'sing .k'ieu ,t'sien, if anything has 
happened they inquire of the gods by divination. 

god of riches are many. 



[ 20 ] 

'W. ^v W -^^ ^k ^^^ kiau' 'yeu ,saii 'pau, the Buddhist religion 

has the Three precious ones. 
»a. ^C 'R ^^ 1^ Tau' kiau'^yeu ,san jt'sing^ the Tauist religion 

has the Three pure one_s. \Lohans. 

1^ iiJffi "^ "T" /* 10 -lo tan' 'yeu sliih pah ko', there are eighteen 
yti '^ I A> 10 ^r Wi ^ ,sien 'yeu sfih luh ko' wai' kwoli 

. jen, at first there were sixteen foreigners. 

#^^±PS104^^A ten' .lai ,t'ien shang' 'Hang 
ko' ,chung kwoh. .jen, and afterwards two Chinese were added. 

^^ 1W tt •^ ^ K'ii ft -^^ shang' chu' tsai' si' yuen 'li, 
Buddhist priests live in their monasteries. 

i^ W ^ ^ \. jsliau 'clii pai' 'si ,jen, hurn paper to worship 
thedead. [-^^,-^_ 

-^ P M Hv H$ 'f^ P^t ^^' '^ *^^ •^■'^^ ^^"^'j w/iera it does not 
WJ^JlJ^>}^M ,kwan 'fu sliang" miau' .k'iea 'ii, the 
mandarins visit the temples to pray for rain. 

LESSON 23. MAN. 

««tjt c^>i^ ^ ^ Juh ,slien, the body. Hb ^ .Neng keu', can. •)VU« ^a^ 
«i»Y !>''^^ S ^ -^^^S -liwun, the soul. ^ '{^ Full hwoh, Zwe again, i;^ foA^ 
Ui^'^'HiU'f^ is 'Tung ■'yuen, eternal. i^5E Full ,slieng, Uve again, t^ <2^ 
te^tLiLie. ^tH ^)Slienge'huh.lai,6o7'?2. ^^ . Chang sheu', old age. oLI^TmI 
i' Xt^' ^ ^ .Weishan', to be virtuous. ^ ^ ,Slieng ping', to be sich_ <ue, {f*^ 
L*eA,ia^ tiJ i& C'huli sM', horn into ^"^ 1^,1 -puh. lai, incurable. C^ta^'^e 
the world. :^ ^ 'Pen fen', duties. Jtkt^^h^ 

'irtL. oAoc''^ /h .T'sung'siau,/rom a boy. ^^ ^ Teh kieu', he saved. iM^siu^ 
^^Ta^ii^'^ A ^Lau .jen ,kia, oldman. ^ ^ .Ye ,su, Jesus. r^^^ Jo - ^. 
''Mif^tv sl ^ ^ ,G'ha puh ,tOi about; ^ p ghuh tsui', retieem /rom i^^ 
^/; . Tiearfj/. [TieaveTi. >«^^ 

'****t5 fi'B^ Sing' .ming, life. J^ ^ Shang' ,t'ien, ascend to ZCe' tie 

-fti^ ^ Kiau', to cause. ^honest. '(^ ^ 'Hwei 'kai, repent. i,.,^^/(e/ 

!Xm^ '■/w''.^ J? ,Chnngheu',/aii/i/'itZ««'^ /I6 1g ^Siang sin', believe. dit M^ 

/f'rt^'' # 'K'eng, willing. Il^ 'Tsung yau', ^ou. must, iii*^" (C 

1^ :^^ S ^ juh ,shen 'tsung yau' 'si, the body must die. 
5 ^ ^ ^ -ling .hwun puh 'si, the soul does not dde. 
^ ^IxK JS. liwoh tau' 'yung 'yuen, live forever. 



. [ 21 ] 

/V \j\ ISl kX -^ •j^i'^ c'huli shi 'i heu', men from their en- 
trance into the world and after. 

■^ ^, -^ §f- .t'siuen shi' 'yeu tsui', all have sin. 

yc Jf -^ '^ */^ 'si 'liau heu' f uh hwolij <o rise again after death. 

•H^P ^ JH ^^ -Ye ,su shuh tsui', Jesus redeemsfrom sin. rj,, jesus. 

fp S -^P ® >R pjy tsui' shi' .Ye ,su shuh tih, sin is atoned for 

>V H ffl "^ P*^^ 'k'eng jsiang sin', not willing to believe. 

jtr yv jQ yC 'hau .jen shang' ,t'ien, good men ascend to heaven. 

^5 ^ 'T' ^^ ping' i' pu-h .lai, the disease cannot be cured. 
LESSON 24. TIME. 
•^1^ 77rU^ V^ ^ .Ming jt'ien, to-morrow. '^. .Chang, constant. 'Zi^ 

Cl^^ t'l^ ^ 5^ Heu' ,t'ien, day after do. ^ Yeu', another ; again. ■^><<*-^ 
S!<*o^ ^'^ B^ ^ Tsoh jt'ien, yesterday. %\\ "^ Tau' kwo', having gone, 'toi^^**' 
■o^ ■y*'^ ft ^ Cheu' ye', day and night. ^ ^ 'Ki hwei', /low often ? t^'^'^uma^ 
W' ^Ao' itb^ "^'si heu', henceforth. ^^ .Lai .nien, we** year. <^ n-iHOL 
'*j^f^'' Z., ^ B^ 'Yea .shi, sometimes. — ■ ^ Yih t'si', once. 'VCuA. *^ 

iuujL av*^ — ■ ^ ^i'^ hwei', once. jRH -^ . Ju 'kin, ai -present, ^i ^A^sn^ 

j^t^ P^ Keh (chieh), to separate. jx. ^J Lih k'eh, at once. ' A^eA. l^eA. 

iCo.-' 2.M^ ^ 'Kai jih, another day. ^ "^ .T'sung .t'sien, f or merly.yfft^ 7J^ 
^Z^^v ll Tsai, a^aw. [-^o obtain. ^ A 'Ku .jen, awciewi men.^^<^^ 
yu>L. 7tt£K, l^t^ .Nan teh, seldom; hard !ftjj ,C'hu, for the first time. ^'/.tto 
lie, Xot^ ^ .T'sien jih, day before "^ ^ ,Sien ta.n', first come, -^ie- 't^ 
yesterday. \_yesterday he did not come. 

"fifii ^ ~^^^ j*'^ .t'sien jih 'tsi puh .lai, the day before • 

■^ 'j' ^ ^ c'hii' 'liau 'ki hwei', how many times has he gone ? 

# to % M 1® ^'Ira .t'sung .t'sien 'yeu che' ko' shi' .t'sing, 
formerly there happened this circumstance. [^^ saying. 

•^ ^ ^ — "^ fj 'ku .jen 'yeu yih kii' hwa', the ancients have 

P^ ^ ^ ~r tso^ ,t'ien 'si 'liau, ?ie died yesterday. 

Jtb ^J ii^^ ^ &^ '*'^'^ ^'®^ •<^'^®'^ *^^'^' *^^®^' *^^' '^'^ present 
silks and satins are cheap. 

^ ^ 6^ m t^ ^ -^ .wei shan' tih .nan teh k'an' kien', 

the virtuous are seldom to be met iJjith. 
^0 ^|| IP ^ fg^ ftg, ,c'hu tau' 'na 'li jen' teh ,t'a, on first 

arrival how could I know him ? 



[ 22 1 . i 

^ fn yti^i 'w^o -■men jsien tau'^ we arrived first. \ again. 
HP ^ ^ ^ J tsoh jt'ien yeu' .lai 'liau, yesterday he came 
^n "PC Hy .c'hang tso' tih, he constantly does it, {other day. 
y^ — ' ^ — ' ^ keh yih jili c'hii' yih hwei', go once every 

LESSON 25. STRENGTH AND SKILL. 

ow«i?(i^ ^ ^ jT'sung .ming, intelligent. "^ ^ 'Wli i', military arts, vm- 7y<« 
*^ '^Wg^ ^ .Neng kan', ^ower. "^^ 'Sheu i', handicraft, du^ **?*** 

e ■y\fiin^-^ gg .T'sai ineng, ability. "^J^ 'Sheu twan/, dexterity. ^UC y^Ci-e^ 
■"-^■■^ W^ Hwei'j can (acquired power). ^ ^^ 'K'i i', ingenious arts. ^^^ nnie^ 
-vA/W HE -Neng, caw (natural power). ^^ -Ling -lung, clever. oi^ %^ 

r''o'&^^ W|M 'K^o i'j you may. ^^ ^f' Keh wa,i', extraordinary. ^aJi /v^Hi' 

■^C^-ini ^ ^ .Ling 'c'liiau, ingenious. :ff] ^ .Hi .k% wonderful. ,a^ 4)(m, 
»JLt^ -^ M Pii^ -^i^g; inefficacious. ^ $■ 'Pen sM', (s'i), ability. **«/-/z* 
'S'/r^ ^ ^ ^ ;T'ing puh Men', iM^ C'hi' lib, strength. C'ii> U^ 

'^^^ .jlpTiot hear. |-„p^ ;^g^^_ -^ |;jj ,Ngai pen', stupid. tvpuAClaeL 

"^f^ l§ ^ ^ .T'ing puh .iai, I can- ^ 'Kwan, to manage. 0/iiiie/' 

o'teltLt^ ^^^K'an'tehkien'j/camsee. |^ ^ Jwan joh, /eebZe. ?«<f*^e'V*^ - 

-^ ^^ ^e -^ 51$ 'ri 'to , t'ing puli ,lai, I cannot hear (lit. my 



ears cannot hear. 



W %X B Tyxxih. 'yeu 'pen slii' tso' ,kwan, he has not 

the ability to be a mandarin. fcannot be relieved. 

io. H^ ^fE -^^ ^^ 'P^ *'^®' '•'^''^ nan' puh .neng kieu', this misery 

^ f$ M "ftfii ffl ^ M pai' -shen tau' ,t'a .men puh .ling, the 

gods if you worship them are inefficacious. 

"^ HE yE ?W piih .neng tsin' .c'heng, you cannot enter the city. 

A^ W ^ -f' V^^ hwei' 'sie tsi', he cannot write. 

fiif1t#.'^b6^S-^^ ,t'a .men keh wai' tih .ling 'c'hiau, 
they are extraordinarily clever. 

^ :^ "^ S A 'wo shi' 'sheu i' jen, I am a handicraftsman. 

^^^AM^^^^^^^^^ '^S^i pen' tih .jen 
tso' puh .lai .ling .lung tih ,kung ,fu, stupid persons cannot 
do ingenious work. 

M ^ '^ R^ 1^ ^ ^ S Chi' lih 'yen .hien muh 'yeu 'wu i', 
his strength is not great, and he has no military accomplishments. 



[2-3 j 



LESSON 26. MASONS' WORK. 



eMc;^ IS ,01iweii, hridis. \hric\is. M iP.'Paiig 'ting, iop of house. 2?^ ^^ 
^i^*u fiiLie^ >7 ?^ jFang ,cliwen, square ^^^^'[Jl-i ,\d, foundation. uA. ^^ 
>z.^' ^ 'Wa, &Mrn-iiZes. f^ .T'iau, numeral of- lengths M<^ 

7-vijA^ "^J^ -Ni, mud; mortar. %|| ^ .Heng .Hang, cro&& beams. <^'nx. -u^ 

'<£ njui'Zct JtS K L£.Ni 'wa tsiang', mason. ^ j^ SHh jhwei, Kme. ^i^ X.*.^ 
C^ .£^<»-^ -S T^ Shih tsoh, stone-mason. ^IS ^'^ -^i jt^"j trowel. i-mi^ tot. 

a, Z-^H-w* r^ /^ ,San .t'seng, three stories. ^£ .Liang, io measure. ' -^^ 

^C-^ :j^.K'iau, hridge. ■^M.G'hang'twan, long; short. ^■^ 

'V-t^^ ^K'ung', arch. "^ ^ ,K'wa,n tseh, broad; nar- ^<^*^'^ 

^6^ ^^.V'ai. lexi,ornamentalarch.'^.S'hen, deep. 1^'°"-'- ^^^ 

'.&" ^mnn, ^^ Kai' .fang, to build a ^ '^,Sh.ang .liaug, to consider ■<Ue. ^^ , 
-^' house. about. 

^ K ix "W ^ ^ jCliwen 'wa muh 'yeu 'mai .lai, the bricks 
and tiles are not yet bought and brought home. 

B^ — 10 M Si E ^ kian' yih ko' .ni 'wa tsiang' .lai, call 
a mason. r^^g ^ ;^o^gg_ 

^^ J& ^S. W ;S jsliang liang' kai' .fang uh, confer about build- 

^< m PS -W ifi y^^' t^i' 'liang .t'seng .leu, I want to build 

two stories above the ground floor. 
j£ ~r ^ ^ ^ 'wu shih ,san k'ung' -c'liiau, bridge of fiftij 

three, arches. 
^ ^ TM H? ^ ^ ^ kai' .fang 'ting yung' ,to 'shau 'wa, 

in covering in the roof how many tiles shall you use ? 

JJ|tS^i5:S^SicA6^ ,P'ai .leu ,to ,tu sM' king' 

chung' 'nil .jen tih, there are a great many memorial arches 

and they are all in honour of women. 
fi "S ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ .liang .liang k'an'' ,to 'sHau .c'hang 

'twan, measure it to see how long it is. 
^ -^ >^ ^ "t^ S }^ -na .ni ,tau ,to 'pai skill ,liwei, take 

the trowel and put on plenty of lime. 
•j^^^ — ■ 5^ ^. .heng .liang .c'hang yih chang' pan', the 

cross beams are fifteen feet long. 
^ ^ R^ — •J^'Mi ;k'wan tseh ('chai) 'ma yih c'hih ,k'wan, 

as to width let them be a foot wide. 



[24 ] 



LESSON 27. STUDY. 



'^^ ^>%i ^ W Tuh ,shu, to study. 
•pfi^' .5JS 'Pen, numeral of books. 



J] -J- jFang tsi', square letters. fi>-^ ^ 
nm ^ ^.., , -^ -, -, ' . ^ .P 



n 



Si' jshuj i^owr boohs, 



a^- 



O'Iaa^ 



Pih meh, pews awci ink. i ^^ 'Wa ,kingj Five classics. -H^^alu^ 
^L j^^Hiau' ,king, Book of filial hov^ uLav. 

- \character classic. 

m^^^'San tsi' ,king, Three ofi-itU^ 
/J> g^ 'Siau sTiwoli, novels. Mu^'/iluiU. 
^ ^ 'Ki kiuen', /low man?/ tld'^c^kut- 
chapters ? 

Pi ^jK'aikiuen', o;je» a hook. /ff'A tLi^ 
,To k'an', read muck. ^ A3J' 
Tih cTiu', benefit. ^itbU^&L't 

Kiau' jsliu, teach. ^^ c-*^ ' 

.Hien ,slin, light books. '»^ y^>f^ 



^ 



■^'huiie^'%.^ .Wen meh, style. 
^'U^t'tuCW '^ jT'sing 'c'hu, clear. 
ivt^ t^u' ^ ^ .Wen 'li, book style. 
H\v^1m£ 3c ^ .Wen jcliang, essays. 
'■94\, daJi 1^ ^ Fah tab, rise in life. 
>t^' ^j^ jYa, elegant, 
'fi^ /^ ffl 31 Yung' jkung, 6e diligent 
ao 'i\, m\ ^ jT'eu hien', waste time 
e^^d^'M'^ 'I^an to', lazy. 
'Ca/Mu^J^^ g9) 'Kiai shwoh, explanation. 
,1^ f^ ^ y^ Chu' 'kiai, commentary, 
'l^ £4a^^ ^ ^^^"^^^> '^'^PO^^"'^*- j^ '^6, also. Iman. *^ 

-^ >^ ^m. w ^'^ piih shi' tuh ,shu .jen, 'he is not a literary 

^ I Pf iii 1^ 3^ yung' ,kung 'k'o 'i fah tah, if you are 
diligent you will rise in life. 

^ ^ jgg ^ B^ ^ ^ ,shu 'li tih hwa' kiau' .wen 'li, phrases 
used in books are called wen-li. 

^J ^ ^ ^" >®^^ J^^' '*° k'an', fcoofcs mMsi be much read. 

^^ ;^ ^ ^4 ^- tsai' 'lau jkia kiau' ,shu, he keeps school at 
his own home. 

^-^^ ^li^'W:^'^ ,shu puh ,to k'an' muh 'yeu yih 

c'hu', if you do not read much it will be of no use. 
"^C H KM ^5 ,sien tuh si' ,shu, ^rsi study the Four Books. 
■^ ^ ^ 3l J^ heu' .lai k'an' 'wu ,king, and afterwards read 

the Five classics. 
^ ^^ /]^ ^^ ^^ }tf ^' .hien ,shu 'siau shwoh puh 'hau k'an', 

light literature and novels are not good to read. 
WL ^y^ ^ "?* ki^ii' jSiau .hai tsi', ^n teaching boys. 
■^T- ^S p^ jj -J- ,sien yau' yung' jfang tsi', you must first use 

square characters, written on squares of red paper. 
i^2J!C^^^ che' 'pen ,shu 'ki kiuen', how many chapters 

does this book contain ? 






n^ 



[25 J 

-a* W "^ X ^ put liwei' tso' .wen ,cliang, he cannot write 

4ff -M. "^ Est iVf ^ [iwporiawi 6ooJ. 

Ua :S ;K ^ By Wye shi' yau' 'kin tih ,sliu, this is also an 

LESSON 28. ANCESTORS. 
"m -Ye, father. ^ :^ Tsang' .mai, bury. ^W" tt-z^ 

-zVt' M :^ 'Tsu fu', grand-father. A i Juh 't'u, enter the ground. 2,*^ ^-.i 
(fW ?W!.' ■^ IB. 'Tseng 'tsu, great ditto. ^ fg .Wang ki', forget, r^^g^i vtnL cl^ 
e X,^*" g Jl Tsai' ^^n^', farther hack. ^ |)^ .Chien .c'heng, reveren- O^uie. ZUt 
^ efci/" g M ,Kan 'tsu, ancestor of Uh fl?, S Chau'ying', tale care of. Ai^ ca^ 
c -ii^m^,'Ken'^en,root. [%»'«''• § 'Sau, sweep. Itemple. '"-^^ 

'■iter 'a -^ 1^ T^.C'huen hia', deliver down, fp) ^ .T'si .fang, ancestral 



.. . J^ .T'si .t'ang, ancestral Z, -i3i^ 

t<>«i ?2;^^ ^ "T* Hiau' 'tsi, /ZmZ soji. -^^ ^ .Ming tsi', ?iame. "^^ ^ 

"HJ^ %% IP.Kwankwoh, coffin Sr case. ^ S Tsai' .t'i, mention again, is^ ,dC 

i«*^ #■ ^ Tso' .fen, make a grave, fg. ^ 'Tsu ,tsung, ancestors. ti^^tL^ 

-<?-tJ' ^-^'Tsijsun, j3osie?:%. ^ Tsi', io sacrt/tce. ^t> 

M.:^>^'TR^ 'tsu jtsung shi' ,ken 'pen, ancestors are the 
root from which men come. 

A^^^ffi^.'l^l^^l^ .jen .t'siuen sM' 'tsu ,tsung 
c'hwen hia' .lai tih, men all spring from the stock of their 
ancestors. 

^ JUS. ^ ^J .^n. fvl tsi' 'tsu ,tsung tan' ,san tai', sacrifice to 
ancestors to the third generation. 

^ # M :^ -t :$t m m.^m^ ^^' 'mu, 'tsu fu', ,tseng 
'fu, 'kau 'tsu, tsi' tih ,to, parents, grandfather, great grand- 
father, and great great grand-father are sacrificed to by many. 

A^ W^ TW 1?H puh tso' jkwan kwoh, he did not make a coffin 
and case. 

-^ >E ^ i" puh shi' hiau' 'tsi, he is not a filial son. 

1. ^ Hy ^ -^ shang' pei' tih .ming tsi', the names of elders 

{in the ancestorial line). [tioned. 

^ ^ W fl- ^3 puh 'k'o 'i tsai' .t'i, should not be again mert- 
W^ ^r By ^R) S. sing' 'li tih .t'si .fang, ancestral temple of 

the Li family. _^ [fiowers? 

Pll5 — • ^ ^ ^ ^ 'na yih yang' tih ,hwa 't'sau, which sort of 

^^'i^^_t49i5[S V^^ .t'sung ,keu 'pen shang' ,sheQg 
c'huh .lai, is not produced front, a root.. 



[26] 



LESSON 29. SERVANTS. 



■iue ■'JA-t^ i^ ^ jSiang ,pang, assisL ^ ^ Tung' cTii', io he angry. 4W %• 
■««2^ ^*.& ^ ^ 'Shii hwan', to employ. W^ '^ ,Tan wu', injiirt/ by delay, to, y^ 
ckiL-li^'^'^ C'hih 'pauj eai enough. ^^^,Ku .niang, g-irZ; ?/0Mwgr ^ m^ 
rt^'^ a^' ^M Ngo' 'si, stori;e. ^^ ^ Puh teh, must not. U<iAy ■ /i-^u^^ 

7^_% / ^ 5E Tung' 'si, /j-eese ^o death. ,^ P'ien', io c/ieaL ^'^ *■ 

^ "^ joj/- ^ ^,Kia'cliii, master of family ^ ^ jTung ,kia, master. ■^f*^ ^ 

*)<.e 'Vti> ^ ^ T'sai' fan', vegetables ^ ^ -y*,K'an .fang 'tsi, f aAre -^b'^w^ 

arwi rice. care of a house. ^^^ 
4^^ .^^^ -^ j^ 'Sheng kien', economical. JIjC'w >Sheu sheh, gather up. ^yUc <ueA 

fCSi£^ Z*w ^ 5f^ ,Kan tsing', clean. /J"* ^ 'Siau ,si, waiting hoy. ofdd -o^ 

C>L^i>.^ 1^ .Qi'\xv!i, industrious. /f^^ |^,Ken,pan tih, ser»ffl«i./iW^^^ 

^ 'tZ'^ ^ ^ -T'si 'cteng, orderly. ■'^ i|j» .Lieu ,sin, a^jp/y ^Ae mind. Icu. o^x^ 

■Hiie. TC -Wan, finished. V^^ ]§ Chau'ying', take care of. olUiiOM 

^ ® W S ^ 5^ jtung ,si ,tu yau' ,kan tsing', everything 
must he clean. 

IIS^fi^A^J^ — W 'sM li"<^an' tih .jen puh 'sLau yih 
peh, the number of servants employed is not less than a hundred. 

31 y% Jx- "H W^ TC 'kung ,fu muli 'yea tso' .wan, the work is 
not yet done. 

Pl^ i® ''J'* ^ W W "T* 'liang ko' 'siau ,si ,k'an ,fang 'tsi, two 
waiting boys kept the house. 

^ ^ }^ >lj* ,kia 'chu 'hau ,sin, the master is well disposed. 

^^ iS y^?> ® "fffii iPI ciau' ying' chau' ying' ,t'a .men, take 

«^ °{J^^- \to he fromn. 

A^ Wi 'Wi <^ Su puh kiau' ,t'a tung' 'si, he will not allow them 
is ^ ^ Ita PK ^ 'y^ V^ kiau' ,t'a ngo' 'si, nor to he starved. 
i^ -^ fe iii ^ '^i P'^l'- t^h p'ien' 'wo, you must not cheat me. 
]^ S ^ "H ^Li* jtung ,si put .lieu ,sin, you do not take care 

of things. 

i^ 5^ B$ '^ _t j^ puh tsai' .shi heu' shang' tso', you do not 
do things at the proper time. r^w neglect. 

"J ^ ^ ,tan wu' 'liau ,tung ,kia, you injure your master 
^ ^ 'tsung yau' .t'si 'cheng, {they) must be put in order. 



J 27 ] 
LESSON 30. TRADE. 

2S !,T' fT' ''^'''"'- MS-^'''"" ■'' '^'"P- Ihouse. 
m^>^'^^^g'o'hn, distinct. ^ ^ .C'ha chan', tea ware- 

sfffl ff Si' swan', carefully count, ft Kwei', counter. 

g^l^ Swan' Chang', ca/cMfo^e.-^lgj^ ,Tang kwei' tih, 

pg ^jK'ai tien', open a shop. shopman. 

^ if 'Hwo ki', assistant. >^ 4^ Shih 'pen, lose capital. 

■H" ?*^ 'Ten c'heng', measures W "iit.T'aajkwang, beg favour. 

and weights. ;/L A ^ 'Kieu pah .yin, 

^ ^ 'Pen .t'sien, capital. Shanghai sycee.* 

^J ^ Li' .t'sien, interest. 7il| ^ 'Ma .t'eu, port ; jetty. 

^ 'M -P'an fei', expenses. "/^ ^ 'Hai ,kwan, custom house. 

■^ ^ jKung .p'ing, yiisi. ^ ^ .Wan shui', ^ay custom. 

-T" ST P"^ t'^i^ '^o^ agree. ^ § Shu' muh, numbers. 

W^ R -^ 3^ shu' muh puh tui', the numbers do not agree. 

W^ ff ^^Wi Cheng' tih ,kin 'Hang puh tui', the weight 
in catties and ounces does not agree. 

^- Ttf -T* m swan' teh puh jt'sing, it is not clearly calculate^. 

§9 /£ St /@» -^ ^ .k'ai tien' ,sheng i' puh ta', when he 
opened shop, his trade was small. 

S tK hv B^ B^ IJC jta-iig kwei' tih shwoh ,t'au ,kwang, the 
shopman said, may I beg custom. 

jg "^ HL ^ jTL /V ^ .hwan ,t'a er' wan' 'kieu pah .yin, 
pay him twenty thousand Shanghai taels. 

5^ "W ^4^ ^§ muh 'yeu 'pen. .t'sien, he has no capital. 
5W S ^ ^1 ^ .c'heng 'li .c'ha chan' ,to, the tea ware-houses 
in the city are numerous. [honest. 

W »T ^ i^ K '^0 ^i' V^^ '^^^ shih, iAe assistants are dis ■ 

LESSON 31. WAR. 

^ ~r* jPing jting, soldier. ^ l^-^u .c'hia\i,floating bridge. 
^ i:^ ,Kwan ,ping, ditto. ^ B^.Ngan .min,^fl!ci/y^eojofe. 
t"^ ^ Teh sheng', conquer. ^ ^fi]* .T'eu .ho, leap into a river. 

* Literally, silver at two per cent discount. Kieu pah means ninety eight in 
a hundred. 



128 ] 

^ f .Ying 'liau, won. ^ ^ .T'eu 'tsing, leaiD into a 

$gij ,Sliu, defeated. M A 'Si ,slii, corpses. [^^Zi. 

fy '^ 'Ta change to fight. ^ ^ Tui' Vn, ranh and file. 
^ ^ Pai' chang', de/eaf . ^ ^,Kwei 'kii, orderly conduct 
g ^ .Wei k'wun', fcesiegre. :^ "^ .Mai fuh, ambush. 
■fi :^ 'Ling ,ping, ?ra(? soMjers. ^ "^ Hau' 't'ung, trumpet. 
j^ ^ Fang' 'hwo, sef on fire. ^ H K'an' ,keng, keep watch. 
^ \ 'Lu .jen, seise men. P ^ 'K'eu hau', watchword. 

'^ ^ ,La .jen, t^rap' aM-fl?/ mie«. ^ ^ P'au' .t'ai, lattery. 
^ 'Sheu, fo fceej,. [pZ„„^er. M ^^ ^ang' p'au', //"e cannon. 
i^ ^ 'T'siang toh, rob and [the city. 

^ ;^ -ij* ^ ,kwan ,ping ''sheu .c'heng, mandarin soldiers keep 

•JT T — ■ 10 M ^ 'ta 'liau yih ko' pai' cliang', they fought 

an unsuccessful battle. 
"A^ m W ^ V^^ iiwei' tell sheng', they cannot conquer. 
tu PR ^ ^ 4 .t'sien 'Hang ,t'i6n .ying 'liau, two days since 

they gained a victory. 
'^^A*^Wi -c'lieng .t'siang puh ,kien ku', the city wall is 

not strong. ^^j^^ ^vers. 

J§ /V "K J i^i -^^T^ -jen .t'eu 'liau .to, the men leaped into 

ISC yv -K J 7r '^ii -jen -t'eu 'liau 'tsing, the women threw 
themselves into the wells. 

i^ lS 5JSl "S* tso' .f u .c'hian kwo' c'hii', they made a float- 
ing bridge to pass by. [^g captives. 
^>^-/V^By yau' 'lu .jen c'hii' tih, they carry away men 
•^ tJ* I^ '^ puh 'sheu tui' 'wu, they do not keep rank. 

■fP J m -^ :^ 'ling 'liau ,san wan' ,ping, he marched at the 
head of thirty thousand soldiers. 

A^ OT tg ^ puh 'hii 't'siang toh, robbery is forbidden. 

"^ 1^ 6^ P ^ ,kin ye' tih 'k'eu hau', the pass-word for to-night. 

LESSON 32. SURGERY. 

:^ ^ .Mingjsheng, reputation. ^^^hQ'AieYig'fioic-shoticound. 

■^ ^ .Ming ,i, famed surgeon. ^^U '1^^ tsien', cross-bow 
^^B.uh.]a.n, unexpectedly. «^''o^- [vegetable.) 

* ''"'I Han' .c'hau, Ean dynasty j^fiM .Wu .t'eu, {name of a 



[29 1 

^ |J^ .Hwa .t'o, (a noted sur- ^ ^ Tuh yoh, poison. 
^ Pi', arm. [S'^o"'-) 3^ ^ Ta' .p'en, large hasin. 

IJJ^ ^ Chang' .fang, ietii. r„;.^_ ^ J^ Tsi^h hiueh, receive blood. 
# W .Shen pi', stretch out the ^ ^ P'a' t'ung, /ear ^Jaw. 
^ .T'eng, pain. ^l] ^ Koli ,k'ai, cut open. 

^^~^'T'anhia.', bare the shoulder-^ |^ .p<i ju^, sfcm and /es/i. 
J^ ^Hiu^h' 'kwan, blood-vessel — [J Yih cliih, straight. 
W^^-f' ,Kwan ,fu 'tsi, (the tjjft T'ieh, to stick. 

god oficar, Kwan yun cAa^s--) i^ ^ ,Kau yoh, ^Zasfer. 

'^ ^ -W ^ :^ ■?■ Han' .c'hau 'yeu ,Kwan ,fu 'tsi, in the 
Ean dynasty there was Ewanfu tsi, {the god of war.) 

^fR ^ at It "^ T pei'* na' 'nu tsien' she' ,8hang 'liau, 
he was wounded by a cross-how arrow. 

i@> ^ — 1® A ^ »• ff huh .jan yih ko' .jen .lai kau, su', 
at an unexpected moment, there came a man to say. 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ J .ming ,i .hwa .t'o .t'sai .lai ^liau, the 
celebrated surgeon Hwa-to had just arrived. 

hR Wi *S IR^ W ^ 't'sing ,t'a tsin' chang' .fang .lai, he was 
invited to enter the tent. 

Wl R '^ '^ SM ^ ,shang 'li 'yen ,-wu .t'eu yohj in the wound 
there was a vegetable poison called 'Wu-t'eu, 

— li! ?0J *P* SI i5 ft yih chih tau' kuh .t'eu na' 'li, straight 
into the hone. 

yf* -^ -^ ^ pnh shi' 'tsaa ,i, if not cured early. 

aa, i® W ot n /t3 che' ko' pi' muh 'yeu yung', the arm 
would he of no use. 

^' ft '^ y] 'sheu 'li .na tau', in his hand he held a Tcnife. 

A^^WJIiST^J^ ta' -P'en tsai' pi' 'ti hia^ tsieh 
hiu^h, a large hasin under the arm to catch blood. 

^ ^ -f' 'f^ •^ jKwan ,fu 'tsi ,shen 'sheu, the god of war 

held out his arm. 
^3 ~f* -3?^ ^^ 'fan hia' ,i fuh, and bared his shoulder of clothing. 
B4 ^ 1^ ^ij §1 kiau' .Hwa .t'o koh ,k'ai, for Ewa-to to cut 

it open. 

— . §^ '^>\^ 5il yi^ 'tisn puh p'a' t'ung' (.t'eng), he did not 
in the least fear pain. 

* Pei is the sign of tlie passiye. 



[30 1 ■ 

327J [M] *i*MJ:^!j*^M > ,tau hiang' kuli .t'eu 
shang' kwah c'hii' tuh c'hi', he took the knife and approach- 
ing the hone scratched away the poison. 

#iSjB^^i^^5^ Heu' .lai 'pa .p'i juh .fang 'c'hi ,lai, 

afterwards the skin and flesh were sewn up. [much. 

^ y^ ^ y^ ^ jKwan ,f a 'tsi ta' siau'j, Kwan fu tsi laughed 

jr v ja/v nn ^i-f 

0C &C \M] ^a sh.woli shwok .hien Kwa', and talked on ordinary 
subjects. 

LESSON 33. THE WELL. 
j^ Tso', numeral of wells, houses, clocks, hills, graves, &c. 
TT 3^ 'Tsing ,pien, side oftceir'^ ^^ ,Siamg .lieA, connected. 
^ ^ 'Tsing 'shui, well water. ^ ^ ,T'ien jeh, hot weather. 
yZ yx jT'ien 'tsva^,square court. JJ^ Jl 'Wan shang', at evening. 
^ Kung', common. ^ ^ Kiueh,k'ai,c?«jrojoe«. r/^g^_ 

^ 55C .Hien 'shui, salt water. ^ ^ Tiau' 't'ung hanging buc- 
|^^.T'ung,hiaDg,sa!mew7/ff()'e. 5p,^3i ■^'^ .sheng, hempen rope. 
=^ -f" Tseh 'tsi, homestead. "^ ^ ,Shen 't'ien, deep shalloio. 
^ ^f£ jKiau, hwa, water floivers. ^fe ;^ ,T'iau 'shui, carry water. 
EB ^ .T'ien ti', cultivated land. ^ J^'C'Ta 'shui, iafce wp water. 
^ ;^ Tiau' 'shui, raise water. ^ ;^ ,C'he 'shui,pMmp water. 

^^WC^yr^k •P'iHg fang' tsai' 'tsing 'li, place the hottle 
in the well. 

1^1 9PP x\ TT Ha yx .t'ung ,hiang kung' 'tsing tih .jen, men of 
the same village and a common well. 

SW/ Jl ^ 'ff TT ^ wan' shang' tso' tsai' 'tsing ,pien, at night 
they s_^ by t^'^ell. ^ -^ ^ ^^.^^^^ ^^^^_ 

TT ;5T^ 'W ^ iw 'tsing 'shui 'yen ,sie .hien, the water in the well 

^^Mi T*-^ tiau' 't'ung fang' hia' c'hii', let down the bucket. 

^ ^ By v/\ 'ta 'shui tih .jen, the water bearer. 

•j^fe ;^ HI ** jt'iau 'shui .hwei c'hu', carry the water hack. 

'^^^^ 'yau 'Chi 'shui .lai, take up water with ladle. 

"^^■^ .nieu 'c'he 'shui, the bullock pumped water. 

^^^^ 'tsing kiu^h ,k'ai .lai, the well was dug. 

J^mM^^'^^ yuiig' -ma .sheng tiau' 'c'hi 't'ung 

lai draw up water with a rope. ^^.n ^j ^ „iachine. 

7p By -t ?S^ ^ '^^^^S tih shang' .pien 'yeu ,c'he, above the 



[31 ] 



LESSON 34. DINNER. 

j^ .Br, terminal particle placed after most nouns in the 
northern dialect. 

■yl 'f^Pien' fan', ordinary meal, -f^- ^W Tsai' hoh, drinle again. 

^ 31^ Puh kwo', only (initial) . ^ iR T'si' fan', grant me rice. 

^ J Pa' 'liau, only (final) . Wl W -C'hu .fang, kitchen. 

j^ -T'ing, wait. ^'^ ,Ki jt'&ng, fowl broth. 

— ■ W Yili hwei', a /?Y<fe ; once. ^ ^ Yen' ,wo, birds' nests. 

1^ 'MR 'Pai fan', lay the table. ^ ,T'ien, add; give more. 

Jt^Shang' t'sai', put tte'fS J 'Pau 'liau, safis^ecZ. 

fishes on the table. ^\ ^ 'Tau .c'lia, pour out tea. 

^t^'c'lii 'kan, how dare I?^i^ ,Cliwang ,yen, put in 

^f V@,Chen 'tsieu,^OMr out wine, tobacco. 

^ ^.C'henghwei'jrecewe/ciKif- j^ 'Pa, take. 
^C'hi.c'ha, make tea. [«^«s. yjjjj ^Twan, place. 
J^tt'Liang ,pei, two cups. -^^ 'T'u'i .t'si, refuse. 

^ -^Tui' 'yin,to drink together. @* Tsui', elevated hy wine. 

3^ :^ IS WL che' shi' pien' fan', this is an ordinary dinner. 

■fR ^ iX- "W f^^' 'liau muh 'yeu, is the rice boiled or not ? 

^^ "K B'S t'sai' pien' .ni, are the meat and vegetables ready ? 

^ — ' W ^ •t'ing yiJi hwei' .er, waii a little. 

Wj 1^ J tsieu' pien' 'liau, they will then be ready. 

•J^ 'IS _t ^ 'pai fan' shang' t'sai', spread the table, bring the 
dishes on. {drink together. 

^ ffl ^ "i^ ^ T ''^° -i^sn tui' 'yin pa' 'liau, loe loill just 

^ -W "S" ^ ^ ^ 1^^^ 'y^u shen' 'mo 'hau t'sai', I /lave wo 
good dishes. 

^ P^ P^ ^ ,to hoh 'liang ,pei, take a cwp or two more. 

^i. ^ ^^ ^^ .c'heng hwei' teh 'hen, I receive the greatest kind- 
ness from you. 

V@ ^ Pf A^ P^ @? 'tsieu puh 'k'o 'i hoh tsui'^ I must noi 
take wine so as to become elevated. 

^ is H t'fci' fan' pa', grant me rice. 



[32 ] 

iE 10 ;S WS M ^che' ko' sM' yen' ,wo ,t'ang, this is birds' 

nest soup. Iguests. 

^^yV)^ Wi fc'i* k'eh .jen ,t'ieii fan', give more rice to the 

'H'^'T'^-^kiau' .cliu 'tsi ,slieu sMh, tell the cook to 

put things away in order. 

LESSON 35. ARRESTING A CRIMINAL. 

591 !^ jChi Hen', magistrate. ^ j^ ,Cliwen ,t'ung, secretly 
^ oWang' kan', falseli/ accuse, form connection icith. 
O^Kau' slii', proclamation. ^ l&.So sung',Mif;«ce to accuse. 
lA |ii T'ieh c'liuh, ^0 paste up. JS" ^Tien' p'u', a shop. 
^ ^ jC'hai yih, messenger. ^ Hien', ciij/ of 3rd class. 
^^ Stu yih, secretary. ^"W .W'o .lieu, shelter thieves. 

^^M -P'ai p'iau', tcritten order, i ^ 'T'u 'fei, local banditti. 
■fg 'Kia, false. ^'M Tso' .fang, sii in judg- 

^Kii', arrest. [room. ^'""'^■ 

^ffi^ ,Pan .fangj messenger's -^^^ 'SHen sH', to judge. 
^^ -^ ,Kien .lau, prison. ^ ^ ,Kung sM', public duties. 

Q ^M 'I jking, already. ^j f ^.Ya.meii,wflnf?rt)-/«'s o^ce. 

'^^i^^'^-^^ ,km ,fien Hen' 'li 'yen ,kung sH', 
to-day at the magistrate s there is business. 

— M^M^^^%%^'^ji^ iien' tih sH' ,tTi sM' 
,cM tien' 'kwan tih, all the affairs of a district are directed 
by the city magistrate. 

Pi^"F*6^A'^|| k-ai' p'u' 'tsi till .jen 'yeu tsui', a 
shop-keeper is guilty of a crime. 

^ H Jy^ ::^ i gE,wo .lieu'tau ,to 't'u 'fei, sheltering a great 
number of thieves of the country. 

B jn" ?T ^ ^ ^ jkwan ,f u 'ta fah ,c'liai yih, the mand'arin 
sent messengers. 

^ Iffii 51$ Pq .na ,t^a .lai -wen', bring him for inquiry. 

2» ^^ td T "o" -^ 'i ,king c'liuli 'liau • kau' shi', having 
already published a proclamation. 

Ifi m ^ In W ^^ t'ieli Ckuh .lai kei' peli sing' k'an', it 
was pasted up for the people to see. 

19: ^ PTlii ^ ^ i K shwoli pull 'k'o 'i ,wo .Heu 't'u 
'fei, it said that thieves must not he sheltered. 



[33 j 

Ea ^ iHI T "ffli.c'liai ylh kii' 'liau ,t'a, the messengers arrested him. 

m \4 S "TRI ^J -y* .men 'li ku' tau', they seized and brought 
him to the magistrate's' office. 

j^ ^ ^Si. jchi hien' tso' .t'ang, the mandarin sits in judgment. 

^ 9" BV B^ ^ 'sTien shi' tii. .shi heu', at the time of Judging. 

^il%A$5i^^^ll ^,cM tau' 'yeu .jen ,o'hwen 
,t'ung jshu yih .ho ,c'hai yih, Ae learned that persons had 
secretly influenced the writers and messengers. r fyigg^ 

W ^ S iS By -P'^i p'iau shi' 'hia tih, the order to arrest was 
^^a" J flEi wang' kau' 'liau ,t'a, he had been falsely accused. 
B jfy" ^$ ^ tc J ,kwan 'fu 'shen shi' .wan 'lia,u, the man" 
darin having ceased his inquiry. 

^^ix'W$' lieu' .lai muh 'yeu shi', afterwards nothing 
more occurred, 

LESSON" 86. Burma LAND. 

^ ^ Ti' 'chu, owner of land. TO 51 ,Siang kin', near. 
-^ ^ Pu' ,kung, measure of 5 JpJ ^ Kieh shih, frm. 

^^ 'K'ung p'a', Zes^. U^^^ SX Yih *meu, me mow. 

^ Jl ,Kiai shang', on the street. W^ ^ '^eu pan', meu Sf a half 
W^ ^,Hiang'li, in the country. '^ ^ .Wenyoh, deed of sale. 
^ -^ .Lin she', neighbours. ^ \, , Chung .jen, middleman,. 
-|" 1^ Shih tiau', ten strings. ^ ^ .Ming .er, name. 
-^ ^ Ta' .t'sien, large cash. ^ ^ Tai' pih, a writer. 
"§ Kieu', old. ^ ^ 'Ta ,t'ing, to inqmrci 

^ P'o', broken. '^^ 'Ohau .siiin, to seek. 

^ 1§ ^ ^ '^° y^^' '™*i *i'» -^ wish to buy land. 
3^ ^ ^ Jb tsai' ta' jkiai shang', in the great street. 
fS^ ^ ^ ^ ^ '"^i *'i' ''^^ '*^ >t-iig> inquire for me about it. 
^^^ T — '^ '^o 'chau .siiin 'lian yili k'Wai', I have 

found a piece. 
^ 3;^ 1^ ^ PJ tsai' ta' jkiai .nan mien', on ihe south side of 

the great street. 
j^ — ' 10 ^S" J? A 'oh.a,u yih ko' ,chttng heu' .jen, find rite an 

honest man. [writer. 

Ir "fifc "feif 'Hi ^ 't'sing ,t'a tso' tai' pih, imiite him to be the 



t34] 

'f^^fi^lA^^f^ tai' pih tih .jen 'sie .wen yob, the 

writer will write the deed of sale. 

i^j^W /^^iii'T^i tso' jchung .jen 'k'o 'i, you can be the 

middle man. 

Pw "F IhI i9l 5^ 'liang Ma' showh shpwh .ming pelt, apeak 
clearly on hath sides. 

^ ^0^ pfy ^ J\ tnai' ti' till 'chu .jen, the proprietor ivho sells 
the land. \not ? 

"W ^ 3^ 'W §S^ 'y®^ .t'sien muli 'yeu .t'sien, has he money or 
"ra S W J 'ysu kieu' .fang 'tsi, there is an old house. 
3^ ^ % _ll .hwan tsai' ti' shang', still on the ground. 

aa.1®7^^^'OT J *^'^^' ^o' 'tsung yau' t'seh (.c'hai) 'liau, 
this must be pulled down. [land 

Jffl ^ k3 SA =P ti' 'yeu si' 'meu pan', there are 4f moio of 

-— T PS ^ "^ — 'HA er' shili 'Uang .yin 'tsi yiH 'meu, 
twenty taels a mow. 

M^ — ^^^MM -liwan 'yeu yih k'wai' ti' tsai' 
,hiang 'li, there is a piece of land in the country. 

^ W y^ ^ jij H^ -lin she' .jen ,kia 'hau tih, the neighhowfa 
are good. 

r W J^ ^ shih tiau' ta' .t'Sien, ten strings of large cash. 

™ ^ ^ j£ ^ ^ 'pa pa' ,kung .liang .liang.k'an', measure 
it with the rod. 

•H W P9 + ^ ""'SX er' peh si' shili ,kung yih 'meu, 240 
pum(^e a mow. j-^^^j^^ „ ^^^^-_ 

— ' ^ to 'H' — ^ yi^ V^' 'ye kiau' yih ,kurig, a pu is also 
S. )\. — ^ 'wu c'hih yih pu', five feet make one pu. 

MM^h^-\^^Wt<i^f 'mo 'siau 'k'uDg p'a' puh keu', 
this is small, and I fear it will not be enough. 

LESSON 37. TIGERS. 

^ ^ 'Lau 'hu, tiger. ^ 3^ Put 'H, not to care for. 

S^ 'Hii, to promise. ^ ^T3.ai' c'hu', injitries. 

^ 'Shang, reward. Ithers. '^ -Hi^n, to take in the mouth. 
^ ^ 'Hu pau', tigers andpau' ^i ^ ,T'eu t'sieh,io steal. 
^ IS; 'Pai sheh, arrange. ^ .Hiung, violent. garden, 

f|g J^ Hien' ,k'eiig, a pitfall. ^ ^ T'eai' .yum, vegetable 



[35] 

% ^ Ti' 'nu, a spring how. ^ ^ 'Ye sheu', wild animals. 

^ .K'in, to catch. fj ^^ Chuli ,ken, hartiboo roots. 

2I Wi 'Yin 'yeu, to tempt. ^ ^ Heu' mien', behind. 

^^^^^ ^Olien ,ngan 'lau 'hu ,to, at the city of 
Chenng an tigers are numerous. 

W^SW^ ^i' .c'heng 'li peh sing', they vnjws the 
people in the city. 

■^ /<MbW^ Int .yen .jen .neng shall 'lau 'hu, there are 
persons who can kill tigers. 

^ H1^ T "ftfii iPI '■wo 'hii 'liau ,t'a .men, I promised them. 

^ ' 1^ jR i "T* T shah yih 'hu 'shapg 'wu sh'ih jt^sien, 
if they killed a tiger they should receive fifty thousand cash 
as a reward. 

TC ^ A. 1^ ^ chu' tih .jen 'pai sheh, the inhabitants placed. 

Rg tn^Mb^ hieu' ,k'eng .ho ti' 'nu, pitfalls and under- 
ground spring hows. 

^HlM'flfii'ffl pnh .neng .k'in ,t'a .men, they could not 
catch them. 

M U4 ^ ^I ^TlEi yung' ,shan .yang 'yin 'yeu ,t'a, they used 
goats to entice them. 

^ md^^ '^^^ '^^ pnh 'li, the tigers took no notice. 
WM^ ® ^1^ IS -fang uh heu' mien' 'yeu t'aai' .yuen, 
behind the houses are vegetable gardens, 

^S-WA^.^JH^* ye' 'li 'yeu .jen 'tseu tau' .yuen 
,chung, if at night a man walks into the garden. 

^>^ B^l^ 7 "fi^ 'lau 'hu 'i ,kmg .Men 'liau ,t'* 
k'ii, a tiger has already taken him, away in his mouth. 

^^^^imMM^'^ ye' 'li muh 'yeu t'eu t'sieh 
jtung ,si tih, at ndght there is no one to steal. 

^^>^ ^Wi ^ P'a' 'ISin 'hu puh 'kan .lai, fearing tigers 
they dare not come. 

LESSOISr 39. ELEPHANTS. 

^ ^ 'Ye siang', wild elephant, j^ 1^ Pang' p'au', fire guns, 
f^ ^ Peh siting',, white do. gpj Wo', hungry ; to starve. 
^ -f" Fah 'tsi, method. ^ |@ 'Tien .feii, to nod the 

-(^^Kung' yih, service. ^<^- 



[36 ] 

^ KiuSh, to dig. ^ .Sie, inclined j crooked. 

^ iS >^'^ sih, spread mats. ^ CWa., to push away. 

^ jtj Kai' 'hau, cover over. ^ ;^ , Chung jshen, whole life. 

^ ^m "^^ •■^°j ^^*^ 9ongs. I7C -T'o, carrj/ on. 6acA;. 

^ 'Kan, drive. H^ ^ Puh shi', to serve. 

^ ^ 'Ta 'ku, heat drums. |^ Wei', to feed. 

1® W'W©^ jsi .nan 'yeu 'ye siang', in the south west 
there are wild elephants. 

TjJ :Mil /v m J^ "T* 'psn ti' .jen yung' fall 'tsi, the natives 
use methods. 

^^^^W^^ 'yeii jt'a .men tso' kung' yih, to tempt 
them to become serviceable. 

M^^^f^'^MM tiueh ti' ,k'eng ,p'u sili 'tsi kai' 
they dig a pit and cover it well with mats. 

^ >yB l^ it ^ _t tsai' ,kia .ni 't'u tsai'' shang', they also 
place earth wpon the mats, 

^ ^ ^:Nil'^ 6^ 'hau siang' .p'ing ti' si' tih, so that it is 
like the level ground ; 

^r ^x 10 yv 'tau 'ki peh ko' .jen, several hundred men. 
^ IS ^ M ^ 1^ 'ta .lo 'ta 'ku fang' p'au', heat gongs and 
drums, and fire guns. 

M^^_^^Wti^~f^ 'kan siang' 'tseu kwo' hien' ,t'a 
hia' c'hu', the;/ drive the elephant past and cause him, to fall in. 

:5*Wh Strti 1^ ,slien 't'i chung' jk'eng ,slien, he is heavy in 
body, and the pit is deep. 

^^ He flj ^K P^^ -neng c'huli-.lai, he cannot come out. 

Wt BW ilQ 3^ ^ tsieu' wo' ,t'a 'ki .t'ien^ they then keep him 

without food for several days. 
^K yH W "nil heu' .lai wen' ,t'a, afterwards they ask him. 
j^'^^'^^'W tso' kung' yili 'k'eng puh 'k'eng, if he is 

willing or not to do service. 

^ Wt m> S® siang' tsieu' 'tien .t'eu, the elephant nods his head. 

*i :^ M Itt # ^ db ti' >t'eng mien' .t'sien c'Mh c'hii' 't'u, 

in front of the pit they remove the earth. 

Pi — '^^1^ ,k'ai yili .t^iau .sie lu', open an inclined path. 
^ ^ $f ^ _h kih siang' 'hau 'tseu shang', so that the 
elephant can walk out. 



[37] 

' ffiR J BS yili |tien 'liau .t'eu, if he once nods his head. 

^ 3* S -fli^ ^^ yv jchung jslieii yau' fuh ahli' .jen, he will 
serve man all his life. 

3§. yu A^ !^ cii' 'si puh pien', till death never changing. 

'liE'lra !^ j^ m sing' .t'sing tsui' sin' sMh, his disposition is 
very faithful. 

"1® ^ HE Ia yi^ ko' siang' .neng .t'o, one elephant can carry. 

"T" ft w — vL jt'sien jking p'au' yih wei', a canon weighing 
a thousand founds. 

^ ^ ^fi S§ siang' puh 'tien .t'eu, if the elephant does not 
nod his head. 

-^ ^ ItSi !i| ^ puh kiau' ,t'a c'huh ,lai, they do not let him 

come out. 

Fw -^^ Py 1^ 'liang ,san .hwei wen' ,t% they ask him two 
or three times. 

^R yBiHi 'W Hy ^^' 'si 'ye 'yen tih, some are starved to death. 
wM ^ Im SM 'tsung puh 'tien .t'eu, any how they will not nod 
their heads. 

LESSON 39. SILVER MINES. 

^ 5^ Ti ai' .lai, to hring. p^ ^ Nui' ti', China proper. 

^^S .Yin 'kung, silver-ore "i^^ Han' .c'hau, Han dy- 

mine. [duties. nasty. 

i\)C^i jSheu shui', receive ^ ^ T'eh i', purposely. 
^J M\ Li' sih, profit, [harder. -^ "T jPing .tingj soldiers. 
^ ^1* ,Pien wai', beyond the 5c ^ ,Kiau ,fung, join battle. 
^ San', to disperse. Sg) 'C'hien, to send. 

^P ,Kwan 'k'eu, border ^"^ 'Mien tien', Birmah. 

custom home. ^'^ ,'Ngan.na.n,Cochin-China. 

Jl [IjShang' ,shan, go up a MIL J^ -y 'C'hang ,ting, depot ser- 
^^ 'Chang, large yard or depot. vants or miners. 
^ -f- 'Ki shih, several tens. ^ 2» 'Tsau 'i, long since. 
^ ^ U1 ^ "?■ ^'S , Chung kwoh c'huh .yin 'tsi .ni, does 

China produce silver ? \ha:d silver. 

2jS ^ 'W ^ ■?" 6^ 'P®° -^^^ 'y^^ -y^^ '*^^ *^^' oWgrwaiZy ii 
^■4^ ^^!|^%|^ .ju ,kin nui' ti' muh 'yeu tih, now 

there is none in this country. 



[38] 

■^ ^ jil 6t ^ !^ 'yeu .yin 'kung till ti' .fang, flaces that 
have silver. 

■T" 2( S^ -51 ^ J 'tsau 'i ,tu 'fc'sii tsin' 'liau, it has long 
since been taken all away. 

|§^^^^^ 'Mien tien' tsai' .lai 'yeu tih, some is 
brought from Birmah. 

^m^~^'\^'^ jNgan .nan .yin 'tsi 'ye 'yeu, in, Cochin- 
china there is also silver. 

e^ SB By B^ ^ Han' .cTiau till .shi heu', in the time of the 
Han dynasty. 

^^'t&'^ffPI^M ,Ngan .nan 'ye tsai' , Chung kwoli 
'li mien', Gochin-china also was a part of China. 

1^ ^ ■W :^ lij ^ 'Mien tien' 'yeu 'Ta ,slian 'cliang, in 
Birmah there is the ^a-shan silver-mine. 

•^ W ^^ J^ ?* r *s^i' .Tiin .nan ,pien wai', outside the border 
of Yun-nan. 

^ TO ^ ^ M wt .N'gan .nan 'yeu Sung' ,sing ^c'hang, in 
Gochin-china is the Sung sing silver-mine. 

•pE ^ @5 JS ^Y ^^^i' 'Kwang ,si ,pien wai', beyond the border 
of Kwang-si. 

#lUtt4CPJ^i§^tr1^ .t'sung .t'sien 'pen kwoh 'U 
'Mien ,tien 'ta chang', formerly our country went to. war 
with Birmah. 

P^ ® ^ 1^ ^ ^ 'liang mien' ,ping 'ma ,kiau ,fung, the 
two armies of soldiers and horses met in battle. 

1^ ~J" 2» ^ wL J 'c'liang ,ting 'i ,king san' 'liaa, the miners 
were all scattered. 

)^^ \. ^ ^ ^ T" ^^^ 'y^^ -js^ c'hii' yau' .yin 'tsi, no 
one went to seek silver. 

#^^JLLW)iS^»t$:|fe teu' .lai shfeh lili ,kwan 'fu ,slieu 
sliui', afteripards they appointed officers to collect duties. 

^M^MiM/^ *'eli i' 'kwan che' ko' sH', they attend 
specially to this matter. 

±4lj^P^^6^^^ shang' ,slian c^u' 't'sai 'kung 
'li tih .yin 'tsi, they went up the hill to seek for it in 
the mines. 

# ^ :5fc^ >i ^ P ^ ^ pill ting' .sien yau^kwp' ,kwan 
'k'eu .wan sKui'j they must first pass the etistom house ami 
pay the duty. 



[39] 

LESSON 40. WATER. 

\(^ \^G'h:ih.kwa,n', eat habifually.. ^^ .Wei 'yeu, only. 
^tS C'hai kwan', send ha- -^ y^ .C'ha,jxg 'kieu, long time. 
■^ ^ 'Lau ,fa, I. Ibitually. ^ ^ 'Lia^g ya^g.^ different. 
^ Suh (siea'), to pass the night. ^ ^ .P'eng yeu', friends. 
ut r^ 'Si 'lien, wash the face. ^^Vm >Kiau kwan', to water. 
^^ .U, small howl. ^ 1*5 ,Kan ,k'u, withered. 

'^ '^ .Cheng jt'sing, to cleanse. |p| ,Kien, socia. 
^ "^ .Yen seh ('shai), colour. gH ^ ,Kien c'hi', soda vapour. 
^ ^ CTii' wei', taste. i ^ 'T'u c'hi', exhalations. 

■^ iflS Ta' kai', the most part. Bffi Shai', to dry in the sun. 
^ JM ^ 5f '^"^ ^^^' >^^^ 'paa, an inestimable treaswre. 
S. ^t n ^ '^^ ^^^ P®^ 'kwo, <7ie _/i«e kinds of grain and the 
hundred fruits. 

'shui tsui' 'shau shih tsai' .wu kia' ,ch'i 'pan, water in Kan- 
suh is very scarce and is indeed of priceless value, 

^ 5^ H ti —1® M A ^IJ K J'H 'lau ,fa ,c'hai ,kwan 
yih ko' yung' .jen tau' .Lan ,cheu, I used to send a messenger 
regularly to Lan-cheu. 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^. J^ ye' 'li suh tsai' k'eh tien', in the night he 
slept at a lodging house. 

^ — ^:^'^^ikW. 'yeu yih .11 'shui sung' k'eh 'si 

'lien, a small basin of water was given to the lodgers to wash 

their faces. 
^ i9^ T 3i ^ "^ J^ ^ T ;!fC'si 'hau 'liau 'lien puh 'k'o 

'i ,tieu 'liau 'shui, after washing their faces the water must 

not be thrown away. 
j;S^}2;|C'^'^7lfffltien' ,kia 'pa 'shui .Cheng 

jt'sing 'liau tsai' yung', the landlord cleansed the water to be 

used again. 
7fC^I&l^l^^'4^iC 'shui puh ,t'ung .lieu tih tsieu' 

kiau' 'si 'shui, water that does not flow is called dead wattr. 

B#'f^:M^^'^lS^-sl'^ lieu' .c'hang 'kieu .yen seh 
yau' pien', after a long time the colou/r changes. 

M^ii^iJf^WJSMl^ c'hi' wei' 'ye puh 'hau puh 
'k'o 'i hohj it smells bad and is not good to dfrvnk. 



£40] 

y^ W^ ^ yv jia w Hv ts-' tai' ti' .fang che' yang' tih, in most 
places it is so. 

'\^^'^'^^^^^'^ .wei 'yeu ,Kan suli puli sH' 
che' yang' tih, only in Kan-suh it is different. 

.c'liang 'kieu 'shui teh 'liau 't'u c'hi' tsieu' ,t'sing 'hau hoh 
teh, after a long time the water, through the influence of the 
soil becomes clear and may he drunk. 

^^MM^^MW^ Vo 'yen .p'eng yen' tsai' 
.Ning-hia' tso' -jk-wan, I have a friend who was a magistrate 
at Ning-hia. 

'Wi O Wt ^v 1^'^ kau' su' 'wo, he informed me. 

■y' ^ 4" A .>^ bIT M irt ^ .Kan suli 'sheng c'liu' cTiu' 
.neng hia' 'ii .t'sai 'hau, everywhere in Kan-suh province if 
rain fall it is well. 

Wt :S ^ 5 Pl^ 'W- Bv tsieu' shi' .Mng Ha' 'liang yang' tih, 
only at Ning-hia it is different. 

^ "iH ^ ^ r* ^ pih tan' puh yau' hia' 'ii, not only do they 
not desire it to rain. 

ffO ^IH S r^ j^ -^^ 't'sie p'a' yau' hia' 'ii, they even fear 

that it should rain ; 

^^MM^^MM 'J^^ -^^^ ?lie' ko' ti' ,to ,kien 
c'hi', because here there is much soda in the soil. 

m±^Bmmiwt^mm±if 'u fai' .to jih 

.t'eu shai' 'liau tsieu' 'yeu ,kien c'hi' shang' ,sheng, if there is 
much rain, then when the sun shines the vapour of the soda ascends. 

«5fi:#*mS-#^^l5g^t'i ,siang kin', 
kan' choh ,siang siueh yih yang' ,hwa 't'sau ,tu yau' ,kan 
,k'u, seen near it looks like snow, and the flowers and grass 
wither. 

^ ]^ -^^^-f M ifii ^^ ^li» ± 'so 'i yih .nien puh 
hia' 'ii 'ye puh tsai' ,sin shang', therefore if for a year it does 
not rain, it matters little. 

^MJS ffl?^S^-Nii»g tia' tan' .t'ien 'mi tsui' ,to, 
at Ning-hai rice is grown in the flelds in great quantity . 

'^^%^i^)%M. >n k'au' .Hwang .ho 'shui ,kiau 
kwan', it relies on the Yellow river alone for watering. 

•^^M%Wk^,^^^^^^'^ 's^"i ^^^^^ -^i 'yii tsai' 
ti' ti' tsieu' .fei tih 'heu, the water is muddy and the mud silts 
on the land which is very fertile. 



[41 J 

tih ti' 'wu kuh peh 'kwo ,tu sM' fah wang' tih, in the parts 
reached hy the water, the grain and fruits are abundant. 

^io^^^'pE-t puh pit ,kiau fea' tsai' shang', it does 
not need to he manured. 

'shui jshau .wei ,t'sing yih 'tien tsieu fang' ,t'a .hwei c'hii, 
when the water in the fields has become clearer it is allowed 
to return. 

LESSON 41. COALS AT PEKING. 

^g ^Kien'jtn, establish a capital- ^ ^§Tsau' .t'eu, cooking range. 
^ yi^.Clieng.o'lii, wallSr moat. jtX ,C'hui, to cook. 
^ @.0'liau .t'ing, the court.'^^ 'ChUj to boil. [pieces. 

5^ llg'Shui lu'j canals Sf rivers. ^ ^ jC'hiau sui', break in 
^ ^ Han' lu'j roads. jjf^ fP ,Hwei yin', chalk mark. 

^ ^.C'hai ,sin, wood for fuel, ^p ^ Pan' .wen, half a cash. 
— ■ ^ Yih h-iang', one kind of. gy § Ki' chung', the amount. 
^ J^Puh tsuli, not enough. ^ ^ Fen' 'liang, weight. 
"W ^'^^'^ •^' superabundance. ^^ /^^Pu tsuh, make upadeficit. 

«^Slil5^^BM— "f ^$lM|a .Ohung kwoh 
kien' ,tu tsai' Peh ,king yih ,t'sien ,to .nien 'i ,t'sien, China 
had its capital at Peking more than a thousand years ago. 

H — ^^^|9|^B#^ .t'eu yih t'si' tsai' .Liau 
.c'hau tih .shi heu', first in the time of the liau dynasty 

jking ,tu tih .c'heng .c'hi ,kung tien' .c'han .t'ing miau' 'ii 
,hwa .yuen ,tu shi' .-wan .t'siuen, in the capital, the walls and 
moat, halls, palace, temples and gardens are all complete. 
yl:^^^MftT^^i ^shui In' han' lu' lih tai' 
hai' .lai 'yen 'liau, there have been canals and roads through 
successive generations till now. 

^^^\iM%^^M^'j^ 'yeu ju t'ung ,t'ien ,8heng 

tih 'hail c'hii', there are also natural advantages seeming hke 

the gift of heaven. 
J^b^^^i^^^;^® 'pi ,fang-c'hai , sin yih hiang' 

jtung ' ,si, for example, there is for one thing a supply of wood 

for fuel. 



[42 ] 

fSlU^UiMM^MM: ,^^ .shan tih c'huh 'cTian 'li 

'yeu'hau .mei, among the productions of the western mountains 

there is good coal. 
it? 11^ iS ^ 6^ ^ M 'tau tso' ,sliau 'hwo till kung' yung', 

it is serviceable for burning. 
:$C:^6>lif'^l^'T'5^fi' 'lau tih hwa' .c'liwen .lieu Ma' 

.lai, in the words of old men coming down by tradition. 
^ ^ ^ 6^ ® lU 1^ jsliau puh tsin' tih ,si ,sliaTi .mei, the 

coal of the western mountains cannot be burned out. 
SK^^M^ K — %^ — % cMh sM' ,king 'li till 

•jen yih ,t'ien jto yili ,t'ien, but the inhabitants of the capital 
I grow daily more numerous. 

MM^'M^^^:k — %^ — % tsau' .t'eu shang' 
jC'lnii 'chu yung' tih 'hwo yih ,t'ien ,to yih ,t'ien7 the cooking 
and boiling in the kitchens increase daily.- 

^ 1^ — • p ^ — ' o .mei kia' yih jih kwei' yih jih, the 
price of coal is daily higher. 

mm n jpm±n-!^twM m~^mm 

__ fj' "j" __ p^ .mei jC'hiau sui' 'liau 'mei k'wai' shaiig' 
ta' yih ,hwei yin' mai' .t'sien ,san .wen ki' chung' er' ,kin 
shih er' 'liang, the coal was broken in pieces, on each piece a 
chalk mark was made; it was sold for three cash, and weighed 
two catties and twelve ounces. 

Hr hien' tsai' kia' .t'sien yih yang' yih k'wai, tih fen' 'liang 
puh kwo' yih ,kin ,to yih tien, at present the price is the same, 
hut the weight of one piece is not much'more than a catty. 

It .^ -^ ^ M 1^ ^M M CMh li' 'aheng Hwoh luh hien' 
'yeu .mei 'c'hang, in the province of Chih-le, there are coal 
depots at the district of Hwoh-luh. 

i^ M ^ M A^ S^ M -H ,king puh kwo' luh peh 'li, it is 
distant from the capital only two hundred miles. 

miUX-^MM.'^'^^^'^BW^ ,si„shafi puh 
tsuh Hwoh luh tih 'yeu .ii 'k'o 'i 'pu tsuh, the western 
mountains if deficient can he supplemented from the 
add/itional supply at Hwoh-luh. 



[43 ] 

LESSON 42. JUNK NAVIGATION. 

■^ ^ 'fxf .T'ing puh teh, you must not stop. 

^ A^ )ffll 'Tseu puh kwo', you cannot or do not pass, 

W Pg iRT j.Sin ,k'ai .ho, newly opened canal. 

Pw 1^ 1^ 'Liang kii' h6, two river branches. 

y^ P "X* 'Lau 'k'eii 'tsi, old mouth of the river. 

>^ TO TC affl Pi' ik'ai' t'sien kob, ^o pass by and avoid shallows. 

^K ^t ii*^ •^'il'- 'pau sha, name of a sand bank. 

^ lEJMuli .man, wooden anchor. ^ ^ T'ieh .maa, «>ow anchor. 

>5^^ jFang P'an, marmer's^H'^ 'SHeu .wei a little, 
compass. 

•;$ ^ ^ ± y$ W Vf P ^ ii * 'hal .c'liweii .t'sung 
Shang' 'hai .Hwang p'u' 'k'eu ngan' ,k'ai c'hii', a sea junk 
sets sail from the banks of the Hwang-pu at Shanghai. 

mMn 5:+ a m ^ ?t P a # tiang- ,tung .Mng 
'wu shih. 'li c'huh .Wu ,sung'k'eu .juh .yang, going eastward 
it travels for fifty K passing out of the Wit-sung river mouth. 

MmiM,m'&^m^m^^Wim .wn ^u fuh 

'pau jslia 'tseu tau' .T'suug .ming tih ,Sin ,k'ai .ho, winding 
round the Fuh-pau hank, it sails to 8in-k'ai-ho in T'sung-ming. 

^tt — W— ^+M bung' ki' yih peh yih shih 'li, it 
numbers in all one hundred and ten li. 

^ -t: + S. ^J + it ^ ^ ft >¥ yeu' t'sih shih 'li tau' 
Shih hiau' tsieu' shi' nui' .yang, there are seventy more li to 
SMh-hiau, which is' in the inner ocean. 

^ ^ pf Jj^ -(^ Jigf che' 'K 'k'o 'i .t'ing .c'hwen, here you can 
stop the junk. 

Jit ^ -tfc iS^ ^ # Hi Mi 1^ V^ 't'si ti' 'ye 'hau 'teng heu' 
shun' jfeng fang' .yang, here also you will do well to wait for 
a fair wind to go to sea. 

^ f^ ^ ;^ ^J "^ LU yen' hiang' ,tung 'tseu tau' She' ,shan, 
again going eastward you proceed to Bhe-shan island. 

at \h -£>^^ "Sf ^ 'tt 6J che' ,shan shang' muh /yeu 
peh sing' chu' tih, on this island there are no persons residing. 

Jl&l^^^'^B^T'iS -c'hwen .t'ing puh teh ,pHih .neng 
hia' .mau, ih,6 vessel cannot stop here, it is impossible to c(fjst 
anchor. 



[44 ] 

m'^\^'^^iKn'^i:^UmmM ohe' .er Hang' 
,tnug c'huh ta' .yang 'wang pei (peh) 'shaa .wei ,p'ieii ,tung, 
from this spot going eastward vessels go out to sea and 
proceed north and a little to the eastward. 

.Hwang .ho 'lau 'k'eu 'tsi 'shau .wei hiang' .nan 'yeu 'wu 
.t'iau ,sha 'keng, a little to the south of the old mouth of the 
Yellow river there are five sand banks. 

MMMMiW^^^^WlM^' ^^o^ Mj^g ,feng 'tsung 
yau' jsiang lii' 't'sien koh, should you meet with an east wind, 
you must be looking out against shallows and grounding. 

Wt. la >^ P§ ^ jtai ,tang pi' ,k'ai .lai, you should avoid them. 

i^^tL^^^ 't'ung ,kwei ,kiang .nan ti' kiai', it all 
belongs to the territory of Kiang-nan. 

f^^M^Mj'^\^ yang' jfang .p'an ting' kien' ,fang 
hiang', use the compass to fix your cowrse. 

Wk^ MM^-^M^ hwan' ,fang liiang'_ ,p'ien ,tung 

yih. ko' tsi', change your course and go one point more to the 

eastward. 
!li'^M>Klffi«I?)SM^iS.lan .ni yang' muh .mau, 

ying' .ni yung' t'ieh .man, with a soft bottom use the wooden 

anchor, and with a hard bottom the iron one. 

LESSON 43. FURS. 

JM ^ 1^ Yiin' .lai tih, imported. 

<l(j P ^h P®^ 'k'eu wai', beyond the north boundary. 

IS ,Tiau, sable. %. M -H" -li. fox. 

^ -^ 'Li. 'tsi, lining. p| -jF" Mien' 'tsi,a facing. 

^^ Cheng', take advantage of. ^ ^ Tiau' .man, let fall hair. 

^ JK. -^ ''J^ V\ih. ta' puh 'siau, neither great nor little, average. 

0^ ^ ,Hwei 'shu, grey squirrel. J^ .Lang, wolf. 

Wi .C'haUj damp j tide. •f^ Juh, rug. 

ij[j K'ang', brick couch. J^, Liang', to air. 

^ ^i^MMM'^^ ,tiau,p'i .t'sung'na 'li yiin' .lai 
tih, whence are sables imported ? 

i\j. P ^^p.'S'*lli>^^6^ Ipeli 'k'eu wai' .Meng 'ku ti' 
jfang .lai tih, they come from beyond the northern barrier, 
from the land of Mongols, 



r 45 1 

tS.mrc^^^%}%!^W^ ohe' ko' .p'au 'tsi shi' .hu 
su' .p'l tso' tih, this Long coat is made of the fur from foxe^ 
throats. 

A + ^iMM^-iif ^ pat shih ko' ,liwei 'shu .p'i tso' 
tih, made of eighty squirrels' shins. 

^M^^^M~'M -P'i 'H till ,hiue .t'eu ylh ,sliwang, a 
pair of skin, lined half boots. 

^^MW^^_ -lang .p'i 'iiau tso' 'ma kwa', wolf shin 
can he made into jachets. 

fl^ti.K 6^;^fS^c]iia' .t'sien 'ting kwei' till sM' 
jtiau .p4, the highest in price is sable. 

fSi^i^|i^>5:^^/l^gg + Pi ,tiau .p'i tw 

'tsi chia' .t'sien puh ta' pull 'siau si' shih 'Hang, a sable coat 
costs forty taels more or less. 

M'M&M^^^ che' ko' .p'i 'hau puli tiau' .man, this 
fur is good, the hair will not fall off. 

^M^^'^^^M tso' kwo' ,i .shang tih .p'i puh 
'mai, skins that have been made into clothes I do not buy. 

T S ^ i^ ^ fl^ ^ ill S ^ % ilia' 'u ,t'ien .p'i ,i fuh 
sheu' .c'hau yaa' tiau' .mauj in time of rain fur clothes become 
damp and the hair will fall off. 

BmM^M^:^^m&Mi\^l_ Cheng' Che' 
'hau jt'ien c'hi' ,tsiang .p'i ^i fuh Hang' Hang' ,sheu 'liau, 
taking advantage of this good weather give your fur clothes an 
airing and put them away. 

^JL^M^^^^ k'ang' shang' ,p'u choh .yang .p'i juh^ 
upon the brick couch was spread a goat-shin rug. 

^f^M^^^'M. ti' tia' jsheng choh fan' 'hwo lu', 
below he had lighted a charcoal fire. 

LESSON 44. IMPORTED FOREIGN MANUFACTURES. 

^ ^ 'U .mau, camlets. pf ^ -Sie .wen striped. 

P^ 1^ Pih 'chi, long ells. TJlC "E 'Pen seh, unbleached. 

^ 7^ 'ItJ jHwa .yang pu', chintz; printed cottons. 
2|S "Q 7^ 'fn 'Pen seh .yang pu', grey shirtings. 
Jp @ 7^ "flj ,P'iau peh .yang pu', white shirtings. 
JJ^ ?S 'flj Kwei' ,hwa pu', spotted stuffs. 



[46 ] 

^r!x! lu -Sle .wen pu', American drills. 

'ft ]^ -flj ,Hwa .c'hi pu', domestics. 

J^ ,P'iau peh, hleaehed. 

^ pg ,T'ien jt'sing, purple. ^ "^jTafli 'tsi, a statement, 

^%^ — '/E"f"5E^ 'ii .mau 'mei yih p'ih shih-^wu 

^liang, one piece of camlet costs fifteen taels. 

^ P3 PT ^ 'W 'W jt'ien ,t'sing pih. 'clii 'ma kwa', a jacket 
of purple long ells. 

^ -^ -^f^^^ f^ ^ ,Hwa .yang pu' 'bau 'mai puh 'hau 

'mai, can printed cottons be bought or not ? 

^U^T^^ii et^^^'ii^Ag 'pen seh .yang 

pu' ,p'iau peh .yang pu' .t'siuen muh 'yeu .jen yau', both for 
grey shirtings and vh.ite there is no demand. 

'^WM'^Wi^^'^^ chan' .fang 'li ,liwa .cTii p'u 
jchwang tih ,to, in the warehouse there are stowed domestics 
in large quantities. 

0r ^ nJ 'Wi -^ j^ -^'e ■'wen pu' 'ye puh 'shau, of drills there 
is also no small quantity. 

"W ^ M ^ ^ '^ "flj 'yen k'eh ,shang yau' ,liwa .yang pu', 
there are dealers who want printed cottons. 

tih kwei, ,hwa .yang pu' muh 'yeu .yen seh tih tsieu' 'yen, 
there are no white spotted cotton cloths, but there are 
coloured ones. 

^^ h\li^^P^ -yang pu' 'pi .t's^ng ,sien tsien', foreign 
cottons are cheaper than before. 

jIfc^J^:fc^^i%^I^K Vsi k'eh puh t'ai' .p'ing 
k'eh jshang puh 'kan 'mai, at present times are not peaceful, 
and dealers dare not buy. 

# fli ^ T y$ ')^ W % ^ fi^ -yang pu' sheu' 'liau 'hai 
.c'hau 'yeu .man ping' bib, cottons that imbibed sea damp are 
damaged, 

# ffi fe =^ lu 11 <i li^' ® -yang pu' kiau' .t'sung .t'sien 
kia' chih ,shaa ,k'ii)g, cotton goods compared with what they 
formerly were are a little cheaper. 

4^^'^MmWMM^^W-^ ,kin heu' tih ,tung 
,si shen' yang' kia' .t'sien ,k'ai ,tan 'tsi, from this time the 
prices af articles will he stated in a tabular form. 



[4.7 ] 
LESSON 45. FOREIGN TRIBUTE. 

!^ ^2 .Nien ki', years; time. iM^G'huh.mmg, to obtain fame. 
t^ ^ Tsin' kung', pat/ tribute. ^ ^ 'Tsai siang', chief minis- 
1$ -J^ K'li' 'tsi, trowsers. ^■^^,^i .nievi, rhinoceros. \-^^'>'- 

^ K'au', to rely on ; lean. ,g|f 1^ Loh .t'o, camel. 
Jp ffi K'au',si, lying in the west. |g 3^ Tu' ,kin, gild a surface. 
^ jK'weij helmet. •ffif ^ .Miau ,kin, gild figures. 

^ Ohiah, coat of mail. l^;^'Sa,kin, gild in spots. 

;?!l'C 0H 'Shui,tsing, j-oc/c-«-ysM. ^ .Mien, so/i{; coWow. 

.wang tih .nien. 'ki 'jqvl c'huh .tning tih jtsai siang' .ming 
kiau' ,1 'yin, in the time of T'ang-wang there was a celebrated 
minister of state called I-yin. 

^^#fiiSS^6^^^ ting' kien' koli kwoli tsin' 
kung' tih. jkwei 'chii, he fixed the regulations for the presents 
brought from, various countries. 

MW^Wi&tfyUf-^'dkM ,tung mien' 'yen .ii .p'i 
tih k'u' 'tsi .ho k'wai' kien', from the east were brought fish- 
shin trowsers and sharp swords. 1^ 

^.^ H ^.^.^ ^^ 4^ ^ Ban ,pien kung' ,chu 'fcsij 
siang' .ya jSi .nieu kioh, from the north were brought pearls, 
elephants' tusks, and rhinoceros' horn. 

A^jK^t J k'au' ,si mien' tih tsin' kung' yung' 'hung liih 
.yen seh, .nieu .mau .c'hi 'tsi, .lung kioh .ho ta' ,kwei 'tsi, 
those on the west brought as tribute red and green dyes, 
buffalo-hair streamers, dragon horns, and large tortoises. 

^B '^ PI ^ M fi^ .1^ 1(2 ^ S .^ peh ,pien kwoh ,tu kung' 
tih loh .t'o .ho peh. 'ma, the northern, nations presented camels 
and white horses. 

^^^W^^W.:^^BWiW Ming .c'hau Jih 
'pen kwoli tsin' kung' ,k'wei chiah, yau' ,tau, tu' ,chin till 
.p'ing ,feng, 'sa ,chin 'sheu , siang, .miau ,chin pih hiah, 
'shni jtsing shu' ,chu, in the Ming dynasty, Japan sent as 
tribute, helmets and coats of mail, belt knives, gili embossed 
screens, hand boxes spotted with gilt, pencil homes painted 
with gold, and crystal beads for numbering prayers. 



[48] 

, J ttj a ^Ift m 6 mK O'hau ,sien c'huh peh 
.miea .c'heu, c'huh peh .miea 'chi, Corea produces soft white 
silk, and soft white paper. 
^ — ^MM^'i^^ '^^ 'San .nien tsin' kung' Vu 
skih p'ih, of horses there are fifty presented in three years. 

LESSON 46 THE EMPBEOE'S SEAL. 

J^ "^ 'I .t'sien, lefore. >^ tI" ,Fang t'sun' ,square inch. 

J^ ^ 'I heu', after. ^ 'f' ,T'ieii 'tsi, son of heaven. 

S 'Si, government seal. ' 2^ ^ .Siiin .c'hang, common. 

En Yin', mandarin's seal. ^ , Cheng, to name. [acter. 
[gj ^ .T'u ,shu, common seal. ^ 3C Chwen' .wen, seaZ c^ar- 

^ ,Feng, confer a title. ^ ^ P'eng' chien', io meet.' 

1^ .Heng, horizontal. ^g Shu', upright. 

-y*5|<P ^ t^ 1^ .T'sin .c'hau 'i .t'sien peh sing' ,tu 'k'o 'i 
jshen ,pien tai' ■'si yung' ,chin 'tsi .yin 'tsi .ho yiih tso' tih, 
before the Tsin dynasty the people could wear a seal at their 
side, made of gold, silver and jade. 

'^ /]"» ^ 5® Jj TT ^^' siau' puh kwo' ,fang t'sun', they are 
in size only an inch square. 

^ 'Hi M >^ fi^ ifc ^ .c'hau tai' yung' ta' tih 'ye 'yeu, there 
are also dynasties that have used large ones. 

m ^ M.^.5^ % f— 1i A tl^MM T'sin 'Shi 
.hwang 'i .lai ,t'ien ,ts'i yih ko' .jen tih ,c'heng 'si, from the 
time of Tsin-sM-hwang till now the word si is applied only 
to the seal of the son of heaven. 

,kwan 'fu 'so yung' tih kiau' yin', .siiin .c'hang .jen 'so yung' 
tih kiau' .t'u ,sha, those used hy mandarins are called yin, 
official seals, and those of the common people t'u shu, common 
seals. 

M'f'fi^tf Bi^ MR Ml^. hwang ti' tih .hing 'si 
,feng kwoh ,tu yang' tih, that called " emperor's trateUing 
seal" is employed in conferring royal titles. 

M.^^^MM^:^^^'^ .hwang ti' tih sin' 'si shi' 
fah ,ping yung' tih, "the faithful seal" is used in dispatching 
an army. 



[49] 

^JiM'i'^f^Bl^fflBSft^ff ptili sM' .Hwang ti' 
puh 'hii yung' yiihtsb' .i'M jslilii eottepi ike Emperor no one is 
allowed to use a seal of^jade. 

mien' 'yeu k'eh tih tsi' sheu' jt'ien ,ohi ming' .hwang ti' 
sheu' jC'iiang, upon it are engr'd'veid the words, receiving the 
decree of heaven, the emperor enjoys old age and prosperity. 

^W\M^^^M^MMiC^oh .c'hau k'eh tih .wen 
koh yafig' it'siuen sh'i' chwen' .wen, each dynasty uses its 
peculiar insi^ription, all are in the seal character. 

^mm¥m4i^^w^m:\^}^± ,T'ien v^ si' 

.nien tih .shi heu' tsai' , Chang iho peh ngan' shang', in the 
Mh year of T'ien-c'hi, oA ike liorih battle of the Chang rMer. 

yih ko' chung' .t'ien tih .jen cheng' tsai' ,keng .t'ien p'eng, 
kien' 'liau yiih 'si, an agricultural labourer as he was 
■^ ploughing fell in with a jade seal.^ 

S't^S ail^^^^lniB' puh 'kan tsi' 'chi 

.t'sang choh .na c'hii' sung' 'kei 'pen',kwan, he did not dare hide 

, it, but took it to the maAdarin of the place and presented it to hint. 

B'^^Wt-^^^mn-i-'M. ^' Ms tit yang', 
'tsi .heng tih shu' si' tih t'sun' ,k'wan, it was square in its form 
and was four inches wide abroad and across. Vdn^ f^po tenths. 

J5 ~~ t]" ^ ^heu' yih t'sun' er' ,fen, it was in thickness an inch 

±to%flfti^#IIfl^ sliang' mien' 'yen .lung 
.t'eu kiau' tso' .c'hi .king 'nieu, on its upper surface was a 
drd^oii shaped handle, called the crooTted dragon button. 

l^llS^^ — ■^•/V^ .c'hi .lung 'nieu ,kau yih t'sun' 
pah ,fen, the crooked dragon button was one inch and eight 
tenths in height. 

fia^ 'ting yau' 'chin tih shi' .o'hwen kwoh yiih 'si .t'sung 
.T'sin 'shi .hwang .c'hau tai' chih .c'hwen tau' .ju _,chin, the 
most irnportant is the seal transmitting the empire, which 
from the reign of the emperor Tsin-sKi-hwang has been 
preserved till the present time. 
M^S^JB#ll^S^^I&ffM't-twa"gti' 
,pin jt'ien pa' .c'hwen kwoh yiih 'si tsieu' .c'hwen kih .sin 
.hwang ti', the emperor when dying {when departing for 
heaven) takes the seal of hereditary government g,nd gives it 
to the new emperor. 



[ 50 j 
LESSON 47. GRATITUDE, AN ANECDOTE. 

^.W^ jTsau nan', fall into i\^m Shen .lien, to retain. 

misfortune. [fering. j^ ^ ,Kwan tsioh, government 

flSl H^ ,T'oh nan', escape suf- offices. 
f^ ^ ,T'ui 'kei, to give away. — ^ Yih kung', the iwKole. 
^ ^ Peng" sBi', to serve. ^ _Jl .Hwang shang", emperor. 
Kj) Pp .Lang jCliung, member ^ ^ .C'heng jen', to ac- 

of a hocCrd. knowledge. 

^^ Pau' .ngen, be grateful. ^^ ^ Pih ting', certainly. 

^P TK ^ 5S J ^ 'Li ta' liang' ,tsau 'liau nan', Li-ta-Uang 
fell into misfortune. 

m^^ — MM:^^Mffym,ChB.ng pih yihko' .p'eng 
'yeu cliieu' ,t'a tih. nan', Chang^ih a friend rescued him 
from trouble. 

^ ^ Ix J ra W teu' .lat fat 'Kalu fu' kwei', afterwards he 

became rich tflid great. 

^ _t 7§ -^ ^ ?r5 tan' shang' u' cliien' ,Cbaing pih, on the 
road he met Ohang-pih. 

^^ Wi '^ ^ 3^ M ctoh ,t'a tih 'sheu k'uh, he seized him 
by the hand and wept. 

— -^ fit ^.^ ^ 1^ In li yit . t'sieh tih ,ctia .t'sai 
.t'siuen ,t'ai kih ,t'a, the whole of his property he gave over 
to him. 

■fffij !^ 3 JK m /^'^ V^ 'k'eng ,sheu .liauy he would not 
receive it. 

Jtl||^^M*^l^ shang' .c'hau shwoh kit .twalig ti' 

,t'ing, going to court he related his story to the emperor. 

shwoh tau' .c'hen .ju ,kin femg,' shi' .hwang shang' ,tu shii' 
,.Ghang pih tih lih liang', he sadd that your subjeet can at 
present serve the emperor is all due to the efforts of Ghang^pih 

^m^U^'^W—^^^ t'sing yueH' 'pa' .c'hen 
tih ,kwan tsioh yih kung' kih ,t'a, J desire that all tnf <yffices 
may be given to him. 

M # M 111 :^ ^ ^ .hwatlgrti'-yiing' ,^11 .w6i .lang,chung, 
the emperor employed him as a merriber of one of the boards. 

MMA^^Ml^ liang' ko' .jen koh 'yeU 'hau oliu', 

the two men were both to be admired. 



[ 51 J 

M — 10 ^.-^ ^ © a ^ :^ -^ eke' yih ko' puh .c'heng 
jen' tsi' 'chi 'yeu 'hg.u c'Jiu'j the one would not admit that 
he was good. 

^~^10il^^^lRJH na' yih ko'pili ting' yau' pau' 
,ngen, the other was bent on recompensing q, favour, 

LESSON 48. GENEROSITY, AN ANECDOTE. 

nk ^ Si' fah, posthumous title. ^ ^' T'si' ye', stay the night, 

3E jWang, prince ; king. iMWJ -^o tung', to remove. 

^ jKung, Jirst title of noUlity. ^ -f' ,Kung 'tsi, young gentle- 

^ ^ Kung' 'tsung, altogether. ^ Huh, >e teu. ['^«'^- 

5^ ,Sheng, one pint. ^ 'Teu, ten pints. ^temely. 

[P] ^ .Hwei tab, ^o repZj/- T ^ t^ 'Liau puh teh, ex- 

^IQ^.Ii^^te.i^fel^ Sung' .cliau 'yeu ko' 'tsai 
siang' sing' I'an' tih, in the Sung dynasty there was a prime 
minister of the Fan family. 

1^ ^ It^ ^ IE -(^ Si' fat kiau' .Wen cheng' ,kung, in his 
posthumous title he is styled the polished and correct noble 
of the first degree. 

tJ'1^mf^%-f'%^\MJ\\^ 'ta fall ,t'a tih .er 'tsi tau' 
,Su jcheu c'hii', he sent his son to Sucheu. 

W 3^ ^ K iBJ ^ ,tsiang meh .o'hwen ,Ia .hwei .lai, to bring 
back some boat loads of wheat. 

^t ^^ tT ^ t'si' ye' tsai' ,Tan .yang, he passed the night 
at Tan-yang. 

'lau , siang 'hau 'ii fu' ,t'sin .t'ung .nien tih, he saw an old 
friend, of the same year with his father. 

m^M^P. AMI mUZ-nWWi Bhwoh ,chia 
'li ,san 'k'eu .jen 'si 'liau ,kwan .t'sai puh .neng .no tuDg' 
who said that three. pexsori,s of his family had died, and he 
had not yet been able to remove their coffins. 

^"^f in ^J ^B ^ ■^ tsang^ 'h^u 'liau .hwei tau' peh 
pien' c'hii', after they teere buried, he loould return to the north. 

^ ^ ^ -^ In #1 ife muh 'yeu fah 'tsi kih ,t'a pan', he had 
no means of doing any thing for him. 

^E ^\ ^ '^cj' .wu 'k'o 'nai .ho, there was nothing he could do. 



[52 3 

Fan' jkiing 'ts'i tsieu' 'pa meh .c'hwen shang' tai- .lai tih meli 
'tsi suBg' 'liau ,t'a, the young gentleman Fan then took the 
wheat on the boats and gave it him. 

^ ^ -^ i W ^ l^™g' 'tsung 'yeu 'wu peh liuli, in all 
there were five hundred measures. 

.hwei .lai ,t'a 'lau 'tsi wen' ' ,t'a chien' kwo' 'liau shih 'mo 
.p'eng 'yen muh 'yeu, on returning his father ashed him if 
he had seen any friends or not ? 

J ^:^ in yv ny jt'a kau' su' ,t'a 'Ian 'tsi tsai' jTan .yang 
ii' chien' 'liau yih ko' ,cliia ,cliung 'si 'liau ,san 'k'eu .jen 
tih, he told his father that at Tan-yang he had met one who 
had had three -persons of his family die. ' 

6^ ^ -y* ^ 'ftft >t'a 'lau 'tsi ,t'ii]g chien' ,t'a shwoli tsieu' 
we n' jt'a wei' shih. 'mo puL. 'pa .c'hwen shang' tiji meh 'tsi 
,paDg ,t'a, his father hearing what he said, at onoe asked him 
why he did not give hirri the wheat in the boats to assist him. 

,t'a .hwei tah shwoh 'wo'i ,ching 'pa .c'hwen. shang' tih 
meh 'tsi sung' 'liau ,t'a,, he replied I have ul/ready presented 
him with the wheat on the boats. 

M^^mn.j^w^'^iz-n ,t'a 'ku 'tsi ,t'ing 

chien' 'liau 'hi ,hwan tih 'liau puh teh, his father an hearing 
it was extremely pleased. 

LESSON 49. SELF-CONTROL, AN ANECDOTE. 

H ■& .t'sung .t'sien 'yeu ko' 'tsai siang' sing' Han ,tih * 
'si 'liau heu' ,feng ,t'a tso' 'liau .Wei .kwoh ,kung, formerly 
there was a prime minister whose family name was Han; 
after his death he was honoured with the title Wei kwoh kung, 
i. e. noble of the first rank of the kingdom of Wei. 

M^M^M-^M^'M'H >^'^ >chia 'li ,sheu .choh 
,yih ko' yiih' 'tsieu ,pei, in his house he had a jade-stone 
wine-cup. 

* From this lesson onwards the Peking sonnds are given for words in jnh 
Bheng, but the distinguishing h final used for all words in thid tone-class is 
retained. 



[ 53 ] 

W :S ^ 1M •^ M >clien shi' .wu chia' ,clii 'pau, it was 

indeed an invaluable treasure. 

t'si' 't'sing k'eh 'yin 'tsiea .pih yau' .na ,c'huh .lai ,koh tsai' 
.sih shang', every time he invited guests to drink wine it was 
constantly brought out to place on the table. 

M :S:lli 'Cl^ ^.ftd ^ffi tsui' shi' ,t'a ,sia ngai' ,tih .tung 
,si, it was a thing exceedingly valued. 

^P — ^.it J® T A If. 7 ^.^ffl ^ na' yih' ,t'ien 
chiau' 'ti hia' .jen .sliwaih' 'liau ko' si' sui', one day by a ser- 
vant it was thrown down and broken into small pieces. 

.jen Mall' ,tih 'lien shang' jtu 'kai 'liau .^en 'sheiA, the servant 
was so frightened that his face quite lost its colour. 

^ :iPb % T ^ SI 59, M •/§ € =S Ji H. kwei' tsai' ti' 

Kid,' jk'oli .t'eu wen' jkai chi' ,i'a, shed' 'mo tsui', he knelt 
down and knocked his head on the ground asking what puriish- 
ment should be adjudged him, 

Wi^^^M — 1^ -^ei -H^o^ MP^S hiang' ,t'a ,yih 
.t'siau, the c%ief rioble of the Wei' kingdom glaniOe^ g/t 
him. 

^'^^'ftfi^o-fflliS; put' ,hwang puh .mang. ,tih 
kau' su' ,t'a ,shwoh, without haste or agitatiop, he spoke to^ 
him as folloios : — 



,yih ting' ,tih c'hi' shu', every thing no matter what, whether it 
is to be preserved or broJcen has a fixed, destiriy ; 

^JSl"^,^ — ^:^^ k'wang?. 't's^e 'ni .shi ,yih .shi 
,shih 'sheu, and more than this you hq,ve for once let it fall. 

M.f^^MM%^^^* ping' ,fei ku' i' ,tih yam' .tsa 
p'o' ,t'a, it certdinly is rtot that 'you wilfully desired to, 
break it. 

— ' ^ jshwoh jChoh 'lien shang' ping' .muh 'yeu yih' 'tien 
'nau nu' ^tih i' ,si .ho .sii^n .c'h&,ng .yih yang', as he spoke on 
his countenance there was not any appearance of anger, it 
looked the same as it ordinarily did. 
^S#^1ii5^^^iS^ -lien .tseh pei' .tseh pei' ,tu, 
' ,puh jen' ,tih, as to, reproving, he could not bear to repraye. 



[54] 
LESSON 50. INTEGRITY, AN ANECDOTE, 

nieu' ,shu .jen 'yea .yih ko' chiau' ,S'i 'ma ^wen ,kung, among 
the literary men of China is one called S'i-^ma Wen-kung, or 
the gentle nohle of the Si-ma family. 

MM'^^M^Wi tsai' ,cliia 'li 'yea 'liau .yih ko' ,hwa 
.yuen wei' ,tih shi' tsi 'chi .king loli' tsai' na' 'li tsiea' chiaa 
.tub loh' .yuen, at his residence he huilt a flower garden, and 
hecause he himself took recreation there he called it the garden 
of solitary pleasure. 

^li^ia^^A^B^Slt 'yei ko' k'an' .yuan 
'tsi ,tih jjen. .ming chiau' 'Ld .cMh, there was a gardener 
there of the Lufdrmily, called Straight-forward. 

\fy ,yia wei' ,t*a sing' 'tsi .ii 'lu tso' ,c'hali ski' ,lai .puh 
itwei' ,wan ,wan 'ckwen 'ckwen ,tih, hecause his disposition 
was simple and rude, and he could not do things in a crooked 
manner. 

uy^m^Mmi-mm.^m^^. .wen. 

,kung tsieu' 'keih ,t'a 'c'ki 'Ijau .yih ko' .chih tsi ,tih .ming 
tsi', Wen-kung on this account chose for him the character 
Chih as his name, meaning '• Straight-forward." 

^J T ^ 5^ 6^ .^ '^ t^n' 'liau ,c'hun ,fien ,tik .sk/ keu' 
when spring arrived, 

'yeu .tuk ^sku ,tik .jen ,san 'wu .c'keng .c'kiiin ,tu tan' .yaen 
'li .lai .yeu wau', many students of books, iv> companies of three 
and five, came to the garden to walk about for pleasure. 

^ 15 ^Sliiffl^Tfi^ k'an' .yuen 'tsi ,tih .teh ,tik 
.c'ka .t'sien puh' 'shau 'shu 'liau .yih shu' tsieu' 'yeu .shih 
tiau' ,tij sl}i' ;t'a .men .lieu hia' ,tih, _ the gardener received 
tea-money to no small amount, and after cqunting it found 
that he h(id ten striv/gs {about ^2 IQs. of our ^oney.) which 
had been left by them. 

-f'^^t^^ na' yih' .,t'ienk:'an' .yuen 'tsi ,tih 'Lii 
.cliih paf oke^ ;Shih tiau' .t'sien yih' 'wu yih' '.sHh ,chiau 



[55 1 

'kei ,Wen ,kung, thfit very day the gardener Lil-cMh took 
these ten strings of cash, and in fives und tens gave them to 
Wen-hung. 

^^^M^i^^MM^"^^ ,Wen ,kuiig .sliwoh clie' 
shi' 'ni ymg' ,kai .teh ,tih .t'sien, Wen-hung said, this 
_ money you ought to receive. 

^ T ^ ^ -T^a 'Hau^Tiii' pa', tahe it and go. 

i^T^lil^-7'^^^T ,sliwoli 'liau 'chi pien' ,t'a 
ijih ting' yau' .lieu hia', after repeating it several times, he 
still insisted on leaving it. 

^ft^li^^tlS'PT 'je ,tili ,Wen ,kung ,tu 'nau 'liau, 
until he provohed Wen-hung to hecome angry. 

@ IB §S ^ T ^ -t'sai 'mien 'c'liiang .na 'liau c'hii', he 
then reluctantly carried it away. ■ 

^m^^^K^iA^^^ Jghwan .Hwei^clioh 
.t'eu jshwoh jchih 'yeu 'chu .jen .puh ngai' .t'sien, 'mo 
turning his , head round he saidj it is only my master I 
suppose that does not love moriey? 

>(.-5i® J t ^ 5^ yeu' fc-w'o' 'liau .shih 'cti ,t'ie-a,^again a 
few days passed away. 

±A^Jaa^#±ifMT-1@^^'cliu.jen 

tau' .yuen 'li chien' 'tsing shang' ,sirt kai' 'liau .yih ko' <t'ing 
'tsi, the master going into his garden saw over the well a 
new arbour erected.' ' 



.p'an wen' ft'a .nien hei ashed those who were 
there respecting it. 

^a EW -t'sai ,elii tan' tsieu' slii' .t'sien jih' k'an .yuen 'tsi 
.teh jtih. na;' .sbih tiau' .t'sien ,sin kai' ,tih, he then learned 
that it wets newly huilt with the ten strings of cash obtained 
hy the gardener: 

LESSON 51. RULES I'OR' A FEEE-SCHOOL. 

$^±mmi}i>m.mJs^^^^^Km^^ s^' 

lik' i' .hioh pih' ,sii 't'sing .jen 'p'in ,twan cheiig' tih .jen 
tso' jA&a. jshengj in establishing a charity school, you must 
irvuite a man of upright Qhfiractjer ,t^ bp master. , ' , 

^^^1&M^W\M^')!^ .liiu^li .^en yau' ,t'ung .ta 
chiau' hiiin' yati' tsin' ,sin, in ' his learning he must be 
thorough, and in his teaching diligent and faithful.- 



[56] 

ii 1i ^.# ;i^ ^ it ^ ^ ^ ^ Che' ko' i' .hiueh .t'sai 
.puh chi' 'yeu .ming .wu ,sliih, this charity school will then 
not become a name without reality. 

^ fi jChing 'kwan 't'si shi' ,tili .jen 'mei .nien ,t'sieu 
jtung ,tih .shi heu' liang' Ha' ting' chien' .ming .peh, those 
who superintend the matter, every year in the autumn or 
winter, make the arrangements on both sides. 

,k'ai 'kwan ,tih j'ih.' 'tsi .t'sien ,san ,t'ien yung' .hung ,t'ieh. 
jfung 't'sing ,sien ,Bheng .lai, three ddys before- 'the time of 
opening the schdol, a red card should be prepared and pre- 
sented, to the master inviting hirp, to cofiie'. 

jfe^^i#— ^^ + A^^ isidn ;sheng .sKuii ,sieii 
yih' .nien er' ,shili ,pali , t'sien .wen, the master's emolument 
shall be twentv eight thousand cUsh in a year. 

_ii?;C^^#^^|gX + A^^ fan' .tW 
'tien ,sin .t'sien 'mei nien kiing' 'fcsung er' .shilijpali /t'sien 
.wen his allowance for dinners and luncheons will be in all 
twenty eight thousidUd cash. ^ . 

^.^ 'tBl^^M'^li^l.^A .liioh,sheng,t'sihstii' 
'i shang' .t'sai 'k'o 'i shang' .hioh .t'ang, pupils of severi 
years andjnbre can enter the school. 

^^U^^l^mm'^mnl^n'^ .fa .men 
,tih fu' ,t'sin jkp ,ko yu' ,sien yau' ,k'ai .ming 'pen .hioli 
jsheng ,tih sibg' .ming, .nien 'chi, chu' c'ha' sun^' taii' .hioH 
Jt'ang .lai 'hau shang' pu' 'tsi, their fathers and elder 
brothers must prepare 'd cle'dr statement cf the Surnames anc^ 
proper namesj age and residende '6f the pw^ilsl and bring ii 
to the school that entries, may be ma^de on the books. 

m^m m^x^i^m ir # # m i®^ .sHoh 

jsheng tau^ 'kwan 'koh .jen tsai' ti' ,chiun mien' .t'sien tso' 
,san ko' ,yih, the scholars on dirrimng 'dt the school are to 
pnahe three bows to the god of literature. 

^^Wt^ M ten' .lai^tsieu' ,kwei tso' after this they take 
their seats. . , 

iH.^ MWC^ff^^'i^^^.m litau' ye' 'lifang' .hioi 
tih .shi heu' 'ye chau' che' yang', at night when the school 
is dismissed they do this ngaim 



[57] 

M W IW #^ Pi 1S H 'mei yueh ,c'liu ,yih .shih 'wu 
jSien ,sheDg 'ling ,t'a .men tau' .wen ti'' 'wu ti' ,k'wei ,sing 
mien' .t'sien tso' 'Hang ko' jyili, every month, on the first and 
fifteenth, the master is to tahe the pupils to make two bows 
before the gods of literature and military affairs and before 
K'wei-sing (a star in the Great Bear). 

,tih .jen ,yih ko' yueh' 'liang t's'i' ,t'sin tsi'tau' 'kwan jcliung, 
the superintendents twice a month go themselves to the school. 

Slv H ^'^^ wen' jkuTig 'k'o pa' ,t'a 'so nien' jtih ,sliu jC'lieu 
jC'huh yih' 'pen .lai chiau' ,t'a .sheuh pei', they inquire into 
the tasks of the pupils, take the books they read, select a volume 
and call on th'-.n to recite it without mistake. 

mmm^^^^M-^^i^Wct^^ 'sojen'^tihtsi' 
'cH jC'huli 'chi ko' .lai chiau' ,t'a ,shih jen', as to the 
characters the scholars know, they point them, and require their 
sound to be given. 

^m^'W^r-'AM^'X-nn^m ioVsM"yeu 
pei' .puh kwo' .lai .ho puh' jen' .teh i&i' ,tih, if any one can- 
not recite, and does not know characters correctly. 

JB 11. 6^ ii ^ Ifi ^ i^i ± IB M 'pa .t'a ,tih sing, .ming 
t'ieh tsai' .t'siang shang' chi' kwo', his name is pasted on 
the wall to indicate his fault. 

H^^gCif:^4#^lJm*r ,san t'si' puh' 'kai 
't'sing ,sien ,sheng ,fen ,pieh tseh'ta, after three times should 
he not improve, the master is desired to give him a heating 
on the hand proportioned to the offence. 

pei' jShu .sheuh, .jen' tsi' ,chen, 'sie fcsi' 'hau ,tih, 'shang ,t'a 
,mai .pih ,tih .t'sien, if they recite their books perfectly , give 
the sound of the characters correctly, and write neatly, they 
are to be rewarded with cash to buy writing pencils. 

•fe'[]d ^ ^ /-^ ±. It ,shu 'kwan 'li 'yen ta' .hioh ,sheng 
jC'hi fu' 'siau .hioh ;Sheng, ngai' 'ta chia' ,tih 'kan t'a c'huh 
c'hii', puh' 'chun shang' 'kwan, if in the school any old scholar 
ill treat any young scholar, and if there be any who are fond 
of fighting, they must be driven from the school, and not 
allowed to attend it 



C58] 
LESSON 52. A CAVERN'. 

M^^M:^M^^^fl^ ,ting ,si 'yeu .Yun 'shai 
tung' sh'i' 'yea .ming jtih, on the west of the capital the Cloud 
and water cavern is celebrated. 

puh' 'yuea tsai' ^kau ,slian ,pieQ shang', it is not distant from 
the coal mines, and is on the side of a high hill. 

chu' tsai' tung' .men t'i' k'eh' .jen 'ling lu' ,tih, there is a 
priest who lives at the door of the cavern, and leads the way 
for visitors. 

'^MiKWi^t^^ taiSclioli 'hwo'pa 'tseu tsin' c'hii', 
taking torches they enter. 

MW ^^M^MM:^)i^^dK '^ mien' ,tili .shik 
.t'eu 'fang fuh' ,ti]i 'shui .c'heng ,tih. ,ping, the stone within 
is like dropping water forming icicles. 

$S "A oh.e' ko' tung' 'yeu 'k'eu chiau' tsp' .nieu .lang 'k'eu 
ngai' teh. 'hen 'tsung yau' .p'a ,clioh tsin' c'hii', this cavern 
has a passage called the herdsman's passage, it is very low ; 
you must creep to pass through it. 

— i^^^:^ptS^. -yih ^^' tsin' c'hii' 'king chi' 'hen 
,to, all the way in, the curiosities are very numerous. 

^M^^M^^^MU 'yeu 'liang .t'iau .shih 
.lung 'pa 'sheu ,choh tung' 'k'eu, there are two stone dragons 
guarding the cavern entrance. 

^mmnmmm-^mn^-mn^m yen mi 

.lung .t'an shi' ,kan jtih .pai .lung .fan shi' 'yeu 'shui ,tih 
there is also a hlack dragon pool, which is dry, and a white 
dragon pool with water. 

>s, 'W J^ ;5^ Wt yen' 'yen ,shwen 'hu ,chwang, there is also a 
pillar called the tiger-tying post. 

iu !K.jU^\ ^ yt 'pa '^"'^^ 'pa chau' jchoh ,kwang, take a 
torch and shew a light. 

^^<U^ AP^IMM^M^M^ ,tang ,c'hu 'yeu .jen 
tau' tung' ,'li .lai .siiin 'chau 'pau .shih, formerly a man went 
into the cavern to seek for precious stones. 

^^@i^^il^#.^^T pull ,cM sheu' 'mo .yuen 
ku' ,t'a tsieu' 'si 'liau, I do not know what was the cause of it, 
hut -he died there. 



[59 3 

tsai' ,t'a ,tih ,shen shang' ,tsien .tsien ,tih .c'heng 'liau .shih 
.t'eu, water dropped on his body and gradually he was turned 
into stone. 

it^-^^M^M MWikM^ -2^ jcbn ,t'ang tsai' tung' 
'li mien' tab. ,choh ti', he is now lying in the cavern with his 
face to the ground. 

ai S H A (4 ft fBl- lej ^Ij S che' .sliiTi .t'eu .jen cHau'' 
tso' .hwei .hwei pilh. 'pau, this stone man is called the 
Mahometan selecting precious stones. 

*i^ASli§^7l^ -tsin' c;liu' ,pali 'li lu' 'yen 'shui, 
after entering for a distance of eight li there is water. 

J^ .ho shang' 'tsau pa' muh' jt'eu tso' 'liau ko' chah' .Ian 
puh' chiau' .jen tsin' c'hii' yen' 'yuen, the priests early made 
a wooden harrier to prevent persons going farther. 

.nien ,chien 'yen 'liang ko' .jen tsin' o'hii' mei' 'yen c'huh 
.laf, in tlie reign of Kia-h'ing {ahout 70 years since) two men 
entered and never came out again. 



LISTS OP USEFUL WORDS AND SHORT PHRASES. 

1. Place and Direction. 
^ ^ 'li mien', inside, 
^y S3 ^^^' .t'eu' outside. 
$W ^ .c'heng 'li, in the city, 
J^ p?P .clieng wai', outside the city. 
^ Jq .c'hiau shang', on the bridge. 
\^ JQ .leu shang', up stairs. 
^ ® jching ,si, west of the capital. 
^ :^(^ jkung 'pei, north of the temple. 
^ tft ^^ '^^ •■^^" jtiiiigj ^'^^i of i^^ drum tower. 
JjSi'^ 'ti hia', under, 
^ JlS"T* 'chiauh 'ti hia', underfoot. 
is. ^t ^^^' >V^^^} °'^ ^^^* side, 
^[$ ^ iia' ,pieii, on that side. 



[ 60 1 

^ "llg miau' .t'sien, "before the temple, 

>T* •^ put' tsai', noi at home. 

'^E ^ tsai' ,cliia, ^ tsai', oi Aome. 

in. ■^ yu cte' k'wai' .er, J^ ^ che' .iai .er, here. 

•pE t^ tsai' nei', ^ Pp nei' ,cliung, among them, 

air paf tui' mien', |^ )i!^ tui' kwo', opposite. 

^' huh koli' c'hu', everywhere. 

w ^2 -^3-11 ,pien, on the south. 

mi ® jcteu .wei, py ^ si"mieii', all round. 

•w ^g .TUi 'kwa,i ,wan .er, round a corner. 

Au U-I 'peih jshan, northern mountains. 

Fh (ibB ,si .ku, wesi Za&e. 

'tt ^ ^ 'wang ,tmig 'tseu, go to the east. 

— ■ m. yik' .ckih, g^ tsien' .cMh, straight. 

5s ^ ^ j^'^' jcko ^tseu, fo gio hy a round aboutrway. 

^|» ^ 'na 'li, where ? ' . 

^5 ^ na' 'li, Wl^ ^ na' .kai .er, there. 

^1* — '^ la. 'na yik' .t'iau, tau', which road ? ' 

JO. ^^ 5^ eke' 'li .lai, come here. 

'li* 't' j^in jckung, in the heart. 

'ff 0U ^ 'wang .t'sien 'tseu, go forward. 

-. .. 2. Time. 

v^ -w. -^ O jckin i'ik', -^ ^ ,ckin .er, to-day. 

A^XiJJU. y^ n, .ming jik', ^ ^i -ming .er, to-morrow, ■►vv^ •»^. 

^* Z^Xpp y .tsok jik', Pp ^ .tsok .er, yesterday, ^a^' n- 

vwi"^^ "^yZ jckin ,t'ien, to-day. 

A? tLe, ^Ij ^ .ming ,t'ien, to-morrow. 

r ^iA«!&,^ keu' jik', ^^ keu' ,t'ien, day .after to-morrow ''«w' ^i 

^^A^ fiU^ .ju ,ckin, 51,^ kien' ,ckin, itow. 7«<.*" a/ws^ 

a. ''^ ^ © l> ,tang kia', g J^ jtang kien', now. tra^ 7^'^ 

O" -^ ^ ^ ^6ii' -laij afterwards. 

^ _l^ yij ^ ,sien yau', you must first. 

!''a«''?U ^ ^ ^ ™°^' ^®'^' •®'^' ^ ^. ^°^' ^si^'» afterwards; at last. 



t^. 



f rifLM T^'m^i 'ngeu .jan, j^ ^ 'ngeu .er, occasionally, 
^■»^ 2^ i^ fi^ .siiin .c'hang, ^ ^ .c'hang .c'liang, constantly. >^-^ 
■fe»-iX^^ jE cheng', lE^ cheng' tsai', just us; just at. ta-J^ 7i^ 

i^^W ;t^ ^S ^9 .t'sai jkang, ^ .t'sai, /wsi womj. '^*'V^ 

/l^ '''^^ Wl '^ jJ^ang .t'saij ^ij ||lj ,kang ,kang, ^l] ,kang, jusi now. Kir^-lyjr» 

Zuv &fiMiL, ^ ^ tsieu' jsliwo', he then said, 

7nci</>ijfle. ^is^ 'mei .nien, every year. ,. 

-tW4 ?*<^ — • ^ .yih t's'i', o»ce.' ^ Jhi ^u^ — J^ w^LaL . / 

i*<^ Zxe, ^^ ^ ^"^^ -ian, suddenly. 

yt' «<£*^ Bi i^ 'i jcHiig, already. 

U.-^ y^ ^ ^ Chii' .nien, Zasi j/ear. (^-^^-^ ^--7-^ / 

■vn-w- -wit^ 9^ ^ .ming .nien, next year. ^'v^*^^ nr^Y*- ' 

^'^^ 'HA^'tt^ t^--^ ^ "^^^ >^^° jt'ien, a/?er f/iree d^ays, //tii .a^-ni£>~) 

t^^lu. -K^^fU-^-lE ^ jcheng yueh', _^rsi month. 

^^*tf ife* ytfu^^ -^ ^ jtuiig cH' yueh', eleventh month, 

^ yliiUM M lat' yueh', twelfth month. 

y^fi-iU. #^5^ -t'sien pan' ,t'ien, forenoon. -[J-^ ^"^ "^ 

'cu'-^^tti, ^^ ^ ^eu' pan' ,t'ien, afternoon. (^''^'^/^ ''^^^^ 

^^aiuei. ^ i^ *^^^ shwo', sai/ ii again. (j^£> /ds-a^J 

■a.laU.'aa'^/i^^ ■^••B*^ ^sa^ 3^^' ^®'^* »*s^^ '^'^h come ragfaiM a/?er 
■T^ three days. ^a^a^'w^/w A:^ ^;a^^ -dL ) 

^^H**^ ^ -^ ^ ^ er' yueh' 'li, in the second month. 

'■^t^ T^kM^^ 'c^i 'tien '.Chung, ^T ^ 'chi hia' ,<jhung, what 

is the hour? \<iJ^''ty^(lL»i^) tKef:tt:^&l^ 

Xi'^Z ^H# 'chi.shi, wA,aUtme? {/<e-'2S) ^ " 

— ■ 10 H^ -yih ko' 'li pai', one week. -LiuA /^^^ J^ 
=P 1® y3 pan' ko' yueh', AaZf a month, "^5\^ -v^«-^Siir f^', 
— • ^ ^^ yih' .nien pan', a year and a half. LaZ£,. im^ -^^ 
,, ZL^,^ ev' I'kehg (1) ^t'ien, the second watch. -rC' Kte.'iue,. ■\^''^'^' 

■ ^<JJ — ■ ,c'hu .yih, the first day of the month. -^Vi-^a/^ 

T^'tv a/i' ^^ ^ jc'hu 'chi, what day of the month is it? '(in the first 

decade.) ^*-^ \-if^ 

''ZAJLd£oi'-\;'^ ,sh.ili 'chi, what day of the month? (in the second 

decade.) Z^UC /<e.'^ 

■r\\aJiLsiji ^ + ^ er' .shih 'chi, do. (in the 3rd decade.) -vw^ "K^^ 



[62] 
3. Affirmative and Negative Expressions. 

^*^^ ^ 'yeu, ^ 1^ 'yen ,tili, there is- there are. -f^a^' ^^ 
""^^^"^^J^ -^ .mei 'yeu, there is none; there are none. ^■n--n.ou>^J 

'^f^*^ y^ ,cho, it is so; yes. ' 

MMi^Ti^iie. '^ ^'B 'y^^ '^i* ** there any ? 
Z" iiK. . :§ Hy shi' ,tili, ^_ slii', yes; it is so. 
^t^uA. J^'oii^ ^ .puh t'soli', it is not wrong; it is sa. 
6a^ Z ^ ^^ .puh shi', ii is nof so. * 
K'o'^y^ PJ W 'k'o 'i> you may; it will do. 
^'o-Juiltiu^, A^ ^ jC'ha puh.' jto, it differs little. 
iv^iocL -^ >v^ P*!^' '^ij *^ *'* not far from it. 
i'/t, -yii^^^ ^, jcTia 'yuen, ii is very different. 
i«,»y Z' ^ >^ '^en shi', it is ^•er2/ true. 
a^Y"-^^ ^ 'tsung yau', you must. 
<— ' 7/ JH! >^ 'tsung shi', it must he... 
r. "1 yy ^1^ tsieu' shi', ii is jMsf... or eww of... 
j^^i- 2^ Iot >S -t'sai shi', it is then correct. 
■3ji^^ 7J M ^ -y^®^ s**'^'» ** *'* "^ lefore. 
'wu^ cJiXi ^ tRI pull' ,chu, ii matters not which. 
SlffiiLsii^yi^^f^ V^^' 'ohun, it is not certain; he does not permit. 
kfi^tU^"^ ^ puh' ting', it is not certain. 
^ta'CA't^^ 1^ 'y^u 't'sii, it is pretty; it is well. 
fmJii. c^'t*l|^^C -mei 't'sii, it is not pretty ; it is not well. 

'm'fiM.. ll^ -^ '^ '^'° puh' shi', is ii not so? 
■ ■ • > ~^ ^ -nnlif f'lrnnr ^ot the Same. 

not reasonable, 
'i ^\' \ * a"-"- •""'&J .„ will not do. 

'^xilJilA ^^ ^ P*^^ *'^^'' *^ '^"^^ '*°^ agree. 
^ j/^v ^E|^ .wu lun', without considering. 

;4«uX /i'<»t -^ Bfi •P^''^ V'^^'f 0'"'9^i ^°^S 'not a match for. 

II For the TariationB in tone of /f» pu wo*, see appendix I, paragraph 15, 




[63] 

^ ^f* it put' 'chi, does not stop ; not only, 
y \v*ti.^ _^ ^ p^j^f jkwan, it does not concern. 
r^^W/^ ^ ping' .puh shii', it certainly is not. 
. tK^ >^ f H puh' 'tung, I do not understand. 
'uSt^ Z^ "^ jpuli' 'k'en, not willing ; I will not. 
i" PuM/A^ 5'J ^ jpili tau' 'pen, not so much as I gave for it. 
-t^ IM 1M -sui pien', do as you please. 

4. Common Adjectives. 

'^ y^ ta'j great, /J^ 'siau, Uttle. yd-L.^'^ 

tu, ^ ,to,many, ^ 'shau, few. ^iJuUe/ 

Kiie, ^tl ,lian, dry,)l^ ,sliih, wet; moist. ^<uu^ 
^^ 5^ tsing', clean, |^ ,tsang, dirty. ^Jife-^'?^ 
i^-t- "^ ,kau, HgfA,, "1^ ,ti, low. ^tT 

' ''**'* ^1 'k'wa,n,wide, ^ 'chaih, narrow. TSz^ 
jj^iflT 1^ 'jwan, so/i, ?1 ying*, hard. ^^"^ 

^^W g^ .c'hiung, poor, g fu', ricA. .J-*^ 

iZt, in H^ .heng ,tili, across j ^ g*! shu' ,tili, upright, -i^ tiu, 
U. ?fi^ .liang, cold, |^ joli', Aoi. T^y^^ 

■-f*^^ 'ut k'wai', ^MzcA;, i^ man', sZoio. ttt^ 

i^Y^&i 5§ Jl^ gy hien' .c'heng ,tili, ready-made ; ready. 
ICtiL f^ -^ 1^ ting' tso' ,tih, made/ to order. 
\^'^ /5 heu', thick, ^ .pauh, i/iire. d^o-h^ 

<^ PH" .t'ien, sweet, ^^ ,suan, sour. -<*i' 

^-M-' "^ 'k'u, fe-itter, ^ la', Aoi. -i-'^ 

'^ ^ 'lau, oZcZ, ^ ^.nien, ,c'liing, yoww^r'. "^^^ ^L^a^ 
-vj*" ^ n(?o'j hungry, 'fg' 'paa, satisfied, ^x^o~ti^ 

'jt-tdJ^ ^ l&^ 'sheng .t'sien ,tih, economical. 
i/t-tiAy^ ^ 1^ fei' .t'sien ,tih, wasteful in expenditure. 
^ jtf 'hau, good, >f» $f puh' 'hau, fcaii. ''jiA-.UL-iJU 
yrMU^r)] ^, si' jfang ,ti]i, square, [H .yuen, roMJwf. '^^^^ 
, x^ ^ iffl^ -P'ing .c'hang, common. ^ 

U%. M j^ei, fcZacfc; darft, Q. .pai, white. ^-vJi^ 
^ ^ ngan',, dark,.^ liaag', bright. ti^ 



[64] 

^^ 5E jsHeng, raw j strange, ^ .sheu, fipe ; cooked. AiU-e^ 
'*'^^w<^ -^^ .oTiang, long, ^g 'twan, short. tff 

eivXi^ ^ kwei', c^ear; TiowoM^abZe, R^ tsien'j cheap; mean. 7.A^ 
<2i^^ '^ ,shen, deep, ]^ 't'sien, sAaZZow. <» t^'Ce- 

-^^'" I'n*' 'leng, coZ(?, )l^_ .nwaiij warm. tu) ^ 

^a^^ ^'isavL, early, 'S^ wan', late. ■^ si' , fine. tn>C' - ^ 

idoi^ ^Jj .sin, new, § chieu', oZcZ, TTA ,t'su, coarse. -^UaJ^ ^ ^' 

d**^ ^a jSung, loose; easy; light. ^ 'chin, fo'g'Af. hu*^^' 

"t^.^^^ J^ ,clien, irwe, 'j^ 'ctia, false. 7^ '^ 

£l>/XeJi^'^^ ^ 'lau .sliili, honest, ^ ^ ■.cliieli .sHli, _^rm. i^^Ct*^ -^^ 
iLi^i>^ ^ iS 'ctien jhii, humlle, ^ (^ ,chiau ngau', proud. tAZs^ -m^ 
§'i*vt{>n«*f ^ W 'fc'sung .ming, intelligent, -J^ pen', stupid. -^nfiun^ 

ii£^ ti^Jt' iM W^ pien' ,tang ^ "(^ ,fang pien', convenient. 1h^^ ^O-tt^ 
^6<2^(^^ ^ "cheng, entire, ^ g|, .tsa Ian', confused. ^ 7-J^^ -^He^ 

■^ ' ^ %^ w ^^' ^^'^'j dangerous, severe. -<U- 'e^ 

^at^f*^ '^ch.uB.g'yheavy,!^ ,c'hmg, light. ^'O^-^ 
i',t^^<tX^ El jC'hing .paih, plain; intelligible, 

'■UL ^tt^ ^ ^^'.nan .teh, rare, ^ ^ -yung i', easy. "5'"tI5' "^^ 
^J^/f/^^itf # 'liauk'an'.preii^. - (l46i: t>'-^ j 

5. Prepositions. 
Wfu*. ^^rLoi, 5^ -lio, ig .hwan, .hai, awcZ ; with. 
■^,duMf, ^ -lien, together with. |^| .t'ung, ^ ping', with. P-^^ 

t^'ir* ;^ ^ '*a; # .fsung, /rom. ^ .yeu, /rom; hy. 

2^.-' -^ tsai', af ; to he at. 

^4U^ (6l hiang', [towards ; to. 
■b^ j|^ .ken, witli ( as a conjunction sucli as and. ) 

^t^^ ^ ,tang, hefare, as in g ^ ]^ lu ,tang 'wo mien' .t'sien, 
before my face. "Im, '^'^sJt TUe. 

'tiJi: ^i tiii'i towards, in corresp0w,ence with, 
'iV, -iC^ ^ wei', for ; on account of. 

2w ,yiii> 13 ^ 'Ji^^ ^ei', feecawse o/. 

' iAvi^ 't^N 



[65 1 

6. Postpositions. 
Ci/ ?M 'li, in, as in ^ f g ^M .ya .men 'li, in the magistrate's office. 



ZJe- liF -t'sien, fee/ore, ^ IQ . ,ken .t'sien. Xk* Ai^ A^ 

t*nA^ Pp jchung, in, as in ^ fp nei' ,cliung, among them, tim^ C^hw 

^(CO ^ 'K ^6i'> iehind, f^ ^ .men heu', behind the door, ^na^ 'c*^^ 

^^ Jl shang', upon, as :^ Jtl ,slien shang', on the person. M>>^ ^^ 

''O 1^ hia', under, as •^'J* 'sheu hai', under the hand. a^U^ 'o'^ 

V^'*^^ ^h wai',0!«fe'rfe, asinf^ ^p .men wai', outside the door, 'yywt^ m'*^ 

yufj. ^ nei', inside, as inij^^ ^ ,sin nei', in the heart. ,d,oiw twvi 

7. Fragmentary Glauses at the end of Sentences. ■- 
X^ •^.i*«v J^ ^ tsieu' .wan, awcj i/iai loiM 6e sufficient. 
^in^ '0-<^^ ^ pien' pa', then let it he so. 

■d^ "hH- ^ ^ .t'sai 'hau, it is then all well. 
^^^ ^^^t^i^%^li\ (a .t'sai ,chi tau', and then you will know. 
■jOhnJiL z*i^ !^ )^ puh' .c'lieng, anjjxtewogative of remonstrance. 
,Zi^ ■^H^ WC WE tsieu' pa', then let it he so. 

^^^■Ut t4\uiJL ^ w tsieu' .chieh, and so finish the matter. 

8. Conjunctions. 

'^^^zTyi^M tan', M ^ tan' shi', K ^ 'cHh sM', hut. 
e^e •yucfi^ t^ ^ l^.teh .hien .ni, if he is at leisure. 

^ ^^ iSi f^ Wi -^ BE '^isn jsliwoh hwa' 'ye puh.* .neng, he 
could not even speak. Bit/ aJi^eXu 'o^ ^*;**tc^^ -y^a-^ 
^ ^ 1^ yv ^ ^ P^^' '^^'^ >tili .jen yeu' ,to, and had men 

are numerous. •f<UiZ&- '^^tiL'^^^^ -i^uLS^tik^ll ii^^-^y\c>^yLi^) 
"^J ^ i-u ^ W 'tau puh' 'pi .t'sung ..t'sien, yet it is not to he 
compared with the past. 'U^-fi.a^ *nf^<ra> tU^. 




'liau, although you should repent, yet it is too late. 
I l!/t'il<^luiL^ P^ *^ P^ jli®'^ ^'^' ^^^' '^°^' ^^^^ eating and drinking. 

^ ^^^ "^ '^ \oh.' sH' tsai' puh.' 'k'en ,tih, if again 
you are not willing. 1^ ^ i^«^ -fiuti^ 1'U^-'i;ci^ 

X<*v" 7^ ®fc ;S tsieu' shi', even if; but even. 



[66 j 

'utlA fLcA. ^v* ^ put' .tuL, not only--'-^^ .lien, hut also- — -^^ (iJd,.Aii^ ie. 

♦«- (-e-yft^ativ .lai ,t'a *ye pih' chii', even if he can n'ot db it, he must slill go. 
a^Tr.SiT^'' — p0 ^ — M ^ yit' mien' 'tseu yih' mien' 'siau, he both 
^k2;^^d^^ walked An-d ^i^ihd, or he 'walked o% sifiUihg. 
tiMm ^M^M^^^^ -twan sH' ,kwo lu' .hwan sM' 
ftX fell .lai jtihj whether you are phs^itg, or have coihe dn 

- - 'purpose. ^ %u^ t^ ;)i«if'-5W^ €oar im: )ni^ •r'^'^ 

^^Pf^TlRl^^ W"^' ^^ 'li'o y"Dg' 'liau fan' muh 
'yeu, 1 do not hnow whether you have dined or not ? 
Tp*^*.^^ ^ ]^ 1^ .ning.'ti puh' 'kan, rather die than dare do it. 
-^^^^ ^ "tE* ffiE^ «^ieu 'ye .wu .yih, entreatinq is also .of no use. ^ ^ 

yih.' 'hwei .er ,kwan ,Glioh, for a moment he opened it and 

then in a moment he closed it. 
^^OiLa^,*^ ^ .hwan, .haii or .hai, and, ^^ — "^ -hai 'yeii .yih.yang', 

and there is another thing. "yt^La. -t-ao '' <,a«,UL "f^^ux^ 
6-^:G'^W. -H- pi°g' 't'sie, and further, 
t^ ^, •'fp? M^ sliang' 't'sie, and if further, or still mxyre. 

iSi '^"tfii 'fft 'y® jshen 'ye ,t'singrboi/i deep and clear. «_. . j^i 
ti^, ^' '^J 'tau, hut, -^ 'ye, liit; and, 19; ^ 5^ #J^ 5|$ ,showh A ^ 

yau' .lai 'tau puh' .lai, he said he would come but did not. ' 

'UG'^ "tHi 'ye, but; and, '^■^'tgi M $f 'iii c'liii' 'ye ,keng 'ban, 
but it would be better for you ta^go. >yt^(tlu^ it^' ^ie^ "fi^i^-tf 

i*Kf ^'^'0 llfc .yin t'si', ^^'so 'i, therefore.. -^a-n'' y^'' 
ioMut 'il^ "^ ,yin wei', bs^ause, ^^ H>J ;;^ wei' jtih sW, because.' <^ <t*^ i 
iVft. ^itA.^^'f^ chisLh' ,i'a,, ^^^^m. yau' jt'a, m w^e*- ffesi^ /le, or so 

that he— -Z^* t^^ec. 

S^'wu'^'^l^'jll 'k'ung pV, Zesf. 

•^ X^ ^ ;^ W siii', 6r y^ii' ski', if. ^ 

tlX'XiiJ^^i cM' .Jan, t/i^ &e aUeadj^ *o; »s if *s so. 



9. iVwwes of Irhpofrted urti-eUs,. W6ixy etc 

^ JSfg, Jik' *^pen lali', Japan wax. 
W(^ "^ Vft >^^ -^^^ .yeu, sforaa;, 
JP^^QU) eaUpeire^ 



[67] 

^ flit -liwang lali', yellow hees' wax. 
^Oi ^ .lieu .hwangj sulphur. 

10. Imports, Incense, Pepper, etc. 

^^ /B> ^* iHgan jsili ,liiang, gum benjam,in. 

^C --Sv Vm j^g^'ii jsih .yeuj oiZ 0/ grwm henjamin. 

1@ ^ .fan jhiang, sandal-wood. 

TflQ W .paih .hu ,tsiau, w/iiie pe^'f^'"' 

^ IHQ W^ .heih .Im ,tsiau, black pepper. 

J/2 ^ .c'hen jhiang, garroo-wood. 

1^ ^^ chiang' .liiang, lahka-wood. 

11. Imported Medicines, 

P^ ^ .ngo wei'j assafeetida. 

r. ^Jv /t^ shang' ,ping p'ien', cZeaw haroos camphor. 

p» pjv /j- hai' jping p'ien', refuse haroos camphor. 
"J ^* .ting jliiang, cloves. 
"^ ~y ^^ 'urn ,ting jhiang, mother of cloves. 
pP >S T^ ^ Yin' tu' ,nieu .hwang, Indian cow hezoar. 
j^ ^ .er .D'ha, cutch, catechu. 
7^ ^^ ^ >piiig -lang 'kau, betel-nut cake. 
j^X^ >pi^g -lang, betel-nut. 

^ ^ ^ '^®i .liwoh shen', pr ® ^ ,si shen', American 
ginseng. 

^ '/^ ^ ^ ^ 'chien tsing' shen'' ,su shen', the ginseng root 

denuded of its hairy appendage. * ^ 
^ ^ 'ju jhiang, QUbunum, gum resin, ov-franhincen^.e. 
I'X. ^§ moh' yauh', myrrh. 
^ 7^ 'ffi ^^^' k'eu' ,hwa, nutmeg flowers. 
I^ ;^ juh' 'kwo, or |^ ^ ^ juh' teu' k'eu', nutmegs. 
S S. ^S .paih ten' k'en', -ro^e mallows. 
'^ ^ muh' ,hiang, putchuck. 
J^, ■^ ,si 'chiau, rhinoceros' horns. 
■^ ^ 'shui .yin, quicksilver. 
y^ ^ .yang yauh', opium. 



[ 68 ] 

^ 1w ^ >ping -lang ji, /ims&s of betel-nut. 

Rl •1^ juli' kwei', cinnamon. 

j^ "^ 'hu ,ku, tiger's bones. 

JB^ ■^ lah' 'chiau, deer horns. , 

^5© 'hiueh .ctieh, dragon's blood gum. 

"jK Wt j" ^^' t^^^g 'tsij lucraban seed. 

12. Imported Miscellaneous articles. 

y^ .^ 'hwo .sliih, flints. 

^p"^ ^j -yiin. 'mu 'c'liiau, mother of pearl shell. 

^^ ct: -ffl .t'ung 'nieu k'eu', brass buttons. 

w^ vff J Chi c'hi'j lacquered ware. 

S >i^ /wi '^^ jSung .shengj Manila cordage. 

a^ ,san, umbrellas. 

^» ^ jliiang .c'hai, fragrant wood. 

^y >S^ 'WS'i' .kwoh .mei, foreign coal. 

iK.^1 'ii'^o .jung, tinder. 

13. Imported Marine productions. 

-SLvm 1^ shang' yen' jWO, birds' nests, 1st quality. 
Fp ^^ ^ jChuDg yen' jWO, birds' nests, 2nd quality. 

P» ^^ ^ Ilia' yd' j^Oj ii'rds' nests, 3rd quality. 
^E, y^ ^^ jheili 'tai shen', 6ZacA; bicho-de-mar. 
pl y^ ^^ .pait 'hai shen', white bicho-de-mar. 
■^ j^ .paih. .yu c'hi', white sharks' fins. 
^ ^ j^ jlieili .yii c'hi', blach sharks' fins. 
^ J^ jkan .yu, or ^ f| .c'hai .yii, stockfish. 
■^ fli .yii tu', fish maws. 
g^ j^ .hien .yii, salt fish. 
'M & -y^ -V'h fish skins. 

5^ ^^ 'tai t'sai', agrar agar ; an edible fungus. 
^ J§^ ^ .nieu luh' ,cliin, buffalo and deer sinetcs. 
ft^ tJ^ ,hia 'mi, dried prawns. 
]^^ tan' t'sai', dried mussels. 
^^ ^ ^ »^^^ '^^ 'P'^' sAarfc skins. 



[ 69 ] 

14. Imported Dyeing and Colouring materials. 

5<r Pra ^ jja -Ian 'mi, cochineal. 

J\ P3 ta' ,t'sing, gamhier ; a mineral blue. 

^ ^ ,su muh, sapan-wood. 

^ 15B 'ts'i' 'keng, sticklac ; a vegetable medicine. 

TK ^k, 'shui tien', liquid indigo. 

'Mi 1^ -yu jchiauj isinglass. 

^ 1^ .p'i jCliiau, grZwe. 

^ ^ .t'eng .Hwang, gamboge. 

^6 JjC 'k'au .p'i, mangrove hark. 

\!y 1^ jsha .t'eng, rattans. 

15 Imported Wood. 

im ^^ >'^^ mut', ebony. 

!S /T^ 1m chung' mull' .wei, masts and spars; hard wood. 

^E -^ Wi jC'liing muh' .wei, masts and spars; soft wood. 

S 'A^ yK chung' muh' .liang, beams ; hard wood. 

^^7|^ ^4 chung' muh' 'pan, planks ; hard wood. 

^§ 7l^ -^ , oiling muh.' 'pan, planks ; soft wood. 

ff^ ^t 1® ^K '^^ ^^■''^' ^^''^' 'pan, ieafc planks, 

^I ^ .hung muh', red-wood. 

^ ;fi|j .mau shi', camagon wood, or rough persimmon. 

5^ 0® ^(H ^ >y^ -^^^ °^'-^' muh', kranjee wood. 

16. Imported Time pieces, Telescopes, etc. 

|g R^ ^a tsi' .ming ,chung, clocks. 
BsJF J^ ^< -slii .c'hen 'piau, watches. 
3^ ^ H^ ^ ^ ,chu ,pien .sLi .c'hen 'piau, watches, emailles 

a paries. 
"f" S.^^ jit'sien 'li ching', telescope. 

'^B^~F"S.§9i -^hw^ng 'yen ,t'sien 'li ching', o^ era glass. 
^1'^ kwa' ching', haiglng ml ror. 
^ -^ ^ ,0'hwen ,i ching', dressing glass. 
/V a ^ ipah ,yin .c'hin/ musical box. 



[70 ] 

17. Imported Cotton, Goods. 

'nJ /E '^E "M pu' 'p'ih jliwa man', cotton and piece goods 

printed and plain. 
^ ^ .tnien ,liwa, cotton. 
J^ E, TR -yuen 'saih pu', gfrei/ shirtings. 
FI fq, 'In -paili 'saili pu', w/iiie shirtings. 
^ -?£ TU -wu jhwa pu', plain stuffs. 
^r 5P» "In -sie .wen pu', twilled stuffs. 

■^ •?£ '@, 'm 'y^^ jhwa 'saih pu', figured coloured cottons. 
Wi ^ Ci 'nJ •'''^'^ jliwa 'saih pu', plain coloured cottons. 
^ TIJ jhwa pu'j fancy cottons. 
PI ^ 'ftJ .paih .t'i pu', w)M<e brocades. 
pl ^R 'fn .paih 'tien pu', loMie spotted shirtings. 
fP 'fS 'H? yi'^' ,hwa pu', printed cottons. 
^C ^^ 'fp chia' ,sha pu', cambric. 
)t ^&^ -J^T^S ,sha, muslin. 
Wi 'HJ t'^^S'i' pi'> damash. 
CT '^ 'fl? -l'®^ .t'iau pu', dimities. 

^' "2^ -^ 'fiJ koh' 'saih .mau pu', ginghams, different colours. 
W" ^ W 'flJ •'^^ .miem .fan pu', cotton and carwas duch. 
>f^ ;^ .mien ,sien, cotton thread. 
7^ j^ .mien ,sha, cotton ya-n 
^ffl ^ "iU si' .ma pu', fine linen. 
7m w mJ ,^'su .ma pu', coarse linen. 
[p] ^ .h vei .Jung, fwstic.ns. 
^ "fu 'yii P"') bunting. 

18. Imported Silk articles. 

■^ ipfl 'sheu .p'a, handkerchiefs. 
la .^ ^ olien jchin , g ' d threa i, real. 

i^ :sfe ^ 'chia jChin sien', gold thread, imitated. 
]0L ^^ ^^ jchen .yin sien', silver thread, real. 
"(^ ^ m^ '^^'^ -y^" sien', silver thread, imitated. 
V^ ^ B^ jto .lo .ni, Sroad cZof/i ; Spanish stripes. 



[71 J 

p¥ I^ pi' .cHi, long ells. 

■mW^^U -Ho .Ian 'yu twan', Dutch camlets. 

^ Pl ^ ^ .Ying .kwoh 'yii ,sha, Bnglish camlets. 

^ i^M 'yii .c'heu, hombazettes. 

/J"* ^ 'siau .ni, cassimeres. 

Mi, ^ -Jung sien', woollen yarn. 

McM4 .c'liwang jchaa, blankets. 

■fS 5^ ^ ,hwa 'tsien .jung, velveteens. 

^i jf^ 'yii -ling) lasting. 

yy* TPi ^^ 'siau 'yii .ling, imitation lasting, and Orleans lasting. 

5^ ^ 'tsien .jung, velvet. 

19. Imported Metals. 

5E SS) jsheng .t'ung, unmanufactured copper. 
^^ ^Sj .sheu .t'ung, manufactured copper. 
Hr. ^)( jslieng 't'ieh, unmanufactured iron. 
^i ^E .sheu 't'ieh, manufactured iron. 
'^ ^^ jC'hien k'wai', lead in pigs. 
^pl ,kang, steel. 
^l ,sih, tin. 

<^ P ^ 'ma 'k'eu 't'ieh, fiw^Zafes. 
P ^4^ ^S) J'ih' 'pen .t'ung, Japan copper. 
Wa /T^ jC'hien p'ien', lead in sheets. 
Fl ■^ .paih ,c'hien, spelter. 
^ ^i] ^J" .hwang .t'ung ,ting, brass nails. • 
]§ mi )^ ^ ^ jshang .c'hwen .yah tsai' 't'ieh, kentledge. 
^ W^ 't'ieh ,si, irow wire. 

20 Imported Precious Stones, etc. 



.ma 'nau, cornelians. 
5^ Jh ^ .ma 'nau ,chu, cornelian beads. 
Jrc J^ tai' mau', tortoise shell. 
W i^ ^f tai' mau' sui', broken tortoise shell 
^ J^ )-f' ,po .li p'ien', window glass. 

'shan .hu, coraZ. 



C 72 ] 

21, Imported Animal Products. 

"^ ^ .nieu 'chiau, buffalo horns. 

i^'T"' JjC jsheng .nieu .p'i, raiv buffalo hides. 

Wi T"" i^ -shea .nieu .p'i, tanned buffalo hides. 

5'S-Bb Jjc '^^i -l^ng -p'ij sea-otter shins. 

>^ 30^ IM J^ ta' .liu .li .p'i, large fox shins. 

/]'» W\ <)M ^ •'siau .hu .li .p% small fox shins. 

^ Jj^ 'hu .p'i, ii'grer shins. 

^fy J3^ pau' .p'i, leopard shins. 

%U Bl jtiau .p'i, marten shin. 

1^ JjC t'ah' .p'i, land-otter shin. 

W 1^ ^ .lauh ,liwan .p'i, racoon skin. 

W 'W JjC '^3'i lo' -P'ij beaver shin. 

Jyi. M^ ^ ,li'wei 'shu .p'i, squirrel shin. 

^ .®/ JjC -yiQ 'sliu -p'ij ermine shin. 

'/^ iW ^ '^^i '™^ -J^i sea-horse teeth. 

^g ^. ^ 'cheng siang' .ya, whole elephants teeth. 

^ ^ >T' sui' siang' .ya, brohen elephants' teeth. 

^ ^ t'*^' -P'ij ^''''"'^ shins. 

/^ ^ c'hi' .p'i, doe shin. 

J^ ^ jsi -P'ij rhinoceros shin. 

:^ ^ t'sui' .man, hing-fisher feathers. 

TU ^ ^ 'k'ung 't'sioh .mau, peacock feathers. 

22. Exported Oils, Wax, etc. 

^ .paih .fan, alum. 

P3 3^ it'sing .fan, green alum or copperas. 
/ V "^ y^ ,pali 'chiau ,yeu, anniseed oil. 
1^ K vft kwei' .p'i .yeu, cassia oil. 
^ W Vm poh' -to .yeu, peppermint oil. 
T"- Vra .nieu .yeu, butter. 
^ wi' yffl ,ctii .ma .yeu, sesamum oil. 
flSj yffl .t'ung .yea, oil of the dryandra tree. 
S. yffl teu .yeu, bean oik 



[73] 

^ V^ chieu' .yeu, vegetable tallow. 

7^ YH .mien .yeu, cotton-seed oil. / 

^P^ Vffl pi' •™3' -yfiU; oiZ of palma-christi. 

Q Iwl -paili lah*, hees' wax. 

^^ ^ .oTia yeh', tea. 

/V '^ ,pah 'chiau, sta'/anniseed. 

^^ ^^ shoh' jliiang, musk. 

/V "^ 'ffif )Pali 'chiau /cha, hrohen anniseed. 

H^ J^ ^* -slii .c'lien jhiang, incense- sticks: 

23. ^icporfecZ Jfe^icwes.- 

r::^^ ,san nai', capoor cutchery. 
"I^Bh jChang 'nau, camphor. 
^ -^ sin' .shih, arsenic. 
i^ -^ kwei' .p'i, cassia lignea. 
7^ -f' kwei' 'tsi, cassia tuda. 

it -^^ '''''1 -f"^^ -ling* C/ima rooi (used for making biscuits.), 
f^ ^IH .c'lieng .cTiie, cuhebs. 
^ ^[ jliang jchiang, galan^al. 
j^ ^ .shih .hwang, yellow lead (massicot.)) 
^ ^ ta' .hwang, rhubarb. 
^^^i jchiang .hwang, tilrmerie'. 

Jl. ^ i^ ^ ^ shang' 'teng ,Kau .li ,shen, best Gor'ean 
ginseng. 

"T* ^ i^ ^ ^ ^i^' '*'^°S' 1^3'^ j'i* ,slieli, inferior' Corean 

ginseng. 
Jl ^ ^IlC ^ shang,'^ 'ieng Jili* 'pett ,slien, 6esi Japanese 

ginseng. 
"^ ^ H 2|j ^ Ma' 'teng J'ik' 'pen ,shen, inferior Japanese' 

ginseng. 
W^ ^ A ^ ,Kwan jtung .]'en ,slien, Manchurian ginseng.- 
Wc Jii ^ ^®^' ^^^' •P'ig> J/oMwgr deer horns. 
•^ lil ^ 'lau lull' .fung,; old deer horns. 
P|T ^^^ ,ChT*ng,' .kwoh .nieu .hwang; Chinese' cow beeoar'.- 
^iS )V^^ '™^"j cantharides. 



[ 74] 

i^ 4X kwei' jch'i, cassia twigs. 

^ J^ .c'hen .p'i, orange peel. ^^ -cliu p'i. 

Jl^^ ^ shang' 'teng yeu' .p'ij siiperior pumelo peel. 

(if ^ -chii .p'i.) 
"^ ^ ^ J^ hia' 'teng yeu' .p'i, inferior pumelo, peel. 
^ft ^pj ^^ poh' .ho yeh', peppermint leaf. 
"y Jp. jkan 't'sau, liquorice. 

^ '^ .sliih ,kau, ground gypsum ; plaster of Paris. 
5E|"p "X* 'wu pei' 'ts'i, nut-galls. 
^p ^ jfeng mill', honey. 

24. Exported Miscellaneous Articles. 

/^ "^ ^9 liau' 'sheu .chuh, bangles or glass armlets. 

'Yf tiff .chuli c'Ei', hamhoo' ware. 

i^ fliu ^ 'chia jshan .hu, false coral. 

'^iT pau' .chuh, _/ire-*orfo (formerly made of bamboo.) 

^ J^ 'y'i shan', feather fans. 

>^5? liau' c'hi', native glass ware. 

7^ ^ji liaa' ,chu, native glass beads. 

P^ 2|^ 'yii 'san umbrellas. 

^J .^ 'yun .shih, marble slabs. 

JgwH jt'uug 'ch'i hwa'j rice paper pictures, (pith paper,) 

(^^ ,t'uiig 't'sau.) 
^j^^ 'chi shan', paper /aws. 
'{B, ^^ v^ 'chia jChen ,chu, false pearls. 
"^ ^ 'ku wan', antiques j curiositiej j 1^ ^ 'ku 'tung. 
J^^;^ si' .k'wei shan', trimmed palm leaf fans. 
7|§_^^,'.t'su .k'wei shan', untrimmed palm leaf fans. 
i§^ l|fE ^ loh' t'o .mau, camel's hair. 
jj^ .^ ^ .mien .yang .mau, wool. 
|| [ ^ ^ ,shau .yang .man, goafs hair, 
^ ^ jchan sui', felt cuttings, or sui' ,chau, 
^ ^ 'ch'i ,hwa, paper flowers. 
+ jl^ 't'u .mei, Chinese coal. 



[ 75 J 

25. Exported Colours, Paper, etc. 

^ jQ .t'ung .poh., brass foil. 

Jjff. 7T .tung ,tan, red lead (ininiumJj 

^ j^ ,si]i .poll, tinfoil. 

Wt ^ .yin ,chu, vermilion. 

Vffl iw2 .yeu ,t^sih. hwa', oiZ paintings. 

^ XV .c'hien 'fen, white lead (ceruse.) 

^ TT .hwang ,tan, yellow lead (massicot.) 

^^jy? ,chu ,slia, cinnabar. 

JL^r'SR shang' 'teng 'oM, superior paper.. 

^^ wt t'sii' 'teBg 'cH, inferior paper. 

Vw W .yeu 'clii, oife«^ paper. 

^ moll', Indian inJc. 

'fW" jt'sih, paint. 

^g ,tsuTig, coir, tte thready bark of tlie tsung or coir tree. 

]^ .ma, hemp. 

jl^ !^ jteng 't'sau, Zamp wicTcs. 

JPS ^^ lii' ,cliiau, green dye. 

R ^ ^ 'Kwang ,tung soh', Canton twine hemp, 

W^Tu ^ >^^ jcheu soh', Sucheu twine hemp. 

^ ^ ,t'sili lii', green paint. 

Wi ^t li' c'hiau', oyster shells. 

^J .Be ^^' -P'^f S'^ss^ leather. 

i. ^ '^'''^ tien', dri/ indigo. 

'^\i J^ ,k'eBg jsha, manure cakes or poudrette. 

26. FaHows Exported Ware. 

^ *p* :p§ .nieu ,ku cTii', buffalo bone ware. 
■^ ■^ :§^ .nieu 'chiau o'M', buffalo horn, wafe. 
3^ ^ ^ si' .t'si c'hi', fine China ware. 
Tffl ^ ^ ,t'su .t'si clii', coarse China ware. 
S ^^ .paih .t'ung c'hi', pewter ware. 
'f^^Wf -liung .t'ung c'hi', copper ware. 
^ ^ muh' c'hi', wooc^ ware. 



[76] 

jff siang' .ya c'M', ivory ware. 
mr 5ff jC'hih c'hi', lacquered ware. 

S T^ Wt vff -y^^ '^^ c'hiau' c'hi', mother of pearl ware. 
^ Sff •t'eng c'ni', rattan ware. 
lH ^ vff -t'an jhiang c'hi', sandal-wood ware. 
^g 5ff jchin c'hi'j gold ware. 
^ BE? jj™ c'hi', silver ware. 
Wv J@ 5ff tai' mai' c'hi', tortoise-shell ware. 
^ ^ .p'i ,siang, leather trunlts. 
!^TM -V'^ '^P-ng', leather loxesfor holding silver. 
&■ w "P'^ c'hi', leather articles. 
^u" jSl -yau. ho', earthen ware pottery. 
^ ^ 5? .hwang .t'ung c'hi', brass ware. 
^ )^ IP .t'ung .nieu k'eu', Irass buttons. 
^ ^y^ .t'ung ,si, brass wire. 
^£ ^^ jsheng .t'ung, copper ore. 
m wH /T chjgw' .t'ung p'ien', oZ(i sheathing copper. 

27, Exported Wood. 

'yj ^ .phuh ,kan, bamboo poles. 

1^ I^ .t'eng jeu', split rattans. 

"m^ mitt ,chwang .liang .t'o cha', piles, beams, cross-beams 
and pillars. 

^ ^8 TT •t'eng .jang 'ts'i, rattans stripped of barJ$. 
28". Exported Clothing. 

'ftJ -JC W^ P^' }i -filij cotton clothing. 
WM ■^ •fll^ -c'heu ,i ,fuh, silh clothing. 
J^ WCi 1^ ¥(l -p'l ,hiue twan' ,hiue, leather and'satin boots. 
J^ ?^|^ W^ -p'i -^i® twan' .hiai, leather and satin shoes. 
"^. ^^ 'ts'au .hie, straw shoes. 
Ppi .c'heu mau', silTc caps. 

\ ijjpj .chan mau', felt caps. 

• 'i'@ i^ 't'sau mau' ,pien, siraw hat braid. 



[77] 

29. Native Linen and Cotton Manufactures. 

^Bl M. 'ftJ si' hia' pu', fine grass cloth. . 

TkB. ^ tIJ jt'su hia' p'u, coarse grass cloth. 

"I . tP 't'u pu', native cotton cloth. 

"W ^ ^ cliieu' .mien sii'j oW cotton rags. 

^m 'Si? ^B .mien pei' jt'ai, palampore ov cotton bed quilts. 

30. Exported Silh Manufactures. 

>fiB ■?£ .mien ,liwaj raw cotton. 

yjjQ /^ .hu js'i, Hu-cheu silk. 

i ^ 't'l jSij siZ/v produced in the neighbourhood. , 

^ ^ ,si ,cliing, thrown silk. 

S* ^S ^^ 'y® -t'san ,s'i, wild raw silk. 

^ ^ ,si tai', silk ribbons. 

^i^^*^ -Ian jkanTkwei' tai', silk sashes with cassia flower 

pattern. 
^^ jsisien', silk thread. 
J^ .c'lieu, pongees. 
f^ twan', satin. 
j^^ chiuen', lutestring. 
]^ ^ cheu' .sha, crape. 
>^ -ling, damask silk. 

^ lo, ZaM, a Kwd of silk striped across with flowers. 
^ ^ 'tsien .Jung, velvet. 
•^ ■^ sieu' hwo', embroidered goods. 

M ii^ 7^ ^ '^^ .mien .tsali hwo', siZA a«^ coiioji mixtures. 
HI )ll ^^ Si' ,o'huen .hwang ,sx, Sze-chuen yellow silk. 
N( 5^ ^ .t'ung jkung ,si, silk reeled from dupions. 
[Jj ^ ^ 1^ ;>Slian ,tung 'chien .c'heu, Shan-tung silk piece goods. 
^ ^ '"'^ei sien', tassels. 

ig, j|^ ^ koh' 'sheng .]MTag, floss from various provinces. 
M^M 'Kwang,tung .jung, Canton floss. 
K ^ -t'san 'chienj cocoons. 

Ml M M 1^^^' '^'^ -^'^^^ ''^•^"®® *^^^" 






^/^. 



[78 ] 
^ W im "X* ^°^' y^^g' -sill 'tsij matting. 

^ Wt -p'i 'fan, sKn rwg'*. 

,clian 'fan, druggets and carpets. 

31. Exported Articles of Food, etc. 

Ig ^ mili'^cliieu' .fang 'kwo, comfits and sweetmeats. 

tsiang' .yen, soy. 

.paih .fang, white sugar. 

c'hih. .fang, hrown sugar. 

,ping .fang, sugar candy. 

.hwang ,yen, tobacco. 

.pih ,yen, snuff. 
■^^ ,yen ,si, prepared tobacco in threads. 
jf!@ 5^ jJ^ii yeh', tobacco in leaf. 
Pj' H fti^ , Chung .kwot .pih ,yen, Chinese snuff. 
y^ BM^S .ta' .feu f sai', salted turnips. 
>^j^ 'fen ,si,'vermicelli ('fen ,ser.) 
VM 'chieu, samshoo. 
J^ ^^ 'hai f sai', seaweed. 
iK. AM 'hwo ,f ui, harrj,s. 
^% ^ ^ .hien ,chi tan', salted fowl eggs. 
^^ ^g pien' tan', preserved duck eggs (alsq^ -l^ -ifE)- 
\^ \lZ. 'Ian .jen, oK-ue seed ('Ian .jea.) 
/J3^|^ 'kan 'Ian, olives. 
'^ ■^ hing' .jen, apricot seeds or almonds. 
^^ ^3 jhiang hin', mushrooms. 
^^^T^^ ,chin ,chen fsai', dried lily flowers. 
^^ ^S^ muh' .er, wood ear. 
j^ U kwei' .ynen, lung ngan, a fruit. 
;^ UI IaJ kwei' .yuen jeuh', lung ngan, without the stone. 
^ ^ 11' jCh'i, lichee, a fruit. 
^ -f' .lien 'tsi, lotus nuts. 
^^'^,chi .ma 'sesamum seed. 



[ 79 ] 

> '^ "?£ ^ ^oh' ,liwa ,slieng, ov -^^^ .c'hang ,slieng 'kwo 

ground-nuts. 
'fS Ec. "^ ,liwa sheng 'ping, ground-nut cake. 
_Q^ tea', heansj. a^ JS. ,heih teu', feZacfc beans. 
S. Wr teu' 'ping, feecwi cake. 

y^ ^ tI^ is '™i maih' .tsah .liang, r(Vc, u-heat and other cereals. 
/gg: §§ swan' .t'eu, onions. 
:^ -^ lih' 'tsi, chestnuts. 
^K ^R jlieili 'tsau, black dates. 
^I ^^ .hung 'tsau, re(^ dates. 

32. Common TJt&iisils. 
Ta'4. UhC ^^ ^J t'sai' ,tau, chopping knife. 

YruA- &*^^ ^0 i\^ mien' ctang', paste roller, or ,kan mien' kwun', stick 

for kneading. 
^ti^ :pii*v ^ ,^ .t'iau 'sau or .t'iau 'shu, straw brush. 
"tei ta^ •iH i 'tan 'ts'i, brwsJi made of [,dh\.m&\i) fowl feathers. 
Cii-L 5!!S5«A^'fty J* jshwah 'ts'i, brush of pig bristle^ (,cliu .man) or goat's 
hair (,slian .yang mau.) 
■^U^ ' ^\ jliwo, iron coolcing pan; jkwo'Tping, bread cakes baked in a pan. "•' 

VOL (jA*^'g^ -^ fan' .shau, Wee spoon; 'ta ,k-wo 'li .yau ,c'huli fan' .lai, 
take rice out of the pan. 

■^"^ <^^ s^ "^ 't'san 'ts'i, iroTO ladle; 't'ieh tso' ,tili, macZe of iron. 

4/Uit^ ^td*x ^^ "^ -^^^^ '*®''' P^'^i^J ^yi^ P'sng' tsieu' p'o', wiVA, onejjlow 
•^ ii is broken. 

Hi," fe'E 'wan, cwp; basin; fan' 'wan, rice 5owZ. 
rv*-' •^*4 t^ J '^^ '^^h C'^^ or hatchet ; ^^fc p'ih .c'hai, fo chop wood.Kud\. ^ 
/ iTUt" -h^ w^ -tS niien' 'pan, kneading board. 
74v[f ■Cd- y'C ia8 'iiwo .lu, stove; ^B ,slieng 'two .lu, Z/gfTii i/ie sZo-ye. A^xr 
j-j^ ^a -c'liui, mallet; .tsa ,tung ,si ,tih, /or beating things. 
•frjJ ihk^/ wS 'j jting 'tsi, nails; .lang .t'eu, hammer. 

Tt&V SpB chii', s«?t'; chii' muh' .t'eu yung' ,tili, wsfc? /or 6ri'«7«(7 woorf. 
« .. /^l/^ ^^ Tr -p'en 'ts'i, dish; basin ; 'k'o 'i 'si 'lien /or uashing the face. 
, , ~_ -^tPL "x" •P'i'^g' '^^^) bottle; jar ; .c'heng .yeu, to contain oil. 
"ij '^ j^ ;|;g .c'hu kwei', kitchen cupboard; .c'heng tieh 'tsi 'wan, to 
4JJL 'isCyi^ p ut away plates and basins. 



[80 ] 

X ^^'w**-^ ^ 'shui .hu, Tcettlej ,sliau ,k'ai 'shui, to hoil water. 

'^'****'?^ W 'stui ,shau, bucket; ,t'iau 'sliui, to carry water. 

- ■<b<^ p^ ^ 'ii 'saiij umhrella ; 'tang 'ii yung' ,tih, used to ward off rain 

y) vAu^ ^ .cTia .hu, tea-pot. jC "T" ,c'lia 'tsi, fork. "fe'trtv ^^ 

^'vU^^ .c'ha 'wan, iea-czip. |^ ^ .t'iau ,keng, spofW. ^iZt^^dL 

33. Vegetables and Fruits. 

b/v tx)'<e S ^ .paih t'saiS cabbage. ^ ^ ;p'u .t'au, grapes. -^ ^W^ 
J^^^ ^ 'tsa u,(ia<es. ^ -^ slii' 'tsi, persimmon. tl %o^ 

\ Tfe'p^^ ^5:ie' t'sai', mustard. ^ ^X ,liwa .hung, swaW ap^/es. }h W^ ^ 
C TUhfC^ ^ tie' mo', jrroMncZ do. ^i^^ .wu ,hwa ,kwo, yigr. VlCfu) 'kw 
l^'tjuS^ ^\ t^'^' jChe, sugar cane, ^p '\i, plums. A/' 

eA "^^t/^ "y* ^^^' '*^^j chestuut. . 

e ^/e*^^ .sHeng t'sai', Zeftece. J^ :^ .p'ing 'two, apples, ir^'^^ 
t TS'f^Si ^ 'chieu t'sai', scallions. 5« -lij pears. -Qt, 

ti.'tif't. ^^ ^v jPO t'sai', winter coarse greens. ^^ 5tt^^°8' •®^' opricots. tsf ''^ 
1:2^?^^'^ ^ c'hin t'sai, jparsZey. ^ :^^ ,hoh .t'au, waZnwfs. yURS^dM. 
Y^-t'uZm ^ -yuen ,sui, caraway. ^b ,t'au, peacTi. . '^ -cUo^ 

i-^tt^^"^ .lo peih', turnips; .hung .lo peih', carrots. ■(•"^ tU »m4v, 
•/^j^j„Jj.^^ jt'sung, onions; jfsung .t'eu onion bulbs. 
^^ ^ swan', garlic; ^^^f^ Chi* wei' puh' 'hau, unplea- 
sant odour. OcC yr\^ fwcUvfute/ (W-fiUeT^^'^^^poiaioes. ' 
•«3A Jit^I-U ^ ,shan yauh', Chinese yam; ,shan .yau .t'eu, English 
wi CuM.1^ ■^ teu' 'chiauh, bean pods. 
X€.(iM!u«^»>i^ jhiang jC'hun, edible leaves of the c'hun tree. . 

vw' ti^^^'k'Q t'sai', sow i/iis^e, >^: iH ta' chi', f ^lisiZe, /)> ^ 5^^ 
'siau ki', small thistle. d.ti C^IjC" 

V ^'^t^i^i -V'^ ^'^^^'' spinach; Vsai', crisp. q 

i-i^^U>' SI 'ngeu, ZoiMs roois; -j^ ^ .ho ,hwa, Zoiws. --♦'vMaaa, tvO 

• ^itWj ^^ _g, ^ .hwang teu' .ya, yellow bean sprouts. 

■t^dM\>S/>^^i 3. ^ liih' teu' t'sai'," g^ree?! bean sprouts. 

*~ ^ft ® /QiV jsi ,kwa, water melon; ■^ ^ .hu .lu, gourd. */*Vit^- t>*- 

jt-O' Ito 3E ■'^^ .wang ,kwa, or .hwang ,kwa,, cucumber. 

.^ fU^ ^ jtung ,kwa, ^ }Jk ,wo ,kwa, pumpkin. ■*<-■ "A-^ 

,-jU> ^ >^ -^^^ ,kwa, or_^ .fan ,kwa, flat yellow pumpkin, i^ . 



C 81 ] l^ 

34. Domestic Animals. 

UjL ^, chi, fowl ;^^,cUcMB.xi',coch.crow. ^^ dJU/i> 

"Tttwu- •K.fg .mau, cat; ^"^ ^ .ua 'lau 'shu, catch mice. -ha. toJL ■?^'< 

V'^U^"' ^ 'keu, diog ; ^ ^ k'an' ,cliia, watch the house, ito ^ ''^ 

^4^ TO jOliaj JJ^V >■ Bp^ ^ wei' ,chu, /eed jjtjrs. /U>isul 2^^ 

"Hv^'^ j|§ 'ma, Aorse J- T^ ,|§ pei' 'ma, saitiZe a /lorse. ■^^7' ttt^ 

^^"ij*^ <ip .nieu, cow; ^iHti jcliing ti', plough the ground- iice, oL^ 

l^-iA-^y. 3^.ja,ng, sheep j'j^^ fang' .yang, let out sheep to graze, ^m^ ^ 
JX. ^^>^ l|^ -^ .lii 'tsi, or .lii, ass; ,c']iieii c'hii' ting' 'chang, take him 
to be shod. 

Ct<, ^A^ 1^ "X* lo' 'tsi, mule; pa' ,t'a t'au' sTiang', ^jwi Aim in harness. 

' C-^ ^S jyah, dwcfc ; ^ ^ ,yah tan', duck eggs. -aiM, <t^ •«- ccL l 

V>^ ^ .ngo, g^oose ; ^ ^ .ngo .man, g'oose quills. -ja^ T-nJie. , 

35. £irds. 

OT^ "T" yen' 'tsi, swallow or mar^iw. 

yC wi jt'ien .ngo, swan. 

-S ^ hwa' .mei, white-eyed thrush. 

Wit ^© 'y® j*'^^' common pheasant. 

y^ SL feng' .twang, phcenix. 

^& 7J^ ,pan ,chieu, pigeon. 

ipl^ ^ .ngan ,c1iun, quail. 

/\ ^1 ,pali ,ko, raven. 

yS ^ 'I3.U ,kwa, (read ,ya,) ringed raven. 

M .yi°g. hawk. 

5§ l|pL ,fei t'sui', variegated Mng-fisher. 

W ?l -paili •ling, singing lark. 

^ ^ 'hi 'cliiueli, magpie. 

^ ^ .ying ,ko, parrot. 

^ 'HI 'k'ung 'c'hiiieli' peacock. 

^ -y- ,koli 'tsi, dove. 

W ^ 'ye »yali. '^'^a^e- 

^^ ^ >yuen ,yang, mandarin duck.. 

MM-^ ,7ms> fish-hawk. 



*X i^ tu' jC'hiuen, goatsucker. 

dK nm ^^' y^nS wild goose. 

yC 3^ ' ^wo jclii, turkey. 

wi ^ .sien .hauh, cra?ie. 

^ ^ ,chia 'c'hiiieh, /icmse sparrow, 

\^ ^^ ,sha jclii, grouse. 

^ 1^ 'pien 'tsui, hroad-hilled; ^^ 1^ ,tsieii 'tsni, sJiarp-iilled. 

J^ ™ ^ ^ 'i >V^ '^^^ .c'hatig) long tailed. 

7^ 1 » ^JK. °'^^' 'pai^g 'Sr t^'S *^* wings, are large. 

^ -^ ^ )to 'chang puh' ,fen lieu', web-fjoted. 

JM- fl? j^ .hung .poh .er, reci necked. 

7^ Jl shu' shang', on trees ; ^ ^ 'ta ,wo, m,aS;e £/ieir nes£. 

36. Fishes. 

J;li @ Jl 'pi mull' .ii, sole. 
•^■^ ,slia .u, shark. 
"^^ .chin .ii, goldfish. 
pl §g .paih shan', wAife eeZ. 
^ IP .hwang shan', yellow eel. 
^ip-^ 'chi .ii, bream. 
MM'^ .ii, carp. 
^5 ^ .nien, .ii, silure. 
R^>^ ■^ 'ti .ii, mackerel. 
^ ■^ j^ 'ta .u 'wang, fishing net. 
j^ ■^ ^ tiau' .ii ,keu, fish hook., 
^ J^ Jl ^ ,po .11 .ii ,kang, glass globe for gold fish. 
■4^ ■^ yJ2^ ,cliin .ii .o'hi, pond for gold fish. 
^ j^ jsien .ii, fresh fish. 
.hieiL .ii, salt fish. 

37. Gart Furniture, etc. 
-f' .wei 'tsi, cloth covering of a cart. 
. ^ "5^ ,c1ie .lien 'tsi, cari blind, 
,cTio .luu, carf wheels. 
"^ |jl§ -^ jcTie chang' *t&i, smji awning in front. 



[83 J 

W- ^ .cTie Vei, projecting wood behind a cart. 

^W'f' jC'lie >yaen 'tsi, the shafts of a cart. 

§^ i\j> 'keu ,sm, thepart that connects the cart with the wheels, 

$■ ^ "T* »c^e ,siang 't^, inside of a cart. 

^ gg .lung .t'eu, horse collar. 

^ ^ k'wa' .yuen, to sit on the shaft. 

^£ ^ 'kan jc'lie, to drive a cart. 

^ 'T' flt W- lo' '*'S'f ,1a ,,c'lie, mules draw the cart. 

p^ ^ ,k'ai jc'he to set a cart in motion. 

^^^'f' cMa' ,yuen lo' 'tsi, the shaft mule. 

3§^^ ,pien t'au', the side mule, or leading mule. 

»w ffll "T* '^^ pien' 'tsi, whAp. 

^^ ^. t'au' ,c1ie, io harness u cari, 

J^ ^ ,c'he .cheub, axle tree. 

38. TFor^* wsetZ in Building^ 

V0 J^ clii .t'siaug to huild a wait. 

^ l/S mo' .ni, <o plaster with mud. 

^ yj .ma ,tau, hemp. 

~/j 1^ jfang ,cliwen, square bricks ; 'lei ,cliweii, JwjVc? wp bricks. 

^''C .paih ,liwei, Zime ; to brush. 

W ^^ jt'sing ,hwei, blue lime ; a dark clay used to make a 

blue cernent. 
yB 3^ .ni 't'u, mud ; mortar ; tso' ahang' .ni, put on mortar. 
J^ J^ 'clian 't'sau, to mix straw. 
'SSM 'Still .t'eu, stone; man' .shili .t'eu, place stones (as a 

pavement.) 
^ flB muh' .t'eu, wood; ^ sliang' .liang, ^jZace beams. 
^ 'wa, <i7es ; ^ Jl. ,ngan shang' 'wa, put on tiles. 
d^ ,p'i, large earth-bricks; gg lei ,p'i, to pile mud bricks. 
j^ -J" .wji tsi, reeds; .,cliiali .li ,ipa, 'to make a hedge. 
Vft w -yeu jC'hlh, paint ; shang' ,C'liih, to paint, 
y^ gif ,cliieli twan^, a partition. 
r. vft shang' .yeu, fo varnish. 



[84 ] 

39. Liquids. 

VH 'tsien, wine; samshoo ; ^ ,cheix 'tsieu, pour out wine. 

Ba t'su', vinegar; 'ff 'ta t'su', buy vinegar. 

Vft ,yeu, oil ; yih' ,cliin, .yeu, a catty of oil. 

wyffl jtsiang .yeu, soy; ,koli shang' .yen put some soy in it. 

^ ITj .nieu 'nai, cow's milk. 

5if VM .twang 'tsieu, brown samshoo, made of coarse rice. 

40. Clothing. 

^S Tr .p'au 'tsi, long robe with waist-band. 

wS ?^ jinien 'ngau, wadded gown without waist-band. 

■^ ^ 'k'an jcliien, waist-coat. 

WTO W J" naien k'u' 'tsi, wadded trowsers ; ^ t'au' k'u', leggings. 

ZrZ TE^ ta' kwa', Zpngr summer robe. 

^ ^^ 'ma kwa', jacket ; ^ Jq ,c'liweii shang', to put it on. 

Tg TT man' 'fcsi, cap ; *^ _L tai' shang', to put it on. 

^£, .hie, shoes ; J^ twan' .hie, sattin shoes. 

qplL jhiiie, boots ; ^ J[§ -^T* heu' 'ti 'tsi, thick-soled. 

"fM "T" wah"tsi, s^ocAe«</s ; JpL , tan wah' 'ts', single faced stockings, 

^T" ^ han' ,shan, shirt. 

/]"* T^ 'siau kwa', Aa^ summer robe. 

flS ^^ jJ^'U tai', girdle ; tcaist hand. 

jf^ "X* k'eu' ,tsi, button ; 'nieu 'tsi, button. 

'^ -y* 'liiig 'tsi, collar. 

41. Sickness. ' 

^ ^ 'ui puh' 'shwang k'wai', not in good spirits. 

^^M pull' jShi 'f «il>, not well. 

Bh ^ ^ '^^^ tai' .t'eng, head-ache. 

^^ jl^ ,fah jshau, feverish. 

^ ^i"^ )^^^ yauh' 'tsi, ajrwe.. 

fli ^ -^ itf t*!' »^^^ P'^'^' 'hsLU, stomach out of order. 

-^ ^ 'chang jC'hwang, <o have ulcers. 



[85 ] 

SSf W ,fali,liwun, to faint. 

1^ ^ -?• jeuh' lieu 'tsi, wen. 

^ S ,t'an jfeng, palsy. 

^ TT jhiah 'ts'i, blind man. 

sSf B^ ,iah 'yen, inflamed eyes. 

?\. ts 'chieu jc'hwang, raise blisters by moxce. 

*h> ®b >sin fiau', palpitation of the heart. 

^ ^ .hwang cheng', jaundice. 

t^ Avt^WJ jsi^iu hwa' puh' tung', indigestion. 

1r P^ 'L* >fah jDgeu ,sin, tendency Jo vomit. 

42. 5oai Furniture etc. 

JKv ^ jfsng -P'eng, a s«iZ. 

^ IB iwf y^ii' .liang .c'hwen, grram junJc. 

S^ J3H chan' .c'Hwen, war junJc. 

1^ tS 'P^i *TiS to ferry over. 

^ft ^ -ysn .c'hwen, saif 6oai. 

^g jt^sang cabin ; hold j hia' ,t'saiig, put down in the cabin. 

MB^Si^ ,t*sang 'pan, deck planks. 

Jgfif^ .cTiwen .wei, mast. 

JffiL "W jS^ jfeDg sin' .cli'i, a streamer. 

^Mi '^t •''^si jt^Dg, mast lanthom. 

®B WL t^iau' 'pan, s^ore plank. 

3^ ^- -uE jtsiang ,chiiin cbu', posis o?* which ropes are wound. 

Jjfc to', rudder J ^^WCi ,pan to', sieer io the right. 

Tf^ .wei, masi ; ^ )|^i ,t'ui to', steer to the left. 

^^Am •'^^i i^''^) fnast hoops. 

Sli 1^ j^s^g .hwan rij H«gf for tackling. 

vT ^u 't* liau', singing. 

JM JS« 'ting ,feng, contrary wind. 

>j>^ 4>P chau' chau', io row. 

*fe ^E >la .p'eng, raise f A.e sail. ' 

j|§ ;f-p. .c'hwen 'kan, path on side of boat. 

^^ jt'sang ,t'i, hatch way stairs. 



[86] 

^ ^ 'kwan .cTiwen, r'i, chief boat-man, 
^ ^ neng* .c'hwen, to work the hoat. 
^'^ ,0'heng .c'hwenj the hoat men pole a hoat. 
^/p3i t'an' .sheng, towing rope. 
g ^ jkwan jt'sang, front cabin. 
y^ ;§w 'hwo jt'sang, cooking cabin. 
'Bif^'^^>W:MM^'Bfl^ yt. .men ,tih .d^iwen k'wai' 

siang' yen' ,ts'i si' jtih, i/0Mir 6oai is swift as a swallow. 
W «t ^ ffi ^ 'two ,chi ,tu stui' .ohauj the-boat men are all 

asleep. 

43. Fwrniiure of a Souse. 

^ -y' jcTioli 'tsi, table ; Jj ,faivg jch'oli, square table. 
f^ -f' 'i 'tsi, chair ; ^ ,c'liiueii 'i, round arm-chair. 
/fjn -y* wuk' 'tsi, stool; yueh' liang' ,clio]i, round table. 
>^^ 'pan_,teiig, longstooi; bench; er' .jen ,teng a stool f of two. 

^ kwei', cupboard; J^ Tpg 'ting ,skn g kwe?, «fees^ on the top 

of a cupboard. 
^ -f" ,siang 'tsi, chest ; .p'i ,siang leather trunk. 
'Sx Jit ,pei' ,clii, a long table on which bedding is piled. 
^ yu .c'ha ,clii, iea iaSfe. 

^RJ ^ .t'iau ngan', long high table ; ,sha ngan', table for books. 
^fe ^ .p'en chia'j Jasiw stand. 

^ ^ ,8hu chia', book^ttse; ,koh ,slia ,tili, /or pladng boohs. 
j© ifi .c'hu kwei', kitchen cupboard. 

^ ^ .king , siang, baggage trunk. ^ jp§ ,c1ia ,siang, iea cAes^. 
% 01 ,kwa .p'ing, _/?ower_/an -f^^fc ,hwa/p'en,_^ower jsofe. 
^^ fj ching' .t'ai, mirrow stand. 



^!^ ^^ man' eking', looking glass. 

■f^ hwa', jow^Mre; tsai' .t'siang shang' kwa' ,ohok AwMgr OM the wall. 

^j* -^ tui' 'tsi, hanging sentences in pairs. 

^ ^ 'chiau .ta, footstool or .ta 'ckiau teng' f Ae same, 

^ 7p§ ,shu , siang, book box. 

^ ^ ^ -tnk ,sku .p'an, a tray for pencils, inkstone, etc. 

^>ffit.^ muk' ,kwa .p'an, a tray on wMch is placed a frof 
grant melon. 



[87 ] 

TJ^ ^ man' oMa', hat stand. [flowers. 

^)pj) kwa' .p'ing, a hanging Jar; 'k'o 'i ,c'ha ,hwar,/o>' holding 

Wi ^ fan' jclioh, dining table. 

p^ .cTiwang, bedstead. 

jl^ ,teng, lamp ; kwa' ,teng, hanging lanthorn. 

44. Insects, Reptiles etc. 
^ ^g .ma ,i, awf ; loan' .p'a, crawling in disorder. 
^ SX cTieu' .c'hung, bug ; 'yau .jen, they bite people. 
^ ^ mih' ,feng, Aoney feee ; mill' ,feng ,wo, bee-hive. ^ 

S liR *™^' ■'^> booh worm ; ,c'hila ,s1ih, eat boohs. 
1^ ^K •li'^ jt'ieli, butterfly (read .tie) ; ,t'o c'hiau', leaves his shell. 

S^X^ .wu jkung, centipede; 'yau .jen 'yea .tuh, fAe^ Aave a 

poisonous bite. 
WH =?» yen' .yen, centipede with angular legs. 
SBS -t'san 'chien, chrysalis of the silk worm. 
^^ .c'han, or$|Pj6g ,chili .lieu, cicada or broad locust. 
$irt ,sih sliwai', or 4ffi# 'c'hii ^ctii, cricket. 
^a i 1^ tsan' .wang 'ma, hearth cricket. 
$E $51 joTiieu 'yin, or f^ffi A|s 'c'hii shan', eariA worm. 
^ "rC A .yung 'hwo .c'liung, _^re-/y. 
^ -^ 'ken tsau', fleo ; hwei' pang', f^ey can jump. 
S^ ,t'sang ,ying, housefly. 

!^ it^ .ma 'cha, ^ ^ .hwang .c'liung, migratory locust. 
^ -^ ,si 'tsi, louse. 
it ^ '*'''^ 'keu, mole cricket. 

^ -^ .wen 'tsi, mosquito ; Irr .wen chang', mosguito curtain. 
j|^-^ ,hieh'tsi, scorpion; .na 'i ,pa ,clioh .jen, they sting with 

their tails. 
^ .t'san, silk-worm ; 't'u ,si, produce silh. 
j^ ^ .lo ,si, sjJiVa/ sAe//; '^ ^ 'hai .lo, fow^r musical shells. 
1^ ^ ,chu ,cliu, field spider. 
3S. WL ^^ '^^ jkuli .cliung, weevil corn-eater. 
^ ^ -ha ,ma, toad. 
fi "^ -pai^ "^^^^ (-l^S -er,) sand-fly. 



[88 J 



45. Common Verbs., 






U^ Abolish, ^ c'Lu', ^ fei'. 
uc -Jki Accept, i\^ j^ ,slieu nah'. 
^ Add, M .cliia. 

:i''^pL^^ Affect, ^ ^ 'kan tung'. 
S-z^ '0 ^ Amputate, ^|J T» .la hia'. 

Zt^ Ascend, ._L shang. 
i^v-") R^^'i/Ask, ^wen',^yau',nR't'sing. 
we' *J> Avoid, ;%, 'mien, J^ pi', 
ij^ .tK,'' Baptize, |® Jtc jsti 'si. 
<u' tii^ Bathe, ^ ^ 'si 'tsau. 

.2^-^ Beat, ^ 'ta. 
(jfli^ Beat clothes, ^ ,shwai. 

^<w Wti»^Begin work, Jy lH tung' ,kung- 
i^*<j«J^Believe, 'fg^in', "(^^ sin' 
■ie.fi/>^^ ' -fuh, iS'f^ ,siangsin', 
i^^Jt^ Bend, ^ ,wan. 

<^e./l''^A«w Besiege,^ .wei k'wun'. 
f«^'*V^^'^ind, i^ ^ 'kwun 'pang. 

"t^^ Boil, ^ 'chu. 
C^tfiXe, Bolt, ^4 'shwen. [.hu. 

« 'oWitA. Burn in cooking, >^ R^ 'c'hau 
i<t ^*^►«^ Bury, ^ ^ .mai tsang'. 
-T^t^'^ Buy, ^ 'mai. 

.^^'V Calculate, ^C swan'. 
1.^ 5C Call, tS P^ ,chau ,hu. 

^^i-^^ Call out, 1^ .Jang. 
w,"!&4 Can, ^ .neng, -^ .teh. 
X" ht ^'^'^' ^ *^^'' ^^.pau. 
'^h^ijiP^'^^' ^ -^'l^S' It ^'cfi chu'. 
^<x.>^'' Choose, ^5^ 'chien 'siiien. 
: ^ImK. Comply, -f^^ ,i .t'sung. 
;i^^;i«A.'' Condemn, XE # ting' tsui'. 



Confess, ^, H jen' tsm.'.yf>^^ 
Congratulate, ^ §l'kungTii. Al~^<'^ 
Connect, "j^j^ ,tsieh sii'. 'tUid~"io^ 
Conquer, fi^ .teh sheng'.t«^^«>»t^ 
Cough, ^Jife .k'oseu'. it'^QoS' 
Cover, ^ _t. kai' shung'. iis. 7-^ 
Covet, ;^,t'an. . ^ j » 

Crack, ^ ^ lieh' ,k'ai., lietti-^ 
Crush, M^ y^h' h^ai'. aX "'^ 
Cry, tt4 chiau', PJ^ han'. fii^^"^, i&l 
Cure, ^^ chi"hau.4' '^'^ 
Cut,- ^1 .la, uith scizzor's, 'chiau. "Z*'*^ , 
Decide, ^ ^ ting' ,kwei. .dpy^ cmH^ 
Delay, ^ 3^ ,tan .koh. ta, fCoi^ 
Deliberate, ^ ^,ohen,choh.'S«,«>^Al^ 
Depend on, ^ ^ i'lai', ^f^ 

Descend, ^ "F ^ chiang,/ij«;'a'^ 
hia' .lai. 

Desire, ^ yuen'. -yK^!^ 

Desist, Jjt ft 'chi chu'. tJ^''^ * 
Despair, j^ 3^ .tsiu&h wang'.^w^'W^^ 
Destroy, ^^ 'hwei hwa'. .^j^^hjCa^ 
Detain, ^ ^ .lieu ,cho. ^j*- iitii«>U^ . 
Die, ^ 'si, ^iH: c'ha'shi'. i^^d't^ 
Differ, ^ ^ ,c'ho ,oho. 'teiR, BUJLj 
Diminish, ^^ 'chien 'shau. Afl,'^;l^^^ 
Direct, '^^^^ 'chi'tien.. %*,^ tCmf 
Disclose, S tH ^ lu' ,c'huh iCi:>liiidj 
.lai (also leu'.) tn. 

Discuss, ^ i^ pien' lun*. Ue.' ig^ 
Disperse, ^ ^ san' ,k'ai. a^ Ke. 
Disregard, '^^ -V^hkvi'.iialLiUo 



>^'Lo' 



[89 ] 
4u ,siau hwa', 






Dissolve, j 

A^ hwa' 
•Yr\yydi Distinguish, yf" ^ ,feii .ming_ 
i\, dtvM^ Disturb, ^ ^ 'chiau tuug'. 
«<j -^ t)ivide, :^ §^- ,fen ,k'ai. 
li, 'fe/wX Divine, |5 K jclian puh'. 
ZiiuJ' Do, ^ tso'. 

^^^'K' Draw, ^ ,1a, ^tji ,t'o. 
/t^t€ Drive, ^^ 'kan. 
(C' vHUic Dry, El® ^^ shai' ,kan. [chu'. 
^(tAii-^Dwell, '^ chu'. Jg '^ ,cliii 
'^cMiMJL Eat, P^ ,c'bili. 
^^yv^ Endure, ^t> jfijf jen' nai'. 
'% 2^ Engrave ^J ^ ,keli tsi'. 
1^* 2t:Mr Enjoy, ^ ^ 'hiang shea'. 
J,' t^'.fii/' Enquire, ^ ^ 'ta ,t'ing. 
^ i^jNEnter, ^ ^ tsin' c'hii'. 
^-(^^Entice, )§] ^ 'yiii 'je"- 
^ Ai^L^ Entrust^ ft # ,t'o fu'. 
«C ;Xv^Escort, ^ J3| hu' sung'. 
<r iJLoJ^ Examine, ^ ^ 'k'au ,cliieu. 
I , ^t-W^Except, ^ .c'hu, J^ ;^h 'i wai'. 
;;j^^jgj^Exert yourself, ii| ^,c'liuh lih'- 
/*v/ liMf'Ci, Expand, j^ ^ ^,shen ,k'wan. 
< wi^l Extingu^h,^]^J^ mieh' mo'. 
^Wd^-'M.^ Faint, fl^ M ^ .liwun kwo' 

c'hii'. 
\,p^. ■ Pall, IJX. T ,tieli hia', :^ T^ 
^10-^ tiau' hia'. 
t' -e.;^ Ean, tl^ 'ta shan'. 
<i,^V P...r, t6 p'a'. 
-wwuc I'eed, P^ wei'. 
^^''.^ Feign, ft i^ 'ohia tso'. 
fe''/C)^ Fight, tr^'tachia'. 



Finish, ^ ^ tso' .wan. ?«^ ^ 
Fix, *^ T» ting' hia'. oU^ 'o 
Flatter, ^^ .^ feng' .c'heug. "vuv^ 
Fling, i5 .jeng. dyi 

Flow, *^ .lieu. C^-U 

Fly, ^ ,fei. ^ 

Forbid, ^it chin' 'chi, cl^ 
Forget, ]S -wang. '1/v-i 

Freeze, '/^ p^i tung' ,ping. ttS^ 
jfe .c'heng tsieu'. Z^ • 
"^1 'tu .t'sien. "trjt^u 






Fulfil, J? 

Gamble, 

Give, Sl sung', ^ 'chih ('kei.) 4m*i^ 

.Go, ^ c'hii', ^'wang. Q-^N. 

Grieve, ^ pt^ ,yeu men'. 

Guard, Jc -»}-;• 'pa ■'sheu. 

Guess, ^3 ,t'sai, . 

Help, m M ,siang ,pang, 

^ ,pang chu'. 
Hide, 1^ |§ .t'sang nih'. 
Hire, M. ,tsu, % lin'. ['fah. "fe^/ 
Imitate, ^ .hioh, 5^ ^ hiau' '^ '^ 
Inform, ■^ qlf kau' su'. "A<j'^^ 

Injure, -^ ^ ,shang hai', ;p <^ / 

^ 'sun hai'. •di^e'* ^O^ 

Instruct, ^ r;I| chiau' hiiin^ li-t^ . 
Intercept, ^Hi .tsieh .Ian. Xtlfi^. 
Investigate, ^^.c'ha,c'hah.*^*(j 
Invite, gm 't'sing. '!tiiJ"v 

Kneel, .^ kwei'. [,chieh 'ts'i. '^if** 
Tie a knot, tr ^ ^ ''ta- ^'^ 
Ladle, i/'yi 'c'han. <^a, 

Lead, X^\ '^ 'yin tau'. J*^*^''' 

Leave it . U. re, '^ij ~J^ lieu ,cIjo. ti^ < 
-Leave a place, J/^ift gfj i .k'ui. -^ /j 



[90 ] 



C'«/^;^-*Look, 



t^ Lend, ^^ tsie*, 
^•^Xt^Let, |l| ^ ,c'liu}i lin'. 
«'iJ^ Lie down, Bft p .mien hia'. 
"i^'O^ 1^ T^ 'fang hia'. [hwa'. 

*^'e^ Lie, (falsely,) ^ ^ 'hwang 
(j/C€'^'' Lift, ^^'chii 'c'hi. ^^ 
H^ ti^''" .c'hing 'c'hi. 

'c'lneu. ^. k'an'. 
\ ifi chau' ,ying. 
,<j^< '^ Make, fj[ tso'. 
We." ^^'' Manage, ^ ^ 'kwan 'li. 
i' tiv^/'Mark, # fp 'ta yin' 



);M,-oljfiL Match, @E S p'ei' ,cbo. 
P'^-WMay, PT^'k'o'i. 
^V y Measure, ]g .liang. 
«jJi0^^^A4.Meet, 5® W ^' ,cha- 
-«i*i^ Mend, "^ ,siea. 
ij)et^ ««/fc»wMix, ^ ^ .t'iau .lio. 
^'^^wMock, Ji^lfhi' lung-. 
,j^ HX. Molest, ^;^ .nan .wei, 
y^ Nail, #r ting'. 

' iiM^ Obey, ^ ^ .tsan .t'sung. 
^^Waf Offend, -^p* :^|1 ,kan fan'. 
^"/^^ Oppose, +SJ^ -cbii chu'. 
L^ tLi, Ought, i@ "igT ,ying ,tang. 
■' ' j!^"'' Overturn, ^.-^J ,t'ui 'tau. 

^U Peel,fyj^poh.p|i. 

!l'^te(-i^®''^°'^^*®' ^ 5® * .c'hwen 
kwo' p'hii'. 

\wL yjilPerspire, [Ij VT" ,c1iuh ban'. 
^,^^ Plait, ^ if 'ta,pien. 



Plane, tl'] -p'an. l-v^ 

Plough, ^ ,keng or ,ching. fid. 
Pray, ^ -^ 'tau kau'. -fee' ^^^'^ 



'^" 



^- 



Prepare, J^ 'jl^ ii' pei'. 

Print, fn yin.^ ^/u^'^ 

Proceed, Jl "ilO J^ shang'Zie-7vie.te^ 

.t'sien 'tseu. 
Produce, |i| ,c'huh, ^ \^ai.'iiel 
,sheng ,c'huh. [cheug'. ^ C^Xi^ 

Produce evidence, ^| pit 'yin tit"/ '" 
Prosper, J^ |JI ,hing wang'. t^l^tf^ 
Protect, ^^i 'pau yeu'. ■^,:»e'i4iLD' 
Parify.^'si. ^ ^' \ 

Pursue, ia. ^ ,chui 'kan. tVv^L "^^i^ 
Push, til ,t'ui. -jf'^ 

Put,^,koh,^.ngan,|i^fang'.«.^,^|*^ 
Rail at persons, ^ yVma' .jen. >*uC 2''»^ 
Reap, ^ ,sheu, :^ lien'. ^' /Jj/ 



Read, ^ .tuh. 



Rebel, ^^tsaii"fan. 7JU ^ 
Receive, ^^ sheu' ,chob. Jl^ aiie^ 

do. ^Ij -^ tau' 'sheu. "til^ Jiw 
Redeem, ^J .shub. L,yuen. -(.'/tk/ 



L. 




Refine, J^ lien'. ^> 

Reform, ^IC IE 'kai cbeng'. ^' ^^'^ 
Release, ^ ^^ ,k'ai ,sbib. ''I'Skf K'ioivu 
Remove, ^ ^^ ,pan ,cbia. -jajj Kc 
^spajj ia *S -P'ei .bwan. X (m^ m*^ 
Repent, -{^^ 'hwel'kai. ^aW*,' Jt^'' 
Reply, 111 ^ .bvrei ,tab. W.*^ 'fo^ 
Represent, ^ ^f ,tang tso'. ^ ■;feii 
Reprove, 



tseb' pei'. i^aJL (f^^ 



[91 ] 



le- .04^ Rest, ^ ,^ ,ngan siTi. 
W- (%•«•' Return, |p] ^ .hwei c'hir' 
/(W^^ Eeward, _^ 'shang. 

Eide horses, i^ ,elii. 

Rub K .mo. 






't'sing jUgan. 
1 san' jk'ai, 



'''^^ Salute, HR ^ 

ei. K'& .Scatter, ^ % 

"^ Scoop, :j^ wah'. 

'•P cL^See, ^ Mj k'au' chien'. 

\a, Od^iA, Seize, ^ -^ .na ,olio. 

1-' |/^ fiend, tr II 'ta ,fat, fg ^f 

*^ <iia-nj' jshf 

1 Vn/h.? ''Serve, 



^ shi' feng'' 
,yau, ^ 'teu. 



efr^ ■fe^'' Shake, 

t''i> Shave, |Hj t'l'. 

H.vii'ei.- Shut, ^ ,kwan. 

tc'i^ '^i'^8'' 1^ Chang'. 

i:ith^<«^^i"S6' 'J^ ^ "^ shau' 
^ 'shai or seh. 

i?^^^;'^ Sit down, ^"T* tso' hia 

/ ^ -^ 'ta 'tsui pa' 'tsi. 
^ •P'A^n^ Smear, *^ .t'u. P^ ,p'en. 
'i a4iMi> Smile, '^'^ -han siau'. 
, Alji>- Smuggle, ^\ 1% ,t'eu shui'. 
ltkii>tiJLS,na^ candle, 3J^ ^ ^ ^ 
rtio jChiah c'hii' lah' ,hwa. 

^ ^^' Soothe, ^ ^ jUgan wei'. 



.yen 



B 



fiuaJU,fti< Speak, 1^ fS' ,shwoh hwa'. 
^ MD-iC Spend, ^ M fei' yung'. 
J'^ Spin, |]^ ^ 'I'ang sien'. 
'^^^ Sprinkle, ;g^. 's&a. 

Start, ^ ^ 'c'hi „shen. 

Sting, f Ij tVi'.. 



1 i 



Strike, tr 'ta. ^' 

Surrender, ^ )^ .t'eu.hiang. ^^fW '0 
Sustain, g ,tang. fet^^ 

Swear, ^ ^ .fah shi', |if^ 7J> 

Take, ^ .na, ^C 't'sii. tuv^ (?^'t 

Take up time, |>i |5^ ,tan "wu. ^ - "^ 
Taste, -^ .c'hang. 



chiau^ 












Teach, 

Tear, ^ ^ ,si p'o', ^ ■f"^'^ 

Tempt, ^ '^ 'yeu hwoh', y^'^ /A/^ 

Thank, |^ ||f sie' sis'. 

Think, ^^ i^ ,si 'siang. 

Thirst, y^'k'oh. 

Throw, ^ ,jeng. 

Toast, i^ k'ang', i|^ 'k'au 

Translate, i]^ ^1 jfan i'. 

Tjeat, ^ 4^ k'an' tai^. 

Tremble," ^^ ,fah 'teu, ijfj UifJ' 

H^ III 'ta chan' chan'. '^tie/t^ t 
Try, fg^iS^ shi' sKi' k'an'. d^4^ A 
Turn back, J^.hwei 'chwen. av^ 4^ 
Wait, ^'^ 'tang heu'. "tit^-'^a^ 

Wake, @i 'sing. ^/^ns.) %U^^ 

Waken, W^ ^ chiau' 'sing. iij-oC ^0^ 
Warn, ^5^ 'ching chie'. (^La^' hU> 
Waste, :J^ ^ lang' fei'. ^^^ f^) 
Watch the house, ^ ^ k'an' K'Vko 

,chia. 
Weave, ^ ^ ,chih pu'. l^^-l^ ^^'^ 



Weep, ^ ,k'uh 



iO^^^ 



Weigh, ^ c'heng'.. ;^i'vU^'^ 

Wrap, ^ 7§ ,pau ,choh. ;;<2-(^-*t '^^(it-(! 
Wring dry, ^ ^ 'nieu ,kaii. 'r^MiJoll 'ftiX. 
Write, !^ 'sie. ^ ^ 



[ 92 1 

46. Distinctive Numeral Particles* 

^oC '(0 koS as in ' — 10 /V -yili ko' .jen, a man. Also of cash, 
loaves, etc. 

^^a^ ^ 'chan, small cup. Used of lamps, tea-cups, china-trays, etc, 
rC^,i^ 5i^ jchang, to stretch. Numeral of tables, bows, lips, etc. 
t^^^icJi ■^ jChih. Numeral of fowls, sheep, boats. 

'^**' 45c >^^- Numeral of pencils, fifes, branches. 

cJi-'i^ j^ c'hu', place. Numeral of places and houses. 
lU-t-Y^ ^ jfsMg, to seal. Numeral of letters and packets. 

/ti» ^^ chia', a support. Numeral of cannon. 

"/Cir^ ^IR ,ken, root. Numeral of poles, masts, etc. 

'/('fii^^ pj 'k'eu, mouth,. Numeral of coffins, bells, water vessels. 

■^tiue,^ 'n chien', divide. Numeral of things, clothes, 
s^-^Uie^ ^ chiuen', roll up. Numeral of pictures. 

/f'<^ ^ 'k'o, small head. Numeral of pearls and grain. 
. ^'io ^ ,k'o, rank ; order. Numeral of trees. 
iV<^ ^ 'kwan, pipe. Numeral of fifes, pencils. 

^■■n/^^^ k'wai', a piece of. Numeral of dollars, stones, etc. 

-Ci^A •f^ 'ling, neck. Numeral of mats, blinds, etc. 

•mi^ ]^ mien', face.. Numeral of flags, drums, etc. ,c'ha shang .c'hi 

'tsi, set up a flag. 
•^c' J2 'P^j handful. Numeral of knives, mallets, clubs, spoons, 
chairs. 

fu»/t^^i^ 'pen> root. Numeral of books, account books. 

•ft-'tif^ 05 'p'ih, <o pair. Numeral of horses, mules, etc. 
^f^''tb ^ p'u', to spread out. Numei-al of beds and couches. 

"^"^^ ^ P*^'' ^^^P- Used of situations. Che' pu' .t'ien ti', such a 
position as this. 

-d^" -^ 'so, place. Numeral of houses. 

•^-M^ fiS -t'eu, head. Used of animals. ,San 'paih .t'eu ,nieu, three 

hundred cows. 

* These particles are used to connect a number with its noun, ■vjhen that noun 
represents an individual thing, i. e. when it is an appellative noun. There 
are about forty such particles, and of these arbitrary usage determines 
■which shall be employed with any noun. 



[ 93 ] 

■C^^-^ '^ .t'iau, sprout branch- Numeral of collars, clubs, ropes, dogs, 

dragons, snakes, fishes, roads, doctrines, etc. 
'^?*«^ T^ 'ting, summit. Numeral of hats, sedan chairs. 

Va 7K 'to. Numeral of flowers. 

t^Ci. j^ to'. Numeral of walls. 

tS^ Bp twan', orderly. Numeral of things, affairs. 

2^* ^ tso', a seat. Numeral of inns, temples, hills, etc. 

Vtn't^^^ .wen. Numeral of copper cash. 

VHxC'' ^g .wei, tail. Numeral of fishes. 
io '^ wei', seat. Numeral of scholars, mandarins, teachers. 

47. Significant Numeratives.* 

d^M. g^ ,chang, a sheet of paper, skin, flat thin cakes, fipj 5^ TT ^SK 

'liang jchang .chuh 'chi, two sheets of bamboo paper. 
Srf 'L. ^, ,c'he, a carriage load or barrow load of wood, lime, bricks, etc. 
^ScieX ^ .che, a fold of paper. 

* |5^ chen', a gust or burst of wind, rain, hail (pau' 'tsi,) or 
thunder. ^ J — ' j^ ^ 'ta 'liau yih chen' .lei, there was 
a burst of thunder. 
C*^t4sr i^ ,choli, a table of rice. 
iX\}f '^i chu', a stick of incense. 

J.li^ ^ .c'hwfin, a boat load of anything. ^ 7 — ^ Jift 1^ #. 
^ .lai 'liau yih' .c'hwen .hien .ii, a boat of salt fish has come, 

'jh^ JS^'ijjg.^ ^fuj, 'tsi^ a fold of cloth, of blinds, of curtains. 
^**'*^ ^ .feng, a sealedpacket of letters, etc. 
^(fti. ^^ 'hiang, a heap of silver. 
VK'fiitff'' lU 'k'eu, a mouthful of rice, etc. 
7C^ ^ jchien, an apartment of a house. 
CJ-A^'*' '^ chii', a sentence of books, words. 
7l^lt«i^ :^ k'wai', a piece of land, cake. 
■:^'*..nwY j^ .k'wun, a faggot or bundle of wood, strihg. 

• These words are used to ootinect number with material nonuB or with other 
notins, when a part of them needs to be spoken of. Significant numera- 
tives are definite or indefinite. Those which are definite are weights and 
measures. Those which are indefinite are here exemplified. 



^y^" 



[-94] 

'Cite- yg lieu', a stream or tract of water, land, etc. 

Ce^A^ >j»l£. lih', a grain of corn, etc. 

/^^ Ju 'pa-. * handful of rice, etc. 
yi-^m. 'Q ,pau, a bundle of sugar, clothes, etc. 

'^<i:e- fi^ .p'iau, a scoop of water, etc. 
^'CC' /y ,p'ien, a piece of land, water, clouds, snow; a, collection of 

houses. 
y^*^ ^ p'ien', a piece of writing or of a book. 
■/L't^A. -^ 'P'i^j "'■ piece of cloth. 

Jv-tA. im -si^' ^ ™**'j ^ feast, » party of g'uests. 
■*^^ ^ shan', a fan, fold of a door. 
■■^^dt' •^ 'sheu, 0. liarid covered with blood, earth, etc. 
'<X lOOftv^^ >L,\ 'sheu .sin, a handful of rice„ etc. 
c^^ lS -t'ai, a load (carried by two persons) of anything. 

"^if^^ff tai', a tract of land, water, streets, clouds, etc. 
:^ay -PP tan', a load (100 catties) of anything. 

'^^'fee- la tau', a path or stream of lighL 

^s^ffllc ^ .t'eu, a /leaci or end of string. 
^i^ue -^fe jt'iau, a Zoaii (carried by one person.) 

cCCes, "^ .t'iau, a length of anything. 
;zi''<c^l|\'^ ,t'ieh, a piece of plaister, of gold leaf, etc- 
'2*^'' Tth 'f-ien, a do<, a little of. 
"t^fioJl, j^ .t'o/a heap of salt, of cash; a cake of pastry, etc. 

^ .t'o, a ball, made by winding ; a cake of pastry, etc. 
^^ta-n^ ^ tun', a meal of rice, etc., a beating (with 'ta, to strike.) 
^^t\JL ^ jtui, a heap of earth, fruit, stones; crowd of men, animals. 
,^!^ ^ .t'wan, anything round, a ball of hair, hemp, silk. 

^ ^ ,t'san, a meal. 

"Z^t/n^ ^ .t'seng, a story of pagodas towers.; ihickuess of paper, 

cloth. 
'^iel^m^i .tsieh, a joint or subdivisiqn of anythinjf, as of bamboo, a 
whip, a finger, the spine. 

yV-vv*;. ^ .wan, a pill ,pf medifijne, 

Tno 9t? ^^^'i '"*^^' '''^""''^' °^ medicine, food, etc. 



.[ 95 3 

48. Weights, Measures, Vessels, and other definite divisions. 
'^^ ^. 'clian, small cu 



zup. 

£Uh)K )fi5 chan', a stage on a journey; in Kiang-nan 90 li 30 English 

miles ; in North China a distance varying between 60 and 
130 li. 

'^^^'^■^% K^ jchang, leaf oi a book, of paper, of gold leaf; a single skin. 

KjvC- jpL ,chang, section of a book. 

'(A4m£ ^ cliang', ten feet, or 141 inches English. 

It'x***, ^ c'hau', the lOOOfA fart of a sheng or -pint. 

V'^*^ ^^ c'heng', 10 catties or pounds weight. 

'tilflt^ ts. 'c'h'ih, Chinese /ooi; 14 inches and one-tenlh English. 

''/^ ^m -c'hu, a wardrobe ; hooh-case. 

"^^^ ^ ^ ,chung 'tsi, a cup. 

"r"'*^ ^^ ,+eii, a candareen or tenth part of a mace ; one cent; tenth of 
. an inch ; a minute. 

^^*^ ^ .hau, a small measure of length; tenth of a li. 

f O'^ \* hia', a stroke of the clock ; an hour. 

'/*A '2**ak'" IS- J* '^'^ '•'-'' '^ small box.. 

iyifjij^dX. -^JC hieh, ^"^ hwei' 'tsi, '^ j^ 'hwei .er, ('hwur, in north- 
ern China,) an instant of time.- 
^■4^/tti ^g .hu, a tea pot or wi^ie pot. 
'fuia£u ^^ ,huh, 10th part of a hau. 
-w-^-v^iv^ .huh, /ye iew. 

-^i.^ UK jkang, a large vessel for holding water, and other liquids. 
yC«:g J5 )keng (,ching in the north,) a watch, 5th part of a night ; 
counted from night-fall to day-break. 



^ij .k'eh, quarter of an hour. 



C/,a*k^ /r jC^iii; '^ cattfj, \\ tbs. English. 
Ci^i-^ ^^ 'c'hing, 100 men of land. 
•r^rr^ ■^ 'chioh, a drinking horn, a horn of wine; 'chianh, 4th of 
anything; corner. 

f.^k4l^^ chiiien', chapter of a book. 
. AJ-£^ -^ hoh', tenth of a sheng or pint ; in nortben usage, a handful. 



[96 J 

/^•i^nei fj ,kiing, a how, (as a measure for land) fi've feet. 

ci^ii^ 'flff cliii'j a sentence. 

ICiajC (^ kwaa', a pitcher ; a pot. 

AMTt-'Utl '^k, ~jf* .k'wang 'ts'i, a basket. 

^Wv tS kwei', a wardrobe ; cupboard. 

i\iJm ^^ jkwoh, a frying pan. 

C^ ^S .Ian, a basket. 

ila/)'' ^^ 'leu, a hamper (witli a small mouth.) 

^'^ ^, 'li, Cliinese mile, grd of an English mile. 

Ct^ Tm. .li, lOi/i. pori of a fen; 100th. par b of an inch. 

CiA/' p^ 'liangj a tael ; Ig oz; sixteenth of a catty, or l-12th of a tb. 

""■i^ HA 'meu, 'mu, 240 square pu', or 6, 400 square Chinese feet. 

■^i'y^^ ^p 'miau, « second. 

'i*^**- :^ .nien, a year. 

fr** ^ffl .p'an, a plate, or tray of earthenware or wood; 

"*^ ^fc .p'en, dish ; bowl ; basin. 

VTt&. ^g peng', an earthen pitcher. 

"/*-*<- ^£ ,pei, a wine cup. 

•''*^-<8- ^llk .p'iau, a cocoa-nut scoop. 

"L^m^ JpL -p'ing, a bottle ; tiase. 

-yo^^l^iw/E yih, 40/eei; of cloth. 

•VM'^ :^ Yim', five feet, used in measuring land. 

'd€li\, ^S ,shah, an instant (southern.) 

-^X\i£'''^^ 'shang, a forenoon or afternoon. 

yCAAA' "jgf 'sheu, a piece of poetry. 

C*U« yr jsheng, a pint measure (of rice IJ catties in the north.) 

CO iSL sh'i', a generation ; an age ; thirty years. 

Z H^ -shi, B^ ^ .shi .c'hen, B$ '(^ -shi heu', an hour j two 
English hours. ^ ^'*^1'^ ''** 



^' 



'nglish hours. ^ ^'**^1 

^ ,si, lOOi/i par^ o/ a .liau; 10th part of a hull'. 



.rf/^fc TJsg .siang, a chest ; 6oi» 



i^^ bUi', a year. 
jiiffO^^^ jsliau, a bucket. 
(jj;^ ^ ta', a generation. 



^,c' "M tan', apeculj one hundred catties ; 133^ English poundfti 
6U^. |g .fan, a pitcher. 



ticA' i^ fang',, a column of characters. 



'^•**'' •T^ 'teu, ten pints or sheng. 
c^^^'^')i^ -^^ .tieh 'tsi, a^jZaie. 
-cj^ W^si-ffR ^ 'fcien ,cliung, aw hour. 
tJtu^ 7C ,t'ien, a day. 
Zi^uL&xi "pjj ^ .tsieh c'hi', solar term ; 24:th of a solar yedt. 

Myi&. ^ .t'sien, a mace; tenth of an ounce or tael ('liang); apiece of 
coined money. 
itbilulL ^ ,t'soh, IQQth of a sheng or pint, 
ytifi'a^y TJ' t'sun'j a Chinese inch; 1. 175 of an English inch.' 
^*'^" iTO 't'uDgj « larrel; caslc or lucket. 
'Y'V^ ^ weng', a large water vessel. 

"^"^ wS Vail, a smaZZ &asm. 
y*-^ ^^jeh', a leafoi a book. 

49. Collectives^ 

'W*- ^4^ ^ "X* jclii 'tsi, a branch of flowers, of a family, of an army. 
tJ/UkM^ ^ c'hwen', a chain of cash, beads, pearls. 

"XXt^ PB f'l'j ** pair or sei of antitlietie'S;l sentences, of ear-rings. 
C cC- 'TT .bang, a ranA; of trees, of paralled threads. 
v»'"wiA. ^g .liQ^ ({ quiver of arrows. 
""■^-C ^^ 'hwo, a company of men. 
C*'^*'*'*'*Mj' ^ .chiiia, aw army. 
fift,.nu. y\ ^ ^ k'wai' .er, </ie whole of a thing. 
fl/k<v»N "^^ kwan', o chain of gold, precious stones or pearls. 
<jt>Y*v'^ ^^ .c'hiun, ajloch or /lerci of sheep, cattle, wblves. 

"[■CvC ^t 'ku, s^are in trade, divison of an army; breeze of wind. 
< '^'"'^ -^F •p'ai, a ro/'i of timber,- bamboo. 
/•''*-' 3il£ jpaiij a set of men ; ranlc of soldiers. 
"^* t^ rf* p'ien', a splinter ; collection of buildings. 



[98] 

^>a 'sf jshwang, a pair of shoes, chopsticks (k'wai' 'tsi'.) 

ta> W ^^i'j "^ ''■'^^^ °^ land. 
,.^^ ^ ,tau, parcel of 100 or more sheets of paper. 
^/^ ^ t'au', a covering; cover of books, (several stitched Tolumes 
placed together in a loose cover are called a t'au.) 

^h^ ^ •'^'liij fcawwer, ^ i|5 — ' ^ .shuh 'na yih' .c'hi, to which 
u banner does he belong ? 

^t^ ^ .tsuh, kindred, clan. 

fflaC^ V$^ '^^'^'t 3- party of five or more soldiers. 

i^a^ ^ tui', a pair. 

50. Auxiliary Nouns of Quality. 

C^h^n-c^ ^ 'chung, sort of men ; portion of silver, j^ ^g yv che' 
'chung .jen, this sort of men. 

'£><^ II hiangS part oi ^sort oi. ^ — ^^^iM ^ '^ M 

— ■^^^iMM~¥''^ che' .yih'hiang' .t'sien shl' 

ku' .c'hwen ,tih, — na' .yih hiang' .t'sien shi ku' ,c'he 'tsi 

,tih, this part of the money is to hire a boat, and that to hiife 

a cart, ja — '^ ^'|pj ^^^' -J^^ hiang' sh'i' .t'sing, this 
sort of thing. 

^Uie tf ,kan, stem; sort of. i&if^^^ — ^A .t> ,men 

yen' shi' yih' ,kan .jen, they are another sort of people. 

-^^W lei', sort oi.'^^ — W.^ K -Puli sti' -yih lei' ,tih 

/ „ .jen, he is not the same sort of man. 
'^- ^ ,pan, the same in kind, sort of ; ^^^^ che' ,pan 
,kwang 'ching, this sort of appearance. 

r^ ^yang', kind of ; ^ 'JH A tSl che' yang' .jen 'p'in, this 
kind of men. 



51. Numeral Particles to Verbs. 

% ,fan, to turn over. ^ :§ — 1^ ^ T yeu' shi' yih' 
,fan ,lai 'liau, he is come once more. 

^0 ~p hia', nameral of strokes. fXT^~F^ 't^' 'liau , sap 
biaVchnng, it has struck three times. '- 



Y 



[99] 

^"^ ''^ # -^ hwei' 'tsi, a meetiibg. •^ T "^"^ "^ o'li^' 'liau .yih 

^ hwei' 'ts'ij ?ie has gone once. 

r'^ ^ pien', to go completely round j numeral of seeing, g^ 3® ^ 

3® .t'siau kwo' 'liang ,pien, J have looked through it twice. 
-t ' u^ 5^ t'ang', a time ; numeral of any action. 
"t^a^ ^ jtsauj numeral of revolutions j as of oxen grinding, the sun 

revolving. 
^'^^ ^ ^'^'> repetition ; numeral of any action. 

' . 52. Phrases at an Inn J5 tien'. 

fiiieZ^uiy^ *tl i^;ffi "x* j^^ii tsing' ,wu ,tsi, a clean apartment. 
^^^ ^''^ /TO^^ jshau k'ang', light the hrick couch. 
Jt<i^CiiX.Ca^'.^ Pp ^ 'chu ,chi tan'j &oiZ eggs. 
2^*Y«-*w|«i».^ ^ 1^ jtsien .yang jeu', fry mutton. 
tS* eiu. Jl^^ tun' ,chi, siew /omZs. 
,^ Ktf»'^ **^''i^ ^ ^ 'ma ting' 'chang, shoe the horse. 
'htt*^ tAtieiui- P^ !^ ^ wei* 't'sau liau', feed him with straw and corn. 
'^^Ko'w-^^U. i^ P 5p| T jSheng 'k'eu wei', 'liau, the animals are fed: 

'V^^A. .<ti4, "^^^ .fang .t'sien, money for lodging. 
tk," fCx. ti£,i ^ f5 6^ 'ts. ,ching ,tih, the watchman. 
'^^'Uilt^dtiilS^ Jt ^ ^ i'ang' shang' tso' ,cho, sitting on the brick bed^lace. 
i('*»a^X^fA^ _h ^ M't'wun shang' ,p'u kai', tie up the bedding, "tay'tl ki 
iV'ti ■l4<Lti<<' ^?^ "? 'P'"^ P^' '*^^' spread out the mattrass. ^^_^^^^^tH kt, ix 
^a^lUc^-'^^fl- P^ ^ 't^ »^'^i P^^'^ unloose the coverlid. ^-"'"'^ 
iCott^tLxJ^^^^ Jt ^^ "5^ >sa shang' to' ,tsi, pack the pack saddle. 
^ ^^ -^.jkau .liang teu' ,tsi, millet and beans. 






[ wo ] 



APPENDIX I. 

Tones of the Peking dialect. 

1. Words ia the first tone class, _£. ^ shang ping, take 
the upper quick falling inflection ; by the falling inflection being 
meant the tone of commands in English. But this becomes the 
upper even monotone in combination with another word following. 
If a word of this class stands last without the accent^ it assumes 
the lower quick even monotone, as in plfj* j^ wai' ,pien, outside. 

2. "Words in the second tone class, _L ^ shang sheng, take 
the lower quick or slow rising inflection. The rising inflection 
is in English the tone of questions. "When two words of this 
class are placed together, the former takes the upper quick rising 
inflection, as in ot ^ 'si 'lien, wash the face. 

3. "Words in the third tone clasSj ^ ^ c'hii sheng, take 
the lower quick falling inflection, or the lower slow falling 
circumflex, which first falls aud afterwards rises. "When two 
words of this class are placed together, the last is pitched high, 
and becomes the upper quick falling inflection, 

4. "Words in the fifth class, f» ^ hia p'ing, take the upper 
quick rising inflection, or occasionally the upper quick rising 
circumflex, which is a double inflection, first rising and then 
falling. 

5. "Words belonging primarily to the fourth tone class, y\ 
^ juh sheng, are, in the spoken dialect, distributed among the 
other tone-classes in the following manner : — 



Old tone-class. 



Inilial letter. 



Peking tone-class. 



"Upper juh sheng, 



k, t, p, s. 

ts, ch, h, w, y. 



Upper p'ing sheng, Jt "^ 



Lower juh sheng. 



k, t, p, s, 
ts, oh, h. 



Lower p'ing sheng, ~f^ ^ 



Lower juh sheng. I, m, n. 
I J. w, y. 



C'hu sheng, 



*: 



C 101 J 

Jtl^ This is the general law, but the exceptions are very 
numerous, and they admit, for the most part, of reduction to a 
few anbordinate laws, which here follow, numbered 6 to 9. 

6. Many upper juh sheng words, principally substantives, 
vyith the initials k, t, etc., and accustomed to be pronounced 
alone, are heard in the second tone or shang sheng, * e. g. j^ 
'hie, Uood ; "Q* 'pai, a hundred j ^ 't'ie, iron ; /^ 'c'hi, 
afoot; ^(j 'pei, north; ^ 't% a pagoda; ^ 'chiau, foot; 
s^ Vjj pencil. Many words whose usual tone is the first, take 
Jl ^ shang sheng for a special sense, as ; m k'iuk, which is 
,c'hu, ercoMd, but 'c'hii, a song. 

7. Words taken from the book language, and not used to be 
pronounced singly, or not themselves thoroughly colloquial, 
prefer the third tone or ^ ^ c'hii sheng; e. g. ^ t'e, 
purposely ; v^ c'hiiie, true; |g5 so, wew moon; ^ she, to place; 
^f k'e, a guest. When a word has the first tone for a common 
colloquial sense, as ^^ ,ko, to place, it often prefers ^ ^ 
c'hii sheng for another sense it may bear in combination, as !^% 
j^ ,tan ko', to remain anywhere for sometime. 

8. Certain syllables, usually with sibilant initials, have 
a preference for the fifth tone, or ~f* ^ ^i^ P'ing 5 e. g. chu, 
chi, chi, fu, ko, tse, te, jli3 fu, happiness ; f^f te, to obtain, etc. 

9. The reading tone of many juh sheng words which obey 
the preceding laws, is ^ ^ c'hii sheng ; and this is especially 
true of those that are colloquially attached to the first and fifth 
tone classes; all such, when used in poetry, are read with the 
intonation of c'hii sheng. In poetry, juh sheng words are all 
transferred to c'hii sheng, except a few found in shang sheng. 

10. Words arrange themselves in groups of two, three and 
four, regulated by accent. Tho accent falls usually on the last 
word in a combination of two ; on the second and fourth in a 
combination of four ; and on the first and last in a combination 
of three. But when, as often occurs, two sounds are so closely 

* Words needing to be pronounced singly would naturally adopt the second 
tone, which, in Peking, is enunciated with par^ioul^r distinctness. 



[102] 

combined as to become one dissyllabic word, the accent is on tbe 
first J e. g. ^J^ .sben,mo, what? ^ffl 'wo ,men, we. 

11. When the accent is on the first of two sounds forming a 
dissyllabic word, or the one is significant and the other enclitic, 
the last loses its proper tone, and assumes that of _t ^ shang 
p'ing, the first tone class. This is the reason that the proper 
tone of the following, among many more common words, viz; 
^ .cho, .chau, it is so ; ^Si •^''j ^'^'"'S \i .men, door.; ^§ .t'eu, 
head; ^ 'mo, interrogative particle, ^ .ni, interrogative 
particle, -f' 'ts'i, son ; '['g .t'sing, thing, 9^ lo', final particle ; 
^ .ye, father ; ^ .lai, covie ; y^ 'lau, old ; '(Q ko', a particle, 
is in the Peking dialect habitually exchanged for Jl ^\ shang 
p'ing, in certain familiar combinations ; e. g. 

^ 7^ .lieu ,cho, leave it there. 

rej y\ .ya ,men, mandarin office. 

^« ^3 '^h jt'eu, within. 

"^ ^ .shen ,mo, what. 

"^ -f' 'lau ,tsi, father. 

^ 'Ifg sh'i' jt'sing, thing. 

•^ -^ 'lau ,ye, aged sir; a common title of address to mandarins. 

ini 5^ .hwei ,lai, come back. 

^ "^ 'ni ,lau, you my old friend. 

j^ ^(0 che' ,ko, this. 

12. The initials k, t, p, ch, and ts, are always aspirated 
in the fifth tone-class, except when the words to which they 
belong are derived from /v^'juh sheng. 

13. The presence of the initials 1, m, n, r, j, in the first 
tone-class, is limited to words which are exclusively colloquial, 
or afEected in tone by the particular position of the accent, as 
explained in law 12. 

14. The suffix j^ .er, attached to substantives and other 
words very extensively in the north, is frequently absorbed into 
the word to which it is attached. The final letters n, ng, and 
the vowels are then exchanged for r, while the tone of the word 
is kept and that of suffix is lost. 



Normal form. 



C 103 ] 

CoUoquialform. 



A IE -jen ,er 
^ j^ .t'sien ,er 
-^ j^ 'ping ,er 
^ j^ ,t'ien ,er 
M % .si ,er 
^ ^ k'wai' ,er 
^ -y* J^ ,chi 'ts'i ,er 
i^j^'pan ,er 



Observations. 



.jer 

.t'sier 

'pier 

,t'iei' 

jSer 

k'wair' 

,chi 'tser 

'par 

jfoer 



e as in French le. 
e as in mercy. 
e as in mercy. 
e as in mercy. 
e as in French le. 



e as in French le. 

a as in a7-t. 

e as in mercy as /or. 



15 The words — ■ i, one and >p pu, not, vary their tone 
according to their position in the collocation of words to which they 
belong. Before a word in ^ ^ c'hii sheng they prefer hia p'ing. 
Before shang p'ing, shang sheng or hia p'ing, they take the 
c'hii sheng intonation, and when standing last they are heard in 
the fitst tone, e. g. ^ ^ .pu shi', it is not so j ^ ^ pu' .lai, 
he did ^t come ; ^ — ' ,c'hu ,i, the first day of the month. 

16. When the suffix ^ .er, is absorbed into the second of a 
repeated word, the word takes with 5Et -^"^i the shang p'ing tone. 
This is true whether the repeated word be in c'hii sheng, shang 
sheng, or hia p'ing sheng; e. g. 1^ '!§ ^ j^ man' ,mar ,ti. 

Observations. 

These laws serve for Tientsin as well as Peking, except that 
the first tone-class receives the lower slow even tone, and the 
third or c'hii sheng, the upper quick falling inflection. 

In the distribution of the juh sheng words among the other 
tone-classes, there is little difference between the usage of 
Peking and Tientsin. 

The student is recommended to verify these sixteen laws, with 
the aid of a native and Sir T. Wade's very useful Peking 
syllabary. The tones there assigned to juh sheng words will be 
found to be, in many instances, irregular and uncertain. Thus, 
@»^»^» chi, si, si, belonging to "f*^ hia juh, shoul^ 



[104] 

be in p ^ hia p'ing, by law 5. But they are placed in the 
syllabary under _t n shang p'ing. A Pekinese whom I 

consulted transferred them at once to |^ ^ hia p'ing. In such 
cases, the difference of authorities indicates that a transition 
is taking place, and the law of change tells us which sound 
will ultimately prevail. 

I am happy here to take the opportunity of referring to assis- 
tance which I derived from suggestion by Mr. William Stronacb 
and Rev. 0. Goodrich in regard to some of the preceding laws. 

II 

Tones of the Nanking dialect. 

1. "Words in the first tone class take for their distinctive 
intonation, the lower slow monotone, or sometimes the lower 
slow falling inflection, which consists of a slide of the voice 
downwards. 

2. "Words in the second tone class, Jl ^ shang sheng, take 
the lower slow rising inflection, or to express the thing differently, 
in enunciating them the voice slides upwards. 

3. "Words in the class known as ^ ^ c'hu sheng, take the 
quick falling inflection. 

4. Words in the fourth class, or ^^ juh sheng, are short 
in time. 

5. Words in l;he fifth class, or "f* ^ hia p'ing take the 
upper quick rising inflection. 

Ill 

Tones at Ghefoo (Fuh-shan Men) (Ten-t'ai.J 

1. Words in Jl ^ shang p'ing, the first tone, take the 
lower slow rising inflection. 

2. Words in the second tone-class, Jl ^ shang shengj take 
the upper quick rising inflection. 

3. The third class, ^^ c'liii sheng, takes the upper quick 
falling inflection. 

4. The class called p ^ hia p'ing, takes for its intonation 
the lower quick falling inflection. 

5. Words of the fourth class, or juh shengi are distributed 
principally among the second and fifth classes; those of the 
upper division, or JQ y\ shang juh, preferring shang sheng, 
while such as are in the lower division, p ^ hia juh, are 
usually found in T*^ hia p'ing. 



TEtJBNER'S 

((Oriental ^ ilinguMic ^ubltcation^* 



JL OJ^TJ^LOa-TJIE 



BOOKS, PERIODICALS, AND SERIALS, 



J^istorp, JLanguageg, Eeligions, antiquities, litera^ 
ture, anD (JDeopapfip of tbe Cast, 

^iVi) KINDRED SUBJECTS. 



PUBLISHED BY 



TI^tJBlSrEIRy <Sc OO. 



LON*DON: 
TEUBNEE & CO., 57 and 59, LTJDGATE HILL. 

1888. ^ 



CONTENTS. 



Triibner's Oriental Series 

Serials and Periodicals .,, .,. ..< 

ArchEBology. ,El^haograpl>y, Geography, History, Law, Literature, Nnmismatics, 

and Travels 

Tlie Religions of the East 

Comparative Fliilology (Polyglots) ... 

Grammars, Dictionaries, Texts, and Translations : — 

PAGE 

... 66 

... 51 

... 53 

... 53 

... 64 

... 54 

... 66 

... 66 

... 57 



Accad — 1). Assyrian 

African Languages 

Albanian 

American Languages 

Anglo-Saxon 

Arabic 

Assamese 

Assyrian 

Australian Languages ... 
Aztek — V. A merican Lang, 
Babylonian — v. Assyrian 



Bengali 

Bihari 

Brahoe (Brakui) 

Braj Bhata — ». Hindi 

Burmese 

Celtic — ». Keltic 

Chaldaic — v. Assyrian 

Chinese (for books on and in 
Pidgin-English see under 
this heading) 

Choctaw — V. American Lang. 

Coptic — V. Egyptian 

Oorean 

Cornish— w. Keltic 

Cree ) — f. American Lan- 

Creole ( guages 

Cuneiform— ». Assyrian 

Danish 

Dutch (Pennsylvania) ... .- 

Egyptian 

English — Early and Modern 
English and Dialects 

Frisian 

Gaelic— ». Keltic 

Gaudian 

German (Old) 

Gipsy 

Gothic 

Greek (Modern and Classic) .. 

Gujar^ti 

Gurmukhi 

Hawaiian 

Hebrew ... 

Hidatsa — v. 

Hindi 

Hindustani 

Hungarian 



American Lang. 



58 
58 
68 
58 

59 



69 



64 



64 
92 
64 

66 
79 

79 
79 
79 
80 
80 
81 
81 
81 
81 

83 
83 

84 



Icelandic 

Japaneser' 

Irish — t;. Keltic 

Xabail 

Kanarese 

Kayathi 

Keltic(Corni8h,Gaelic, Welsh, Irish) 

Konkani 

Libyan 

Mahratta (Marathi) 

Malagasy 



26 
, 41 
. 48 

FAQE 
. 84 

, 85 

', 86 
, 86 
, 87 
87 
88 
88 
88 
88 

89 

lim 89 

Maori 89 

Oriya — v. Uriya 

Pali 89 

Pazand 91 

Peguan 91 

Pehlvi .1. ... 91 

Pennsylvania Dutch 92 

Persian 92 

Pidgin- English ..,., 94 

Polish 94 

Prakrit 94 

Pukshto (Pakkhto, Pashto) 94 

Punjabi — v. Gurmukhi ... 

Quichua— V. American Languages 

Eoumanian 95 

Russian 96 

Samaritan 95 

Samoan 96 

Sanskrit /.. 96 

Serbian 105 

Shan 105 

Sindhi 105 

Sinhalese 106 

Suahili 106 

Swedish 106 

Syriac 106 

Tamil 107 

Telugu 107 

Tibetan 107 

Turki 107 

Turkish 108 

Umbrian ... 108 

Urdu — V. Hindustani 

Uriya 108 

Welsh— ». Keltic 



TEUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES. 



"Akno-wledge of the commonplace, at least, of Oriental literature, philosophy) 
and religion Is as necessary to the general reader of the present day as an acquaint- 
ance with the Latin and Greek classics was a generation or so ago. Immense strides 
have been made within the present century in these branches of learning ; Sanscrit 
has been brought within the range of a!ccurate philology, and its invaluable ancient 
literature thoroughly investigated ; the language and sacred books of the Zoroastrians 
have been laid bare ; Egyptian, Assyrian, and other records of the remote past have 
been deciphered, and a group of scholars speak of BtUl more recondite Accadian and 
Hittite monuments ; but the results of all the scholarship that has been devoted to 
these subjects have been almost inaccessible to the public because they were contained 
for the most part in learned or expensive works, or scattered throughout the numbers 
of scientific peripdioals. Messrs. Tbubner & Co., in a spirit of enterprise which 
does them infinite credit,. have determined to supply the constantly-increasing want, 
and to give in a popular, or, at least, a comprehensive fprm, all this mass of know- 
ledge to the world." — Times. 



THE FOLLOWING WOBES ABE NOW BEAST. 

Post 8vo. cloth, uniformly bound. 

Essays on the Saceed Language, Wbitings, and. Religion of 
THE Fabsis. By Mabtin Hat70, Ph.D., late Professor of Sanskrit and Com- 
parative Philology at the University of Munich. Edited and enlarged by Dr 
E. W. West. To which is also added a Biographical Memoir of the late Dr. 
Haug, by Prof. Evans. Third Edition, pp. xlviii. and 428. 1884. 16». 

Texts peom the Buddhist Canon, known as Dhammapada. With 
accompanying Narratives. Translated from the Chinese by S. Beal, B.A., 
Prof, of Chinese, University College, London, pp. viii.-176. 1878. 7s. 6d. 

The Histoet op Indian LiieeaTiteb. By Albeecht Webee. 
Translated from the German by J. Mann, M.A., and T. Zaohakiae, Ph.D., 
with the sanction of the Author. Second Edition, pp. Kxiv.-360. 1882. lOs: 6d-. 

The Modeen Languages oe the East Indies. By Eobeet Oust. 
Accompanied by Two Language Maps. pp. xii,-198. 1878. 7«. 6rf. 

The Bieth op the Wae God. A Poem by KiuDlSA. Translated 
from the Sanskrit into English Verse. By Ralph T.. H. Griffith, M.A., 
Principal of Benares College. Second Edition, pp. xii.-U6. 1879. Ss. 

A Classicai Dictionaet op Hindu Mtihologt and Histoet, 
Geography and Literature. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S., late Professor 
in the Staff College, pp. xix. and 412. 1879. 16s. 

Selections peom the Koean. With a Commentakt. Translated by 
the late E. W. Lane, Author of an "Arabic-English Lexicon," etc. New Edition, 
Revised, with Introduction on the History and Development of Islam, especially 
with reference to India. By Stanley L. Poole, pp. oxii.-l76. 1879. 9«. 

Metbical Teanslations peom Sanskeit Weitees. With an Intro- 
duction, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from Classical Authors. 
By J. MuiE, C.I.E., D.C.L. pp. xliv. and 376. 1879. 14*. 

Modeen India and the Indians. Being a Series of Impressions, Notes, 
and Essays. By Sir Monieb Monier- Williams, KC.I.E., D.C.L., etc., etc. 
Fourth Edition, pp. 366, with an Index and Map. 1887. 14«i 



4 Linguistic' Publications of Triibner 8( Co., 

MiSCELLANEOTIS EsSATS EELATDrQ TO INDIAN StTBJECTS. By B. H. 
Hodgson, F.R.S:., late of the Be.C.S., etc. 2 vols. pp. viii.-408, and viii. 348. 
1880. 28*. 

The Liee or Leoend op Gatjdama, the Buddha of the Burmese. "With 

Annotations, The Ways to Neibban, and Notice on the Phongyies or Burmese 
Monks. By the Eight Rev. P. Bioandet, Bishop of. Ramatha. Third Edition. 
2 vols. pp. XX. and 268, and viii. and 326. 1880. 21«. 

The Gulistan; or, Eose Garden of Shekh Mushliu'd-din Sadi of 
Shiraz. Translated for the first time into Prose and Verse, witt a Preface, 
and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah, by E. B. Eastwick, F.R.S., 
M.R.A.S., etc. Second Edition, pp. xxvi. and 244. 1880. Ws.&d. 

Chinese Bttddhism. A Volume of Sketches, Historical and Critical. 
By J. Edkins, D.D., pp. xxvi. and 454. 1880. 18». 

The Histoet op Esaehaddon (Son op Sennacheeib) King op As- 
syria, B.C. 681-668. Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions in tie British 
Museum. The Original Texts, a Grammatical Analysis of each Word, Explana- 
tions of tie Ideographs, and list of Eponyms, etc. By E. A. Budge, B.A., etc. 
pp. xii. and 164., 1880. 10». 6d. 

A Taxmubic Miscei.lant; or, One Thousand and One Extracts from 
the Talmud, the Midrashim, and the Kabbalah. Coinpiled and Translated by 
P. J. Hershon. With a Preface by tbe Rev. F. W. Fakkar, D.D., Canon of 
Westminster. With Notes and Copious Indexes, pp. xxviii. and 362. 1880. 14». 

Buddhist Bieth Stoeies ; or, Jataka Tales. The oldest collection of 
Folk-lore extant : being the Jatakatthavannana, for the first time edited in the 
original Pali, by V. Fauseoll, and translated by T. W. Rhys Davids. Trans- 
lation. Yol. I. pp. cxvi. and 348. 1880. 18s. 

The Ciassicai Poetet op the Japanese. By Basdc Chambeelain, 
Author of "Yeigio Henkaku, Ichiran." pp. xii. and 228. 1880. Is. 6d. 

Linguistic and Obtentai, Essays. "Written from 1846 to 1887. By 
R. CusT. pp. 496. 1880. 10«. 6d. Second Series, pp. 562, with 6 Maps. 1887. 21*. 

The MesnevI. (Usually known as the Mesneviyi Sherit, or Holy 
Mesnevi) of Mevlana (our Lord) Jelalu'd-Din Muhammed er-Eumi. Book I. 
With a Life of the Author. Illustrated by a Selection of Characteristic Anecdotes, 
by Mevlana Shemsu'd-Din Ahmed el Eflaki, el 'Arifi. Translated and the Poetry 
Versified in English, by J. W. Redhotise, M.E.A.S. pp. xv. and 135, y. and 
290. 1881. 21s., 

Easteen PkoTEEBS AND Embiems, Illustrating Old Truths. By the 
Rev. J. Long, M.B.A.S., F.R.G.S. pp. xvi. and 280. 1881. 6». 

Indian Poetet. Containing " The Indian Song of Songs," from the 
Sanskrit of the "Gita Govinda" of Jayadeva; Two Books from "the Iliad of 
India" (Mahabharata) ; and other Oriental, Poems. Fourth Edition. By Sir 
EDVfiN Arnold, M.A., K.C.I.E., etc. pp. viii. and 270. 1886. 7«. 6d. 

Hindu Philosophy. The Sankhya Karika of Iswara Krishna. An 
Exposition of the System of Kapila. With an Appendix on the Nyaya and 
Vaisesbika Systems. By J. Davies, M.A. pp. viii. and 152. 1881. 6s. 

The Eeligions op India. By A. Baeih. Authorised Transla- 
tion by Rev. J. Wood. pp.336. 1881. 16s. 

A Manual op Hindu Pantheism:. The Vedantasara. Translated 
with Copious Annotations, by Major G. A. Jacob, B.S.C. With Preface by 
E. B. CowEUi, M.A., Prof, of Sanskrit in Cambridge University, pp. x. and 
129. 1881. 6s. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. 5 

The QTTATSAnrs or Omae KhattIm. Translated by E. H. 'Whinfield, 
M.A., late of H.M. Bengal Chil Service, pp.96. 1881. 53. 

The Q,'0AiHAiNg 6p Omar KhattXm. Persian Text, and English Verse 
Traiislatdon by E. H. Whinfield, M.A., late Be.C.S. pp. 368. -1883. 
10s. &d. 

The Mind op Mencitjs; or. Political Economy founded upon Moral 
Philosophy. A Systematic Digest of the Doctrine of the Chinese Philosopher 
Mencius. Translated from the Original Text, and Classified with Comments 
and Explanations hy the Eer. Ernst Faber, Rhenish Mission Societi. 
Translated from the German with Additional Notes, hy the Rev. A. B. 
HtjTOHiNSON, C.M.S., Hong-Kong. pp. xvi. and 294. 1881. lOs. %d. 

TsOTTi-llGoAM, THE Sttpkeme Being OP THE Khoi-Khoi. By Theo- 
PHiLus Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, etc. pp. 
xii. and 154. 1881. 7s. 6rf. 

TusEP AND Zulaieha. A Poem by Jami. Translated from the Persian 
into English Verse. By R. T. H. Griffith, pp. xiv. and 304. 1882. 8s. &d. 

The Indian Empiee : its History, People, and Products. By Sir "W. "W. 
Hunter, K.C.I.E., LL.D. Second Edition, pp. 780. With Map. 1886. 21s. 

A CoMPEEHENSivE CoMMENTAET TO THE QtTEAN : Comprising Sale's 
Translation and Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations. 
With a complete Index to theText, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By ReT. 
E. M. Wherry, M.A., Lodiana. Vol. I. pp. xii. and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d. 
Vol. II. pp. xii.-408. 1884. 12s. 6d. Vol. III. pp. Tiii.-416. 1885. 
12s. Qd. Vol. IV. pp. iiii.-340. 1886. 10s. Gd. 

COMPAEATIVE HiSTOET OP THE EGYPTIAN AND MeSOPOTAMIAN KeLIGIOHS. 

By C. P. Tiele. Egypt, Babel-Assur, Temen, Harran, Phoenicia, Israel. 
Vol. I. History of the Egyptian Religion. Translated from the Dutch, with the 
co-operation of the Author, by James Ballingal. pp. ixiT.-230, 1882. 7s. 6d. 

The Saeta-Daesana-Samgeaha ; or Keview of the different Systems of 
Hindu Philosophy. By Madhava Acharya. Translated by E. B. Cowbl'l, 
M.A., Cambridge ; and A. E. Gotjoh, M.A., Calcutta, pp. xii.-282. 1882. 10s. 6d. 

Tibetan Tales, Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the 
Tibetan of the Kah-6yur. By F. Anton ton Schiefner. Done into English 
from the German, with an Introduction, by W. E. S. Ralston, M.A. pp. 
lxvi.-368. 1882. 14s. 

LiNGinsTic Essays. By Gael Abel, Pb.Dr. pp. viii.-266. 1882^ 9«. 

CoNTKNTS. — Language as the Expression of National Modes of Thought — The Conception of 
isLoTe in some Ancient and Modem Languages— The English Verbs of Command— The discrimi- 
nation of Synonyms— Philological Methods — The Connection between Dictionary and Grammar 
— The Possibility of a Common Literary Language for the Slave Nations — Coptic Intensification 
— The Origin of Xanguage— The Order and Position of Words in the Latin Sentence. 

HiNDii Philosophy. The Bhagavad Gita oi* the Sacred Lay. A 
Sanskrit Philosophical Poem. Translated, with Notes, by John Daties, M.A. 
(Cantab.), M.E.A.S. pp. vi.-208. 1882. 8s. Gd. 

The Philosopht op the XJpanishads and Ancient Indian Metaphysics. 
By A. E. Gouqh, M.A. Calcutta. Pp. xxiv.-268. 1882. 9s. 

CTdanataega : A Collection of Yerses from the Buddhist Canon. Com- 
piled by Dharmatrata. The Northern Buddhbt Version of Dhammapada. 
Translated from the Tibetan of Bkah-hgyur, Notes and Extracts from the Com- 
mentary of Pradjuavarman, by W. W. Eookhill. Pp. xvi.- 224. 1883. 9l. 



6 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co., 

A HiSTOET OP BuEMA. Including Burma Proper, Pegu, Tauugii, 
Tenasserim, and Aritkan. From the Earliest Time to -the End of the First 
War with British India. By Lieut-General Sir A. P. Phayrb, G.C.M.G., 
K.C.S.I., &o. pp. xii. and 312, with Maps and Plan. 1883. 14*. 

A Sketch of the MoDEEif Langtjages op Apeica. By K. N. Ctjst. 
Accompanied hy a Language Map. By E. G. Eatenstein. Two Yoli. 
pp. x»i.-288, Tiii.-278, with Thirty-one Autotype Portraits. 1883. 18». 

Outlines op the Histoet op Ebligionto the Speead of the TFniteesai. 
Eeliqions. ByProf.C.P.TiELE. Translatedfrom the Dutch by J.E:Caepentek, 
M.A., with the Author's assistance. Third Edition, pp. xx. and 250. 188*. 7s. 6d. 

EELiGioif IN China; containing a brief Account of the Three Eeligions 
of the Chinese ; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion 
amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.I)., Peking. Third Edition, 
pp. zvi. and 260. 1881. 7<. 6d. 

The Life op the Bttdsha and the Eaeit Histoet op his Oebee. 
From Tibetan Works in the Bkah-hgyur and Bstan-hgyir. With notices on 
the Early History of Tibet and Khoten. Translated by W. W. Eockhill, 
Second Secretary TJ.S. Legation in China, pp. 284. 1884. 9i. 

Buddhist Records op the Westeen World. Translated from the 
Chinese of Hiuen Tsiang (a.d. 629) by S. Beal. Dedicated by permission 
to H.E.H. the Prince of Wales. 2 vols. pp. 250 and 378. 1884. 24s. 

The Sankhta Aphoeisms of Kapila. "With Illustrative Extracts from 
the Commentaries. Translated by J. E. Ballanttne, LL.D., late Principal 
of Benares College. Edited by F. Hail. Third Edition, pp. 472. 1884. , 16«. 

The Oedinances op Manu. Translated from the Sanskrit, with. Intro- 
duction by the late A. C. Btjhnell, Ph.D., CLE. Completed and Edited by E. 
W. Hopkins, Ph.D., Columbia College, New York. pp. 446. 1884. 12s. 

Life and "Works op Alexander Csoma de Xoros between 1819 and 
1842. With a Short Notice of all his Published and Unpublished Works and 
Essays. From Original and for the most part Unpublished Documents. By T. 
DuKA, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Surgeon-Major H.M.'s Bengal Medical Service, 
Eetired, etc. pp. xii.-234. 1885. 9s. 

Leates from Mt Chinese Scrap-Book. By F. H. Baipotte, Author of 
" Waifs and Strays from the Far East," etc. pp. 216. 1887. 7s. 6rf. 

Ancient Proverbs and Maxims from Burmese Soueces ; or, the Niti 
Literature of Burma. By J. Ghat, Author of " Elements of Pali Grammar," 
etc. pp. 192. 1886. 6s. 

Masnavi I Ma'navi : the Spiritual Couplets of Maulana Jalalu-'d-Din 
Muhammad i Elimf. Translated and abridged by E. H. Whinfield, M.A. 
pp. xxxii. and 330. 1887. 7s. 6cl. 

The Satakas op Bhartrihaei. Translated from the Sanskrit by the 
Eev. B. Hale Woriham, B.A., M.E.A.S. pp. xii.-72. 1886. 5s. 

MInava-Dharma-Castra : the Code of Manu. Original Sanskrit Text 
with Critical Notes. By J. Jolly, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit in the University 
of Wurzburg ; late Tagore Professor of Law in the University of Calcutta, pp. 
viu. and 346. 1887. 10s. 6d. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 7 

MrscBXLANioTjs Papees eexating to Indo-Chiwa. Eeprinted for the 
Stradte Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, from Dalrymple's " Oriental Heper- 
tory," and the " Asiatic Besearches " and " Jonraal " of the Asiatic Society of 
Bengal, pp. xii.-318, vi.-112. 1887. 21*. 

MiscEiiANEous Papers eelatino to Indo-China and the Istdian Aechi- 
PELAGo. Eeprinted for the Straits Branch of the R. Asiatic Society, from the 
" Journals" of the R. Asiatic, Bengal Asiatic, and E. Geographical Societies ; 
the "Transactions " and "Journal" of the Asiatic Society of Batavia, and the 
" Malayan Miscellanies." Second series. 2 vols. pp. -viii. and 307, and 313. 
"With Five Plates and a Map. 1887. £1 S». 

Folk Tales of Kashmie. By the Eev. J. Hinton Knowles, F.R.G.S., 
M.R.A.S., etc. (C.M.S.) Missionary to the Kashmiris. Pp.iii.-610. 1888. 16*. 

SERIALS AND PERIODICALS. 

Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. — Jouenal op the 
BoTAL Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, from the Com- 
mencement to 1863. First Series, complete in 20 Vols. 8vo., with many Plates, 
Price £10 ; or, in Single Numbers, as follows :— Nos. 1 to 14, 6i. each ; No. 16, 
2 Parts, is. each; No. 16, 2 Parts, is. each; No. 17, 2 Parts, is. each; No. 
18, 6s. These 18 Numbers form Vols. I. to IX.— Vol. X., Part 1, o.p.; 
Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 5«.— Vol. XI., Part 1, 6*. ; Part 2 not puhlished.— Vol. 
XII., 2 Parts, 6s. each.— Vol. _XIII., 2 Parts, 6s. each.— Vol. XIV., Part 1. 
5«. ; Part 2 not published.— Vol. XV., Part 1,6*.; Part 2, with 3 Maps, £2 2s. 
—Vol. XVI., 2 Parts, 6*. each.— Vol. XVII., 2 Parts, 6». each.— Vol. XVIII., 
2 Parts, 6s. each — ^Vol. XIX., Parts 1 to i, 16».— Vol. XX., Parts 1 and 2, is. 
each. Part 3, 7^. 6ii. 

Asiatic Society. — Jouenal of the Eotal Asiatic Society of Qeeai 
Britain and Ireland. New Series. Vol. I. In Two Parts, pp. iv. and 
490, sewed. 1861-6. 16«. 
Contents. — I. Yajra-chhedikS, tie "Kin Kong King," or Diamond Sdtra. Translated from 
the Chinese by the Kev. S. Beal. — II. The F&ramitS-hridaya Sfitra, or, in Chinese, " Mo-ho-p6- 
ye-po-lo-mih-to-sin-king," i.e. "The Great P4ramit4 Heart Sfltra." Translated from the 
Chinese by the Eev. S. Beal. — III. On the Preservation of National Literature in the East. 
By Col. F. J. Goldsmid. — IV. On the Agricultural, Commercial, Financial, and Military Statistics 
or Ceylon. By E. E. Power.— V. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Vedic Theogony and 
Mythology. By J. Muir, D.C.L.— VI. A Tabular List of Original Works and Translations, pub- 
lished by the late Dutch Government of Ceylon at their Printing Press at Colombo. Compiled 
by Mr- M. P. J. Ondaatje. — VII. Assyrian and Hebrew Chronology compared, with a view of 
showing the extent to which the Hebrew Chronology of Ussher must be modified, in conformity 
with the Assyrian Canon. By J. W. Bosanquet.— VIII. On the existing Dictionaries of the 
Malay_ Language. By Dr. H. K. van der Tuuk. — ^IX. Bilingual Eeadmgs : Cuneiform and 
Phoenician. Notes on some Tablets in the British Museum, containing Bilingual Legends 
(Assyrian and Phoenician). By Major-Gen. Sir H.Kawlinson, K.C.B. — X. Translations of Three 
Copper-plate Inscriptions of the Fourth Century a.d., and Notices of the Chalukya and Gurjjara 
Dynasties. By Prof. J. Dowson, Staff College, Sandhurst. — ^XI. Yama and the Doctrine of a 
Future-Life, according to the Rig-, Yajur-, and Atharva-Vedas. By J. Muir, D.C.L.— XII. On 
the Jyotisha Observation of the Place of the Colures, and the Date derivable from it. By W. 
D. Whitney, Prof, of S.anskrit, Yale College, U.S.A. — Note on the preceding Article. By Sir E. 
Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. — XIII. Progress of the Vedic Religion towards Abstract Conceptions 
of the Deity. By J. Muir, D.C.L.— XIV. Brief Notes on the Age and Authenticity of the Work 
of Aryabhata, Varahamihira, Brahmagupta, Bhattotpala, and Bh^karacharya. By Dr. Bhau 
D^jt.— XV. Outlines of a Grammar of the Malagasy Language. By H. N. Van der Tuuk. — 
XYI. On the Identity of Xandrames and Krananda. By £. Thomas, Esq. 

Vol. II. In Two Parts, pp. 522, sewed. 1866-7. 16s. 

Contents. — ^I. Contributions to a Knowledge of Vedic Theogony and Mythology. No. 2. 

By J. Muir. —II. Miscellaneous Hymns from the Rig- and Atharva-Vedas. By J. Muir. — HI. 

Five hundred questions on the Social Condition of the Natives of Bengal. By the Eev. J. Long! 

—IV. Short account of the Malay Manuscripts belonging to the Royal Asiatic Society. By 



8 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8f Co., 

DrvH. N. -van der TuuK— V. Tranjlation of the AmiUbha Sdtra from the Chinese. By the ReT. 
a Beal.— VI. The initial coinage of 'Bengal. By E. Thomas.— VII. Specimens of an Assyriair 
Metionary. By E. Norris.— VIII. On the Relations of the Priests to the other classes of [Indian 
Society in the Vedic age. By J. Muir.— IX. On the Interpretation of the-Veda. By the same. — 
X. An attempt to Translate from the Chinese a -work known as the Confessional SerTices.of the 
great compassionate Kwan Yin, possessing 1000 hands and 1000 eyes. " By the Rev. S. Beal. — 
.T-XI. The Hymns of the Gaupayanas and the Legend of King Asam&ti. By Prof. Max Muller. 
— XII. Specimen Chapters of an Assyrian Grammar. By the Rey. £. Hincks, D. D. 

Vol. in. In Two Parts, pp. 516, sewed. With Photograph. 1868. 22s. 
Contents.— I. Contributions towards a Glossary of the Assyrian Language. By H. F. Talbot. 
—II. Remarks on the Indo-Chinese Alphabets. By Dr.,.A. Bastian.— III. The poetry of 
Mohamed Rabadan, Arragonese. By the Hon. H. E. J. Stanley.— IV. Catalogue of the Oriental 
Manuscripts in the Library of King's CoUtege, Cambridge. By E. H. Palmer, B.A.— V. De- 
scription of the Amravatl Tope in Guntur. . By J. Fergosson, F.B.S.— VI. Remarks on Prof. 
Brockhans' edition of the Kathasarit-sagara, Lambaka IX. XVIII. By Dr. H. Kern, Prof, of 
Sanskrit, University of Lejden.— VII. The source of Colebrooke's Essay," On the Duties of a 
Faithful Hindu Widow." By Fitzedward Hall, D.C.L. Supplement : Further detail of proofs 
that Colebrooke's Essay, " On the JJuties of a Faithful Hindu Widow," was not indebted to 
the Vivadabhangarnava. By F. Hall.— Vlll. The Sixth Hymn of the First Book of the Rig 
Veda. By Prof. Max Muller.- IX. Sassanian Inscriptions. By E. Thomas. ^X. Account of an 
Embassy ftom Morocco to Spain in 1690 and 1691. By the Hon. H. E. J. Stanley.— XI. The 
Poetry of Mohamed Rabadan, of Arragon. By the same.— XII. Materials for the History of 
India for the Six Hundred Years of Mohammadan rule, previous to' the Foundation of the British 
Indian Empire. By Major W. Nassau Lees, LL.D.— XIII. A Few Words concerning the Hill 
people inhabiting the Forests of the Cochin State. By Capt. G. E. Fryer, M.S.C.— XIV. Notes 
on the Bhojpur! Dialect of Hindi, spoken in Western Behar. By J. Eeames, B.C.S. 

Vol. IV. In Two Parts, pp. 521, sewed. 1869-70. 16». 
Contents. — I. Contribution towards a Glossary of the Assyrian Language. By H. F. Talbot. 
Part II.— II. On Indian Chronology. By J. Fergusson, F.R.S.— III. The Poetry of Mohamed 
Rabadan of Arragon. By the Hon. H. E. 3. Stanley.— IV. On the Magar Language of Nepal. 
By J. Beames, B.C.S. — V. Contributions to the Knowledge of Parsee Literature. By £. Sachau, 
Ph.D. — VI. Illustrations of the Lamaist System in Tibet, drawn from Chinese Sources. By 
W. F. Mayers, otH.B.M. Consular Service, China.— VII. Khuddaka Pdtha, a PMiText, with a 
Translation and Notes. By R. C. Childers, late Ceylon C.S. — VIII. An Endeavour to elucidate 
Rashiduddin's Geographical Notices of India. By Col. H. Yule, C.B.— IX. Sassanian Inscriptions 
explained by the Pahlavi of'the Parsls. By E. W. West. — X. Some Account of the Senbyfi 
Pagoda at Mengdn, near the Burmese Capital, in a Memorandum by Capt. E. H. Sladen, Fohti- 
oal Agent at Mandalfi; with Remarks on the Subject by Col. H. Yule, C.B.— XI. The Brhat- 
Sanhita ; or. Complete System of Natural Astrology of Varaha-Mihira. Translated from Sanskrit- 
into English by Dr. H. Kern.— XII. The Mohammedan Law of Evidence, and its influence on 
the Administration of Justice in India. By N. B. E. Baillie. — XIII., The Mohammedan Law of 
Evidence in connection with the Administration of Justice "to Foreigners. By the same. — XIV. 
A Translation of a Bactrian Paii Inscription. By Prof. J. Dowson. — XV. Indo-Parthian Coins. 
By E. Thomas. 

Vol. V. In Two Parts, pp. 463, sewed. With 10 full-page and folding Plates. 
1871-2. 18s. 6(f. 
Contents.— I. Two Jdtakas. The original Paii Text, with an English Translation. By V. 
Fausboll. — II. On an Ancient Buddhist Inscription at Keu-yung kwan, in North China. By A. 
Wylie. — III. The Brhat Sanhita ; or. Complete System of Natural Astrology of Varaha-Mihira 
Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern. — IV. The Pongol Festival in Southern, 
India. By C. E. Cover.- V. The Poetry of Mohamed Rabadan, of AiTagon. By the Right Hon. 
Lord Stanley of Alderley.— VI. Essay on the Creed and Customs of the Jangams. By C. B, 
Brown.— VII. On Malabar, Coromandel, Quilon, etc. By C. P. Brown.— VIII. On the Treatment 
of the Nexus in the Neo-Aryan Languages of India. By J. Beames, B.C.S.— IX. Some Remarks 
on the Great Tope at Sanchi. By the Rev. S. Beal.— X. Ancient Inscriptions from Mathura. 
Translated by Prof. J. Dowson.— Note to the Mathura Inscriptions. By Major-Gen. A. Cun- 
ningham, — XI. Specimen of a Translation of the Adi Granth. By Dr. E.Trumpp.— XII. Notes 
on Dhammapada, with Special Reference to the Question of Nirvana. By R. C. Childers, late 
Ceylon C.S— XIII. The Brhat-Sanhita ; or, Complete System of Natural Astrology of Varaha- 
mihira. Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern. — XIV. On the Origin of the 
Buddhist Arthakathas. By the Mudliar L. Comrilla VJjasinha, Government Interpreter to the 
Ratnapura Court, Ceylon. With Introduction by R. C. Childers, late Ceylon C.S. — ^XV. The 
Poetry of Mohamed Rabadan, of Arragon. By the Right Hon. Lord Stanley of Alderley.— 
XVI. Proverbia Communia Syriaca. By Capt. R. F. Burton.- -XVII. Notes on an Ancient 
Indian Vase, with an Account of the Engraving thereupon. By C. Home, late B.C.S.— XVIII. 
The Bhar Tribe. By.the Rev. M. A. Sherring, LL.D., Benares. Communicated by C. Home, 
late B.C.S.— XIX. Of Jihad in Mohammedan Law, and its application to British India. By 
N. B. E. Baillie.— XX. Comments on Recent Pehlvi Decipherments. "With an Incidental Sketch 
of the Derivation of Aryan Alphabets. And Contributions to the Early History and Geography 
of TabaristSn. Illustrated by Coins. By E. Thomas, E.R.S. 



57 and, 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 9 

Vol. VI., Part I, pp. 212, 'sewed, with two plates and a map. 1872. 8s. 

CoHTENTS. — The Ishmaelites, and tlie Arabic Tribes who Conquered their Country, By A. 
Sprenger.— A Brief Account of Four Arabic Works on the History and Geography of Arabia. 
By Captain S. B. Miles.— On the Methods of Disposing of the Dead at Llassa, Thibet, etc. By 
Charles Home, late B.C.S. The Brhat-Sanhit&j or, Complete System of Natural Astrology of 
Yaraha-mihira, Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern.— Notes on Hwen 
Thsang's Account of the Principalities of Tokh&ristfln, in which some Previous Geographical 
Identifications are Reconsidered. By Colonel Yule, C.B.— The Campaign of iElius Gallns in 
Arabia. By A. Sprenger.— An Account of Jerusalem, Translated for the late Sir H.M.Elliot 
from the Persian Text of NSsir ibn Khusrli's SafanSmah by the late Major A. E. Fuller.- The 
Poetry of Mohamed Rabadan, of Arragon, By the Right Hon. Lord Stanley of Alderley. 

Vol. VI., Part II., pp. 213 to 400 and Ixxxiv., sewed. Illustrated with a Map, 
Plates, and Woodcuts. 1873. 6s. 

Contents. — On Hiouen-Thsang's Journey from Patna to Ballabhi. By James Fergusson, 
D.C.L., F.R.S. —Northern Buddhism. [Note from Colonel H. Yule, addressed to the Secretaiy.] 
—Hwen Thsang's Account of the Principalities of Tokhilristin, etc. By Colonel H. Yule, C.B.— 
The Brhat-Sauhita; or, Complete System of Natural Astrology of Variha-mihira. Translated 
from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern. — The Initial Coinage of Bengal, under the Early 
Muhammadan Conquerors. sPart II. Embracing the preliminary period between a.h. 614-634 
(a.d. 1217-1236-7). By Edward Thomas, F.R.S.— The Legend of Dipankara Buddha. Translated 
from the Chinese (and intended to Illustrate Plates xxix. and l., * Tree and Serpent Worship '). 
By S. Beal. — Note on Art. IX., antS pp. 213-274, on Hiouen-Thsang's Journey from Patna to 
Ballabhi. By James Fergusson, D.C.L., F.R.S.-^Contributlons towards a Glossary of the 
Assyrian Language. By H. F. Talbot. 

Vol. VII., Parti., pp. 170 and 2i, sewed. With a plate. 1874. 8«. 

Contents. — The TJpaaampad&^Kammav&c&, being the Buddhist Manual of the Form and 
Manner of Ordering of Priests and Beacons. The P&li Text, with a Translation and Notes; 
By J. F. Dickson, B. A.— Notes on the Megalithic Monuments of the Coimbatore District, 
Madras. By M. J. Walhouse, late M.C.S. — Notes on the Sinhalese Language. No. 1. On the For- 
mation of the Plural of Neuter Nouns. By E. C. Childers, late Ceylon C.S.— The Pali Text 
of the Mahdparinibbana Sutta and Commentary, with a Translation. By R. G, Childers, late 
Ceylon C.S. — The Brihat-Sanhita ; or. Complete System of Natural Astrology of Varaha-mihira. 
Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern. — Note on the Valley of Choombi. 
By Dr. A. Campbell, late Superintendent of Darjeeling.^The Name of the Twelfth Im&m on the 
Coinage of Egypt. By H. Sauvaire and Stanley Laiie Poole. — Three Inscriptions of Par3.- 
kfama B^bu the Great from Pulastipura, Ceylon (date circa 1180 a.d.]. By T. W. Rhys Da-vids. 
-^Of the Khar£j or Muhammadan Land Tax ; its Application to British India, and Effect on 
the Tenure of Land. By N. B. E. Baillie. — Appendix : A Specimen of ^ Syriac Version of the 
Kalilah wa-Dimnah, with an English Translation. By W. Wright. 

Vol. VII., Part II.,.pp. 191 to 394, sewed. With seven plates and a map. 1875. 8«. 

Contents. — Slgiri, the Lion Rock, near Pulastipura, Ceylon; and the Thirty-nintb Chapter 
of the Mah^vamsa. By T. W. Rhys Davids.- The Northern Frontagers of China. Part I, 
The Origines of the Mongols. By H. H. Howorth.— Inedited Arabic Coins. By Stanley Lane 
Poole.— Notice on the DluSrs of the Abbasside Dynasty. By Edward Thomas Rogers.— The 
Northern Frontagers of China. Part II. The Origines of the Manchus. By H. H. Howorth. 
—Notes on the Old Mongolian Capital of Shangtu. By S. W. Bushell, B.Sc, M.D.— Oriental 
Proverbs in their Relations to Folklore, History, Sociology ; with Suggestions for their Collec- 
tion, Interpretation, Publication. By the Rev. J. Long.— Two Old Simhalese Inscriptions. The 
SahasaMalla Inscription, date 1200 a.d., and the Ruwanwieli Dagaba Inscription, date 1191 a.d. 
Text, Translation, and Notes. By T. W.Rhys Davids.— Notes on a Bactrian Pali Inscription 
and the Samvat Era. By Prof. J. Dowson. — Note on a Jade Drinking Vessel of the Emperor 
Jahfingtr, By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. 

Vol. VIII., Part I., pp. 156, sewed, with three plates and a plan. 1876. 8s. 

Contents.- Catalogue of Buddhist Sanskrit MSS. in the Possession of the R.A.S. (Hodgson 
Collection). By Prof. E. B. Cowell and J. Eggeling.— On the Ruins of Slgiri in Ceylon. By 
% H. Blakesley, Ceylon.— The P4timokkha, being the Buddhist OSaoe of the Confession of Priests. 
The Pali Text, with a Translation, and Notes. By J. K. Dickson, M.A., Ceylon C.S.— Notes 
on the Sinhalese Language. No. 2. Proofs of the Sanskritic Origin of Sinhalese. By R. 0. 
Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. 

Vol. VIII., Part II., pp. 167-308, sewed. 1876. 8s. 

Contents.— An Account of the Island of Bali. By R. Friederich.— The Pali Text of the Maha- 
parinibbana Sutta and Commentary, with a Translation. By R. C. Childers, late Ceylon C.S. — 
The Northern Frontagers of China. Part III. The Kara Khitai. By H. H. Howorth.— In- 
■edited Arabic Coins. II. By S. L. Poole.— On the Form of Government under the Native 
Sovereigns of Ceylon. By A. de Silva Ekanayaka, Mudaliyar, Ceylon. 



10 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co., 

Vol. IX., Part I., pp. 166, sewed, witli a plate. 1877. 8«. 

Contents.— Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By E. Thomas, F.B.S.— The Tenses of the- 
Assyrian Verb. By the Rev. A. H. Sayce, M.A.— An Account of the Island of Bali. By K» 
Friedericl) (continued from Vol. VIII. n.s. p. 218).— On Ruins in Makran. ,By Major Mockler. 
— Inedited Arabic Coins. III. By Stanley Lane Poole,— Further Note on a Bactrian Pali Inscrip- 
tion and the Samvat £ra. By Prof. J. Dowson. — Notes on Persian Beltlchistan. Prom the- 
Persian of Mii-za Mehdy Kh£n. By A. H. Schindler. 

Vol IX., Part II., pp. 292. sewed, with three plates. 3877. 10s. Qd. 

Contents.— The Early Faith of Asoka. By E. Thomas, F.R.S.— The Northern Frontagers 
of China. Part 11. The Manchus {Supplementary Notice). Part IV. The Kin or Golden Tatars, 
By H. H. Howorth.-On a Treatise on Weights and Measures' by Eliyfi, Archbishop of Nislbin, 
By M. H. Sauvaire.— On Imperial and other Titles. By Sir T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P.— Affi- 
nities of the Dialects of the Chepang and Kusundah Tribes of Nip^ with those of the Hill Tribes- 
of Arracan. By Capt. C. J. F. Forbes, F.R.G.S., M.A.S. Bengal, etc.— Notes on Some Anti- 
quities found in a Mound near Damghan. By A. H. Schindler. 

Vol. X., Part I., pp. 156, sewed, with two plates and a map. 1878. 8*. 

Contents.— On the Non-Aryan Languages of India. By E. L. Brandreth,— A Dialogue oib 
the Vedantic Conception of Brahma. By PramadS. D&sa Mittra, late Offi. Prof, of AnglovSanskrit, 
Got. College, Benares.— An Accoimt of the Island of Bali. By E» Friederich (continued from. 
Vol. IX. N.S. p. 120).— Unpublished Glass Weights and Measures. By E. T. Rogers.— China. 
y\k Tibet. By S. C. Boulger.— Notes and Recollections on Tea CultiTation in Kumaon and 
Garhw&l. By J. H. Batten, late B.C.S. 

Vol. X., Part II., pp. 146, sewed. 1878. 6*. 

Contents.— Note on Pliny's Geography of the East Coast of Arabia. By Major-Gen. S. B.'Miles,; 
B.S.C. The Maldive Islands; with a> Vocabulary taken from Fran9ois Fyrard de Laval, 1602 — 
1607. By A. Gray, late Ceylon C.S.— On Tibeto-Burman Languages. By Capt. C. '3. F. S. 
Forbes, Burmese C.S. Commission.— Burmese Transliteration. By H. L. St. Barbe, Resident at. 
Mandelay.— On the Connexion of the Mons of Pegu with the Koles of Central India. By 
Capt. C. J. F, S. Forbes, Burmese C.C.— Studies on the Comparative Grammar of the Semitic^ 
Languages, witb Special Reference to Assyrian. By P. Haupt. The Oldest Semitic Verb-Form. 
— Arab Metrology. II. El-Djabarty. By M. H. Sauvaire.— The Migrations and Early Hlstor;. 
of the White Huns ; principally from Chinese Sources. By T. W. Kingsmill. 
Vol. X., Part III., pp. 204, sewed. 1878. 8*. 

Contents.— On the Hill Canton of SfLldr,— the most Easterly Settlement of the Turk Race. 
By Roberts. Shaw. - Geological Notes on the River Indus. By Griffin W. Vyse, Executive- 
Engineer P.W.D. Panjab.— Educational Literature for Japanese Women. By B. H. Chamber- 
lain. — On the Natural Phenomenon Known in the East by the Names Sub-m-Kazib, etc., etc.. 
By J. W. Redhouse.— On a Chinese Version of the S&nkhya K&rik£i, etc., found among the 
Buddhist Books comprising the Tripitaka and two other works. By the Rev. S. Beal.— The- 
Rock-cut Phrygian Inscriptions at Doganlu. By E. Thomas, F.R.S. — ^Index. 

Vol. XI., Part. I., pp. 128, sewed, with seven illustrations. 1879. 5«. 

Contents.— On the Position of Women in the East in the Olden Time. By E. Thomas, F.R.S.: 
— Notice of Scholars who have Contributed to our Knowledge of the Languages of British India 
during the last Thirty Tears. By R. N. Cust.— Ancient Arabic Poetry: its Genuineness and. 
Authenticity. BySirW. Mulr, K.C.S.I.— Note on Manrique's Mission and the Catholics in the 
time of Shfi,h Jah&n. By H. G. Keene.— On Sandhi in Pali. By the late R. C. Childers.— On. 
Arabic Amulets and Mottoes. By £. T. Rogers. 

Vol. XI., Part II., pp. 256, sewed, with map and plate. 1879. 7*. Qd. 

Contents. — On the Identification of Places on the Makran Coast mentioned by Arrian, Ptolemy, 
and Marcian, By Major E. Mockler. — On the Proper Names of the Mohammadans. By Sir T.. 
E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P,— Principles of Composition in Chinese, as deduced from the Written 
Characters. By the Rev. Dr. Legge.— On the Identification of the Portrait of ChosroesII.among 
the Paintings in the Caves 'at Ajanta. By James Fergusson, Vice-President. — A Specimen of' 
the Zoongee for Zumgee) Dialect of a Tribe of Nagas, bordering on the Valley of Assam, 
between the Dikho and Desoi Rivers, embracing over Forty Villages. By the Rev. Mr. Clark.. 

Vol. XI. Part III. pp. 104, cxxiv. 16, sewed. 1879. 8s, 

Contents. — The Gaurian compared with the Romance Languages. Part I. By E. L. 
Brandreth.— Dialects of Colloquial Arabic. By E. T. Rogers. — A Comparative Study of the 
Japanese and Korean Languages. By W. G. Aston.— Index. 

Vol. XII. Part I. pp. 152, sewed, with Tahle. 1880. 5*. 

Contents.— On "The Most Comely Names," i.e. the Laudatory Epithets, or the Titles of Praise- 
bestowedon God in the Qur'an or by Muslim Writers. By J. W. Redhouse. — Notes on a newly- 
discovered Clay Cylinder of Cyrus the Great. By Major-Gen. Sir H. C. Rawlinson, K.C.B. — 
Note on Hiouen-Thsang's Dhanakacheka. By Robert Sewell, M.C.S. — Remarks by Mr.. 
Fergusson on Mr. Sewell's Paper.- A Treatise on Weights and Measures. By Eliyi, Archbishop. 
of Nislblu. By H. Sauvaire. (Supplement to Vol. IX., pp. 291-313)— On the Age of thfr 
Ajant& Caves. By RSjendralAla Mitra, C. I.E.— Notes on Babu R&jendral& Mitra's Paper on. 
the Age of the Caves at Ajantd. By J. Fergusson, F.R.S. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 11 

Vol. XII. Fart 11. pp. 182, sewed, with map and plate. 1880. 6«. 

Contents.— On Sanskrit Texts Diecovered in Japan. By Prof. Max Muller. — Extracts from 
Seport on the- Islands and Antiquities of Bahrein. By Capt. Burand. Followed by Notes by 
Major<Gen, Sir H. C, Kawlinson, K.C.B. — Notes on the Locality and Population of the Tribes 
dwelling between the Brahmaputra and Ningthi Elvers. By the late G. H. Damant, Political 
Ofilcer, Nilga HlUs.-.^On the Saka, Samvat. and Gupta Eras. A Supplement to his Paper on Indian 
Chronology. By J. Fergusson, D.C.L.— The Megha-Satra. By C. Bendall.— Historical and 
Archfflological Notes on a Journey in South- Western Persia, 1877-1878. By A. Houtum- 
Schindler.— Identification of the " False Sawn " of the Muslims with the "Zodiacal Light" of 
Europeans. By J, W. Redhouse. 

Vol. XII. Part III, pp. 100, sewed. 1880. 4«. 

Contents.— The Ganrian compared with the Romance Languages. Part II. By E. L. 
Brandteth.— The Uzbeg Epos. By Arminius Yamb^ry.— On the Separate Edicts at Dhauli and 
. Jaugada. By Prof. Kern. — Grammatical Sketch of the Kakhyen Language. By Ber. J. N. 
Cushing.— Notes on the Libyan Langnages, in a Letter addressed to B. N. Gust, Esq., by Prof. 
F. W. Newman. 

Vol. XII. Part IV. pp. 152, with 3 plates. 1880. 8». 

COHTEBTS.— The Early History of Tibet, fi-om Chinese Sources. By S. W. Bushell, M.D.— 
Notes on some Inedited Coins from a Collection made in Persia during the Years 1877-79. By 
Guy Le Strange, M.R.A.S.— Buddhist Nirvana and the Noble Eightfold Path. By Oscar 
Frankfurter, Ph.D.— Index.— Annual Report, 1880. 

Vol. XIII. Part I. pp. 120, sewed. 1881. 6». 

Contests.— Indian Theistlc Reformers. 3y Prof. Monier ■Williams, C.I.E.— Notes on the Kawi 
Language and Literature. By Dr. H. N. Van der Tuuk.— The Invention of the Indian Alphabet. 
By. John Dowson. The Nirvana of the Northern Buddhists. By the Rev. J. Edkins, D.D, — 
An Account of the Malay " Chiri," a Sanskrit Formula. By W. E. Maxwell. 

Vol. XIII. Part II. pp. 170, with Map and 2 Plates. 1881. 8s. 

Contents.— The Northern Frontagers of China. Part V. The Khitai or Khitans. By H. H. 
Howorth. — On the Identification of Nagarahara, with reference to the Travels of Hiouen-Thsang. 
By W. Simpson. — Hindu Law at Madras. By J. H. Nelson, M.C.S.— On the Proper Names of 
the Mohammedans. By Sir T. £. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P.— Supplement to the Paper on Indian 
Theistic Reformers, published in the January Number of this Journal. By Prof. Monier 
■Williams, CLE. 

Vol. XIII. Part III. pp. 178, with plate. 1881. 7». &d. 

Contents. — The Avar Language. By C. Graham. — Caucasian Nationalities, By M. A. 
Morrison.— Translation of the Markandeya Purana. Books VII., VIII. By the Rev. B. 
H. Wortham.— Lettre k M. Stanley Lane Poole sur quelques monnaies orientales rares on in€dites 
de la Collection dcM. Ch. del'Eclase. ParH. Sauvaire.— Aryan Mythology in Malay Traditions. 
By ■W. B. Maxwell, Colonial Civil Service.— The Koi, a Southern Tribe of the Gond. By the 
Rev. J. Cain, Missionary.- On the Duty which Mohammedans in British India owe, on the 
Principles of their own Law, to the Government of the Country. By N. B. E. Baillie.— Ths 
L-Poem of the Arabs, by Shanfara. Ke-arranged and translated by J. W. Redhouse, M.B.A.S, 

Vol. XIII. Part rV. pp. 130, cxxxvL 16, with 3 plates. 1881. 10s. U. 

Contents.- The Andaman Islands andthe Andamanese. By M. V. Portman.— Notes on Marco 
Polo's Itinerary in Southern Persia. By A. Houturo-Schindler.— Two MalayMyths : The Princess 
of the Foam, and the Raja of Bamboo. By W. E. Maxwell.— The Epoch of the Guptas. By 
E. Thomas, F.R.S.- Two Chinese-Buddhist Inscriptions found at Buddha Gaya. By the,Rev. S. 
Beal. With 2 Plates.— A Sanskrit Ode addressed to the Congress of Orientalists at Berlin. By 
Rama Dasa Sena, the Zemindar of Berhampore: with a Translation by 8. Krishnavarma.— 
Supplement to a paper, " On the Duty which Mahommedans in British India owe, on the Principles 
of their own Law, to the Government of the Country." By N. B. E. Baillie.— Index. 

Vol. XIV. Part I. pp. 124, with 4 plates. 1882. ^s. 

Contents.- The Apology of Al Kindy: An Essay on its Age and Authorship, By Sir W 
Muir, K.C.S.I.— The Poet Pampa. By L. Rice.— On a Coin of Shams ud Dunyi wa ud Din 
Mahmfld Shih. By C. J. Rodgers, Amritsar.— Note on PI. xxviii. fig. 1, of Mr. Fergusson'a 
" Tree and Serpent Worship," 2nd Edition. By 8. Beal, Prof, of Chinese, London University.— 
On the present state of Mongolian Researches. By Prof. B. Julg, in a Letter to R. N. Cust.— 
A Sculptured Tope on an Old Stone at Dras, Ladak. By ■W. Simpson, F.R.G.S.— Sanskrit Ode 
addressed to the Fifth International Congress of Orientalists assembled at Berlin, faeptember, 
1881 By the Lady Pandit Rama-bai, of Silchar, Kachar, Assam ; with a Translation by Prof. • 
Monier Williams, CLE.— The Intercourse of China with Eastern Turkestan and the Adjacent 
Countries in the Second Century B.C. By T. Vf. Kingsmill.— Suggestions on the Formation of 
the Semitic Tenses. A Comparative and Critical Study. By G. Bertin.— On a Lolo MS. written 
oh Satin. By M. T. de La Couperie. 



12 Linguistic Publications of Trilbner /• Co., 

Tol. XIV. Part n. pp.164, with three plates. 1882. Is.U. 

CoKTENis.— On Tartar and Turk. By S. W. KoELtB, Ph.D.— Notice of Scholars who have Con- 
tributed to cur Knowledge of the Languages of Africa. By K. N. Cost.— Grammatical Sketch 
of the HauBa Language. By the Key. J. F. SohBn, F.R.G.S.,— Buddhist Saint Worship. By 
A. Lillie.— Gleanings from the Arabic. By H. W. Freeland, M.A.— Al Kahirah and its Gates. 
By H. C. Kay, M.A.— How the Mah4bhSrata begins. By Edwin Arnold, CS.!.— Arab Metrology. 
IV. Ed-Dahaby; By M. H. Sauvaire. 

Vol. XIV. Part III. pp. 208, with 8 plates. 1882. 8». 

Contents. — The Vaishnava Religion, with special reference to the Siksha-patrl .of the 
Modem Sect called Svami-Narayana. By Monier Williams, C.I.E., D.C.L.— Further Notte on 
the Apology of Al-Kindy. By Sir W. Muir, K.C.S.I., D.C.L., LL.D.— The Buddhist Caves of 
Afghanistan. By W. Simpson.— The Identification of the Sculptured Tope at Sanchi. By W. 
Simpson.— On the Genealogy of Modem Numerals. By Sir E. C. Bayley, K.C.S.I., CLE. 
. ' — The Cuneiform Inscriptions of Van, deciphered and translated, by A. H. Sayce. 

Vol. XIV. Part IV. pp. 330, clu. 1882. 14». 

CoNTBNTS. — The Cuneiform Inscriptions of Van, deciphered and translated, by A, H. Sayce. 
—Sanskrit Text of the Siksha-Patrl of the Svami-Narayana Sect. Edited and Translated by 
Prof. M. Williams, CLE. —The Successors of the Siljaks in Asia Minor. By S. L. Poole.— The 
Oldest Book of the Chinese {TheYh-King) audits Authors. ByT. de la Couperie. 

Vol. XV. Part I. pp. 134, with 2 pUtes. 1883. 6». . . , 

Contents. — The Genealogy of Modern Numerals. Part TI. Simplification of the Ancient Indian 
Numeration. By Sir E. C. Bayley, CLE. — Parthian and Indo-Sassanian Coins. By E. Thomsta, 
- F.B.S, — Early Historical Belations between Phrygia and Cappadocia, By W, M. Ramsay, 

Vol. XV. Part II. pp. 1 58, with 6 tables. 1883. 5«. 

Contents. — The Tattva-muktavalt of Gauda-pilm^andachakraTartin. Edited and Trans- 
lated by Professor E. B, Cowell.— Two Modem Sanskrit slokas. Communicated by Prof. E. B, 
Cowell.— Malagasy Place-Names. By the Rev, James Sibree, jun. — The NamakkSra, with 
Translation aod Commentary. By H. L. St. Barbe. — Chinese Laws and Customs. By 
Christopher Gardner.— The Oldest Book of the Chinese (the Yh-King) and its Authors 
'{continiied). By Terrien de LaCouperie.— Gleanings from the Arabic. By H. W. Freeland. 

Vol. XV. Part III. pp. 62-cxl. 1883. 6s. 

Contents. — Early Kannada Authors. By Lewis Rice. — On Two Questions of Japanese 
Archseology. By B. H. Chamberlain, M.R.A.S. — Two Sites named by Hiouen-Thsang in the 
10th Book of the Si-yu-ki. By the B«v. S. Beal.— Two Early Sources of Mongol History. By 
H. n. Howorth, F.S. A.— Proceedings of Sixtieth Anniversary of the Society, held May 21, 1883. 

Vol. XV. Part IV. pp. 140-iT. -20, with plate. 1883. 5s. 

Contents. — The Rivers of the Vedas, and How the Aryans Entered India. By Edward 
Thomas, F.R.S.— Suggestions on the Voice-Formation of the Semitic Verb. By G. Bertin.M.R.A.S, 
— The Buddhism of Ceylon. By Arthur Lillie, M.R.A.S.— The Northern Frontagers of China. 
Part VI. Hia or Tangut. By H. H. Howopth, F.8.A.— Index.— List of Members. 

Vol. XVI. Part I. pp. 138, with 2 plates. 1884. 7«. 

Contents.- The Story of Devasmit^. Translated from the Katba Sarit Sigara, Taranga IS, 
Sloka bi, by the Rev. B. Hale Wortham.— Pujahs in the Sutlej Valley, Himalayas. By William 
Simpson, F.E.G.S.— On some New Discoveries in Southern India. By R. Sewell, Madras C.S. — 
On the Importance to Great Britain of the Study of Arabic. By Habib A. Salmon^.— 
Grammatical Note on the Gwamba Language in South Africa. By P. Berthoud, Missionary 
of the Canton de Vaud, Switzerland, stationed at Valdfizia, Spelonken, Transvaal. (Prepared 
at the request of R. N. Oust. J— Dialect of Tribes of the Hindu Khush, from Colonel Biddulph's 
Work on the subject (corrected).— jGrammatical Note on the Simnfinf Dialect of the Persian 
Language. By the Rev. J. Bassett, American Missionary, Tabriz. (Communicated by B.. N. Cust.) 

Vol. XVI. Part II. pp. 184, with 1 plate. 9». 

Contents.- Etymology of the Turkish Numerals. By S. W. Koelle, Ph.D., late Missionary 
of the Church Missionary Soc, Constantinople.— Grammatical Note and Vocabulary of the 
Kqr-ku, a Kolaiian Tribe in Central India. (Communicated by R. N. Cust.)-The Pariah Caste 
in Travancore. By S. Mateer.- Some Biharl Folk-Songs. By G. A. Grierson, B C S Offl 
Magistrate, Patna.— Some further Gleanings from the Si-yu-ki. By the Rev. S. Beai.— On the 
Sites of Brahman&bld and Mansllrah in Sindh ; with notices of others of less note in their 
Vicinity. By Major-Gen. M. R. Haig. — Antar and the Slave Daji. A Bedoueen Legend By 
St. C. Baddeley.— The Languages of the Early Inhabitants of Mesopotamia. By G. Pinches 



57 and 59, Lied^ate Hill, London, E. C. 13 

„ Vol. XVI. Part III. pp. 74.-clx. 10». M. 

Contents.— On the Origin of the Indian Alphabet. By R. N. Cast.— The Ti king of the 
Chineee as a Book of Divination and Philosophy. By Rev. Dr. Edkins.— On the Arrangement of 
the Hymns of the Rig.veda. By F. Pincott.— Proceedings of the Sixty-flrst Anniversary Meeting 
of the Society, May 19, 1884. 

Vol. XVI. Part IV. pp. 134. 8«. 

, CoSTENTS.- S'uka-sandesah. A Sanskrit Poem, by Lakshmi-dasa. With Preface and Notes in 
English by H. H. Rama Yarma, the Maharaja of Trarancore, G. C.S.I. — The Chinese Book of the 

Odes, for English Readers. By C. F. R. Allen.— Note sur les Mots Sanscrits composes avec XffTf. 
PariiJiVan den.JJheyn, S.J.— Some Remarks on the Life and Labours of Csoma de Koros, 
delivered on the occasion when his Tibetan Books and MSS. vrere exhibited before the R.A.S., 
June 1 6, 1884. By Surgeon-Major T. Duka, M.D., late of the Bengal Army.— Arab Metrology. 
V. Ez-Zahr&wy. Translated and Aimotated by M, H. Sauvaire, de.rAc^d£mie de Marseille. 

. Vol. XVII., Part I., pp. 144, with 6 plates. 1885. \f)s.M. 

• COHTENTS.— story of Shjuten Dojl. From a Japanese "Makimono" in Six "Ken," or 
Bolls. By P. V. Diekins.— The Bearing of the Study of the Bantu Languages of South 
Africa on th^Aryan Family of Languages. By the Hey. F. W. Kolbe.— Notes on Assyrian 
and Akkadian Pronouns. By Q', Benin.— Buddhist Remains near Sarabhur, in Western 
Rajputana, India. By Surgeon-Major T. H. Hendley.— Gldaniiigs f^om the Arabic. By 
H. W. Freeland.— Dialects of Tribes of Hindu Khush, from Colonel Biddulph's Work on 
tlie Subject. II. Shina (Giljit Dialect). III. Kbowar [Chitral Valley). 

Vol. XVII., Part II., pp. 194, with 1 map. 1885. ^s. 

Contents. — Languages of the Caucasus. By B.. N, Oust.- The Study of the South Indian 
Vernaculars. By G. U. Pope, D.D.— The Pallavas. By the Rev. T. Foulkea.— Translation 
of, Books 81-93 of the Markandeya Purina. By the Rev. B. H. Wortham.— Notes on Prof. 
E. B. Tylor's " Arabian Matriarchate," propounded by him as President of the Anthropo- 
logical Section, British Association, Montreal, 1884. By J, W. Redhouae, LL.O.— The 
Northern Frontagers of China. Part VII. The Shato Turks. By H. H. Howorth. 

Vol. XVII., Part III., pp. 314, with 2 plates. 1885. 10s. U. 

CoNTBNTS.— Age of the Avesta. By Prof, de Harlez.— Chinese Game of Chess. Bj; H. F. 
W. Holt. — Cnstoma and Superstitions connected with the Cultivation of Rice in the 
Southern Province of Ceylon. By C. 11. J. le Mesurier.— Vernacular Literature and Folk- 
Lore of the Panjab. By T. H. Thornton, C S.l. — Beginnings of Writing in and around 
Tibet. By T. de Lacouperie.— Index. Proceedings of the Sixty -second Anniversary Meeting 
of the Society held on thelSth of May, 1835. List of Members. 

Vol. XVIII., Part I., pp. 128, with 2 platfis. 1886. 6». 

Contents.— Ancient Navigation in the Indian Ocean. By the Rev. J. EdkinSi D.D., 
Peking.— La Calle and the Country of Khomair, with a Note on North Africaii Marbles ; 
being the Report of a recent Tour addressed to H.M. Secretary of State. By Consul- 
General B. L. Playfair.— Bushmen and their Language. By G. Bertin.— Inscriptions at 
Cairo and the Burju-z Zafar. By Henry C. Kay.— Gleanings from the Arabic : Lament of 
Maisun, the Bedouin wife of Muawiya. By H. W. Freeland, M. A.— Discovery of Caves on 
the Murghab. 'By Gapt. De Laessoe and the Hon. M. G. Talbot, B.E. With Notes by W. 
Simpson.— The Alchemist: A Persian Play. Translated by Guy Le Strange. 

Vol. XVIII., Part II., pp. 196. 1886. 10s. 6rf. 

CoHTKNTS.— On Buddhism in its Relation to Brahmanism. By SirM. Monier- Williams, 
K.C.I.E.— The Stories of Jimutavahana, and of Harisarman. Translated b)^ Her. B. 
Hale Wortham. — Geographical Distribution ot the Modern Turki Languages. By 
M. A. Morrison. With a Note, Table of Authoritiea, and a Language Map.— A Modern 
Contributor to Persian Literature. Eiza Kuli Khan and his Works. By Sidney Churchill. 
—Some Bhoj'puri Folk-Songs. Edited and Translated by G. A. Grierson.— Observations 
on the various Texts and Translations of the so-called " Song of Meysun " ; an Inquiry into 
Meysun'a Claim to its Authorship J and an Appendix on Arabic Transliteration and Pro- 
nunciation. By J. W. Redhouse. 

Vol. XVIII., Part III., pp. 514, with 10 plates. 1886. 10s. 6<f. 

Contents.- Book-Cut Cavea and Statues of Bamian. By Capt. the Hon. M. G. Talbot, 
B E With Notes hereon, and on Sketches of Capt. P. J. Maitland, by W. Simpson.— 
Samerian Language and its Afflnltiea. By Prof. Dr. Fritz Hommel, Munich.— Early 
Buddhist Symbolism. By R. Sewell— Pre- Akkadian Semites. By G. Berlin.- Arrange- 
ment of the Hymns of the Adi Granth. By F. Pincott. Annual Report. 



14 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co., 

Vol. XVIII., Part IV., pp. 112, with 11 plates. 1886. 7». 6A 
COHTEHTS.— Ancient Sculptures in China. By R. E. Douglas.— Mosque of Sultan Nasir 
Mobammed Ebn Kalaoun, in the Citadel of Cairo. By Major C. M. Watson, B.E.— Lan- 
guages of Melanesia. By Prof G, von der Gabelentz.— Notes on the History of the Bans 
'Okayl. By H. C. Kay.— Foreign Words in the Hebrew Text of the Old Testament. By 
the Rev. S. Leathes, D.D. 

Vol. XIX., Part I., pp. 192, with 3 plates. 1887. 10«. 

Contents. — Story of the Old Bamhoo Hewer : A Japanese Romance of the Tenth Century. 
Translated with Notes, etc., by F. V. Dickins. -Brahui Grammar, after the German of the 
late Dr. Trumpp. By Dr. T. Duka.— Some useful Hindi Books. By 6. A. Grlerson — 
Original Vocabularies of Five West Caucasian Languages, compiled by Mr. Peacock. — 
Art. A Version in Chinese, by the Marquis Tseng, of a Poem written in English and 
Italian by H. W. Freeland. 

Vol. XIX., Part II., pp. 160, with 3 plates. 1887. 10». 

Contents.— Narrative of Fi-hien. By the Rev. S. Beal.— Priority of Labial IiCtters 
illustrated in Chinese FhoneticSi By the Rev. J. fidkins^— Education in Egypt. .By'H. 
Cnnynghame— The Tri-Ratna. By F. Fincott.— Description of the Noble Sanctnaryat 



by Guy le Strange. 

VoL XIX., Part III., pp. 218, with 5 plates. 1887. 10s. 

Contents —Life and Labours of A. Wylie, Agent of B. and F. Bible Society in China. 
By H. Cordier. — Modern Languages of Oceania. With Language Map. By Dr. R. N. 
Oust.— Ibnu Batuta in Sindh. By Major-General Haig.— Formosa Notes on MSS., Races 
and Languages. By Prof. T. de Lacouperie, Including a Note on Nine Formosan MSS. 
by E. Baber.— Revenues of the MOghul Empire. By H G. Keene.— Annual Report for 1886. 

Vol. XIX., Part IV., pp. 202, with 1 plate. 1887. 10«. 



Pre-I 

Zenobia i , _ ___ ___^ 

By F. Pincott.— Origin and Development of the Cuneiform Syllabary. By G. Benin. — 
Babylonian Chronicle. By T. G. Pioches.— Indei— List of Members. 

Vol. XX., Part I., pp. 164, with 3 plates. 1888. 10«. 

Contents. — Cuneiform Inscriptions of Van. By the Rev. Prof. A, H. Sayce, M.A. — 
Some Suggestions of Origin in Indian Architecture. By W. Simpson.— The Uhagbatai 
Mnghals. By E. E. Oliver.— Sachau's Alberuni. By Major-Gen. Sir F. J. Goldsmid, C.B.. 
K.U.S.I. 

Asiatic Society. — Transactions op the Rotal Asiatic Society op 
Great Britain and Ireland. Complete in 3 vols. 4to., 80 Plates of Fac- 
similes, etc., cloth. London, 1827 to 1835. Published at £9 5s. ; reduced to 
£5 5s. 
The above contains contributions by Professor Wilson, G. C. Haughton, Davis, Morrison, 

Colebrooke, Humboldt, Dom, Grotefend, and other eminent Oriental scholars. 

Asiatic Society of Bengal. — Jotjenal. 8 to. 8 numbers per annum. 

4s. each number. Proceedings. Published Monthly, Is. each number. 

Asiatic Society of Bengal. — Jottrnal. A Complete Set from the 

beginning in 1832 to the end o£ 1878,. being Vols. 1 to 47. Proceedings, from 
the commencement in 1865 to 1878. A set quite complete. Calcutta, 1832 to 
1878. Extremely scarce. £100. 

Asiatic Society of Bengal, — Centenaet Eetiew of the, from 1784 
to 1883. Part I. History of the Society. By Eajendbalala Mitra, LL.D., 
CLE. Pait II. Archaeology, History, Literature, etc. By Dr. A. F.' E. 
HoERNLE. Part III. Natural Science, etc. By Baboo P. N. Bose. Part l! 
contains an Alphabetical Index to the Papers and Contributions to the 
" Asiatick Researches," and the " Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic 
Sooiety of Bengal," from the commencement up to 1883. Part II. contains a 
Classified Subject Index of the Society's Publications during the same period 
under the heads of (1) Antiquities ; (2) Coins, "Weights, Measures, etc. ; (3) 
History ; (4) Language and Literature ; (5) Eeligion, Manners and Customs. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, B.C. 15 

Part III. contains a similar Index, classified under the heads of (11 Mathematical 
and Physical Science ; (2) Geologr ; (3) Zoology ; (4) Botany ; (6) Geography ; 
(6) Ethnology; (7) Chemistry. Eoyal 8vo. pp. 216— ciii. ; 109, xcvi. 20, cloth. 
1883. 10«. 

Asiatic Society, Royal. — Bombay Branch. — Joubnal. Nos. 1 to 35 

in 8to. with many plates. A complete set. Extremely scarce. Bombay, 
1844-78. £13 10«. 

Asiatic Society Boyal. — ^Bombay Braiicli.^-JouRNAL. Nos. 1 to 45. 

5a. to 10s. 6^. each number. Several Numbers are out of print. 
Asiatic Society, Boyal. — Ceylon Branch (Colombo.)— Jouenal. Part 

for 1845. 8to. pp. 120, sewed. Price 7«. 6A 

CoNTENTa':.— On Buddbism. No. 1. By the Rev. D. J. Gogevly.— Translated Ceyloncse 
Literature. By W. Knighton.— The Elements of the Voice in reference to the Koman and 
Sinhalese Alphabets. By the Rev, J. C. Macvicar.— Crime in Ceylon. By the Hon. J. Stark. — 
Ancient Coins. By S. C. Chltty. —Collection of Statistical Information in Ceylon. By John 
Capper.— On Buddhism. No 2. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly. 

1846. 8vo. pp. 176, sewed. Price 7*. ^d. 
Contents:— On Buddhism. By Rev, D. J, Gogerly.- Sixth Chapter of the Tiruvathavur 
Parana, translated with Notes. By S. C, Chitty,— The Discourse on the Minor Results of Con. 
duct, or the Discourse Addressed to Suhba. By Rev. D.J. Gogerly. — On the State of Crime in 
Ceylon. By Hon, J. Stark. — Language and Literature of the Singalese. By Rev, S, Hardy. — 
Education Establishment of the Butch in Ceylon. By Rev. J, D, Falm,— Account of the Dutch 
Church in Ceylon. By Rev. J. D, Palm.— Some Experiments in Electro-Agriculture. By J. 
Capper.— Singalo "Wada, translated by Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— Colouring Matter Discovered in the 
husk of the Cocoa Nut. By Br, R. Gygax. 

1847-48. . 8vo. pp. 221, sewed. Price 7». 6d. 
Contents : — The Mineralogy of Ceylon. By Dr, R. Gygax, — The Dutch Church in Ceylon. 
By Rev. J. D. Palm.— On the History of Jaffna, from the Earliest Period to the Dutch ConqueBt. 
By S. C. Chitty.— The Rise and Fall of the Calany Ganga, from 1843 to 1846. By J. Capper. 
— The Discourse respecting Ratapala. Translated by Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— The Manufacture 
of Salt in the Chilaw and Putlam DiBtriete, By A. O, Brodie. — A Royal Grant engraved on a 
Copper Plate. Translated,' with Notes.' By Rev. D. J. Go'gerly, — Ancient and Modern Coins 
ot Ceylon. By Hon. Mr. J. Stark. — Notes on the Climate and Salubrity of Futlam, By A.,0., 
Brodie.— Revenue and Expenditure of the Dutch Government in Ceylon, during the last years 
of their Administration. By J, Capper,— On Buddhism. ' By Rev. D. J. Gogerly. 

1853-55. Part I.' 8vo. pp. 56, sewed. Price 7». &d. (or the 3 parts £1). 
Contents :— Buddhism : Chariya Pitaka. By Rev. D.J. Gogerly. — Laws of the Buddhist 
Priesthood. By Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— Statistical Account of the. Districts of Chilaw 
Korle, Seven Korles. By A. O. Brodie.— Catalogue of Ceylon Birds. By E. F. Kelaart, and 
and Putlam, N. W.P. By A. 0. Brodie.— Rock Inscription at Gooroo Godde 'Wihare, in the Magool. 
By E. L. Layard. 

1853-55. Part II. 8vo. pp. 102, with extra plates, sewed. Price 7«. 6d. 
■ eosTENTS;- Catalogue of Ceylon Birds. By E. F, Kelaart and E. L. Layard,— Forms 
of Salutations and Address known among the Singalese. By Hon, J. Stark.— Rock In- 
scriptions. By A, O. Brodie, — On the 'Veddbas of Bintenne. By Rev. J, .Gillings, — Rock 
Inscription at Piramanenkandel, By S.C, Chitty. — Analysis of the Great Historical Poem of the 
Moors, entitled Surah. By S. C. Chitty. 

1853-55. Part III. 8vo. pp. ISO, sewed. Price Is. 6d. 
GoHTEMTS : — Analysis of the Great Historical Poem of the Moors, entitled Surah. By 
S. C, Chitty.— Description of New or little kiiown Species of Reptiles found in Ceylon. By 
B. F. Kelaart.— Laws of the Buddhist PrieBthood. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— Ceylon Ornitho- 
logy. By E, F. Kelaart.— Account of the RodiyaS, with a Specimen of their Language. By 
S.'C. Chitty. — Rook Inscriptions in the North-'Westem Province. By A. 0. Brodie. 

1865-6. 8vo. pp. xi. and 184. Price 7s. &d. 
Contents :— On Demonology and 'Witcbcraft In Ceylon. By D. de Silva Gooneratne Modliar. 
—First Discourse Delivered by Buddha. By Rev, D, J, Gogerly, Pootoor Well.— The Air 
Breathing Fish of Ceylon, By Barcroft Boake, B. A.— On the Origin of the Sinhalese Language. 
By J, D*Alwis, — Remarks on the Poisonous Properties of the Calotropis Gigantea, etc. By 
W. C. Ondaatjie.— On the Crocodiles of Ceylon. By Barcroft Boake. —Native Medicinal Oils. 



16 Lmguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co., 

1867-70. Part I. 8vo. pp. ISO. Price 10s. 
iCoHTESTS :— On the Origm of th? Sinhalese Language. By James De Alwis.— A liectate on 
Buddhism. By the Rev. D, J. Gogerly.— Description of two Birds new to the recorded Fanna 
of Ceylon. By H. NoTil.— Description of a New Genus and Five New Species of Marine Uni- 
valves from the Southern Province, Ceylon. By G. Nevill.— A Brief Notice of Rohert Knox and 
his Companions in Captivity in Kandy for the space of Twenty Years, discovered among the 
Butch Becords preserved in the Colonial Secretary's Office, Colombo. By J. K. Blake. 
1867-70. Part II. 8vo. pp. xl.and 45. Price 7». 6rf. 
CoHTENTs: — Summary of the Contents of the First Book in the Buddhist Canpn, called the 
P4r4jika Book.— By the Rev. S. Coles.— Parajika Book— No. l.-P4r&jika Book— No. 2. 
1871-72. 8vo. pp. 66 and xxxiv. "Price 7*. M. 
Contents :— Extracts from a Memoir left by the Dutch Governor, Thomas Van Rhee, to his 
successor. Governor Gerrls de Heer, 1697. Translated from the Dutch Records preserved in the 
Colonial Secretariat at Colombo. By R. A. van Cuylcnberg, Government Record Keeper.— The 
Food Statistics of Ceylon. By J. Capper.— Specimens of Sinhalese Proverbs. By L. de Zoysa, 
Mndaliyar, Chief Translator of Government.— Ceylon Reptiles : being a preliminary Catalogue 
of the Reptiles found in, or supposed to be in Ceylou, compiled from various authorities. By 
W. Ferguson.— On an Inscription at Dondra. No. 2. By T. W. Rhys Davids, Esq. 

1873. Part I. 8vo. pp. 79. Price Is. 6d. 

iCoNTBNTS :^0n Oath and Ordeal. By Bertram Fulke Hartshome.— Notes on Prinochilus 
Yincens. By W. V. Legge.— The Sports and Games of the Singhalese. By Leopold Ludovici. — , 
On Miracles. By J. De Alwis.- On the Occurrence of Seolopax Rusticola and Gallinago Scolo- 
pacina in Ceylon. By W.'V. Legged — Transcript and Translation of an Ancient Copper-plate 
Saunas. By Mudliyar Louis de Zoysa, Chief Translator to Government. 

1874. Parti. Svo. pp. 94. Price 7«. 6<?. 

Contents : — Description of a supposed New Genus of Ceylon, Batracbians. By W. Ferguson. 
— Notes on the Identity of Piyadasi and Asoka. By Mudaliyar Louis de"Zoysa,— The Island 
Distribution of the Birds in the Society's Museum. By "W". V. Legge. — Brand Marks on Cattle. 
By J. De Alwis. — Notes on the Occurrence of a rare Eagle new to Ceylon ; and other interesting 
or rare birds. By S. Bligh, — Extracts from the Records of the Dutch' Government in Ceylon, 
By R. van Cuylenberg. — Stature of Gotama Buddha, By J. De Alwis, 
1879. 8to. pp. 58. Price 5s. 

Contents.— Notes on Ancient Sinhalese Inscriptions,— On the Preparation and Mounting of 
Insects for the Binocular Microscope. — Notes on Neophron Fuenopterus (Savigny) from 
Nuwara Eliya,— On the Climate of Dimbula.— Note on the supposed cause of the existence of 
Fatanas or Grass Lands of the Mountain Zone of Ceylon. 

1880. Part I. 8vo. i)p. 90. Price 5s. 

Contents. — Text and Translation of the Inscription of Mahindelll. at Mihintale. — Glossary. — 
A Paper on the Vedic and Buddhistic Polities,— Customs and Ceremonies connected with the 
Paddi Cultivation. — Gramineae, or Grasses Indigenous to or Growing in Ceylon, 
1880. Part II. 8vo. pp. 48. Price 5». 

Contents,— Gramineae, or Grasses Indigenous to or Growing in Ceylon, — Translation of two 
Jatakas,— On the supposed Origin of Tamaoa, Nuwara, Tambapanni and Taprobane,— The Roc^s 
and Minerals of Ceylon, 

1881. Vol. VII. Pari; I. (No. 23.) 8to. pp. 56. Price 5s. 

Contents,— Hindu Astronomy : as compared with the European Science. By S. Mervin. — 
Sculptures at Horana, By J, G, Smither, — Gold. By A, C. Dixon. — Specimens of Sinhalese 
Proverbs. ByL.De Zoy«a,— Ceylon Bee Culture. By S. JayatUaka,— A Short Account of the 
Principal Religious Ceremonies observed by the Kandyans of Ceylon. By C. J. R. Le 
Mesurier. — Yaleutyn's Account of Adam's Peak. By A. Spense Moss. 

1881. Vol. VII. Part II. (No. 24.) 8vo. pp. 162. Price 5s. 

Contents.— The Ancient Emporium of Kalah, etc., with Notes on Fa-Hian's Account of 
Ceylon. By H. Nevill.— The Sinhalese Observance of the KalSwa. By L. Nell.— Note on the 
Origin of the VeddAs, with Specimens of their Songs and Charms. By L, de Zoysa.— A Hflniyam 
Image. By L. Nell.— Note on the Mirjl Kantiri Festival of the Muhamnfadans. By A. T. 
Sham-ud-di<i,— Tericulture in Ceylon. By J. L. Vanderstraaten.— Sinhalese Omens. By S. 
JayatUaka. 

1882. Extra Ntimber. 8vo. pp. 60. Price 5s. 

Contents. — Ibu Batuta in the Maldives and Ceylon. Translated from the French of M. M. 
Defremery and Sanguinetti. By A. Gray. 

Asiatic Society (Royal).— North China Branch of,— Journal.— Old 

Series, 4 numbers, and New Series. Parts 1 to 12. The following numbers 
are sold separately : Old Series— No. II. May, 1859, pp. 145 to 256. 
No. III. December, 1859, pp. 112. 7s. %d. each. Vol. II. No. I. Sept., 1860^ 
pp. 128. 7s. 6rf. New Series— No. I. Dec, 1864, pp. 174. 7s. M. No. H.' 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 17 

Dec, 1865, pp. 187, with maps. 7«. fiif. No. III. Dec, 1866, pp. 121. 9«. 
No. IV. Dec, 1867, pp. 286. 10s. %d. No. VI. for 1869 and 1870, pp. 216. 
Is. 6rf. No. VII. (1871-2) pp. 270. 10s. No. VIII. pp. 200. 10s. 6rf. No. 
IX. pp. 254. Ws.Qd. Nc X. pp. 336 and 279. £lls. No. XI. (1877) pp. 
200. 10s. 6<i. No. XII. (1878) pp. 337, with maps. £1 Is. No. XIII. 
(1879) pp. 138, with plates, 10s. &d. No. XIV. (1879) pp. 80, with plates, 4s. 
No. XV. (1880) pp. 390, with plates, ISs. Vol. XVI. (1881) pp. 248. 12s. Qd. 
Vol. XVII.' (1882) pp; 246 with plates. 12s. U. Vol. XVIII. (1883) pp. 
228, with 2 plates. 

Asiatic Society (Eoyal). — China Branch of the,— Journal. — 8vo. 

sewed. Vol. XIX. Part I. (1884) pp. 125. Vol. XX. (1885) pp. 322, 
with plate. Vol. XXI. (1886) pp. 370, with plate. 

Asiatic Society of Japan. — Teansactions. Vol. I. From 30th October, 

1872, to 9th October, 1873. 8vc pp. 110, with plates. 1874. Vol. II. 1873. 
8vo. pp. 249. 1874. Vol. III. Part I. 1874. Vol.. III. Part II. 1875. 
Vol. IV. 1876. Vol. V. Part I. 1876. Vol. V. Part II. (A. Summary of the 
Japanese Penal Codes. By J. H. Longford.) Vol. VI. Part I. pp. 190. Vol. 

VI. Part II. 1878. Vol. VI. Part III. 1878. 7s. 6«f. each Part.— Vol. 

VII. Part I. (Milne's Journey across Europe and Asia.) Ss.— Vol. VII. Part 

II. March, 1879. 5s.— Vol. VII. Part III. June, 1879. 7s. 6rf. Vol. VII. 
Part rV. Nov., 1879. 10s. 6rf. Vol. VIII. Part I. Feb., 1880. 7s. 6d. 
Vol. VIII. Part II. May, 1880. 7s. &d. Vol. VIII. Part. III. Oct., 
1880. 10s. 6<?. Vol. VIII. Part IV. Dec, 1880. 5s. Vol. IX. Part I. 
Feb., 1881. 7s. &d. Vol. IX. Part II. Aug., 1881. 7s; 6<?. Vol. IX. Part 

III. Dec, 1881. 5s. Vol. X. Part I. May, 1882. 10s. Vol. X. Part II, 
Oct., 1882. 1s.6d. Vol. X. Supplement, 1883. £1. Vol. XI. Part I. April, 
1883. 7s. 6(?. Vol. XI. Part II. Sep., 1883. 7s. U. Vol. XII. Part I. 
Nov., 1883. 5s. Vol. XII. Part II. May, 1884. 5s. 

Asiatic Society, Royal. — Straits Branch.— Jotjenal. Fo. 1. 8to. pp. 

pp. 130, sewed, 3 Maps and Plate. July, 1878. Price 9s. 
CoNTKHTS.— Inaugural Address of the President. By the Yen. Archdeacon Hose, M.A.— 
Distribution of Minerals in Sarawak. By A. Hart Everett. — Breeding Pearls. By N. B. 
pennys, Ph.D. — Dialects of the Melanesian Tribes of the Malay Peninsula. By M. de Milcluho- 
Haclay. — Malay Spelling in English. Report of Government Committee (reprinted). — Geography 
of the Malay Peninsula. Part I. By A. M. Skinner.— Chinese Secret Societies. Part I. By 
■W. A. Pickering.— Malay Proverbs. Part. I." By W. E. Maxwell.— The Snake-eating 
Hamadryad. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D.— Gutta Peroha. By H. I, Murton.— Miscellaneous Notices. 

No. 2. 8 vo. pp. 130, 2 Plates, sewed. December, 1878. Price 9s. 

Contests:— The Songof the DyakHead-fcast. By Rev. J. Perham.— Malay Proverbs. Partll. 
By E. W. Maxwell.— A Malay Nautoh. By F. A. Swettcnham.-Pidgin English. By N. b; 
pennys, Ph.D.- The Founding of Singapore. By Sir T. S. RaCBes.- Notes on Two Perak 
Manuscripts. By W. E. Maxwell.— The Metalliferous Formation of the Peninsula. By D. D. 
Daly.— Suggestions regarding a new Malay Dictionary. By the Hon. C. J. Irving.— Ethnological 
Excursions In the Malay Peninsula. By N.-von Mikluho-Maclay. — Miscellaneous Notices. 
No. 3. 8vo. pp. iv. and 146, sewed. July, 1879. Price 9s. 

CoHTENTS :— Chinese Secret Societies, by W. A. Pickering.— Malay Proverbs, Part III., by W. 
E. Maxwell.— Notes on Gutta Percha, by F. W. Burbidge, W. H. Treacher, H. 3. Murton.— The 
Maritime Code of the Malays, reprinted from a translation by Sir S. Raffles.— A Trip to Gunong 
Bumut, by D. F. A. Hervey.— Caves at Sungei Batu in Selangor, by D. D. Daly. — Geography 
of Aching, translated from the German by Dr. Beiber. — Account of a Naturalist's Visit to Selan- 

for, by A.' J. Hornady.— Miscellaneous Notices ; Geographical Notes, Routes from Selangor to 
'ahang, Mr. Deane's Survey Report, A Tiger's Wake, Breeding Pearls, The Maritime Code, and 
$ir F. Baffles' Meteorological Returns. 

No. 4. 8vo. pp. XXV. and 66, sewed. December, 1879. Price 9s. 
Contents. — List of Members,— Proceedings, jGeneral Meeting. — Annual Meeting.— Council's 
Annual Report for 1879. — Treasurer's Report for 1879.— President's Address. — Reception of 
Professor Nordenskjold.- The Marine Code. By Sir S. Raffles.— About Kinta. By H. W. C. 
Leech. — About Shin and Bernam. By H. W. Leech.— The Aboriginal Tribes of Perak. By 
W. E. Maxwell. — The Vernacular Press in the Straits. By E. W. Birch.- On the Guliga of 
Borneo. By A. H. Everett. — On the name *' Sumatra."— A Correction. 



18 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co., 

No. 6. 8vo. pp. 160, sewed. July, 1879. Price 9s. 

CosTKNTS.— Selesilah (Book of the Descent) of the Kajas of Bruni. By H. Low.— Notes to 
Bitlo.— History of the Sultins of Bruni,— List of the Mahomedan Sovereigns of Bmni.— Historio 
Tablet.— Aoheh. By G. P. Talson.— From Perak to Shin and down the Shin and Bernam Eivers. 
By F. A. Swettehham.— A Contribution to Malayan Bibliography. By N. B. Dennya.— Compa- 
lative Vocabulary of some of the Wild Tribes inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula, Borneo, etc. — 
The Tiger in Borneo. By A. H. Everett. 

No. 6. 8vo. pp. 133, with 7 Photographic Plates, sewed. Decemher, 1880. Price 9». 

■ •CoKTENTa.— Some Account of the Independent Native States of the Malay Peninsula. Part I. 
By F. A. Swettenham.— The Ruins of Boro Burdnr in Java." By the Ven. Archdeacon G. F. Hose. 
A Contribution to Malayan Bibliography. By N. B. Dennys.— Report on the Exploration of ths 
Caves of Borneo. By A. H. Everett.— Introductory Remarks. By J. Evans.— Notes on the 
Eeport.— Notes on the Collection of Bones. By G. Bush.- A Sea-Dyak Tradition of the 
Deluge and Subsequent Events. By the Rev. J. Perhanr.— The Comparative Vocabulary. 

No. 7. Svo. pp. xvi. and 92. With a Map, sewed. June, 1881. Price ^s. 

. Contents, r— Some account of the Mining Districts of Lower Perak. By J. Errington de la 
Crois/— Folklore of the Malays. By W. E. Maxwell.^-Notes on the Rainfall of Singapore. By 
J. J. L. Wheatley. — Journal of a Voyage through the Straits of Malacca on an Expedition to 
the M;olucca Islands. By Captain W. C. Lennon. 

No. 8. Svo. pp. 56. With a Map, sewed. Decemher, 1881. Price 9». 

Contents.- The Endau and its Tributaries. By D. F. A. Hervey. — Itinerary from- Singapore 
to the Source of the Sembrong and up the Madek. — Fetara, or Sea Dyak Gods. By the Rev. J. 
Perham.— Klouwang" and its Caves, West Coast of Atchin. Translated by D. F. A. Hervey. — 
Miscellaneous Notes ; Varieties of *'Getah" and "Rotan."— The" Ipoh" Tree, Perak. — Com- 
parative Vocabulary. 

No. 9. Svo. pp. xxii. ajid 172. With three Col. Plates, sd. June, 1882. Price 12a. 

■Contents. — Journey on Foot to the Patani Frontier in 1876. By W. E. Maxwell. — Probable 
Origin of the Hill Tribes of Formosa. By John Dodd. — History of Perak from Native Sources. 
By W. E. Maxwell.— Malayan Ornithology. By Captain H. R. Eelham.— On the TrahsTiteration 
of M-alay in the Roman Character. By W. E. Maxwell. — Kota Glanggi, Pahang. By W. 
Cameron.-- Natural History Notes. By N. B, Dennys. — Statement'of Haji of the Madek Ali. — 
Pantang Kapur of the Madek Jakun. — Stone from Batu Pahat.— Rainfall at Lankat, Sumatra. 

No. 10. Svo. pp. XV. and 117, sewed. December, 1882. Price 9». 

Contents.— Journal of a Trip from Sarawak to Meri. ByN. Denison. — The Mentra Tradi- 
tions. By the Hon. D. F. A. Hervey.— Probable Origin of the Hill Tribes of Formosa. By J. 
Dodd.— Sea Dyak Religion. By the Rev. J. Perham.— The Dutch in Perak. By W. E. Max- 
well. — Outline History of the british Connection with Malaya. By the Hon. A. M. Skinner. — ' 
Extracts from Journals of the Soci€t6 de Geographie of Paris. — Memorandum on Malay Trans- 
Uteration.— The Chiri. — Register of Rainfall. 

No. 11. Svo. pp. 170. With a Map, sewed. June, 1883. Price 9s. 

. Contents. — Malayan Ornithology. By Captain H. R. Kelham.— Malay Proverbs. By the 
Hon. W. E. Maxwell— The Pigmies. Translated by J. Errington de la Croix. — On the Patani, 
By W. Cameron. — Latah. By H. A. O'Brien. — The Java System. By the Hon. A. M. Skinner. 
— ^Bltu K8dok.-Prigi Acheh.— Dutch Occupation of the Dindings, etc. 

No. 12. Svo. pp. XX. and 288, sewed. Decemher, 1883. Price 9». 

Contents.— Malayan Ornithology. By Captain H. R. Kelham.— Gutta-produclng Trees. By 
L. Wray.— Shamanism in Perak. By the Hon. Wi E. Maxwell.— Changes in Malayan Dialects. 
By A. M. Ferguson.— Straits Meteorology. By the Hon. A, M. Skinner.— Occasional Notes. 
By the Hon. W. E. Maxwell. 

No. 13. Svo. pp. XI. and 116, sewed. June, 1884. Price 9s. 
Contents.- The Pigmies. Translated by J. Errington de la Croix.— Valentyn's Description 
of Malacca.— By Hon. D. F. A. Hervey.— The Stream Tin Deposit of Perak. By the Rev. .1. E. 
Tenison- Woods.— Rerabau. By the Hon. D. F. A. Hervey.— The Tawaran and Putatan Rivers, 
By S. Elphinstone Dalrymple.— Miscellaneous Notes. 



No. 14. Svo. pp. 176, sewed. December, 1884. Price 9s 




F 

Native «ui....t°. ^j » — — 

Jelehu.— By H. A. O'Brien. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. 19 

1^0. 15. 8to. 172, sewed. June, 1885. Price 9s, 
Contents'. — Journal kept during a Journey across the Mala^ Peninsula (with Maps). By F. 

A. Swettenham, — Tbe Object and Results bf a Dutch Expedition into the Interior of Sumatra 
in the years 1877, 1878, and 1879. Translated from the French, by R. N. Bland.— Further Notes 
on the Rainfall of SiA^apore. By J. J. L, Wheatley. -A Glimpse at the Manners and Customs 
of the Hill Tribes of North Formosa. By J. Dodd.— Genealogy of the Royal Family of Brunei. 
Translated from the Malay by W. H. Treacher. — French Land Decree in Cambodia. Translated 
from the French by the Hon. W. E. Maxwell, CM. G.— Malay Language and Literature. By 
Dr. Reinhold Rost.— A Missionary'^ Journey through Laos from Bangkok to TJbon. By the Reir. 
N. J. Gouvreur, Singapore. — Valentyn's Account of Malacca. Translated from the Dutch. 

No. 16. 8vo, pp. 220, sewed. December, 1885. Price 9s. 
Contents.— Plan for a Volunteer Force in the Mnda Districts, Province Wellesley. By the late 
J. R. Logan. — A Description of the Chinese Lottery known as " Hua-Hoey."' By C, W, S. 
Kynnerstey.— On the Roots in the Malay Language. From the Dutch of J, Fijnappel. — Klienff's 
War Raid to the Skies ; a Dyak Myth. By the Rev. J. Ferbam. — Valentyn's Account of Ofa- 
lacca. Translated from the Dutch (continued from Journal, No. IS). — On Mines and Miners in 
Kinta, Ferak. By A. Hole, Inspector of Mines, Kinta. 

No. 17. 8vo. pp. 160-84, sewed. June, 1886. Price 9s. 
' Contents.— Biography of Slam. By E. M, Satow. — Sri Rama ; a Fairy Tale told by a Malay 
Rhapsodist. By W. E. Maxwell.— History of Malacca from Portuguese Sources. Contributed 
by E. Koch. — Occasional Notes. 

No. 18. 8to. pp. XX. and 376, sewed. December, 1886. Price 9s. 

Contents.— Biography of Siam. By E. M. Satow. — English, Sulu, and Malay Vocabulary. 

By T. H. Haynes.T^Raja Donan, a Malay Fairy Tale told by a Malay Rhapsodist. By W. E. 

Maxwell. — ^The Survey Question in Cochin China. By M. Camouilly. — Notes on Economic 

Plants, Stl-aits Settlements, by N. Cautley. — Index to Journal of the Indian Archipelago. By N. 

B. Dennys. > 

American Oriental Society. — Jouenal of the Amebicajst Oriental 
Society. Vols. I. to X. and Vol. XII. (all published). 8¥o. Boston and 
New, Haven, 1849 to 1881. A complete set. Very rare. £14. 

Volumes 2 to 5 and 8 to 10 and 12 may be had separately at £1 Is. each. 

Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine. — A Eecord of 

Information on the Topography and Natural Productions of Madagascar, and 
tte Customs, Traditions, Language and Religious Beliefs of its People. Edited 
by the Rev. J. Sibreb, F.R.G.S., and Rev. R. Baron, F.L.S. Demy 8vo. pp. 
iv. and 132, with plate, paper. 2«. 6d. 

Anthropological Society of London, Memoirs read before the, 1863- 

1866. 8Vo. pp. 542, cloth. 21s. Vol. II. 8vo., pp. x. 464, cloth. 21s. 

Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland (The Journal 

of the). Published Quarterly. 8vo. sewed. 

Biblical Archseology, Society of. — Transactions op the. 8vo. Vol. I. 

Part. I., 12s. 6d. Vol. I., Part II., 12s.. 6d. (this part cannot be sold 
separately, or otherwise than with the complete sets). Vols. II. and III., 
2 parts, 10s. 6d. each. Vol. IV., 2 parts, 12s. 6d. each. Vol. V., Part. I., 15s. ; 
Part. II., I2s. 6rf. Vol. VI., 2 parts, 12s. 6d. each. Vol. VII. Part I. 10s. 6d. 
Parts II. and III. 12s. 6rf. each. Vol. VIII., 3 parts, 12s. &d. each. 
Vol. IX. Part I. 12». 6d. 

Pkoobedinqs. Vol. I. Session 1878-79. 2s. 6rf. Vol. II. 2s. 6rf. Vols. 
III., IV., and V. 5s. each. Vols. VI., VII., and VIlI. (1885-6). 6s. each. 

Bibliotheca Indica. A Collection of Oriental Works published by 
the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Old Series. Ease: 1 to 261. New Series. 
Fasc. 1 to 607. (Special List of Contents and prices to be had on application.) 

Browning Society's Papers. — Demy Svo. wrappers. 1881-84. Part 
I., pp. 116. lOs. Bibliography of Robert Browning from 1883-81. Part II. 
pp.142. 10s. Partlll., pp. 168. 10s. Part IV., pp. 148. 10s. Part V., 
pp. 104. 10s. 1885-86. Patt VII., pp. 168. 10s. Part VIII., pp. 176. 10s. 



20 Linguistic Publications of Trvhner 8[ Co., 

Browning^. — Bibliography of Kobert Browning from 1833-81. Com- 
piled by F. J. FuRNivAiL. Demy 8to. pp. 170, wrapper. Third Edition. 
Enlarged. 1883. 12«. 

Browning's Poem's (Illustrations to). — 4to. boards. Parts I. and II. 

lOs. each. 

Calcntta Review (The). — Published Quarterly. Price 6«. per anmim. 
Calcutta Review. — A Complete Set fkom the Commencement in 

1844 to 1882. Vols 1. to 75, or Numbers 1 to 140. A fine clean copy. 
Calcutta, 1844-82. Index to the first fifty Tolnmes of the Calcntta Review, 
2 parts. (Calcutta, 1873). Nos. 39 and 40 have never been published. £66. 
Complete sets are of great rarity. 

Calcutta Review (Selections from the). — Crown 8vo. sewed. Nos. 1. 

to 45. 5s. each. 
Cambridge Philological Society (Transactions of the). — ^Vol. I. From 

1872 to 1880. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 420, wrapper. 1881. 15s. 
Contents. — Preface.— The Work of a Philological Society. J. P. Postgate.— Transactions of 
the Cambridge Philological Society from 1872 to 1879.— Transactions for 1879-1880.— ReTiews. 
— Appendix. 

Vol. II. for 1881 and 1882. 8vo. pp. 1111.-286, wrapper, 1883. 12s. 
Vol. III. Part I. 1886. 3s. 6d. 

Cambridge Philological Society(Proceeding8of the). — PartsI andll. 

1882. Is. 6<?.;III. Is. ; IV.-VI. 2s. 6rf.; VII. and VIII. 2s. IX. Is.; 
X. and XI. Is. 6rf. ; XII. Is. 6<f. ; XIII.-XV. 2s. &d. 

China Review; or, Notes and Queries on the Far East. Published 
bi-monthly. 4to. Subscription £1 1 Os. per volnme. 

Chinese Recorder and Missionary Jonmal. — Shanghai. Subscription 

per volume (of 6 parts) 15s. 

A complete set from the beginning. Vols. 1 to 10. 8to. Foochow and 
Shanghai, 1861-1879. £9. 
Containing important contrihntions on Gliinese Philology, Mythology, and Geography, by 
Kdkine, Giles, Bretschneider, Scarborough, etc. The earlier volnmes are out of print. 

Chrysanthemum (The). — A Monthly Magazine for Japan and the Far 
East. Vol. I. and II., complete. Bound £1 Is. Subscription £1 per volume. 

Geographical Society of Bombay. — JoTmNAi. and Teansaciions. A 

complete set. 19 vols. 8vo. Numerous Plates and Maps, some coloured. 

Bombay, 1844-70. £10 10s. 

An important Periodical, containing grammatical sketches of several languages and dialects, 

as well as the most valuable contributions on the Natural Sciences of India. Since 1871 the 

above is amalgamated with the *' Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.'* 

Indian Antiquary (The). — A Journal of Oriental Research in Archseo- 

logy, History, Literature, Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Folklore, etc. 
Edited by J. F. Fleet, CLE , M.R.A.S., etc., and Capt. B. C. Temple, 
F.E.G.S., M.E.A.S., etc. 4to. Published 12 numbers per annum. Sub- 
scription £\ 16s. A complete set. Vols. 1 to 11. jj28 10s. (The earlier 
volumes are out of print.) 

Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, Journal of the. — ^Edited by 

J. R. Logan, of Pinang. 9 vols. Singapore, 1847-55. New Series. Vols. 

I. to IV. Part 1, (all published), 1856-59. A complete set in 13 vols. 8vo. 

with many plates. £30. 

VoL I. of the New Series consists of 2 parts ; Vol. II. of 4 parts ; Vol. III. of 

No. 1 (never completed), and of Vol. IV. also only one number was published. 

A few copies remun of several volumes that may be had separately. 



57 and 69, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 21 

Indian Notes and Queries. A Monthly Periodical devoted to the 
Systematic Collection of Authentic Notes and Scraps of Information regarding 
the Country and the People. Edited by Captain E. C. Temple, etc. 4to. 
Subscription per annum. 16i. , 

Japan, Transactions of the Seismological Society of, Vol. I. Parts i. 
and ii. April-June, 1880. 10s. ^d. Vol. II. July-December, 1880. -ha. 
Vol. Ill, January-December, 1881. 10». M. Vol. IV. January-June. 1882. 9«. 

literature, Royal Society of. — See under "Eoyal." 

JSIadras Journal of Literature and Science. — Published by the 

Committee of the Madras Literary Society and Auxiliary Royal Asiatic Society, 
and edited by MoBms, Cole, and Brown. A complete set of the Three Series 
(being Vols. I. to XVI., First Series; Vols. XVII. to XXII. Second Series; 
Vol. XXIII. Third Series, 2 Numbers, no more published). A fine copy, 
uniformly bound in 23 vols. With numerous plates, half calf. Madras, 
1834-66. £Vl. 
Equally scarce and Important. On all Soutli-Indlan topics, especially tboBe relating to 

Natural History and Science, Public Works and Industry, tbis Periodical is an unrivalled 

■autbority. 

Madras Journal of Literature and Science. 1878. (I. Volume of 

the Fourth Series.) F,dited by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D. 8vo. pp. vi. and 231, 
and xlvii. with 2 plates. 1879. 10s. 6d. Contents. —I. On the Classification 
of Languages. By Dr. G. Oppebt. — II. On the Ganga Kings. By Lewis 
EiCE. 1879. pp. 318. 10s. U. 1880. pp. vi. and 232. 10s. 1881. pp. 
Ti. and 338. 10s. 
Orientalist (The). — A Monthly Journal of Oriental Literature, Arts, 
Folk-lore, etc. Edited by W. Goonetellike. Annual Subscription, 12s. 

Pandit (The). — A Monthly Journal of the Benares College, devoted tb 
Sanskrit Literature. Old Series. 10 vols. 1866-1876. New Series, vols. 1 to 9. 
1876-1887. £V is. per volume. 

Panjab Notes and Queries, now Indian Notes and Queries, which 

see above. 
Peking Gazette.— Translations of the Peking Gazette for 1872 to 1885. 

8vo. cloth. 10s. 6d. each. 

Philological Society (Transactions of The). A Complete Set, in- 
cluding the Proceedings of the Philological Society for the years 1842-1853. 
6 vols. The Philological Society's Transactions, 1854 to 1876. 15 vols. The 
Philological Society's Extra Volumes. 9 vols. In all 30 vols. 8vo. £19 13s. 6rf. 
Proceedings (The) of the Philological Society 1842-1853. 6 vols. 8vo, £3. 
Transactions of the Philological Society, 1864-1876. 16 vols. 8vo. £10 16s. 
*,• The Volumes for 1867, 1868-9, 1870-2, and 1873-4, are only to be had in 
.complete sets, as above. 

Separate Volumes. 
For 1864 : containing papers by Eev. J. W. Blakesley, Eev. T. 0. Cockayne, 
Eev. J. Davies, Dr. J. W. Donaldson, Dr. Theod. Goldstiioker, Prof. T. Hewitt 
Key, J. M. Kemble, Dr. E. G. Latham, J. M. Ludlow, Hensleigh Wedgwood, 
etc. 8vo. cl. £1 Is. 
For 1865 : with papers by Dr. Carl Abel, Dr. W. Bleek, Eev. Jno. Davies, Miss 
A. Gurney, Jaa. Kennedy, Prof. T. H. Key, Dr. E. G. Latham, Henry Maiden, 
W. Eidley, Thos. Watts, Hensleigh Wedgwood, etc. In 4 parts. 8vo. £1 Is. 
*,* Kamilaroi Language of Australia, by W. Eidley; and False Etymologies, by 
E. Wedgwood, separately. Is. 



22 Linguutic Publications of Trilbner 4" Co., 

For 1856-7 : vrith papers by Prof. Anfrecht, Herbert Coleridge, Lewis Kr. Daa, 
M. de Haan, W. C. Jourdain, James Kennedy, Prof. Key, Dr.G. Latham, J. M. 
Ludlow, Rev. J. J. 8. Perowne, Hensleigh Wedgwood, B. F. Weymouth, Jos. 
Tates, etc. 7 parts. 8vo. (The Papers ^elating to the Society's Dictionary 
are omitted.) £1 1«. each volume. 

For 1858 : including the volume of Early English Poems, Lives of the Saints, 
edited from MSS. by F. J. Furnivall ; and papers by Em. Adams, Prof. 
Aufrecht, Herbert Coleridge, Eev. Francis Crawford, M. de Haan Hettema, 
Dr. JR. Gr. Latham, Dr. Lottner, etc. 8vo. cl.' 12*. 

For 1859 : with papers by Dr. E. Adams, Prof. Aufrecht, Herb. Coleridge, F. J. 
Furnivall, Prof. T. H. Key, Dr. C. Lottner, Prof. De Morgan, F. Pulszky, 
Hensleigh Wedgwood, etc. 8vo. cl. Vis. 

For 1860-1 : including The Play of the Sacrament; and Pascon agau Arluth, the 
Passion of our Lord, in Cornish and English, both ftom M.SS., edited by Dr. 
W. Stokes ; and papers by Dr. E. Adams, T. F. Barham, Eev. D. Coleridge, 
H. Coleridge, Sir J. F. Davis, D. P. Fry, Prof. T. H. Key, Dr. C. Lottner, 
Bishop Thirlwall, H. Wedgwood, E. F. Weymouth, etc. 8vo. cl. 12a. 

For 1862-3 : with papers by C. B. Cayley, D. P. Fry, Prof. Key, H. Maiden, 
Eioh. Morris, F. W. Newman, Eobert Peacock, Hensleigh Wedgwood, E. F. 
Weymouth, etc. 8vo. el. 12«. 

For 1864 : containing 1. Manning's (Jas.) Inquiry into the Character and Origin 
of the Possessive Augment in English, etc. ; 2. Newman's (Francis W.) Text o{ 
the Iguvine Inscriptions, with Interlinear Latin Translation; 3. Barnes's (Dr. 
W.) Grammar and Glossary of the Dorset Dialect ; 4. Gwreans An Bys — The 
Creation : a Cornish Mystery, Cornish and English, with Notes by Whitley 
Stokes, etc. 8vo. cl. 12«. 

*»* Separately : Manning's Inquiry, 3». — ^Newman's Iguvine Inscription, 3s. — 
Stokes's Gwreans An Bys, 8s. 

For 1865 : including Wheatley's (H. B.) Dictionary of Eeduplicated Words in the 
English Language; and papers by Prof. Aufrecht, Ed. Brook, C. B. Cayley, 
Eev. A. J. Church, Prof. T. H. Key, Eev. E. H. Knowles, Prof. H. Maiden, 
Hon. G. P. Marsh, John Rhys, Guthbrand Vigfusson, Hensleigh Wedgwood, H. 
B. Wheatley, etc. 8vo. cl. 12s. 

For 1866 : including 1. Gregor's (Eev. Walter) Banffshire Dialect, with Glossary 

of Words omitted by Jamieson; 2. Edmondston's (T.) Glossary of the Shetland 

Dialect ; and papers by Prof. Cassal, C. B. Cayley, Danby P. Fry, Prof. T. H. 

Key, Guthbrand Vigfusson, Hensleigh Wedgwood, etc. 8vo. cl. 12s. 

• *,* The Volumes for 1867, 1868-9, 1870-2, and 1873-4, are out of print. 

Besides contributions in the shape of valuable and interesting papers, the volume for 

1867 also includes : 1. Peacock's (Eob. B.) Glossary of the Hundred of Lonsdale; 

and 2. Ellis (A. J.) On Palseotype representing Spoken Sounds; and on the 

Diphthong " Oy." "The volume for 1868-9—1. Ellis's (A. "J.) Only English, 

Proclamation of Henry III. in Oct. 1268 ; to which are added " The Cuckoo's Song" 

and "The Prisoner's Prayer," Lyrics of the XIII. Century, with Glossary; and %^ 

Stokes's (Whitley) Cornish Glossary. That for 1870-2^1. Murray's (Jas. A. H.) 

Dialect of the Southern Counties of Scotland, with a linguistical map. That for 

1873-4— Sweet's (H.) History of English Sounds. 

For 1875-6: containing Annual Addresses (Eev. E. Morris President), Fourth, 
and Fifth. Sources of Aryan Mythology by E. L. Brandreth ; C. B. Cayley on. 
Italian Diminutives ; Changes made by four young Children in Pronouncing;^ 
English Words, by Jas. M. Menzies ; Manx Language, by H. Jenner ; Dialect 
of West Somerset, by F. T. Elworthy ; English Metre, by Prof. J. B. Mayor; 
Words, Logic, and Grammar, by H. Sweet ; The Eussian Language and its- 
Dialects, by W. E. MorfiU ; Eelics of the Cornish Language in Mount's Bay, 
by H. Jenner. Dialects and Prehistoric Forms of Old English. By Henry 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. G. 23 

Sweet; The Dialects of Monmouthshire, Herefordshire, Worcestershire, 
Gloucestershire, Berkshire, Oxfordshire, South Warwickshire, South North- 
amptonshire, Buckinghamshire, Hertfordshire, Middlesex, and Surrey, with a 
New Classification of the English Dialects. By Prince L. L. Bonaparte (Two 
Maps), Index, etc. Part I., 6«. ; Part II., 6«. ; Part III., 2». 

For 1877-8-9 : containing the President's (H. Sweet) Sixth, Seventh, and (Dr. J. A. 
H. Murray) Eighth Annual Addresses. Accadian Phonology, by Prof A. H. 
Sayce ; Mere and There in Chaucer, by Dr. R. Weymouth ; Grammar of the 
Dialect of West Somerset, by F. T. Elworthy ; English Metre, by Prof. J. B. 
Mayor; Malagasy Language, by the Rev. W. E. Cousins; Anglo-Cymric Score, 
by A. J. Ellis, F.R.S ; Sounds and Forms of Spoken Swedish, by Henry Sweet ; 
Russian Pronunciation, by Henry Sweet. Index, etc. Part I., 3s. ; Part II., 
Is. Part III. 8s. 

For 1880-81 : containing Some Phonetic Laws in Persian, by Prof. Charles Rieu, 
-Ph.D. ; Portuguese Simple Sounds, compared with those of Spanish, French, 
English, etc., by H.I.H. Prince L. L. Bonaparte ; The Middle Voice in 
Virgil's ^neid. Book VI., by B. Dawson, B. A. ; Difficulty in Russian Grammar, 
by C. B. Cayley ; The Polabes, by W. R. MorfiU, M.A. ; The Makua Language, 
by Rev. C. Maples, M.A. ; Distribution of English Place Names, by W. B. 
Browne, M.A. ; Dare, " To Give" ; and f-Dere " To Put," by Prof. Postgate, 
M.A. ; Differences between the Speech ov Edinboro' and London, by T. B. 
Sprague,, M.A. ; Ninth Annual Address of President (Dr. J. A. H. Murray) 
and Reports; Sound-Notation, by H. Sweet, M.A. ; On Gender, by E. L. 
Brandreth ; Tenth Annual Address of President (A. J. EUis, B.A.) and Re- 
ports ; Distribution of Place-Names in the Scottish Lowlands, by W. R. 
Browne, M.A. ; Some Latin and Greek Etymologies, and the change of i to jD 
in Latin, by J. P. Postgate, M.A. ; Proceedings, etc. ; The n of an, etc., in 
the Authorized and Revised Versions of the Bible. By ,B. Dawson, B.A. ; 
Notes on Translations of the New Testament. By B. Dawson, B.A. ; Simple 
Sounds of all the Living Slavonic Languages compared with those of the 
Principal Neo-Latin and Germane- Scandinavian Tongues- By H.I.H. Prince 
L -L. Bonaparte ; The Romonsch or Rhsetian Languages in the Grisons and 
Tirol. By R. Martineau, M.A. — A Rough List of English Words found in 
Anglo-French, especially during the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries ; with 
numerous References. By Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. ; The Oxford MS. of the 
only English Proclamation of Henry III., 18 October, 1258. By Rev. W. W. 
Skeat, MA. ; and Errata in A. J. Ellis's copy of the only English Proclamation 
of Henry III., in Phil. Trans. 1869. Index ; List of Members. Part I. 12s. 
Part II. 8». Part III. 7s. 

For 1882-3-4 : 1 . Eleventh Annual Address (A. J. Ellis, B.A.) ; Obituary of Dr. 
J. Muir and Mr. H. Nicol. Work of the Society. Reports. Some Latin Ety- 
mologies. By Prof. Postgate, M.A. Initial Mutations in the Living Celtic, 
Basque^Sardinian, and Italian Dialects. By H. I. H. Prince L.-L. Bonaparte. 
Spoken Portuguese. By H. Sweet, M.A. The Bosworth-ToUer Anglo-Saxon 
Dictionary. By J. Piatt, inn. The Etymology of " Surround." By Rev. 
Prof. Skeat. Old English Verbs in -egan and their Subsequent History. By Dr. 
J. A. H. Murray. Words connected with the Vine in Latin and the Neo-Latin 
Dialects. By H. I. H. Prince L.-L. Bonaparte. Names of European Reptiles 
■ jn the Living Neo-Latin Languages. By H. I. H. Prmce L.-L. Bonaparte. 
Monthly Abstracts. English Borrowed Words in Colloquial Welsh. By T. 
Powell. Oscan Inscription Discovered at Capua in 1876. By G. A. Scbrurapf. 
On ire'Aap, ir^Kapos, ireXdpios. By R. F. Weymouth. Portuguese Vowels, 
according to Mr. R. G. Vianna, Mr. H. Sweet and Myself. By H.I.H. Prince 
L.-L. Bonaparte. Spoken North Welsh. By Henry Sweet. Italian and Uralic 
Possessive Suffixes Compared. By H.I.H. Prmce L.-L. Bonaparte. Albanian in 



24 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8f Co., 

Terra d'Otranto. By H.I.H. Prince L.-L-Bonaparte. Thirteenth Annual Address 
of President (J. A. H. Murray). Simple Tenses in Modern Basque and Old 
BaEqne,etc. By H.I.H. Prince L.-L. Bonaparte. Index. Monthly Abstracts. 
List of Members. Parti. 10». Part II. 10«. Part III. 15». 
For 1885-7 : Eogliah Etymology. By Eey. Prof. Skeat. Critical Etymologiee. 
By H. Wedgwood. Paii Miscellanies: Notes and Queries on Pali. By Dr. 
E. Morris. On the Eeyised Version of the New Testament. By B. Dawson. 
Titin : A Study of Child Language. By Sr. D. A. Macbado-y- Alvarez, of 
Seville. Notes on English Etymology, and on Words of Brazilian and Peruvian 
Origin. By Rev. Prof. Skeat. Celtic Declension. By W. Stokes. Neo- 
Celtic Verb Substantive. By. W. Stokes. Influence of Analogy as explaining 
certain Examples of Unoriginal L and B. By Dr. F. Stock. Sound-Changes 
in Melanesian Languages. By Eev. E. H. Codrington. Notes on English 
Etymology. By Eev. Prof. Skeat. Notes on the Bievised Version of the Old 
Testament. By B. Dawson. Monthly Abstracts. List of Members. Fourteenth 
Annual Address of President (Eev. Prof. Skeat). Obituary : Mr. Bradshaw, 
Mr. Walter Ealeigb Browne, Prof. Cassal, Archbishop Trench, Dr. Stock. 
Eeport by the President on the Work of the Philological Society. The Presi- 
dent on Ghost Words. W. E. MorfiU on Slavonic Philology (April 1884 to 
1886). J. Boxwell on Sontali. Prof. Thumeysen on Celtic Philology. Prof, 
de Lacouperie on the Languages of China before the Chinese. The Breton 
Glosses at Orleans. By W. Stokes. Eemarks on the Oxford Edition of the 
Battle of Ventry. By S. H. O'Grady. On the Derivations of " Cad, Luther, 
Ted." By. H. Wedgwood, M.A. The Origin of the Augment. By Eev. 
A. H. Sayce, M.A. On the Place of Sanskrit in the Development of Aryan 
Speech in India. By J. Boxwell, B.C. S. The Primitive Home of the Aryans. 
By Rev. Prof. Sayce, M.A. Notes on English Etymology. By Eev. Prof. 
Skeat, LL.D. Index. Monthly Abstracts. List of Members. Part I. 10s. 
Part II. 15*. 

1^ Society's Extra Volumes. 

Early English Volume, 1862-61^, containing: 1. Liber Cure Cocoram, A.n. e. 

1440. —2. Ilampole's (Richard EoUe) Pricke of Conscience, a.d. c. 1340. — 

3. The Castell off Love, A.D. e. 1320. 8vo. cloth. 1865. £1. 
Or separately: Liber Cnre Cocorum, Edited by Rich. Morris, 3s.; Hampole's 

(Eolle) Pricke of Conscience, edited by Rich. Morris, 12». ; andThe Castell o£E 

Love, edited by Dr. R. F. Weymonth, 6*. 
Dan Michel's Ayenbite of Inwyt, or Remorse of Conscience, in the Kentish 

Dialect, a.d. 1340. From the Autograph MS. in Brit. Mus. Edited with 

Introduction, Marginal Interpretations, and Glossarial Index, by Richard 

Morris. 8vo. cloth. 1866. 12«. 
Levins's (Peter, a.d. 1570) Manipnlns Vocabnlomm : a Rhyming Dictionary of 

the English Language. With an Alphabetical Index by H. B. Wheatley. 8vo, 

cloth. 1867. 16«. 

Skeat's (Rev. W. W.) Moeso-Gothic Glossary, with an Introduction, an Outline of 
Mceso-Gothic Grammar, and a List of Anglo-Saxon and old and modem Eng- 
lish Words etymologically connected with Moeso-Gothic. 1868. 8vo. cL 9». 

EUis (A. J.) on Early English Pronunciation, with especial Reference to 
Shakspere and Chaucer : containing an Investigation of the Correspondence of 
Writing Kith Speech in England from the Anglo-Saxon Period to the Present 
Day, etc. 4 parts. 8vo. 1869-75. £2. 

Medisval Greek Texts: A Collection of the Earliest Compositions in Vnlgar 
Greek, prior to a.d. 1500. With Prolegomena and Critical Notes by W. 
Wagner. Part I. Seven Poems, three of which appear for the first time. 
1870. 8yo. 10.. 6d. 



57 and 69, Ludgate Hill, London, B.C. 25 

Foona Sarvajanik Satha, Journal of the. Edited by S, H, Ghu- 

LONK.AE. Publiehed quarterly. 3s. each number. 

Eoyal Society of Literature of the United Kingdom (Transactions 

of The). First Series, 6 Parts in 3 Vols., 4to., Plates j 1827-39. Second 
Series, 13 Vols, or 38 Parts. 8vo., Plates; 1813-86. A complete set, as far 
as published, £11 10s. Very scarce. The first series of this important 
series of contributions of many of the most eminent men of the day has long 
been out of print and is very scarce. Of the Second Series, Vol. I.-IV., 
each containing three parts, are quite out of print, and can only be had in 
the complete series, noticed above. Three Numbers, price 4s. 6d. each, form 
a volume. The price of the volume complete, bound in cloth, is 13s. Qd. 

Separate PMieations. 

I. Fasti Monastici Aevi Saxonioi : or an Alphabetical List of the Heads of 
Beligious Houses in England previous to the Norman Conquest, to which ii 
prefixed a Chronological Catalogue of Contemporary Foundations. By Walteh 
DE Grat Birch. Royal 8vo. cloth. 1872. 7s. 6rf. 

II. Li Chantari di Lancellotto ; a Troubadour's Poem of the XIV. Cent. 
Edited from a MS. in the possession of the Royal Society of Literature, by 
Walter de Gray Birch. Royal Svo. cloth. 1874. 7». 

III. Inquisitio Comitatus Cantabrigiensis, nunc primum, e Manuscripto 
unico in Bibliotheca Cottoniensi asservato, typis mandata : subjicitur Inquisitio 
Eliensis: cura N. E. S. A. Hamilton. Royal 4to. With map and 3 facsimiles. 
1876. .£2 2s. 

IV. A CoMMONPLAcE-BooK OF JoHN MiLTON. Reproduced by the autotype 
process from the original MS. in the possession of Sir Fred. U. Graham, Bart., 
of Netherby Hall. With an Introduction by A. J. Horwood. Sq. folio. 
Only one hundred copies printed. 1876. £2 29. 

V. Chronicon Ad^ de Usk, a.d. 1377-1404. Edited, with a Translation and 
Notes, by Ed. Maunde Thompson. Royal 8vo, 1876. 10s. 6d. 

Syro-Egfyptian Society. — Original Papers read before the Syro- 
Egyptian Society of London. Volume I. Part 1 . Svo. sewed, 2 plates and a 
map, pp. 144. 3s. 6d. 

Temple. — The Legends op the Panjab. By Captain R. C. Tempiz, 
Bengal Staff Corps, F.G.S., etc. Crown 8vo. Vol. I. (Nos. 1 to 12), cloth. 
jEL 10s. Vol. II. (No. 13 to 24), cloth, £1 10s. Vol. III. in course of pub- 
lication. Subscription in Nos. 24s, 

Triibner's American, European and Oriental Literary Record. — 

A Register of the most important works published in North and South 
America, in India, China, Europe, and the British Colonies ; with occasional 
Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, etc., books. 4to. In Monthly 
Numbers. Subscription 5s. per annum, or 6d. per number. A complete set, 
Nos. I to 142. London, 1865 to 1879. £12 12s. 

Yorkshire Notes and Queries. — "With the Yorkshire Genealogist, 
Yorkshire Bibliographer, and Yorkshire Folk-lore Journal. Edited by J. 
HoRSFALL Turner, Idel, Bradford. Eighty pages, with Illustrations. Distinct 
pagination of each subject. Published Quarterly, demy 8vo. Price Is. Sd. each 
or Ss. per annum, if paid in advance. 



26 Linguistic Publications of Truhner S; Co., 

Archasology, Ethnography, Geography, History, Law, 
Literature, Numismatics, and Travels. 

Abel. — Slatic aitd Latht. Ilchester Lectures on Comparative Lexico- 
graphy. Delivered at the Taylor Institution, Oxford. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. 
Post 8vo. pp. viii.-124, cloth. 1883. 5s. 

Abel. — Linguistic Essays. See Trtibner's Oriental Series, p. 5. 

Albernni's India. See " Sachau," page 38. 

Ali.— The Peoposed Political, Legal AifD Social Eefoems ur the 
Ottoman Empire and other Mohammedan States. By MoniAyi CherXoh Ali, 
H.H. the Nizam's Civil Service. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. liy.-184. 1883. 8s. 

Arnold. — Indian Idylls. Fromthe Sanskrit of the Mah^bharata. By Sir 
Edwin Arnold, M.A.,K. CLE., &c. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. xii.-282. 1883. 7s.6d. 

Arnold. — Indian Poetet. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4. 

Arnold. — Pearls of the Faith. See page 41. 

Arnold. — India Eetished. By Sir Edwin Aenold, M.A., K.C.I.E., 
etc., Author of the " Light of Asia," etc. With Thirty-two Full-page Illus- 
trations irom Photographs selected by the Author. Crown 8vo. pp. 324, cloth. 
1886. 7s. 6rf. 

Arnold. — The Song Celestial. See page 96. 

Arnold. — The Seceet of Death. See page 96. 

Arnold. — Lotus and Jewel. Containing " In an Indian Templej," 
"A Casket of Gems," "A Queen's Revenge." With other Poems. By Sir E. 
AttNOLD, M.A., E.C.I.E., etc. Crown 8vo. pp. vi. and 264. 1887. 7s. 6;^. 

Baddeley. — Lotus Leaves. By St. Claie Baddelet. Foap. folio, 

pp. xii. and 118, half-vellum. 1887. Ss. 61;. 
Baden-Powell. — A Manual op Jueispeudence eoe Foeest Opftcees. 

By B. H. Baden-Pqwbll, B.C.S. 8yo. half-bound, pp. xxii-554. 1882. 12», 
Baden-Powell. — A Manual of the Land Ketenue Systems and Land. 

Tenures of British India. By B. H. Baden-Powell, B.C.S. Crown 8vo- 

half-bound, pp. xii.-788. 1882. 12s. 
Badley. — Indiajj Missionaey Eeooed and Memoeial Volume. By 

the Eev. B. H. Badley, of the American Methodist Mission. New Edition. 

8to. cloth. [In Preparation.'] 

Balfour.: — "Waifs and Strays feom the Fae East. See p. 59. 
Balfour. — The Divine Classic of Nan-Hua. See page 59. 
Balfour. — Taoist Texts. See page 41. 
Ballantyue. — Sankhta Aphoeisms of Kapila. See p. 6. 
Beal. — See pages 6, 41 and 42. 

Bellew. — Feom the Indus to the Tigeis: Journey through Balochistan> 
Afghanistan, Khorassan, and Iran, in 1872 ; with a Synoptical Grammar 
and Vocabulary of the Brahoe Language, and a Record of Meteorological 
Observations and Altitudes on the IMarch. By H. W. Bellew, C.S.I. (Surgeon 
B.S.C. Demy 8vo. pp. yiii.-496, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. 

Bellew. — Kashmie and Kashgae. A Narrative of the Journey of the 
Embassy to Kashgar in 1873-74. By H. W. Bellew, C.S.I. Demy 870. cloth, 
pp. zxxii. and 420. 1875. 10s. Qd. 



57 and, 69, Ludgate Hill, London, E,C, 27 

Belle w — The Eaces cm Aeghanistait. Being, a Brief Account of 
the Principal Nations inliabiting that Gountry. By Surgeon-Major H. W. 
Bbllew, C.S.I., late on Special Political Duty at Kabul. Crown 8vo. pp. 124, 
cloth. 1880. 7*. 6A 

Beveridge. — The Disteict or Bakaksanj ; its History and Statistics. 
By H. Beveridoe, B.C.S. 8to. cloth, pp. xx. and 460. 1870. 21*. 

Bhandarkar. — Easlt Hisiout oe the DEmEAN-, Down to the Ma- 
homedan Conquest. By E. G. Bhandaukar, M.A., Prof, of Oriental 
Languagea, Dekkau CoUegfi. Svo. pp. vi.-122, wrappers. 1885. fi«. 

Bibliatheea Orientalis : or, a Complete List of Books published 

in France, Germany, England, and the Colonies, on the History, Religions, 
Literature, etc., of the East. Edited hy C. Friederici. Part I., 1876, 
sewed, pp. 86, 2s. 6<i. Part II., 1877, pp. 100, 3«. U. Part III., 1878, 
8s. %d. Part IV., 1879, 3s. U. Part V., 1880. Ss. 

Biddulph. — Tkibes of the Hindoo Koosh. By Major J. Bidbdlph, 
B.S.C., Political Officer at Gilgit. 8to. pp. 340, cloth. 1880. 13s. 

Blades. — An Account op the Geeman Morality Pi, ax, Entiiieb 
Depositio CoRHTJiri Ttpogkai'hioi, as Performed in the 17th and 18th 
Centuries. With a Khythmical Translation of the German Version of 1648. 
By W. Blades, Typographer. To which is added a Literal Eeprint of the 
Fnique Original Version, written in Plaet Deutsqh, by Paul de Wise, and 
printed in 1621. Small 4to. pp. xii.-144, with facsimile Illustrations, in an 
appropriate binding. 1885. 7s. 6d 

Bleek. — Eetnaeb the Fox in South Afeica ; or, Hottentot Fables 
and Tales. See page 51. 

Blochmann. — School Geography of India and Beitise Buemah. By 

H. Blochmann, M.A. 12mo. wrapper, pp. vi. and 100. 2s. (id, 
Bombay Code, The. — The TJnrepealed Bombay Regulations, Acts of the 
Supreme Council, relating to Bombay, and Acts of the Governor of Bombay in 
Council. With Chronological Table. Royal 8vo.pp.xxiv.-774,cloth. 1880. £1 Is. 

Bombay Presidency. — Gazettbee of the. Demy 8vo. half-bound. 
Vol. II., 14s. Vols. IIL-VII., 8s. each; Vol. VIII., 9s.; X., XL, XII., 
XIV., XVI., 8s. each ; Vols. XXL, XXIL, XXIII., 9s. each. 

Bretschneider. — Notes on Chinese Medi^tal Teatellees to the 

West. By E. Bretsohneider, M.D. Demy 8vo. sd., pp. 130. 5s. 

Bretsohneider. — On the Knowledge Possessed by the Ancien* 

Chinese of the Arabs and Arabian Colonies, and other Western Coun- 
tries mentioned in Chinese Books. By E, Bketschn eider, M. D. , Physician 
to the Russian Legation at Peking. 8vo. pp. 28, sewed. 1871. Is. 

Bretsohneider. — I^otices of the Medieval Gbo&eaphy and Histoey 
OF Central and Western Asia. Drawn from Chinese and M ongol Writings, 
and Compared with the Observations of Western Authors in the Middle Ages. 
By E. Bretsohneider, M.D. Svo. sewed, pp. 233, with two Maps. 1876. 12s. 6<?. 

Bretsohneider. — AEcnaioLooicAL and Histosical Rbseaeches on 
Peking and its Environs. By E. Bretsohneider, M.D., Physician to the 
Eussian Legation at Peking. Imp. 8vo. sewed, pp. 64, with 4 Maps. 1876. 6s. 

Bretsohneider. — ^Botanicon Sinicum. Notes on Chinese Botany, from 

Native and Western Sources. By E. Bretsohneider, M.D. Crown 8vo. pp. 

228, wrapper. 1882. 10s. 6<f. 
Bretsohneider. — Inteecouese of the Chinese with Western 

Cduntries in the Middle Ages, and on Kindred Subjects. By E. 

Bretschneideb, M.D. (In the Fress.J 



28 Linguistic Publications of Truhner 8[ Co., 

Brown. — The Icelandic Discoteeees ob Ambeica; oe, Honoxte to 
Whom Honour is Due. By Mabie A. Brown. Crown 8vo. pp. viii. and 
214, cloth. With Eight Plates. 1887. 7s. 6d. 

Budgie. — Assteiait Texts. See p. 56. 

Budge. — HisTOET of EsAEEADroN. See Trubner's Oriental Series, p. 4. 

Bijhler. — Eleven Land-Geants or the Chattltjktas op AnhilvIi). 

A Contribution to the History of Gujarat. By G. Buhler. 16mo. sewed, 
pp. 126, with Facsimile. 3». 6d. 

Burgess. — Aech^ological Sttrtbt op "WESiEEif India. By James 
Burgess, LL.D., etc., etc. Royal 4to. half bound. Vol. 1. Report of the 
First Season's Operations in the Belg^m and Kaladgi Districts. 1874. With 
56 photographs and lith. plates, pp. viii. and 45. 1875. JS2 2«.^ Vol. 2. 
Report of the Second Season's Operations. The Antiquities of El^thiawad and 
Kacbh. 1874-5. With Map, Inscriptions, Photographs, etc., pp. i. and 242. 
1876. £3 3». Vol. 3. Report of the Third Season's Operations. 1875-76. 
The Antiquities in the Bidar and Aurangabad District, pp. viii. and 138. 
With 66 photographic and lithographic plates. 1878. £2 2». Vols. 4. 
and S. Reports on the Buddhist Cave Temples, the Elura Cave Temples, the 
Brahmanical and Jaina Caves in Western India: containing Views, Plans, 
Sections, and Elevations of Fa9ades of Cave Temples ; Drawings of Architectural 
and Mythological Sculptures ; Facsimiles of Inscriptions, etc. ; Translation of 
Inscriptions, etc., pp. X.-140 and viii. -90, half morocco, gilt tops with 165 
Plates and Woodcuts. 1883. £6 6». 

Burgess. — Aechjeological Suevet op Sotttheen India. Vol. I. The 
Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayyapeta in the Krishna District, 
Madras Presidency, Surveyed in 1882. By James Burgess, LL.D., C.I.E., 
etc.. Director- General of the Survey. With Translations of the Asoka Inscrip- 
tions at Jaugada and Dhauli by George Bijhler, LL.D., CLE., etc.. Prof, 
of Sanskrit in the University of Vienna." Containing Sixty-nine Collotype and 
other Plates of Buddhist Sculpture and Architecture, etc., in South-Eastem 
India ; Facsimiles of Inscriptions, etc. ; and Thirty-two Woodcuts. Super- 
royal 4to. pp. X. and 131, half-morocco. 1887. £4 4s. 

Burgess. — The Eock Temples op Eltiea oe Veehl. A Handbook for 
Visitors. By J. Burgess. 8vo. 3s. 6d., or with Twelve Photographs, 9s. &d. 

Burgess. — The Eock Temples op Elephanta Described and Illuslxated 
with Plans and Drawings. By J. Burgess. 8vo. cloth, pp. 80, with drawings, 
price 6s. ; or with Thirteen Photographs, price £1. 

Burue. — Sheopshiee Folk-Loee. A Sheaf of Gleanings. Edited by 
C. S. BuRNE, from the Collections of G. F. Jackson. With Map of Cheshire. 
Demy 8vo. pp. xvi.-664, cloth. 1886. 25s. 

Bumell. — Elements op South Indian Palsogeapht. From the 
Fourth to the Seventeenth Century a.d. By A. C. Burnell. Second Enlarged 
Edition, 35 Plates and Map. 4to. pp. xiv. and 148. 1878. £2 12s. 6d. 

3ynie. — Geneeal Peinciples op the Steucttjee op Langttage. By 
James Byrne, M.A., Dean of Clonfert ; Ex-Fellow of Trinity College, 
Dublin. 2 vols, demy 8vo. pp. xxx. and 504, xviii. and 396, cloth. 1885. 36». 

Br3me. — Oeigin op the Geeek, Latin and Gothic Eoots. By James 
Byrne, M.A., Dean of Clonfert, etc. DemySvo. pp. viii. and360, cl. 1888. 18s. 

Carletti. — Histoet op the CoNauEsT op Tunis. Translated by J, T. 

Carletti. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 40. 1883. 2s. &d. 

Cesnola. — The Histoet, Teeasuees, and Antiquities op Salamis, 
IN THE Island op Cyprus. By A. P. Di Cesnola, F.S.A. With an 
Introduction by S. Birch, D.C.L. With over 700 Illustrations and Map of 
Ancient Cyprus. Royal 8vo. pp. xlTiii.-^25, cloth, 1882. £1 lis. 6d. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. 29 

Chamberlain. — Japanese Poetkt. See page 4. 

Cliattopadhyaya. — The Yateas; or the Popular Dramas of Bengal. 
Post 8vo; pp. 50, wrapper. 1882. 2s. 

Clarke. — The English Stations in the Hill Eegions of India : their 
Value and Importance, with some Statistics of their Produce and Trade, By 
Hyde Clarke, V.P.S.S. Post Svo. paper, pp. 48. 1881. la. 

Colebrooke. — The Life and Miscbllaneoits Essays of Henet Thomas 

CoLEBKOOKE. In 3 vols. Demy 8to. cloth. 1873. Vol.1. The Biography by 
his Son, Sir T. B. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. "With Portrait and Map. pp. xii. 
and 492. 14s. Vols. II. and III. The Essays. A New Edition, with Notes 
by E. B. CowELL, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. 
pp. xvi.-644, and X.-520. 28s. 

Conway. — Veenee's Law in Italt. An Essay in the History of 
the Indo-European Sibilants. By II. S. Conway, Gonville and Caius College, 
Cambridge; Classical Scholar in the University of Cambridge; Exhibitioner in 
Latin in the University of London. With a Dialect Map of Italy by 
E. Heawood, B.A., F.R.G.S. Demy Svo. pp. vi. and 120, cloth. 1887. fis. 

Crawford. — Eecollections of Teavels in I^ew Zealand and Afstealia. 
By J. C. Cbaweokd, P.6.S., Resident Magistrate, Wellington, etc., etc. "With 
Maps and Illustrations, Svo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 468. 1880. 18s. 

Cunningham. — Coepus Insceiptionum Indicaettm:. Yol. I. Inscrip- 
tions of Asoka. Prepared by Alexander Cuhningham, C.S.I., efo. 4to, 
cloth, pp. xiv. 142 and vi., with 31 plates. 1879. 42s. 

Cunningham. — The Stupa of Bhaehiit. A Buddhist Monument, 

ornamented with numerous Sculptures illustrative of Buddhist Legend and 
History in the third century B.C. By Alexander CnNNrsGHAM, C.S.I., C.I.E., 
Director-General Archieological Survey of India, etc. Eoyal 4to. cloth, gilt, 
pp. viii. and 144, with b\ Photographs and Lithographic Plates. 1879. £3 3s. 

Cunningham. — The Ancient Geogeaphy of India. I. The Buddhist 

Period, including the Campaigns of Alexander, and the Travels of Hwen-Thsang. 
By Alexander CnNNiNGHAM, Major-General, Boyal Engineers (Bengal Re- 
tired). With thirteen Maps. Svo. pp. xx. 590, cloth. 1870. 28s. 

Cunningham. — Akch^ological Stjetbt of India. ' Reports, made 

during the years 1862-1882. By A. Cunningham, C.S.I., Major-General, 
etc. With Maps and Plates. Vols. 1 to 18. Svo. cloth. 10s. and 12s. each. 

Cust. — PicTUEBS OF Indian Life. Sketched with the Pen from 1852 
to 1881. By R. N. Cost, late of H.M. Indian Civil Service, and Hon, Sec. 
to the Royal Asiatic Society. Crown Svo. cloth, pp. x. and 346. 1881. 7s. 6d. 

Cust. — Indian Languages. See " Triihner's Oriental Series," page 3. 

Cust. — Afeican Languages. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," page 6. 

Cust. — Linguistic and Oeientai Essays. See " Triibner's Oriental 
Series," page 4. 

Cust. — Language : as Illusteated by ^ible Teanslation. By E. N. 
Cust, LL.D. Demy Svo. pp. 86, wrapper. 1886. Is. 

Sahl. — National Songs, Ballads and Sketches by the most Celebrated 
Scandinavian Authors. Translated by J. A. Dahl, Professor- of the English 
Language. Square crown Svo. pp. 128, cloth. 1887. 2«. 6A 

Dalton. — Desceiptite Ethnology of Bengal. By Col. E. T. Dalton, 
C.S.I. , B.S.C., etc. Illustrated by Lithograph Portraits copied from Photo- 
graphs. 38 Lithograph Plates. 4to. half- calf, pp. 340. £6 6s. 



30 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co., 

Da Conlia. — Notes on the Histoex and ANTiatriiiEs op Chaui. and 

Bassein. By J. Geeson da Cunha, M.R.C.S. and L.M. F.ng., etc. 8to. 
cloth, pp. xvi. and 262. With 1 7 photographs, 9 plates and a map. £1 5s. 

Da Cnnlia. — CoNTBiBTJTroNs to the Study op iNDO-PoEnjGxrESE Numis- 
matics. By J. G. Da Cukha, M.E.C.S., etc. Crown 8yo. stitched in wrapper. 
Fasc. I. to IV., each 2s. 6rf. 

Das. — The Indian Etot, Land Tax, Pehmanent Sbiiiement;, and the 
Famine. Chiefly compiled by Abhay Chakan Das. Post 8vo. cloth, jjp. 
iT.-662. 1881. 12«. 

Davids. — Coins, etc., op Cetxon. See " Niiniisinata Orientala," Yol. 

I. Part VI. 
Dennys. — China and Japan. A Guide to the Open Ports, together 

with Pekin, Yeddo, Hong Kong, and Macao>; a Guide Book and Vade Meciun 
or Travellers, etc. By W. F. Mayers, H.M.'b. Consular Service; N. B. 
Dennys, late H.M.'s Consular Service ; and C. Kino, Lieut. R.M.A. Edited 
by N. B. Dennts. 8vo. pp. 600, 56 Maps and Flans, cloth. £2 2s. 

Dowson. — DicTioNAET of Hindu Mythology, etc. See " Triibner's 
Oriental Series," page 3. 

Edmundson. — Milton and Vondel. A Curiosity of Literature. By 
G. Edmundson, M.A. Crown 8yo. pp. vi.-224, cloth. 1885. 6s. 

Egerton. — An Illitsteated Handbook op Indian Aems ; being a 
Classified and Descriptive Catalogue of the Arms exhibited at the India 
Museum ; with an Introductory Sketch of the Military History of India. By 
the Hon. W. Egerton, M.A.,M.P. 4to. sewed, pp. viii. and 162. 1880. 2s. 6d. 

Elliot. — Memoirs on the Histoet, Poikxoee, and Disieibution op 
THE Races of the North Western Provinces or India. By the late Sir 
H. M. EttioT, K.C.B. Edited, etc., by John BEa.HES, B.C.S., etc. In 
2 vols, demy 8vo., pp. xx., 370, and 396, cloth. With two Plates, and four 
coloured Maps. 1869. 36s. 

Elliot. — Coins of Soittheen India. See "Numismata Orientalia." 

Vol. III. Part II. page 36. 
Elliot. — The Histoet of India, as told by its own Historians. The 

Muhammadan Period. Edited from the Posthumous Papers of the late Sir 

H. M. Elliot, K.C.B., by Prof. J. DowsoN. 8 vols. 8vo. cloth. ■ 1867-1877. 

Sets, £8 8s. ; or separately, Vol. I. pp xxxii. and S42. £2 2s. — Vol. II. pp. x. 

and 580. 18s.— Vol. III. pp. xii. and 627. 24«. — Vol. IV. pp. x. and 563. 21*. 

—Vol. V. pp. xii. and 576. 21s. —Vol. VI. pp. viii. and 574. 21s.— Vol. VII. 

pp. viii. and 574. 21s.— Vol. VIII. pp. xxxii., 4!44, and Ixviii. 24s. 

Farley. — ^Egtpt, Ctpetts, and Asiatic Titekbt. By J. L. Faelet, 

Author of "The Resources of Turkey,'' etc. Demy 8vo. cl., pp. xvi.-270. 1878. 
10s. 6d. 

Featherman. — The Sociai Histoet of the Races of Mankind. By 
A. Featherman. Demy 8vo. cloth. The Aramaeans, pp. xvii. and 664. 1881. 
£1 Is. The Nigritiana. pp. 826. 1885. 31s. 6d. Papuo and Malayo- 
Melanesians. pp. 526. 1885. 25s. Gceano-Melanesians. pp. 452. 1887. 
25s. 

Ferguson. — Sttmmaet of Infoemation Regaeding Cetlon : Its Natural 
Features, Climate, Population, Religion, Industries, Agriculture, Government, 
LawSf Objects of Interest, etc., in 1887, the Queen's " Jubilee Tear." Conr- 
piled by A. M. and J. Ferguson, Editors oif the Ceylon Observer, Tropical 
Agriculturist, etc., etc.. Post 8vo. iv.-26. wrapper. 1887. 2s. 



,57 and 59, Jjudgate Hill, London, E.G. 31 

TeEgusSoa aad Buigess. — The Cave Temples of India. By James 
Fbkgusson, D.C.L., F.E.S., and Jambs BuROEsa, P.R.G.S. Imp. 8vo. half 
bound, pp. zx. and 536, with 98 Plates. £% 2s. 

Pergusson. — Akch^ologt nsr India. "With especial reference to, the 
Works of Babu Eajendralala Mitra. By J. Fergusson, O.I.E. 8vo. pp. 116, 
■with Illustrations, sewed. 1884. 5s. 

Forchliammer. — An Essay on the SotracEs and Dettsiopmeni op 
Bdrmese Law. From the Era of the First Introduction of the Indian law to 
the Time of the British Occupation of Pegu. By Dr. E. Fokchhammer, Ph.D., 
Professor of Pali at the Government High School, Bangoon. Imperial 8vo. pp. 
vi.-llO, eloth. 1885. 10s. 6(?. 

Fornander.^— An Accotjnx of the Polynesian Race : Its Origin and 

Migration, and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of 
Kamehameha I. By A. Fornander, Circuit .ludge of the Island of Maui, 
H.I. Post 8vo. cloth. Vol. I., pp. xvi.. and 218. 1877. 7s. 6d. Vol. II., 
pp. viii. and 400. 1880. 10s. 6<i. Vol. III., pp. xii.-292. 1885. ^s. 

Forsyth,^— Eepoet of a Mission to Taekund in 1873, under Command 

of Sir T. D. Forsyth, K.C.S.I., C.B., Bengal Civil Service, with Historical 
and Geographical Information regarding the Possessions of the Ameer of 
Yarkund. With 45 Photographs, 4 Lithographic Plates, and a large Folding 
Map of Eastern Turkestan. 4to. cloth, pp. iv. and 573. £& Ss. 

Gardner. — Paeihian Coinage. See " Nuinismata Orientalia." Vol. I. 
PartV. 

Garrett. — A Classical Dictionary of India, illustrative of the My- 
thology, Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs, etc., of 
the Hindus. By John Garrett. 8vo. pp. x. and 798. cloth. 28s. 

Garrett. — Supplement to the above Classical Dictionaey of India. 

By J; &ARRETT, Dir. of Public Instruction, Mysore. 8vo. cloth, pp. 160. 7s. (sd, 

Garrett.^MoiaNiNG Hottrs in India. Practical Hints on Household 
Management, the Care and Training of Children, etc. By Elizabeth Garrett. 
, Crown 8vo. pp. X.-124, cloth. 1887. 3s. M. 

Gazetteer of the Central Provinces of India. Edited by Chaeles 
Ghaut, Secretary to the Chief Commissioner of the Central Provinces. Second 
Edition. With a very large folding Map of the Central Provinces of India. 
Demy 8vo. pp. civil, and 582, cloth. 1870. £1 4s. 

Geiger. — Conteibittions to the Histoey of the Development of the 

Human Race. Lectures and Dissertations by L. Geiger. Translated from 
the German by D. Asher, Ph.D. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 156. 1880. 6s. 

Goldstiicker. — On the Deficiencies in the Peesent Administeation 
OF Hindu Law; being a paper read at the Meeting of the East India As- 
sociation on the 8th June, 1870. By Theodor GoLDSTiicKER, Professor of 
Sanskrit in University College, London, &c. Demy 8vo. pp. 56, sewed. Is. 6rf. 

Gover. — The Folk-Songs op Southeen India. By Chaeles E. Govee. 

8vo. pp. xxiii. and 299, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. 

Griersou. — Bihae Peasant Life ; being a Discursive Catalogue of the 

Surroundings of the People of that Province, with many Illustrations from 
Photographs taken by the Author. Prepared under Orders of the Government 
of Bengal. By George A. Grierson, B.C.S. Eoyal 8vo. pp. xxviii.-586, 
half-bound. 15s. 



32 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co., 

Griffin, — The Eajas of the Punjab. History of the Principal States 

in the Punjab, and their Political Relations with the BritiBh Government. By 
Lepel H. Gkifwn, B.C.S. ; Under Sec. to Gov. of the Punjab, Author ,of 
" The Punjab Chiefs," etc. Second edition. Eoyal 8vo., pp. xiv. and 630. 
1873. 21s. 
Griffis. — CoEEA ; Without and "WiTHur. Chapters on Corean History, 
Manners and Religion. "With Hendrick Hamel's Narrative of Captivity and 
Travels in Corea, Annotated. By W. E. Gbifpis. Crown 8vo. pp. 316, with Map 
and Illustrations, cloth. 1885. 6s. 

Griffis. — The Mikado's Empibe. Book I. History of Japan from 
660 B.C. to 1872 A.D. Book II. Personal Experiences, Observations, and 
Studies in Japan, 1870-74. By "W. E. Gkipfis. Illustrated. Second Edition. 
8vo. pp. 626, cloth. 1883. £1. 

Growse. — Mathuea : A District Memoir. By P. S. Geowse, B.C.S., 
CLE. Second Eevised Edition. Illustrated. 4to. boards, pp. xxiv. and 520. 
1880. 42s. 

Hahn. — Tsuni||Qoam. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 5. 

Head. — Codtagb oe Ltdia and Peesia. See "Numismata Orientalia." 
Vol. I. Part III. 

Heatou. — Austealiaw Dictionaet of Dates and Men of the Time. 
Containing the History of Australasia, from 1542 to May, 1879. By I. H. Heaton. 
EoyalSvo. cloth pp. iv.— 554. 1879. 15s. 

Hebrew Literature Society. See page 82. 

Hilmy. — The Liteeatuee op Egypt and the Soudan. From the 
Earliest Times to the Year 1885, inclusive. A Bibliography. Comprising 
Printed Books ; Periodical Writings and Papers of Learned Societies ; Maps and 
Charts; Ancient Papyri; Manuscripts, Drawings, etc. By H.H. Prince 
Ibkahim-Hilmy. Dedicated to H.H. the Khedive Ismail. Vol. I. (A-L), 
demy 4to. pp. viii.-398, cloth. 1886. £1 lis. 6rf. 

Hindoo Mythology Popularly Treated. — An Epitomised Description 
of the various Heathen Deities illustrated on the Silver Swami Tea Service 
presented, as a Memento of his visit to India, to H.E.H. the Prince of Wales, 
K.G., by His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda. Small 4to. pp. 42, limp cloth. 
1876. 3s. Gd. 

Hodgson. — Essays on the Languages, Liteeature, and Eeligion 

OF Nepal and Tibet ; with Papers on their Geography, Ethnology, and 
Commerce. By B. H. Hodgson, late British Minister at NepM. Royal 
8vo. cloth, pp. 288. 1874. 14s. 

Hodgson. — ^Essays on Indian Subjects. See "Triibner's OrientaJ. 

Series," p. 4. 
Hunter. — ^Tee Impeeial G-azetteee of India. By Sir "Wtt.t.taim- 
Wilson Huntek, K.C.S.I., C.I.E., LL.D., late Director-General of Statistics 
to the Government of India. Published by Command of the Secretary of 
State for India. 14 vols. 8vo. half morocco. 1887. £3 3s. 
" A great work has been unostentatiously carried on for the last twelve years in India, the 
importance of whicli it is impossible to exaggerate. This is nothing less than a complete 
statistical survey of the entire British Empire in Hindostan. . . . We have said enough to show 
that the ' Imperial Gazetteer ' is no mere dry collection of statistics ; It is a treasury fi'om which 
the politician and economist may draw countless stores of valuable information, and into which 
the general reader can dip with the certainty of always finding something both to interest and 
instruct him."— ZYmes. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.C. 33 

Hunter. — A Statistical Account of Bengal. By SirW. W. Huntee, 
K.C.S.I., LL.D.j etc. Director-Gen. of Statistics to the Government of India. 

'VOL. VOL. 



I. 24 FarganSs and Sandarbans, 
II. Nadiyd and JesBor. 
III. Midnapur, Hiigll and Hourah. 
IV. Bardwiln, BirbhUm and BSnkuri. 
V. Dacca, Bdkarganj, Fai-tdpur and Mai- 

mansinb. 
VI. Cbittagong Hill Tracts, Chittagong, 
Noakb4l!, Tipperah, and Hill Tipperah 
State. 
VII. Meldah, Rangpur and Din&jpur. 
VIII. RSjsli4hf and Bogr4. 
IX. MurshidSbSd and PSbna. 



X. DdrjIUag, Jalpdigurl and Kuch Bebar 
XI. PatnS and S4van. I State. 

XII. GayS and ShibSbid. 

XIII. Tirhut and Cbampdran. 

XIV. Bhdgalpur and Santdl Parganfia. 
XV. Monghyr and Purniah. 

XVI. Haz&rib&gh and Lohdrdagd. 
XVII. Singbham, CbutiS Ndgpurlribntary 

States and M&nbbUm. 
XVIII. Cuttack and Balasor. 
KIX. Purl, andOrissa Tributary States. 
XX. Fisberies, Botany, and General Index 

Published by command of the Government of India. In 20 Vols. 8vo. half- 
morocco. £3. 

Hunter. — A Statistical Account of Assam. By Sir "W. "W. Htjnteb, 

E.C.S.I., LL.D., etc. 2 vols. 8vo. half-morocco, pp. 420 and 490, with Two 
Maps. 1879. 10s. 
Hunter. — Famine Aspects of Bengal Distetcts. A System of Famine 
Warnings. By Sir W. W. Hunter, K:.C.S.I., LL.D., etc. Crown Svo. cloth, 
pp.216. 1874. 1s.6d. 

Hunter. — The Indian Musalmans. By SirW. "W. Huntek, K.C.S.I. 

LL.D., etc. Third Edition. Svo. cloth, pp. 219. 1876. 10s. 6d. 
Hunter. — A bkibf history of the Indian People. By Sir V. W. 

Hunter, K.C.S.I., LL.D., etc. Crown Svo. pp. 222 with map, cloth. 1884. 

38. 6d. 
Hunter. — Indian Empire. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 5. . 

Hunter. — An Account of the British Seiilbmeni of Aden 
in Arabia. Compiled by Captain F. M. Hunter, Assistant Political Resident, 
Aden. Demy Svo. half-morocco, pp. xii.-2-32. 1877. 7*. Sd. 

India. — ^Finance and Revenue Accounts of the_Goveenment of, for 
1882-83. Fcp. Svo. pp. viii.-220, boards. 1884. 2s. Gd. 

Jacobs. — The Jewish Question. 1875-1884. A Bibliographical 
Hand-list. Compiled by Joseph Jacobs, B.A., late Scholar of St. John's 
College, Cambridge. Fcap. Svo. pp. xii.-96, wrapper. 2s. 

Japan. — Map of Nippon (Japan) : Compiled from B'ative Maps, and 
the Notes of recent Travellers. By R. H. Bkunton, F.E.G.S., 18S0. In 
4 sheets, 21s.; roller, varnished, £1 lis. Sd.; Folded, in case, £1 5a. 6d. 

Juvenalis Satirse. — ^With a Literal English. Prose Translation and 
Notes. By J. D. Lewis, M.A. Second, Revised, and considerably 
Enlarged Edition. 2 Vols, post Svo. pp. xii.-230, and 400, cloth. 1882. 12s. 

Eaegi. — The Rig Ybda : the Oldest Literature of the Indians. By 
Adolph Kaeqi, Professor in the University of Ziirich. Svo. pp. viii.-198, 
cloth. 1886. 7s. 6rf. 

Eerrison. — A Common-place Book of the Fifdeenth Century. Con- 
taining a Eeligious Play and Poetry, Legal Forms, and Local Accounts. 
Printed from the Original MS. at Brome Hall, Suffolk. By Lady Carohne 
Kbrrison. Edited, with Notes, by Lucy Toulmin Smith. Demy Svo. with 
Two Facsimiles, pp. viii.-176, parchment. 1886. 7s. 6d. 

Eitts. — A Compendium of the Castes and Tribes Found in India. 
Compiled from the (ISSl) Census Reports for the Various Provinces (excluding 
Barmah) and Native States of the Empire. By E. J. Kitts, B.C.S. Poap. 
folio, pp. xii. 90, boards. 1886. 5s. 

3 



34 Linguistic Publications of Trubner Sf Co. 

Knowles. — A Dictionakt op Kashmiei Pboveebs and Sayings. Ex- 
plained and Illustrated from the Eich and Interesting Folk-lore of the Valley. 
By the Rev. J. Hinton Knowles, F.R.G.S., etc. (C.M.S.), Missionary to the 
Kashmiris. Crown 8to. pp. Tiii.-263, cloth. 1885. 8«. 

Leitner.— SiNiN-I-IsLAM. Being a Sketok of the History and 

Literature of Muhammadanism and their place in Universal History. For the 
use of Maulvis. By G. W. Leitnbr. Part I. The Early History of Arabia 
to the fall of the Abassides. 8vo. sewed. Lahore. 6>. 

Leitner. — History of Indigenous Edxtcation in the Panjab since 
Annexation, and in 1882. By G. W. Leitner, LL.D., late on special duty 
■with the Education Commission appointed by the Government of India. Fcap. 
folio, pp. 588, paper boards. 1883. £5. 

Leland.— FtrsANG ; or, the Discovery of America by Chinese Buddhist 
Priests in the Fifth Century. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 
xix. and 2l2. 1875. Is. 6d. 

Leland. — The Gypsies. See page 69. 

Leonowens. — Life and Teatel in India. Being RecoUeotions of a 

Journey before the Days of Eailroads. By Anna H. Leonowens. 8vo. pp. 326, 
Illustrated, cloth. 1885. 10s. Gd. 

Linde. — Tea in India. A Sketch, Index, and Eegister of the Tea 

Industry in India, with a Map of all the Tea Districts, etc. By.F. Linde, 
Surveyor. Folio, wrapper, pp. xxii.-30, map mounted and in cloth boards. 
1879. 63s. 

Long. — Eastern Proverbs and Emblems. See page 4. 

Lowell. — Choson : the Land of the Moening Calm. A Sketch of 
Korea. By Percival Lowell. Super-royal 8vo. pp. X.-412, cloth. 1886. 24*. 

McCrindle. — The Commerce and Navigation of the Erythraean Sea. 
Being a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythraei, by an Anonymous Writer, 
and of Arrian's Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos, from the Mouth of the 
Indus to the Head of the Persian Gulf. With Introduction, Commentary, 
Notes, and Index. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. iv. and 238. 1879. 7«. 6rf. 

IScCrindle. — Ancient India as Described by Megasihenes and 

Arrian. a Translation of Fragments of the Indika of Megasthen8s collected 
by Dr. Schwanbekk, and of the First Part of the Indika of Arrian. By J. 
W. McCrindle, M.A., Principal of Gov. College, Patna. With Introduction, 
Notes, and Map of Ancient India. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. xii.-224. 1877. 7s. 6d. 

McCrindle. — Ancient India as described by Ktesias, the Knidian, 
a translation of the abridgment of his " Indica," by Photios, and fragments 
of that work preserved in other writers. By J. W. McCrindle, M.A. With 
Introduction, Notes, and Index. 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. — 104. 1882. 6s. 

McCrindle.^ANciENT India as Dbsceibed by Pioiemy. A Transla- 
tion of the Chapters which describe India and Central and ^Eastern Asia in the 
Treatise on Geography written by Klaudios Pxolemaios, the Celebrated 
Astronomer; with Introduction, Commentary, Map, of India according to 
Ptolemy, and a very Copious Index. By J. W. McCrindle, M.A. Demy 
8vo. pp. xii.-373, cloth. 1885. 7«. 6d. 

MacEenzie. — The History of the Eelations of the Government with 
the Hill Tribes of the North-East Frontier of Bengal. By A. MacKenzie, 
B.C.S., Sec. to the Gov. Bengal. Royal. Svo.pp. xviii.-586, cloth, with Map. 
1884. 16S4 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E;0. 35 

Sladden. — Coots of the Jews. See " Ifumismata Orientalia," Vol. II. 

Man. — On THE Aboeiginai, Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. 
By E. H. Man, Assistant Superintendent Andaman and Nicobar Islands, 
P.E.G.S., M.E.A.S., etc. With Eeport of Researches into the Language of 
the South Andaman Islands, by A. J. Ellis, F.R.S., F.S.A. Reprinted from 
"The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland." 
Demy 8vo. pp. xxviii.-298, with Map and Eight Plates, cloth. 1885. 10s. &d. 

Mariette. — Monuments of Upper Egypt. See page 65. 

Uarkham. — The Naekatives of the Mission of George Bosle, 
B.O.S., to the Teshu Lama, and of the Journey of T. Manning to Lhasa. Edited, 
with Notes, Introduction, and lives of Bogle and Manning, by C. R. Mabkham, 
C.B. Second Edition. 8to. Maps and Illus., pp. clxi. 314, cl. 1879. 21s. 

Marsden's Numismata OrientaUa. New International Edition. 
See under Numismata Orientalia. 

Harsden. — Ntjmismata Obientalia Illfsteata. The Plates of the 
Oriental Coins, Ancient and Modern, of the Collection of the late W. Marsden. 
Engraved from Drawings made under his Directions. 4to. 57 Plates, ol. 31«. &d. 

Martin. — The Chinese : theie Education, Phuosopht, and Letters. 
By W. A. P. Martin, D.D., LL.D., President of the Tungwen College, Pekin. 
8vo. pp. 320, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6<f. 

]IIason.r— Burma : Its People and Productions ; or, Notes on the Fauna, 
Flora, and Minerals of Teuaaserim, Pegu and Burma. By the Rev. F. Mason, 
D.D. Vol. I. Geology, Mineralogy, and Zoology. Vol. II. Botany.. Re- 
written by "W. Theobald, late Deputy-Sup. Geological Survey of India. 2 
Tols. Royal 8vo. pp. xxvi. and 560 ; xvi. and 781 and xxxvi. cloth. 1864. £3. 

Matthews. — Ethnologt and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians. 

By Washington Matthews, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. Army. Contents : — 
Ethnography, Philology, Grammar, Dictionary, and English-Hidatsa Voca- 
bulary. 8vo. cloth. £1 lis. 6d. 

Mayers. — China and japan. See Dennts. 

Mayers. — The Chinese Goteenmbnt. A Manual of Chinese Titles, 
categorically arranged and explained, with an Appendix. By W. F. Mayers. 
Second Edition, with Additions by G. M. H. Playpair. Roy. Bvo. cloth, pp. 
lxx.-lo8. 1886. 15s. 

Metcalfe. — The Englishilan and the Scandinatian ; or, a Comparison 
of Anglo-Saxon and Old Norse Literature. By Frederick Metcalfe, M.A., 
Author of " The Oxonian in Iceland, etc. Post 8vo. cloth, pp..512. 1880. 18s. 

Milton and Vondel. — See Edmundson. 

Mitra. — The ANiiaTJniEs of Oeissa. By Rajbndralala Mitea. 

Published under Orders of the Government of India. Folio, cloth. Vol. I. 

pp. 180. With a Map and 36 Plates. 1875. M 6s. Vol. II. pp. vi. and 178. 

1880. £4v4«. 
Mitra. — Buddha Gata; the Hermitage of Sakya Muni. By Rajen- 

DBALALA MiTBA, LL.D., C.I.E. 4to. cloth, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 plates. 

1878. £i. 
Mitra. — The Sanskrit Buddhist Liteeatuee of Nbpai. By Eajendea- 

LALA Mitra, LL.D., C.I.E. 8vo. cloth, pp. xlTiii.-340. 1882. 12s. 6d. 
Moor. — The Hindu Pantheon. By Edwaed Mooe, F.R.S. A new- 
edition, with additional Plates, Condensed and Annotated by the Rev. W. O. 

Simpson. 8vo; cloth', pp. xiii; and 401, with 62 Plates. 1864. £Z. 



36 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co., 

Morris. — A Desceiptive and Histoeical Accomrr or the Godaveet 
District in the Presidency of Madras. By H. Morris, formerlyM.CS. 8vo_ 
cloth, with map, pp. xii. and 390. 1878. 12a. 

Mailer. — Ancient Insckipiions in Ceylon. By Dr. Edward MiiiLEE. 
2 Vols. Text, crown 8to., pp. 220, cloth and plates, oblong folio, cloth. 
1883. 21s. 

Munro. — Majoe-Geneeal Sie T. Mtjnko,^ Bart., K.C.B., Governor of 
Madras. Selections from his Minutes and other Official Writings, Edited, with 
an Introductory Memoir and Notes, by Sir A. J. Areuthnot, K.O.S.I., C.I.E. 
New Edition. Demy Svo. pp. cxliT.-625, with Map, cloth. 1887. £1 la. 

North. — Noeth's PitJTAECH, Foue Chaptees of ; Containing the Lives 
of Caius Marcius, Coriolanus, Julius Ceesar, Marcus Antooius, and Marcus 
Brutus, as Sources to Shakespeare's Tragedies ; Coriolanus, Julius Caesar, and 
Antony and Cleopatra ; and partly to Hamlet and Timon of Athens. Photo- 
lithographed in the size of the Edition of 1595. With Preface, Notes com- 
paring the Text 9f the Editions of 1579, 1595, 1603, and 1612 ; and Reference 
Notes to the Text of the Tragedies of Shakespeare. Edited by Prof. F. A. 
Leo, Ph.D., Member of the Directory of the German Shakespeare Society; and 
Lecturer at the Academy of Modern Philology at Berlin. Folio, pp. 22, 13'0 
of facsimiles, half-morocco. Library Edition (limited to 260 copies), £1 lis. %d. ; 
Amateur Edition (50 copies on a superior large hand-made paper), £3 3». 

Notes, EouGH, op Jotjenets made in the years 1868-1873, in Syria, 
India, Kashmir, Japan, Mongolia, Siberia, United States, Sandwich Islands, 
Australasia, etc. Demy Svo. pp. 624, cloth. 1875. 14«. 

Numismata Orieutalia. — The Intbenationai, Ntmismata Oeientalia. 

Edited by Edward Thomas, F.R.S., etc. Vol. I. Illustrated with 20 Plates 
and a Map. Royal 4to. cloth. 1878. £3 \3>. 6d. 

Also in 6 Parts sold separately, royal 4to., wrappers, viz.: — 

Part I. — Ancient Indian Weights. By E. Thomas, F.R.S., etc. Pp. 84, with 
Plate and Map of the India of Manu. 9s. 6d. II. — Coins of the Urtuki 
Tarkumans. By S. L. Poole. Pp. 44, with 6 Plates. 9s. III. The 
Coinage of Lydia and Persia, from the Earliest Times to the Fall of the 
Dynasty of the Achtemenidte. By B. V. Head, Assistant- Keeper of Coins, 
British Museum. Pp. viii. and 56, with three Autotype Plates. IDs. 6d. 
IV. The Coins of the Tuluni Dynasty. By E. T. Ro&ers. Pp. iv. and 22, 
and 1 Plate. 5s. V. The Parthian Coinage. By P. Gardner, M.A. Pp. 
iv. and 65, with 8 Autotype Plates. 18s. VI. The Ancient Coins and Measures 
of Ceylon. With a Discussion of the Ceylon Date of the Buddha's Death. 
By T. W. Ehts Davids, late Ceylon C. S. Pp. 60, with Plate. 10s. 

Numismata Orientalia. — Vol. II. Coins of the Jews. History of the 
Jewish Coinage in the Old and New Testaments. By F. W. Madden, M.E.A.S., 
Member of the Numismatic Society of London, etc. With 279 woodcuts and a 
plate of alphabets. Royal 4to. sewed, pp. xii. and 330. 1881. £2. 
Or as a separate volume, cloth. £2 2s. 

Numismata Orientalia. — ^Vol III. Parti. The Coins of Aeakan, of 
Pegu, and of Burma. By Lieut. -General Sir Arthur Phayre, C.B., 
K.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Royi 4to., pp. 
viii. and 48, with 5 Autotype Illustrations, sewed. 1882. 8s. %d. Also con- 
tains the Indian Balhara and the Arabian Intercourse with India in the Ninth 
and following centuries. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Vol. III. Part II. 
The Coins of Southern India. By Sir W. Elliot. Royal 4to. pp Tiii -168* 
with Map and 4 Plates. 1886. 25s. ' 



,57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 37 

Hutt. — A Sketch of Samabitan Hisioht, Dogma, and Liieeatxtee. 

An Introduction to *' Fragments of a Samaritan Targum." By J. W. Nctt, 

M.A., &o., &o. Demy 8to. pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 6». 
Olcott. — A. Buddhist Cateoliisin, according to the Canon of the Southern 

Church. By Col. H. S. Olcott, 24mo. pp. 32, wrapper. 1881. 1«. 

Oppert. — Os THE Ancient Commeecb op India : A Lecture. By Dr. 

G. Oppebt. 8vo. paper, 50 pp. 1879. Is. 
Oppert. — Contribdtions xo the History of Sotjtheen India. Part I. 

Inscbiptions. By Dr. G. Oppert. 8vo. paper, pp. -vi. and 74, with a Plate. 

1882. 4s. 

Orientalia Antiqua ; oe Documents and Researches eelating to 

THE HiSTOET OP THE WRITINGS, LANGUAGES, AND ArTS OP THE EaST. 

Edited by Terrien de La Couperie, M.R.A.S., etc., etc. Fcap. 4to. pp. 96, 
with 14 Plates, wrapper. Part I. 5s. 

Oxley. — Egypt : and the Wonders of the Land of the Pharaohs. By 
W. Oxi.ET. Illustrated by a New Version of the Bhagavat-Gita, an Episode 
of the Mahabharat, one of the Epic Poems of Ancient India. Crown 8vo. pp. 
vui -328, cloth. 1884. 7s. U. 

Palmer. — Egyptian Cheonicies, with a harmony of Sacred and 

Egyptian Chronology, and an Appendix on Babylonian and Assyrian Antiquities. 
By William Palmer, M.A., Me Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford. 
2 vols. 8vo. cloth, pp. Ixxiv. and 428, and viii. and 636. 1861. I2s, 

FateU. — CowASJEE Patell's Cheonology, containing corresponding 
Dates of the different Eras used by Christians, Jews, Greeks, Hindis, 
Mohamedans, Parsees, Chinese, Japanese, etc. By Cowasjee Sorabjee 
Patell. 4to. pp. viii. and 184, cloth. 50s. 

Pathya-Vakya, or Niti-Sastra. Moral Maxims from the Writings 
of Oriental Philosophers. Paraphrased, and Translated into English by 
A. D. A. "Wijatasinha. Foolscap 8to. sewed, pp. viii. and 54. 1881. 8s. 

Paton.— A History of the Egyptian Eevoltjtion, from the Period of 
the Mamelukes to the Death of Mohammed Ali ; from Arab and European 
Memoirs, Oral Tradition, and Local Research. By A. A. Paton. Second 
Edition. 2 vols, demy Svo. cloth, pp. xii. and 395, viii. and 446. 1870. 7s. 6rf. 

Phillips. — KoPAi-KuNDALA. A Tale of Bengali Life. Translated 
,from the Bengali of Bunkim Chandra Chatterjee by H. A, D. Philips, 
Bengal C.S. Crown 8vo. pp. 240, cloth. 1885. 6s. 

Pfoundes.^ — Fu So Mimi Bukuro! — A Btjdget of Japanese Notes. 

By Oapt. Ppoundbs, of Yokohama. Svo. sewed, pp. 184. 7s. 6d. 

Phayre. — Coins of Abakan, etc See "Numismata Orientalia," 
Vol. III. Part I. 

Piry. — Le Saint Edit. Litteeaixtee Chinoise. See page 63. 

Playfair. — The Cities and Towns of China. A Geographical Diction- 
ary by G. M. H. Playpair, of Her Majesty's Consular Service in China. Svo. 
cloth, pp. 506. 1879. 25s. 

Poole. — Coins of the UBTUKf TuekumIns. See "Numismata Ori- 
entaUa," Vol. I. Part II. 

Poole. — A Scheme of Mohammadan Dynasties Dtteing the Khalifate. 
By S. L. Poole, B.A. Oxon., M.E. A.8., Author of " Selections from the Koran," 
etc. Svo. sewed, pp. 8, with a plate. 1880. 2s.. 



38 Linguistic Publications of Trubner Sf Co., 

Poole. — Aur Ihdex to Pekiodicai. Litekatuee. By "W. P. Poole, 
LL.D., Librarian of the Chicago Puhlic Library. Third Edition, brought 
down to January, 1882. Royal 8vo. pp. xxTiii. and 1442, cloth. 1883. 
£3 13s. 6d. 

Ralston. — Tibetan Tales. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 5. 
Ram Raz. — Essat on the Akchitectttkb of the Hiisrrirs. By Eam Raz, 

Native Judge and Magistrate of Bangalore. With 48 plates. 4to. pp. xiv. and 
64, sewed. London, 1834. £2 2s. 

Rapson. — The Steugslb between England and Peance eoe Sttpeemact 
IN India. (The " Le Bas " Prize Essay for 1886.) By E. J. Eapson, B.A. 
Crown 8yo. pp. yiii. and 120, cloth. 1887. 4s. 6d. 

Ravenstein. — The Russians on the Amtje ; its Discovery, Conquest, 
and Colonization, with a Description of the Country, its Inhabitants, Produc- 
tions, and Commercial Capabilities, and Personal Accounts of Russian Trarel- 
lers. By E. G. Ratenstein, F.R.G.S. With 4 tinted Lithographs and 3- 
Maps. 8to. cloth, pp. 500. 1861. 16. 

Raverty. — Notes on ArsHAiasTAN' and Paet op Baittchistan, Geo- 
graphical, Ethnographical, and Historical. By Major H. G. Raverty, Bombay 
N. I. (Retired). Fcap. folio, wrapper. Sections I. and 11. pp. 98. 1880. 2s> 
Section III. pp. vi. and 218. 1881. 5s. Section IV. pp. x-136. 1883. 3s. 

Rice. — Mtsoee Inscetptions. Translated for the Government by 
Lewis Rice. 8to. pp. vii. 336, and xxx. With a Frontispiece and Map> 
Bangalore, 1879. £1 10s. 

Rockhill. — Lite of the BrDDHA. See page 6. 

Roe and Fryer. — Teavels in India in the Seventeenth CENTUEr. 

By Sir Thomas Roe and Dr. John Frteb. 8vo. cloth, pp. 474. 1873. 7s. 6(*. 
Rogers. — Coins op the TuLiran Hynastx. See " Nnmismata Ori-. 

entalia," Vol. I. Part. IV. 
Routledge. — English Ritle ajtd Native Opinion in India. From 

Notes taken in the years 1870-74. By James Eoutledge. Post 8to. 

cloth, pp. 344. 1878. 10s. 6d. 

Rowbotham. — A Hisioet op Music. By John Peedeeick Ro^vbotham:,. 

late Scholar of Balliol College, Oxford. 3 vols, demy 8vo. pp. xx. and 342, 
cloth. Vol. I. 1885. Vol. II. 1886. Vol. III. 1887. Each Volume, 18s. 

Roy. — The Lteics op Ind. — By Dejendea Lala Rot, M. A. &c., Author 
of " The Aryan Melodies." Crown 8vo. pp. viii.— 79, cloth. 1887. 2s. 6rf. • 

Sachau. — Axbeeoti's India. An Account of the Religion, Philosophy,. 
Literature, Chronology, Astronomy, Customs, Laws, and Astrology of India, 
about a.d. 1030. Edited in the Arabic Original by Dr. Edward Sachau, Pro- 
fessor in the Royal University of Berlin. With an Index of the Sanskrit 
Words. 4to. pp. xli. and 371, cloth. 1887. £3 3s. 

Sangermano. — A Desceipiion op the Buemese Empiee. Compiled- 

chiefly from Native Documents, by the Rev. Father Sangbkmano, and translated 
from his MS. by W. Tandy, D.D., Member of the Roman Sub-Committee of 
the Oriental Translation Fund. Royal 8to. pp. x.— 228, cloth. 1885. 8s. 

Sastrl — Polkloeb in Southeen India. By Pandit S. M. NAifesA. 
Sastb!, Government Archseological Survey. In Two Parts, crown 8vo.Dn 13ft 
wrapper. 1886. 3s. ^^ 

ScMe&er. — Tibetan Tales. See Trubner's Oriental Series, page 5. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 39 

Schlagintweit. — Glossakt of Geographical Teems from India and 
Tibet, with Native Transcription and Transliteration. By Hermann de 
ScHLAGiNTWEiT. With an Atlas in imperial folio, of Maps, Panoramas, 
and Views. Royal 4to., pp. xxiv. and 293. 1863. £*■ 

Sewell. — Report on the Amaratati Tope, and Excavations on its Site 
in 1877. By R. Sewell, M.C.S. EoyaUto. 4 plates, pp. 70, boards. 1880. 3i. 

Sewell. — ARCHiEOLOQiCAi Sttrvet op SonxHERN India. Lists of the 
Antiquarian Remains in the Presidency of Madras. Compiled under the Orders 
of Government, by R. Sewell, M.C.S. Vol. I. 4to. pp. 400, cloth. 1882. 20s. 

Slierring. — Hindu Tribes and Castes as represented in Benares. By 
the Rev. M. A. Sheering. With Illustrations. 4to. Cloth. Vol. I. pp. xxiv. 
and 408. 1872. Now £6 6«. Vol. II. pp. Ixviii. and 376. 1879. £2 8«. 
Vol. III. pp. xii. and 336. 1881. £1 12s. 

Sherring^ — The Sacred Citt op the Hindits. An Account of 
Benares in Ancient and Modern Times. By the Rev. M. A. Sherbihq, M.A., 
LL.D. ; and Prefaced with an Introduction by Fitzedward Hall, Esq., D.C.L. 
8vo. cloth, pp. xxxvi. and 388, with numerous full-page illustrations. 1868. 21s. 

Sibree. — The Great African Island. Chapters on Madagascar. 
Researches in the Physical Geography, Geology, Natural History and Botany, 
and in the Customs, Language, Superstitions, Folk- Lore and Religious Belief, 
and Practices of the Different Tribes, Illustrations of Scripture and Early 
Church History, from Native Statists and Missionary Experience. By the Rev. 
Jas. Sibree, jun., F.R.G.S., of the London Missionary Society, etc. Demy 
8vo. cloth, with Maps and Illustrations, pp. xii. and 372. 1880. 10s. 6d. 

Steel and Temple. — "Wide-Awake Stories. A Collection of Tales 
told by Little Children between Sunset and Sunrise in the Punjab and Kashmir. 
By P. A. Steel and R. C. Temple. Crown 8vo. pp. xii. — 446, cloth. 
1884. 9s. 

Strangford. — Original Letters aud Papers op the late Viscottnt 
Strangford, upon Philological and Kindred Subjects. Edited by Viscountess 
Strangford. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. xxii. and 284. 1878. 12«. 6d. 

Thomas. — Ancient Indian Weights. See Numismata Orientalia," 

Vol. I. Part I. 

Thomas. — Comments on Recent Pehlvi Decipherments. See page 92 . 

Thomas. — Sassanian Coins. Communicated to the Numismatic Society 
of London. By E. Thomas, F.R.S. Two parts. "With 3 Plates and a Wood- 
cut. 12mo. sewed, pp. 43. 5s. 

Thomas. — The Indian Balhara, and the Arabian Intercourse with 
India in the ninth and following centuries. By Edward Thomas. See 
Numismata Orientalia, Vol. III. Part I. page 30. 

Thomas. — Records of the Gupia Dtnasti. Illustrated by Inscrip- 
tions, Written History, Local Tradition and Coins. To which is added a 
Chapter on the Arabs in Sind. By Edward Thomas, F.B.S.. Folio, with a 
Plate, handsomely bound in cloth, pp. iv. and 64. 1876. Price 14s. 

Thomas. — The Chronicles op the PathAn Kings op Dehli. Illus- 
trated by Coins, Inscriptions, and other Antiquarian Remains. By Edward 
Thomas, F.R.S. With numerous Copperplates and Woodcuts. Demy 8vo. 
cloth, pp. xxiv. and 467 1871. £l 8s. 

Thomas. — The Revenue Resources of the Mughal Empire in India, 

from A.D. 1693 to a.d. 1707. A Supplement to " The Chronicles of the Path&n 
Kings of Delhi." By E. Thomas, F.R.S. 8vo. pp. 60, cloth. 3s. 6d. 



40 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8f Co., 

Thorburn.— BAinnJ ; or, Oar Afghan Frontier. By S. S. THOEBiraif, 
Settlement Officer, Bannii District. 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 480. 1876. 18«. 

Vaughan. — The MiiofEEs aitd Customs of the Chinese of the 
Straits Settlements. By J. D. Taughan, Advocate and Solicitor, Supreme 
Court, Straits Settlements. 8vo. pp. iv.-120, boards. 1879. 7*. 6d. 

Watson. — Index to the Native and Scientific Names of Indiajt aijd 
OTHER Eastern Economic Plants and Products, By J. F. Watson, 
M.A., M.D.,etc. Imperial 8vo., cloth, pp. 6S0. 1868. £1 Us. 6d. 

Wedgwood. — Contested Etymologies in the Dictionary of the _ Eev. 
W. W. Skeat. By Hensleigh Wedgwood. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. Tiii.-194. 
1882. 5». 

West and Buhler. — A Digest or the HrNDu Law of Inheritance, 
Partition, Adoption ; Embodying the Replies of the Sastris in the Coiirts of the 
Bombay Presidency. With Introductions and Notes by the Hon. Justice Ray- 
mond West and J. G. BiiHLER, CLE. Third Edition. 8vo. pp. xc.-1450, 
■wrapper. 1884. 36s. 

Wheeler. — The Histoet of India from the Earliest Ages. By J. 

Talboys Wheeler, Assistant Secretary to the Government of India in the 
Foreign Department, etc. etc. Demy 8vo. cl. 1867-1881. 
Vol.1. The Vedic Period and the MahaBharata. pp.lxxv.and 576. OutofPrint. 
Vol. II., The llamayana and the Brahmanic Period, pp. Izxxviii. and 680, with 
two Maps. 21s. Vol. III. Hindu, Buddhist, Brahmanical Eevival. pp. 484, 
with two maps. ISs. Vol. IV. Part I. Mussulman Eule. pp. xxiii. and 320. 
14s. Vol. IV. Part II. Moghul Empire — ^Aurangzeb. pp. xxviii. and 280. 12s. 

Wheeler. — Early Records of British India. A History of the 
English Settlement in India, as told in the Government Becords, the works of 
old travellers and other contemporary Documents, from the earliest period 
down to the rise of British Power in India. By J. Taleoys Wheeler. 
Eoyal 8vo. cloth, pp. xxxii. and 392. 1878. 15s. 

Williams. — ^Modern India and the Indians. See Triibner's Oriental 
Series, p. 3. 

Wilson. — Panjab Citstomary Law. Vol. IV. General Code of 
Tribal Custom in the Siesa District op the Punjab. Drawn up by J. 
Wilson, Settlement Officer. Imperial Svo. pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1886. 7s. 

Wirgfman. — A Sketch Book of Japan. By C. Wirgman. Contain-, 

ing 39 Humorous Sketches on the Manners and Customs of the Japanese, with 
accompanying Explanations. Boyal Svo. oblong, bound in Japanese gilt cloth, 
1885. 15s. 

Wise. — Commentary on the Hindu System of Medicin^k. By T. A. 
Wise, M.D., Bengal Medical Service. 8vo., pp. xx. and 432, cloth. 7«. 6d. 

Wise. — Retiew of the History of Medicine. By Thomas A. 
Wise, M.D. 2 vols. 8vo. cloth. Vol. I., pp. xcviii. and 397; Vol. II., 
pp. 674. 10s. 

Worsaae. — The Pee-Histoby of the Noeth, based on Contemporary 
Memorials. By the late Chamberlain J. J. A. Worsaae, Dr. Phil., Hon. 
F.S.A., F.S.A. Scot., M.R.I.A., &c., &c. Translated, with a brief Memoir of 
the Author, by H. P. Morland Simpson, M.A. Crown Svo. pp. xxi. and 
206, cloth, with Map and Illustrations. 1886. 6s. 



.57 ami 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 41 

Wright. — The Cem, the Eomaw, and the Saxon ; a History of the 
Eavly Inhabitants of Britain down to the Conversion of the Anglo-Saxons to 
> Christianity. Illustrated by the Ancient Remains brought to light by Recent 
Research. By Thomas 'WrishT; M.A., F.S.A., &o., Ac. Corrected and En- 
larged Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. xiv. and 562, with nearly 300 Engravings, cloth. 
1885. ' 9a. 



THE RELIGIONS OF THE EAST. 

Adi Granth (The) ; oe, The Holt Scuipittees op the Sikhs, trans- 
lated from the original GurmukhT, with Introductory Essays, by Dr. Ernest 
Trumpp, Prof. Oriental Languages, Munich. Roy. 8vo. cl. pp. 866. £2 12». 6d, 

Alabaster. — The "Wheel of the Law : Buddhism illustrated from 

Siamese Sources by the Modern Buddhist, a Life of Buddha, and an account of 
the Phrabat. By Henry Alabaster, Interpreter of H.M. Consulate-General 
in Siam. Demy 8vo. pp. Iviil. and 324, cloth. 1871. 14». 

Amberley. — An Analysis of Eeligiofs Belief. By Viscoitni 

Amberlet. 2 vols. 8vo. cl., pp. xvi. 496 and 512. 1876. 30». 

Apastambiya Sharma Sutram. — Aphorisms op the Sacsed Laws op 

THE Hindus, by Apastamba. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by G. Biihler. 
2 parts. 8vo. cloth, 1868-71. £\ 4s. 6d. 
Arnold. — The Light op Asia ; or, The Great Eenunciation (Maha- 
bhinishkramana). Being the Life and Teaching of Gautama, Prince of India, 
and Founder of Buddhism (as told by an Indian Buddhist). By Sir Edwin 
Arnold, M.A., K.C.I.E., etc. Cheap Edition. Crown 8vo. parchment, pp. 
xvi. and 238. 1887. 3s. &d. Library Edition, post 8vo. cloth. 7s. 6d. 
Illustrated Edition. 4to. pp. ix.-196, cloth. 1884. 21s. 

Arnold. — Lsdiajst Pobtet. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4. 

Arnold. — Peakls of the Faith; or, Islam's Eosary. Being the 
Ninety-nine Beautiful Names of Allah (Asma-el-'Husna), with Comments in 
Verse from various Oriental sources as made by an Indian Mussulman. By 
Sir E. Arnold, M.A., K.C.I.E., etc. Fourth Ed. Cr. 8vo. cl., pp. xvi. -320. 
1887. 7s. 6d. 

Balfour. — Taoist Texts; Ethical, Political, and Speculative. By 
F. H. Balfodr. Imp. 8vo. pp. vi.ll8, cloth. [1884.] lOs.&d. 

Ballantyne.^The Sankhya Aphorisms of Kapila. See p. 6. 

Banerjea.-— The Aeian Witness, or the Testimony of Arian Scriptures 
in corroboration of Biblical History and the Rudiments of Christian Doctrine. 
Including^ Dissertations on the Original Home and Early Adventures of Indo- 
Arians. By the Rev. K. M. Banerjea. 8vo. sewed, pp. xviii. and 236. Sa.Gd. 

Barth. — Eeligions op India. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," 
page 4. 

Beal. — A Catena of Bttddhist Sceipttiees peom the Chinese. By S. 

Bgal, B.A. 8vo. cloth, pp. xiv. and 436. 1871. 15s. 

Beal. — The Eomanxic Legend op SIkhta Buddha. From the 
Chinese-Sanscrit by the Rev. S. Beal. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 400. 1875. 12s. 

Beal. — The Dhammapada. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3. 



42 fiinguistic Publications of Trwhner Sf Co. 

Beal. — Absieaci op Foxm Lecttiees on Bttddhist Liteeatuee in China, 
Delivered at University College, London. By Samuel Bbal. Demy 8vo. 
cloth, pp. 208. 1882. 10«. 6d. 

Beal.— Buddhist Eecords of the "Western "World. See " Trubner's 

Oriental Series," p. 6. 
Bigandet.— Gattdama, the Buddha of the Burmese. See "Trubner's- 

Oriental Series," page i. 
Brockie. — Indian Phtlosopht. Introductory Paper. By "William; 

Bkookie. 8vo. pp. 26, sewed. 1872. 6d. * 
Brown. — The Deetishes; or, Oeiental Spieittjalism. By John P. 

Bhown, Sec. and Dragoman of Legation of U.S.A. Constantinople. With. 

twenty-four Illustrations. 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 415. Us. 
Buruell. — The Oedinances op Manu. See " Trubner's Oriental Series." 

page 6. 
Callaway. — The Keligioits System op the Amazttlu. See page 61. 
Chalmers.— The Oeigin op the Chinese; an Attempt to Trace the 

connection of the Chinese with Western Nations in their Religion, Superstitions- 
Arts, Language, and Traditions. By John Chalmees, A.M. Foolscap 8vo, 
cloth, pp. 78. 5s. 

Chatterji. — The Bhagatad GItI ; oe The Loeb's Lay. — "With Com- 
mentary and Notes, as well as references to the Christian Scriptures. Translated 
from the Sanskrit for the benefit of those in search of Spiritual Light, By 
MoHmi M. Chatterji, M.A. Eoyal 8vo. pp. ix. and 283, cloth. 1887. 10s. 6<?.. 

Clarke. — Ten Geeai Religions : an Essay in Comparative Theology. 
By James Freeman Clakke. 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 528. 1871. 10s. 6d. 

Clarke. — Ten Geeat Religions. Part II. A Comparison of All 
Eeligions. By J. P. Clarke. Demy 8vo., pp. xxviii.-414, cloth. 1883. 10». Gd.. 

Clarke. — Seepent and Sita "Woeship, and Mythology in Central 
America, Africa and Asia. By Htde Clarke, Esq. 8vo. sewed. Is. 

Conway. — The Saceed Anthology. A Book of Ethnical Scriptures. 
Collected and edited by M. D. Conway. 5th edition. Demy 8vo. cloth,, 
pp. xvi. and 480. 1876. 12s. 

Coomara Swamy. — The DathXvansa ; or, the History of the Tooth- 

Eelic of Gotama Buddha. Pali Text, and English Translation, with Notes. 

By Sir M. CoomAra Swamy, Mndeli&r. Demy 8vo. pp. 174, cloth. 1874. lOs.Gd.. 

Translation only, with Notes, pp. 100. 6s. 
Coomara Swamy. — Stttta NipXta; or, the Dialogues and Discourses 

of Gotama Buddha. Translated from the Pali, with Introduction and Notes. 

By Sir M. Coomaka Swamy. Cr. 8vo. cloth, pp. xxxvi. and 160. 1874. 6s. 
Coran. — Exteacis peom the Coean in the Oeiginax, -with English 

Rendering. Compiled by Sir William MuiRj K.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of 

the "Life of Mahomet." Second Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. 72, cloth. 1885. 

2s. 6d. 

Cowell. — The Sakva Daesan'a Samgeaha. See "Trubner's Oriental 
Series," p. 6. 

Cnnningham. — The Bhilsa Topes; or, Buddhist Monuments of Central 

India : comprising a brief Historical Sketch of the Eise, Progress, and Decline 
of Buddhism ; xrith an Account of the Opening and Examination of the various- 
Groups of Topes around Bhilsa. By Brev.-Major A. Cunningham. Illustrated. 
8vo. cloth, 33 Plates, pp. xxxvi. 370. 1854. £2 2s. 



57 and 59 Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 43 

Da Cunha. — Memoib on the Histoey of the Tooth-Eblic op Cbtlon ; 

with an Essay on the Life and System of Gautama Buddha. By J. Gebsow 
DA CuNHA, 8to,. cloth, pp. xiv. and 70 With 4 photographs and cuts. 7s. 6rf. 

Davids.— BujjDHisT Bieth Stoeies. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," 
page 4. 

Davies.— HnTDir Phuosopht. See " Trubner's Oriental Series,'* page 5. 
Dovson. — DicTiONAET OE Hindu Mttholobt, etc. See "Triibn'er'a 
Oriental Series," page 8. 

Dickson. — The PaijMOKSHA, being the Buddhist Office of the Con- 
fession of Priests. The Pali Text, with a Translation, and Notes, by J. P. 
Dickson, M.A, 8vo. sd., pp. 69. 2*. 

Edkins. — Chinese Buddhism. See "Trubner's Oriental Series,"' 
page 4. 

Edkins.— Eeiioion in China. See " Trubner's Oriental Series," p. 6. 

Eitel. — Handbook ros the Stttdeni op Chinese Buddhism. By the- 
Rev. E. jr, Eitel, L. M. S. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 224. 1870. 18«. 

Eitel. — Buddhism: its Historical, Theoretical, and Popular Aspects. 
In Three Lectures. By Rev. E. J. Eitel, M.A. I'h.D. Third Revised 
Edition. Demy Svo. pp. x — 146, limp cloth. 1885. %s. 

Examination (Candid) of Theism.— By Physicus. Post Svo. cloth, pp. 

xviii. and 198. 1878. la. M. 

Faber. — A SxstematicaIi Digest of the Docteines op Conpucius^ 
according to the Analects, Great Learning, and Doctrine of the Mean. 
with an Introduction on the Authorities upon Conpdoiiis and Confucianism. 
By Ernst Faber, Rhenish Missionary. Translated from the German by P. 
G. von Mollendorff. 8vo. sewed, pp. viii. and 131. 1875. 12«. M. 

Faber. — Inteoduction to the SorENOB op Chinese Eeligion. A Critique- 
of Max Miiller and other Authors. By the Rev. E. Faeer, Rhenish Mission- 
ary in Canton. Crown8vo. stitched in wrapper, pp. xii. and 154. 1880. 7«. 6<?. 

Faber. — The Mind op Mencius. See ' ' Triibner's Oriental Series, " p. 5 . 

Giles. — Eecoed op the Buddhist Kingdoms. Translated from the 
Chinese by H. A. Giles, of H.M. Consular Service. Svo. sewed, pp. 
X.-129. bs. 

Gongb.. — The Phiiosopht op the ITpanishads. See "Triibner's 
Oriental Series," p. 5. 

Ollbematis. — Zooiogical Mtthologt; or, the Legends of Animals. 
By Angelo de Gubbrnatis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature 
in the Instituto di Studii Superiori e di Perfezionamento at Florence, etc. In 
2 vols. Svo. pp. xxvi. and 432, vii. and 442. 28s. 

Gulsbau I Raz : The Mystic Eose Gaeden op Sa'd ud din Mahmud 
Shabistari. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and Notes, chiefly 
. from the Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By E. H. Whineield^ 
M.A., late of H.MIB.C.S. 4to. cloth, pp. xvi. 94 and 60. 1880. 10s. M. 

Gulsban I Raz : The Diaxogue op the. Crown Svo. pp. iv.-64, 

cloth, 1887. 3s. 
Hardy. — CnitisTiAifiTT and Buddhism Compaeed. By the late Eev. 

R. Spenoe Hardy, Hon. Member Royal Asiatic Society. 8vo. sd. pp. 138. 6s. 
Hang. — The Paesis. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 3. 



44 Linguistic Publications of, Truhner 8f Co. 

Hang. — The Aitaeeta Beahmaitam: op the Eio Veda : containing the 

Earliest Speculations of the Brahmans on the meaning of the Sacrificial Prayers 
and on the Origin, Performance, and Sense of the Rites of the Vedic Religion. 
Sanskrit Text Edited, Translated, and Explained by Martin Haug, Ph.D. 
Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies in the Poona College, etc. 2 Vols. Crown 
8vo. pp. 312, and 544, cloth. 1863. £2 2s. 

Hawkeu. — Upa-Sastea: Comments, Linguistic and Doctrinal, on 

Sacred and Mythic Literature. By J. D. Hawken. 8vo. cloth, pp.viii. -288. 
Is. 6d. 

JCershon. — Taimxtdic Misceliant. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," 
page i. 

Hodgson. — Essays eelaiing to Inbiait Sttbjects. See " Triitner's 
Oriental Series," p. 4. 

Inman. — Ancient Pagan and Modeen Chbistian Symbolism: Exposed 

AND Explained. By Thomas Inman, M.D. Second Edition. With Illustra- 
tions. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xl. and 148. 1874. 7«. 6d. 

Johnson. — Oetentai, Religions and thei Relation to Universal Reli- 
gion. By Samuel Johnson. I. India. 2 Volumes, post 8vo. pp. 408 and 
402, cloth. 21s. II. Persia. Demy 8vo. pp. iIiT.-784, cloth. 1885. 18s. 

Journal of the Ceylon Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.: — ^For 

Papers on Buddhism contained in it, see page IS. 

Eistner. — Buddha and his Docteines. A Bibliographical Essay. By 
Otto Kistner. Imperial 8vo., pp. iv. and 32, sewed. 2*. 6d. 

Koran. — Arabic text. Lithographed in Oudh. Foolscap 8vo. pp. 

502, sewed. Lucknow, a.h. 1295 (1877). 9s. 
Koran. — See also under " Goran." 

Lane. — The Koean. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 3. 
Legge. — Confucianism in Relation io Cheistianitt. See page 62. 

JjSgge. — The Life and Teachings of Confucius. With Explanatory 
Notes. By James Legge, D.D. Sixth Edition. Crown 8to. cloth, pp. 'vi.' 
and 338. 1887. 10s. 6d. 

Legge. — ;The Life and "Woeks of Mencius. With Essays and Notes. 

By James Legge. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 402. 1875. 12s. 

Legge. — The She-King; or. The Book of Ancient Poetry. Trans- 
lated in English Verse, with Essays and Notes. By James Legge, D.D., 
LL.D., etc., etc. Pp. vi. and 432, cloth. 1876. 12s. 

Legge. — Chinese Classics. See page 62. 

Leigh. — The Religion op the Woeld. By H. Stone Leigh. 12mo. 

pp. xii. 66, cloth. 1869. 2s. 6d. 

U'Clatchie. — Confucian Cosmogony. A Translation (with the 
Chinese Text opposite) of Section 49 (Treatise on Cosmogony) of the " Com- 
plete Works " of the Philosopher Choo-Foo-Tze. With Explanatory Notes by 
the Rev. Th. M*Ci.ATOHiE, M.A. Small 4to. pp. xviii. and 162. 1874. 12s. 6d. 

Mitra.— Buddda Gaya, the Hermitage of Sakya Muni. By Rajen- 
DRALALA Mitra, LL.D., C.I.E. 4to. cloth, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 Plates. 
1878. £3. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E, C. 45 

HTihammed. — The Lite of Muhammed. Eased on Muhammed Iba 

Ishak. By Abd El Maliklbn Hisham. Edited by Dr, Fekdinand Wusten- 
FELD. The Arabic Text. 8vo. pp. 1026, sewed. 21«. Introduction, Notes, 
and Index in German. 8vo. pp. Ixxii. and 266, sewed. . 7«. M. 
The text based on the Manuscripts of the Berlin, Leipsie, Gotha and Leyden- Libraries, haa 
been carefully revised by the learned editor, and printed with the utmost exactness. - , 

Mnir. — Teanslations feom ihe Sanskeit. -See " Triibner's Oriental 
Series," p. 3. 

Knir. — OsisiiirAi Sanskeh Texts. — See page 102. 

Mnir. — Exteacts eeom the Coean. See Goran, page 42. 

Miiller. — The Sacked Htmhs of the Beahmins, as preserved to us 

in the oldest collection of religious poetry, the Rig-Veda -Sanhita, translated and 
explained. By F. Max MiiLLER, M.A., Oxford. Volume I. Hymns to the 
Maruts or the Storm Gods. Svo.pp. clii. and 264. 1869. '12s, 6<?, 

Muller. — The HmNs of the Eig Veda in the Samhita and Pada 
Texts. Reprinted from the Editio Princeps by F. Max Mulleb, M.A. 
Second Edition. With the two texts on parallel pages. 2 vols., 8vo. pp. 
800-828, stitched in wrapper. 1877. £1 12s. 

Miiller. — Lecttjee on Buddhist E'ihuism. By iP. Max MUiiee, 

M.A. Delivered before the Association of German Philologists at Kiel, 28th 
September, 1869. (Translated from the German.) Sewed. 1869. Is. 

Newnian. — Hebeew Theism. By P. "W. Newman. Koyal 8vo. stiff 

wrappers, pp. viii. and 172. 1874. 4s. %d. 

Piry. — Lb Saint Edit, !Etude de Litteeatueb Chinoise. PreparSe 
par A. Thbophilb Pibt, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine. 4to. 
pp. XX. and 320,. cloth. 1879. 21s. 

Friaulx. — Qu^stiones Mosaicje; or, the first part of the Book of 

Genesis compared with the remains of ancient religions. By Osmond de 
Beauvoib Priaulx. 8vo. pp. viii. and 548, cloth. 12s. 

Redhouse. — The Mesnevi. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 4. 

Rig- Veda Sanhita. — A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns. Con- 
stituting the First to the Eighth Ashtaka, or Books of the Rig-veda ; the oldest 
authority for the religious and social institutions of the Hindus. Translated 
from the Original Sanskrit by the late H. H. "Wilson, M.A. 2nd Ed., with 
a Postscript by Dr. F. Hall. 8vo. cloth, Vol. I. pp. lii. and 848. 21s. 
Vol. II. pp. XXX. and 346. 1854. 21s. Vol. III. pp. xxiv. and 525. 1857. 
21s: Vol. IV. Edited by E. B.CowELL, M.A. pp.214. 1866. 14s. 
A few copies of Vols. I J. and III. still left. [ Vols. V. and VI. in the Press. 

Rig-Veda Sanhita. — See MvIllee. 

Rockhill. — Life of the Buddha. See " Trubner's Oriental Series," p. 6, 

Sacred Books (The) of the East. Translated by various Oriental 
Scholars, and Edited by F. Max Muller. All 8vo. cloth. 1879-1888. 

First Series. 

Vol. I. The Upanishads. Translated by F. Max Miiller. Part I. The KhSn- 
d'ogya-Upanishad ; the Tal»vakS.ra-Upanishad ; the Aitareya-Aranyaka'i the 
Kaushitaki-BrahmanarUpanishad and the Vagasansyi-Samhita-Upanishad. 
10s. 6(2. 



46 Linguistic Publications of Tr&bner ^ Co. 

Vol. II. The Sacred Laws of the Aryas, as taught in the Schools of Apastamba, 

Gautama, Yasishtha, and Bauilhajana. Translated by Georg Biihler. Fart T. 

Apastamba and Grautama. 10s. Bd. 
Vol. III. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of Confucianism. Translated 

by James Legge. Part I. The Shii King. The Religious Portions of the Shih 

King. The HsiSo King. lis. 6d. 
Vol. IV. The Zend-Avesta. Part I. The Vendidad. Translated by James 

Darmesteter. 10«. 6d. 
Vol. V. Pahlavi Texts. Part I. The Bundahis, Bahman Yast, and Shayast-la 

Shayast. Translated by E. "W. "West. 12«. 6d. 
Vol. VI. The Qm-'an. Part I. Translated by E. H. Palmer. 10s. %d. 
Vol. VII. The Institutes of Vishnu. Translated by Julius Jolly. Ws. 6d. 
Vol. VIII. The Bhagavadgita with other extracts from the MahSbharata. 

Translated by Kashinath Trunbak Telang. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. IX. The Qur' an. Part II. Translated by E. H. Palmer. 10s. 6rf. 
Vol. X. The Suttanipata, etc. Translated by V. FansboU. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XI. The Mahaparinibb§.na Sutta ; the Tevigga Sutta ; the Mahasudassana 

Sutta; the Dhamma-Kakkappavattana Sutta. Translated by T. W. Bhys 

Davids. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XII. The Satapatha-Brahmana. Translated by Prof. Eggeling. VoLJ. 

12s. 6d. 
Vol. XIII. The Patimolkha. Translated by T. W. Ebys Davids. The Maha- 

vagga. Part I. Translated by Dr. H. Oldenberg. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XIV. The Sacred Laws of the Aryas, as taught in the Schools of VSsishtha 

and Baudhayana. Translated by Prof. Georg Biihler. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XV. The Upanishads. Part II. Translated by F. Max Miiller. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XVI. The T{ King. Translated by James Legge. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XVII. The Mahavagga. Part II. Translated. by T. "W. Bhys Davids, and 

Dr. H. Oldenberg. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XVIII. The Dadistan-t Dlnik and Mainy6-i Khard. Pahlavi Texts. Part 

II. Translatedby E. "W. "West. 12s. 6d. 
Vol. XIX. The Fo-sho-hing-tsan-king. Translated by Samuel Beal. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XX. The Tayu-Puraiia. Translated by Prof. Bhandarkar, of Elphinstone 

College, Bombay. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. XXI. The Saddharma-pundarlka. Translated by Prof. Kern. 12s. Gd. 
Vol. XXII. The AkarSnga-Siitra. Translated by Prof. Jacobi. IDs. 6d. 
Vol. XXIII. The Zend-Avesta. Part II. The Sirfizahs, Yasts, and Nyayis. 

Translated l)y J. Darmesteter. IDs. 6d. 
Vol.. XXIV. Pahlavi Texts. Part III. Dina-I Main6g-i Khirad, Sikaud- 

gumanik, and Sad Dar. Translated by £. W. West. 10s. 6d. 

Second Series, 

Vol. XXV. Manu. Translated by G. Buhler. 21s. 

Vol. XXVI. The jSatapatha-Brahma«a. Part II. Translated by J. Eggeling. 
12s. 6d. 

Vols. XXVII. and XXVIII. The Sacred Books of China. The Texts of Con- 
fucianism. Translated by J. Legge. Parts III. and IV. The lAki, or Col- 
lection of Treatises on the Rule of Propriety, or Ceremonial Usages. 12s, Sd. each. 

Vols. XXIX. and XXX. The G»ihya-siitras. Eules of Vedic Domestic Cere- 
. monies. Translated by Hermann Oldenberg. Part I. (Vol, XXIX.) 12s 6d 
Part II. (Vol. XXX.) [In the Press.} ' 



. 57 and 6Q,XM^gate Hill, London, S.O. 47 

Vol. XXXI. The .Zend-Avesta. Part III. The Yasna, Visparad, Afrlnagan, 
G^hs, and Miscellaneous Fragments. Translated by L. H. Mills. 12s. 61?. 

In the Preaa, 
Vol. XXXII. Vedio Hymns. Translated by F. Max Miiller. 
Vol. XXXIII. Nl,rada, and some Minor Law-books. Translated by Julius Jolly. 
Vol. XXXIV. The Vedauta-Sfitras, with .Sankara's Commentary. Translated 
by G. Thibaut. 

The Second Series will consist 0/ Twenty-four Velumes in all. 

Schlagintweit. — Buddhism in Tibet. Illustrated by Literary Docu- 
ments and Objects of Religious Worship. With an Account of the Buddhist 
Systems preceding it in India, By Emil ScHLAGiNTtrEiT, LL.D. With a 
.Folio Atlas of 20 Plates, and 20 Tables of, Native Prints in the Text. Royal 
8vo., pp. xxiv. and 404. £2 2s. 

Sell. — The Faith oi' Islam. By the Eev. E. Seli,, Fellow of the 
University of Madras. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xiv. and 270. 1880. 6s. 6d. 

Sell. — Ihn-i-Tajwid ; or, Art of Eeading the Quran. By the Eev. 
B. Sell, B.D. 8vo., pp. 48, wrappers. 1882. 2s. 6rf. 

Slierring. — The Hindoo PiteitiMs. By the Eev. M. A. Sheebino, 

Fcap. 8vo. cloth, pp. vi. and 125. 5s. 
Singh..^ — Sakhee Book ; or, the Description of Gooroo Gobind Singh's 
Religion and Doctrines, translated from Gooroo Mukhi into Hindi, and after- 
wards into English. By Sirdar Attar Singh, Chief of Bhadour. With the 
Author's photograph. 8vo. pp. xviii. and 205. Benares, 1873. 15s. 

Sinnett. — The Occult "World. By A. P. Sinnett, President of the 
Simla Eclectic Theosophical Society. Fourth Edition. Fcap. 8vo., pp. xiv. and 
140, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. 

Syed Ahmad. — ^A Seeies oe Essays on the Life of Mohammed, and 

Subjects subsidiary thereto. By Syed Ahmad Khan Bahador, O.S.I.. 8vo. 
pp. 532, with 4 Genealogical Tables, 2 Maps, and Coloured Plate. £1 10s. 

Tiele. — Outlines of the Hisiosr of Eelibion. See "Triibner's 
Oriental Series," page 6. 

Tiele. — ^History of Egyptian Eeligion. See "Triibner's Oriental SeriiBS," 

page 8. 
Vishnu-Purana (The) ; a System of Hindu Mythology and Tradition 

Translated from the Sanskrit, with Notes derived chiefly from other Purinas. 
By the late H. H. Wilson, M. A., Boden Prof, of Sanskrit in the University 
of Oxford, etc. Edited by Fitzedward Hall. 6 vols. 8vo. cloth. Vol. I. pp. 
cxl.and20a; Vol. II. pp. 343; Vol. III., pp. 348; Vol IV. pp.346; Vol. 
V. Part I. pp. 392. 10s. 6d. each. Vol. V., Part 2, Index, compiled by F. Hall, 
pp. 268. 12s-. 

Wake. — The Evolution of Moealitt. A History of the Develop- 
ment of Moral Culture. By C. S. Wake. Two vols. 8tO. pp. 622 and 
486, cloth. 1878. 2ls. 

Wherry. — Commentary on the Quran. See page 5. 

Wilson, — Essays and Lectuees chiefly on the Eeligion of the 
Hindus. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., etc. Collected and 
edited by Dr. Reinhold RosT. 2 vols. pp. 414 and 422, cloth. 2l«, 



48 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co, 

COMPAEATIVE PHILOLOGY. 

POLYGLOTS. 

Beames. — Outlines of Indian Philologt. With a Map, showing the 
Distribution of the Indian Languages. By John Beames. Second enlarged and 
revised edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 96. 1868. 5s. 

Beames. — A Compaeative Grammae op ihe Modeen Aetan LANGrAOEs 

OF India (to wit), Hindi, Panjabi, Sindhi, Gujarati, Marathi, Uriya, and 
Bengali. By John Beames, Bengal C.S., M.B.A.S., &c. 8to. clotb. Vol. 
I. On Sounds, pp. xvi. and 360. 1872. 16s. Vol. II. The Noun and the 
Pronoun, pp. xii. and 348. 1875. 16s. Vol III. The Verb. pp. xii. and 
316. 1879. 16s. 

Bellows. — English Oitiline Vocabulaet, for the use of Students of the 
Chinese, Japanese, and other Languages. Arranged by John Bellows.. With 
Notes on the writing of Chinese with Roman Letters, by Professor Summers, 
King's College, London. Crown 8vo., pp. 6 and 368, cloth. 1867. 6s. 

Bellows. — Outline Dictionast,foethe use oe Missionaeies, Explorers, 
and Students of Language. ByF. Max Muller, M.A., Oxford. With Introduc- 
tion on the proper use of the English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign 
Languages. Vocabulary cdmpiled by J. Bellows. Crown 8vo. pp. 400, 
limp morocco. 1867. 7s. 6d. 

Caldwell. — A Compaeatite Geammae of the Deatidian, oe South- 
Indian Family of Languages. By the Rev. R. Caldwell, LL.D. 
Second, enlarged. Edition. Demy 8vo. pp. 806, cloth. 1875. 28s. 

Calligaris. — Le Compagnon de Tous, ou Dictionnaibe Poltgloite. 

Par leColonel Louis Oalligaris, Grand Officier, etc. (French — Latin — Italian — 
Spanish — Portuguese — German — English — Modern Greek — Arabic — Turkish.) 
2 vols. «o., pp. 1157 and 746. Turin. £4 4s. 

Campbell. — Specimens op the Languages op India, including Tribes 

of Bengal, the Central Provinces, and the Eastern Frontier. By Sir G. 
Campbell, M. P. Folio, paper, pp. 308. 1874. £1 Us. Gd. 

Clarke. — Heseaeches in Pee-histoeic and Peoto-histoeic Compaea- 
tive Philology, Mythology, and Archaeology. See page 56. 

Cast. — Languages op the East Indies. See page 3. 

Cust. — Languages op Afeioa. See page 6. 

Edkins. — China's Place in Philology. An Attempt to show that the 
Languages of Europe and Asia have a Common Origin. By the Eev. Joseph 
Edkins. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xxiii. and 403. 10s. 6d. 

Ellis. — Eteuscan Numeeals. By E. Ellis, B.D. 8vo. pp. 52. 2s. 6d. 
Ems. — The Asiatic Afpinities of the Old Italians. By Eobeet 

Ellis, B.D., Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, and author of " Ancient 

Routes between Italy and Gaul." Crown 8vo. pp. iv. 156, cloth. 1870. 5s. 
Ellis. — On Numerals, as Signs of Primeval Unity among Mankind. 

By Robert Ellis, B.D., Late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 

Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 94. 3s. 6d, 

Ellis. — Sources op the Eteuscan and Basque Languages. By Eobeet 
Ellis, B.D., late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridsre. Demv 8vo. VD. 
viiii.-166. 1886. 7s. 6d. ' ''^ 



•57 and 59, LudgMe Hill, London^ E. C. 49 

Ellis. — Peettvia Sctthica. The Quictua Language of Peru : its 

derivation from Central Asia with the American languages in general, and with 
the Turanian and Iberian languages of the Old AVorld, including the Basque, 
Hie Lycian, and the Pre-Aryan language of Etruria. By Robekt Ellis, B.D. 
8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and 219. !87S. 6«. 

Cfeiger. — Contkibtttions to the Hisioex of the Detelopment op the 
Human Eace. Lectures and Dissertations. By LazakusGeigbr. Translated. 
from the Second German Edition by David Abhbr, Ph.D. Post 8vo. clath, 
pp. X. and 156. 1880. 6s. 

Grey, — Handbook os Apeioan, Austeaiian, and Polynesian Phi- 
lology, as represented in the Library of His Excellency Sir George Grey, 
E.C.B., Her Majesty's High Commissioner of the Cape Colony. Classed, 
Annotated, and Edited by Sir Geobqe Grey and Dr. H. I. Bleek. 

Vol. I. Part 1.— South Africa. 8yo. pp. 186. 20s. 

Vol. I. Part2.— Africa (North of tlie Tropic of Capricorn). 8to. pp. 70. 4s. 

Vol. I. Fart 3.— Madagascar. 8to. pp. 24. 2s. 

Vol. II. Parti. — Australia.' 8to. pp. iv. and44. 3s. 

Vol. II. Fart 2.-^Fapuan Languages of the Loyalty Islands and New Hebrides, compris- 
ing those of the Islands of Nengone, Lifu, Aneitum, Tana, and 
others. 8-vo. p. 12. Is. 

Vol. II. Part 3. — Fiji Islands and Eotmna (with Supplement to Fart II., Papuan Lan- 
guages, and Part I., Australia). 8yo. no. 34. 2s. 

Vol. II. Fart 4.— New Zealand, the Chatham Idands, and Auddand Islands. 8vo. pp. 
7,6. 7s. 

Vol.11. Part 4 ((W»i*«Mai80»). —Polynesia and Borneo. 8vo. pp. 77-154. 7s. 

Vol. III. Part 1.— Manuscripts and Incunables. 8to. pp. vlil. and 24. 2s. 

Vol. IV. Fart 1.— Early Printed Books. England. 8vo. pp. yi. and 266. 12s. 

Gubernatis.— Zoological Mythology ; or, the Legends of Animals. 

By Angelo de Gubebnatis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature 
in the Institute di Studii Superior! e di Ferfezionamento at Florence, etc. In 
2 vols. 8vo. pp. xxxvi. and 432, vii. and 442. 28s. 

Hoernle. — A Compabative Gtbamiiae of the Gaudian LAirGirAGE, with 
Special Eeference to the Eastern Hindi. With Language Map and Table .of 
Alphabets. By A. F. R. Hoernle. Demy 8vo. pp. 474. 1880. 18s. 

Eilgour. — The Hebeew oe Ibeeian Race, including the Pelasgians, 

the Fheniciaas, the Jews, the British, and others. By Henry Kilsour. 8vo. 
sewed, pp. 76. 1872. 2s. 6d. 

March. — ^A Compaeatite Geammae op the Anglo-Saxon Language ; 

in which its forms are illustrated by those of the Sanskrit, Greek, Latin, 
Gothic, Old Saxon, Old Friesic, Old Norse, and Old High-German. By 
Francis A. March, LL.D. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xi. and 253. 1877. 10s. 

Ifotley. — ^A Compaeatite Geammae op the Peench, Italian, Spanish, 
AND Portuguese Languages. By Edwin A. Notley. Crown oblong 8vo. 
cloth, pp. XV. and 396. 7«. 6rf. 

Oppert. — On the Classification of Languages. A Contribution to Com- 
parative Philology. By Dr. 6. Oppebt. Svo.paper, pp. vi.andl46. 1879. 7s.6<i. 

Oriental Congress. — Eeport of the Proceedings of the Second Interna- 
tional Congress of Orientalists held in London, 1874. Boy. Svo.paper, pp. 76. 6«. 

Oriental Congress. — Teansaciions of the Second Session op the 
International Congress op Orientalists, held in London in September, 
1874. Edited by Robert K. Douglas, Honorary Secretary. Demy Svo. 
cloth, pp. viii. and 456. 21s. 



50 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co., 

Fezzi. — Aktan Philologt, according to the most recent Eesearches 
(Glottologia Aria Recentissima), Kemarks Historical and Critical. By 
DoMENioo Pezzi, Membro della Facolta de Filosofia e lettere della R. 
Universit. di Torino. Translated by E. S. Roberts, M.A., Fellow and Tutor 
of Gonville and Caius College. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 199. 6s. 

Sayce. — An Assyrian Grammar for Comparative Purposes. By A. H. 
Satce, M.A. 12mo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 188. 1872. 7». 6d. 

Sayce. — The Peinciples op Compasatite Phuoiost. By A. H. 
Satce, Fellow and Tutor of Queen's College, Oxford. Second Edition. Cr. 
8to. cl., pp. xxxii. and 416. 10». 6d. 

Schleich.er. — CoMPENrruM of the Compakative Gteammae of the Indo- 
EuBOPEAN, Sanskrit, Greek, and Latin Languages. By August 
Schleicher. Translated from the German by H. Bendall, B.A., Chr. 
Coll. Camb. 8vo. cloth, Part I. Grammar, 'pp. 184. 1874. 7s. 6d. 
Part II. Morphology, pp. viii. and 104. 1877. 6«. 

Trubner's Collectioii of Simplified Grammars of the principal Asiatic 
AND European Languages. Edited by Eeinhold Eost, LL.D., Ph.D. 
Crown 8to. cloth, uniformly hound. 

I. — Hindustani, Persian, and Arabic. By the late E. H. Palmer, M.A. 
Pp. 112. 5s. 
II. — Hungarian. By I.Singer, of Buda-Pesth. Pp. vi. and 88. is.Sd. 
III.— Basque. By "W. Van Eya. Pp. xii. and 52. 3«. Sd. 
IV.— Malagasy. By G. W. Parker. Pp. 66. 5s. 
v.— Modern Greek. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Pp. 68. 2s. 6d. 
VI. — Roumanian. By M. Torceanu. Pp. viii. and 72. 5s. 
VII.— Tihetan. By H. A. Jaschke. Pp. viii. and 104. 5s. 
VIII.— Danish. By E. C. Otte. Pp. viii. and 66. 2s. 6d, 
IX.— Turkish. By J. W. Kedhouse. Pp. xii. and 204. Ws. Gd. 
X.— Swedish. By E. C. Otte. Pp. xii. and 70. 2s. Sd. 
. XI.— Polish. By "W. E. Morfill, M.A. Pp. viii. and 64. 3s. 6d. 
XII.— Pali. By E. MiiUer, Ph.D. Pp. xvi. and 144. 7s. 6d. 
XIII.— Sanskrit. By H. Edgren. Pp. xii.-178. 10». ed. 
XIV. — Grammaire Albanaise. Par P. W. Pp. i. and 170. 7s. 6rf. 
XV. — Japanese. By B. H. Chamberlain. Pp. viii. and 108. 5s. 
XVI.— Serbian. By W. E. Morfill, M.A. Pp. viii. and 72. 4s. 6d. 
XVII.— Cuneiform. By G. Bertin. Pp. viii-118. 6«. 
{Others in Preparation,) 

Triibner's Catalogue of Dictionaries and Grammars of the Principal- 
Languages and Dialects of the "World. Considerably enlarged and revised, with 
an Alphabetical Index. A Guide for Students and Booksellers. Second Edition, 
8vo. pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1882. 6s. 
•,• The first edition, consisting of 64 pp., contained 1,100 titles ; the new edition consists of 

170 pp., and contains 3,000 titles. 

Trumpp. — Grammak of the Pasto, or Language of the Afghans, com- 
pared with the Iranian and North-Indian Idioms. By Dr. Ernest Trumpp. 
8vo. sewed, pp. xvi. and 412. 21s. 

Weber. — Indian Litekaittee. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 3. 

Wedgwood.— On the Oeigin of LANGxrASE. By Hensleigh Wedgwood, 

late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo. pp. 172, cloth. 3s. 6rf. 



57 and 59, Zudgate Sill, London, JE.C. 51 

Whitney. — Language apd its Sixmr, with especial reference to the 
Indo-European Family of Languages. Seven Lectures by W. D. Whitnet, 
Professor of Sanskrit, Yale College. Edited with Introduction, Notes, Grimm's 
Law with Illustration, Index, etc., by the Eev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. 
Second Edition. Cr. Svo.cl., pp. xxii. and 318. 1881. 5s. 

Whitney. — Langtjage and the. Study oe Language : Twelve Lectures 
on the Principles of Linguistic Science. By W. D. Whitney. Fourth Edition, 
augmented by an Analysis. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and 504. 1884. lOs. 6d. 

Whitney. — Oeiental and LiNauisiic Studies. By "W. D. Whitnet, 
Cr. 8vo. cl. 1874. Pp. x. and 418. 12». 
First Series. The Veda ; the Avesta ; the Science of Language. 
Second Series. — The East and West — Religion and Mythology — Orthography and 
Phonology — HindiS Astronomy. Pp. 446. 12«. 



GRAMMARS, DICTIONARIES, TEXTS, 
AKD TRANSLATIONS. 

AFRICAN LANGUAGES. 

Bentley.. — Dictionaet and Gkamstak or the Kongo Language, as 
Spoken at San Salvador, the Ancient Capital of the Old Kongo Empire, West 
Africa. Compiled by the Eev. W, Holman Bentlet, Missionary of the 
Baptist Missionary Society on the Kongo. With an Introduction by R. N. 
Cust, Hon. Secretary of the Royal Asiatic Society. Demy 8to. pp. xxiv. and 
718, with Table of Concords, cloth. 1888. £1 Is. 

Bleek. — A CoMPAaAiiTE Gteammak op South Aekican Languages. By 

W. H.. I. Bleek, Ph.D. Volume I. I. Phonology. II. The Concord. 
Section 1. The Noun. 8vo. pp. xxxvi. and 322, cloth. 1869. £i is. 

Bleek. — A Bbiee Account oe Bushman Folk Loee and other Texts. 

By W. H. I. Bleek, Ph.D., etc., etc. Folio sd., pp. 21. 1875. 2s. 6d. 
Bleek. — Eeynabd the Pox in South Afhica; or, Hottentot Fables. 
Translated from the Original Manuscript in Sir George Grey's Library. 
By Dr. W. H. I. Bleek, Librarian to the Grey Library, Cape Town,: Cape 
of Good Hope. Post. 8vo., pp. xxxi. and 94, cloth. 1864. 3s. 6(1. 

Callaway. — Izinganekwane, Nensumansumane, Nbzindaba, Zabantu 

(Nursery Tales, Traditions, and Histories of the Zulus). In their own words, 
with a Translation into English,and Notes. By the Rev. H. Callaway, M.D. 

Callaway.^ — The Keligious Ststem oe the Ajmazuiu. 

Part I. — Unkulunkulu; or, the Tradition of Creation as existing among the 

Amazulu and otherTrjbes of South Africa, in their own words, with a translation 

into English, and Notes. Bythe Rev. Canon Callaway.M.D. 8vo. pp. 128, 

sewed. 1868. 4s. 
Part II. — Amatongo ; or. Ancestor Worship, as existing among the Amazulu, in 

their own words, with a translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. 

Canon Callaway, M.D. 1869. 8vo. pp. 127, sewed. 1869. 4s. 
Part III. — Izinyanga Zokubula ; or, Divination, as existing among the Amazulu, in 

their own words. With a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Eev. 

Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo. pp. 150, sewed. 1870. is. ■ 
Part IV. — Abatakati, or Medical Magic and Witchcraft. 8vo. pp. 40, sewed. Is. Sd. 



52 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co. 

Christaller.— A Dictionaet, EngmsS:, Tshi, (Asaj^te), Akba ; TsM 

(Chwee), comprising as dialects Ak4n (As^nt^, Ak^m, Akuape'm, etc.) and 
VkDti ; Akra (Accra), connected with Adangme ; Gold Coast, West Africa. 
Enyiresi, Twi ne' l^'kran I Eiilisi, Otsiii_ ke Ga 

nsem - asekyere - nhoma. | wiemoi - asiSitsomo- wolo. 

By the Bev. J. G. Cbeistalleb, Rev. C. W. Looheb, Rev. J. Zimmebmann, 
16mo. 7s. 6d. 

Christaller. — A Geammar of the Asattte and Fanib IiAjuguaots, ealled 

Tshi (Chwee, Twi) : based on the Akuapem Dialect, with reference to the 
other (Akan and Fante) Dialects. By Rev. J. G. Cheistai.s-ee. 8vo. pp. 
xxiv. and203. 1875. 10s. 6d. 

Christaller, — Dictiowajit of the Asante and Fante LAserAGE, called 
Tshi (Chwee, Twi). With a Grammatical Introduction and Appendices on the 
Geography oi the Gold Coast, and other Subjects. By Rev. J. G. Chbistallek. 
Demy 8vo. pp. xxviii. and 672, cloth. 1882. £1 6». 

Cnst. — Sketch oe the Modern Lanqttages oe Aeeica. See " Triibner'a 
Oriental Series," page 6. 

Dohne. — The Fotjb, Gospels in Zttltj. By the Eev. J. L. Dohne, 

Missionary to the American Board C.F.M. 8vo. pp. 208, cloth. 1866. 5s. 

Dohne. — A Zttltj-Kaeih Dictionaet, etymologically explained, with 

copious Illustrations and examples, preceded by an introduction on the Zulu- 
Kafir Language. By the Rev. J. L. Dohne. Royal Svo. pp. xlii. and 418, 
sewed. Cape Town, 1857. 21«. 

Grey. — Handbook of Afeican, Attsteaiian, and Poitnesian Phi- 

LOLOOY. See page 49. 
Grout. — The Isizultt : a Grammar of the Zulu Language ; accompanied 
with an Historical Introduction, also with an Appendix, By Rev. Lewis Gbovt. 
Svo. pp. lii. and 432, cloth. 21s. 

Hahn. — Tstjni-||Goam. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," page 5. 

Eolbe. — A Language Sttjdt Based on Bantu ; or, An Inquiry into 
the Laws of Root-Formation, the Original Plural, the Sexual Dual, and the 
Principles of Word-Comparison; with Tables Illustrating the Primitive Pro- 
nominal System restored in the African Bantu Family of Speech. By the Rev. 
F. W. KoLBE, of the London Missionary Society, formerly of the Rhenish 
Herero Mission, Author of " An English-Herero Dictionary." Post Svo. pp-. 
viii, and 97, with Four Tables, cloth. 1888. 6«. 

Erapf. — DicnoNAEX of tms Stjahtli Language. Compiled by th8 
Rev. Dr. L. Kbapp, Missionary C.M.S. in East Africa. With an Outline of 
. Suahili Grammar. Royal 8vo. pp. xl.-434, cloth. 1882. 30s. 

Steere. — Shoet Specimens op the Vocabulaeies of Theee "Us-, 

PUBLISHED African Languages (Gindo, Zaramo, and Angazidja). Collected 
by Edwabs Steebe, LL.D. 12mo. pp. 20. @d. 

Steere. — Collections foe a Handbook of the Ntamwezi Language, 

as spoken at Unyanyembe. By E. Steebe, LL.D. Fcap. pp. 100, cloth. Is. 6d. 

Tindall. — A Gbammae and Yocabulaet of the NAMAauA-HoiiENTOT 

Language. By Henbt Tindall, Wesleyan Missionary. 8vo.pp. 124, sewed. 6s. 

Zulu Izaga; That is. Proverbs, or Out-of-the-Way Sayings of the 
Zulus. Collected, Translated, and interpreted by a Zulu Missionary. Crown 
Svo. pp. iv. and 32, sewed. 2s. 6d. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 53 

ALBANIAJSr. 

Grammaire Albanaise.— Par P. W. Crown 8vo. pp. viii. 170, cloth. 
1887. 7*. 6(?. 



AMERICAN LANGUAGES. 

Aboriginal American Literature, Library of. Edited by D. G. 
Brinton, M.D. 8vo. cloth. 1. The Chronicles of the Mavas. pp. 280. 
£1 Is. (Or if with Set, 12«.) 2. The Iroquois Book of Rites. Edited hy 
H. Hale. i>p. 222. 12*. 3. The Comedy-Ballet of Gueguence. pp. 146. 10». 
4. A Migration Legend of the Creek Indians. By A. S. Gatschet. pp. 262. 
i2». 5. The Lenape and their Legends. By D. G. Beinton, M.D. 8to, pp. 
262. 12s. 6. The Annals of the Cakchiquels. The Text, with a Translation, 
Notes and Introduction, by D. G. Brinton, M.D. pp. 240. 12«. 7. Ancient 
Nahuatl Poetry. Text and Translation by D. G. Brinton, M.D. pp. 182. 12s. 

Byington. — Gbammae of the Choctaw LANsnAQB. By the Eev. Cteus 

Btington. Edited from the Original MSS. in Library of the American 
Philosophical Society, by D. G. Brinton, M.D. Cr. 8vo. sewed, pp. 66. 7s. 6rf. 

Ellis. — Peeuvia Scxthica. See page 49. 

Howse. — A Geammae op the Ceee Language. With which is com- 
bined an analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. By Joseph Howse, Esq., 
F.R.G.S. 8vo. pp. XX. and 324, cloth. 7s. ^d. 

Uarkham. — Oliania: A Drama in the Quichtja Langxtage. Text, 

Translation, and Introduction, By Clements R. Markham, F.R.G.S. Crown 
8vo., pp. 128, cloth. 1871. 7». 6rf. 

DIarkbam. — A Memoie of the Labt Ana db Osoeio, Countess of 
Chinchon, and Vice-Queen of Peru, a.d. 1629-39. With a Plea for the correct 
spelling of the Chinchona Genus. By C. R. MarKham, C.B., Member of the 
Imperial Academy Naturae Cnriosorum, with the Cognomen of Chinchon. 
Small 4to. pp. xii. and 100. With two Coloured Plates, Map and Illustrations. 
Handsomely bound. 1874. 28». 

]IIattbews. — Ethnology and Phuologt of the Hidatsa Indians. 
By Washihoton Matthews, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. Army. 8to. cloth. 
£1 lis. 6rf. 
Contents :— Etlinography, Philology, Grammar, Dictionary, and English-Hidatsa Vocabulary, 

Ifodal. — Los YiNcuLos de Ollanta t Ctrsi-'KcirTLiOE. Deama en 

QuiCHDA. Obra Compilada y Espurgada con la Version Castellana al Frente 
de su Testo per el Dr. Jose Fernandez Nodal, Abogado de los Tribunales 
de Justicia de la Repfiblica del Perfl. Bajo los Auspicios de la Redentora 
Sociedad de Fil&ntropos para Mejoror la Sucrte de los Aborijenes Peruanos. 
Roy. 8vo. bds. pp. 70. 1874. 7». U. 

Ifodal. — EiEMENTOs DB GeamX'Tica Quichtta 6 Idioma de los Tncab. 

Bajo Ids Auspicios de la Redentora, Sociedad de FilSintropos para mejorar la 
suerte de loS Aborijenes Peruanos. Por el Dr. Jose Fernandez Nodal, 
Abogado de los Tribunales de Justicia de la Reptiblica del Perfl. Royal 8vo. 
clothj pp. xvi. and 441. Appendix, pp. 9. £1 Is. 

Ollanta: A Deama in the Quichtja LAs^rGirAGB. See under Mabkham 
and und«r Nodal. 



54 Linguistic Publications of Truhner ^ Co., 

Fimentel. — Ctadeo rEscEiprivo t compaeaxivo de las Lengttas- 
iNDioENAs DE MEXICO, Tiatado de Filologia Mexicana. Par Fbancisco 
PiMENTEL. 2 Edicioa unica completa. 3 Volumes 8to. Mexico, 187S. 
£2 2s. 

Thomas. — The Theoet and Practice op Ckeolb Geammab. By J. J» 

Thomas. Portof Spain (Trinidad), 1869. 1 vol. 8vo. bds. pp. viii. and 135. 12». 



ANGLO-SAXON. 

Harrison and Baskervill. — A Handy Dictionaet of ANeio-SAxoir 
Poetry. Based on Groschopp's Grain. Edited, Revised, and Corrected, with 
Grammatical Appendix, List of Irregular Verbs, and Brief Etymological 
Features. By J. A. Harrison, Prof, of English and Modern Languages in 
Washington and Lee University, Virginia; and W. Baskervill, Ph.D. Lips., 
Prof, of English Language and Literature in Vanderbilt University, Nashville, 
Ten. Square 8vo. pp. 318, cloth. 1886. 12s. 

March. — A Compaeaiite Geammah op the Anglo-Saxon Langttage ; 
in which its forms are illustrated by those of the Sanskrit, Greek, Latin, Gothic,. 
Old Saxon, Old Friesio, Old Norse, and Old High-German. By Francis A. 
March, LL.D. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xi. and 253. 1877. 10s. - 

March. — Inteoduction to Anglo-Saxon. An Anglo-Saxon Eeader. 
With Philological Notes, a Brief Grammar, and a Vocabulary. By F. A, 
March, liL.D. 8vo. pp. viii. and 166, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6rf. 

Rask. — A Geammae of the Anglo-Saxon Tongtte. From the Danish 
of Erasmus Rask, Professor of Literary History in,- and Librarian to, the 
University of Copenhagen, etc. By B. Thorpe. Third edition, corrected 
and improved, with Plate. Post 8vo. pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 1879. &s. 6(1. 

Wright. — Anglo-Saxon and Old-English VocABirLAEiEs. Seepage 79^ 



ARABIC. 

Ahlwardt. — The DitIns op the Six Ancient Aeabic Poets, Ennabiga, 
'Antara, Tarafa, Zuhair, 'Algama, and Imruolgais; chiefly according to the 
MSS. of Paris, Gotha, and Leyden, and the collection of their Fragments : with 
a complete list of the various readings of the Text. Edited by W. Ahlwakdt^ 
8vo. pp. XXX. 340, sewed. 1870. 12s. 

Alif Lailat wa Lailat. — The Aeabian Nights. 4 vols. 4to. pp. 495, 

493,442,431. Cairo, a.h. 1279 (1862). £3 3s. 

This celebrated Edition of the Arabian Nights is now, for the first time, offered at a pried' 
which makes it accessible to Scholars of limited means. 

Athar-nl-Adhar — Teaces op Centueles; or. Geographical and Historical 
Arabic Dictionary, by Selim Khuri and Selim Sh-hade. Geographical 
Parts I. to v., Historical Parts I. and II. 4to. pp. 980 and 384. Price 
7s. 6d. each part. [/« course of publication. 

Badger. — An English-Arabic Lexicon, in which the equivalents for 
English words and Idiomatic Sentences are rendered into literary and coUoquiat 
Arabic. By G. P. Badger, D.C.L. 4to. cloth, pp. lii. and 1248. 1880. M^ 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 55 

Butrus-al-Bustany.— cJ^IjOSI IjjIj <_jli^ An Arabic Encylopsedia 

of Universal Knowledge, by Butrus-al-Bustany, the celebrated compiler 
__ of MohJt ul Mohit (k^M k^"), and Katr el Mohtt (k-^l Jaj). 

This work will be completed in from 12 to 15 Vols., of which Vols. I. to VII. 

are ready. Vol. I. contains letter ] to <_}1 ; Vol. II. t_->l to J\; Vol. III. 

jl to ^ Vol. IV. ^t0(_fl Vol. V. b to ^ Vol. VI V to j^. Vol- 

VII. ^r=^ to (♦J. Vol. VIII. I* J to Jj. IX"j;to^~». Small folio, cloth, 
pp. 800 each. £1 Us. 6d. per Vol. 

Carletti. — Methode ThIjokico-Pbatiqtjb de LiNsnE Aeabe. Par P. 
V..CABLETTI. 4to. pp. 318, wrapper. 10s. 

Cotton. — Akabic Primer. Consisting of 180 Short Sentences contain- 
ing 30 Primary Words prepared according to the Vocal System of Studying 
Language. By General Sir A. Cotton, K.C.S.I. Cr. 8to. cloth, pp. 38. 2a. 

Hassoun. — The Diwan oe Hatim Tai, an Old Arabic Poet of the 

Sixth Century of the Christian Era. Edited by B. Hassoun. With Illustra- 
tions. 4to. pp. 43. 3s. 6(2. 

Jami, MuUa. — Salaman TJ Absal. An Allegorical Romance; being 
one of the Seven Poems entitled the Haft Aurang of MuUa Jami, now first 
edited from the Collation of Eight Manuscripts in the Library of the India 
House, and in private collections, with various readings, by Fokbes 
Falconer, M.A., M.R.A.S. 4to. cloth, pp. 92. 1850. Js. 6d. 

Koran (The). Arabic text, lithographed in Oudh, a.h. 1284 (1867). 

16mo. pp. 942. 6s. 

Koran. — ^Bxibacis eeom the Coean in the Obiginal, with English 
Eendbking. Compiled by Sir William Muir, K.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of 
the "Life of Mahomet." Second Edition. Crown 8to. pp. 72, cloth. 1885. 
2s, Qd. 

Koran. — See Wherry, page 5. 

Ko-ran (Selections from the). — See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 3. 

Leitner. — Inteoditction to a Philosophicai Geammae oe Aeabic. 

Being an Attempt to Discover a Few Simple Principles in Arabic Grammar. 
By G. W. Leitner. 8vo. sewed, pp. 62. Zahore, 4s. 

Morley, — A Desceiptive Catalogtte of the Histoeical Mantjsceipts 

in the Arabic and Persian Languages preserved in the Library of the Boyal 
Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. By William H. Morlet, 
M.R.A.S. 8vo. pp. viii. and 160, sewed. London, 1854. 2s. pd. 

Muhammed. — The Liee oe Mtthammed. Based on Muhammed Ibn 
Ishak. By Abd El M alik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand WiIsten- 
PBLD. The Arabic Text. 8vo. pp. 1026, sewed. Price 21s. Introduction, 
Notes, and Index in German. 8vo. pp. Ixxii. and 266, sewed. 7s. &d. Each 
part sold separately. 
The text based on the Manuecripts of the Berlin, Leipsic, Gotha and Leyden Libraries, has 

been carefully revised by the learned editor, and printed with the utmost exactness. 

Newman.-^A Handbook of Modeen Aeabic, consisting of a Practical 

Grammar, with numerous Examples, Dialogues, and Newspaper Extracts, in a 
European Type. By F. W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of University 
College, London. Post 8vo. pp. %x. and 192, cloth. 1866. 6s, 



56 liinguistic Publications of Truhner 8f Vo., 

Newman. — A Diction akt op Mod:ehn Aeabic. — 1. Anglo- Arabic 

Dictionary. 2. Anglo-Arabic Vocabalarr. 3. Arabo-English Dictionary. By 
F. W. Nbwman, Emeritns Professor of University College, London. In 2 
vols, crown 8to., pp. xvi. and 376—464, doth. £1 U. 

Falmer. — The Song of ihe Eeed; and other Pieces. By E. H. 
Paimek, M.A., Cambridge. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 208. 1876. 5». 
Among the Contents will be found translations ftom Haflz, from Omer el KbeiySm, and 
from other Persian as well as Arabic poets. 

Palmer. — ^HnrLtisTAira, Pebsiaw, aitd A»abic Geammab S tmtt . tt ied. 
By E. H. Paimek. M.A., Cambridge. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. 
vin.-104, cloth. 1885. S». 

BrOgers. — ^Notice on the Dinajes op the Ajbbasstde Dtsastt. By 
Ed-wakd Thomas Eogehs, late H.M. Consal, Cairo. Svo. pp. 44, with a 
Map and four Autotype Plates. 5s. 

Schemeil. — El Mtjbiakeb; or, First Bom. (In Arabic, printed at 
Beyront). Containing Five Comedies, called Comedies of Fiction, on Hopes 
and Judgments, in Twenty-six Poems of 1092 Verses, showing the Seven Stages 
of Life, from man's conception unto his death and burial. By EuiN Ibbaeih 
ScHEHEiL. In one volume, 4to. pp. 166, sewed. 1870. 5>. 

Syed Ahmad. — Life op Mohammed. See Muhammed. 
Wherry. — Commentary on the Quran. See page 5. 



ASSAMESE. 



Bronson. — A Dictionaet nr Assamese aitd Engmsh. Compiled by 
M BbjOnson, American Baptist Missionary. 8vo. calf, pp. viii. and 609. JC228. 

Catalogue of Assamese Books to be had of Messrs, Trubner % Co., Post free for 
one penny stamp. 



• • 



ASSYRIAN (CtrNEiFORM, Accad, Babtlonian). 

Bertin. — Abeidged Geammabs of the Languages of the CimEiFOKM 
Insceiptions. By G. Bertin, M.R.A.S. I. A Sumero-Akkadian Grammar. 
II. An Assyro-Babylonian Grammar. III. A Tannic Grammar. IV. A Medic 
Grammar. V. An Old Persian Grammar. Crown 8vo. pp. viii.-118, doth. 
1888. 5*. 

Budge. — AssTEiAjT Texts, Selected and Arranged, with Philological 
Notes. By E. A. Budge, B.A., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's College, 
Cambridge. Crovra 4to. cloth, pp. viii. and 44. 1880. 7». 6d. 

Budge. — The HisroEr op Esaehaddow. See " Triibner's Oriental 
Series," p. 4. 

Catalogue (A) of leading Books on Egypt and Egyptology, and on 
Assyria and Assyriology, to be had at the affixed prices, of Triibner and Co. 
pp. 40. 1880. Is. 

Clarke. — Eeseaeches ts Pee-hisioeic and Peoto-histoeic Compaea- 
TrvE Philology, Mythology, and Aechjeology, in connexion with the 
Origin of Culture in America and the Acead or Sumerian Families. By Htdb 
Clarke, Demy 8vo. sewed, pp. xi. and 74. 1875. 2s. 6rf. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London E.G. 57 

Cooper. — An Archaic Dictionary, Biographical, Historical and Mytho- 
logical ; from the Egyptian and Etruscan Monuments, and Papyri. By W, K. 
GooFER. London, 1873. 8to. cloth, \5a. 

Hincks.-^^SpEciMEN Chapteks op ait Assteian Geammae. By the 
late EeT. E. fiiNOKs, D.D., Son. M.E.A.S. 8vo., sewed, pp. ii. Is. 

Lenormant (F.) — CnAiDEAif Magic; its Origin and Development. 
Translated from the French. With considerable Additions by the Author. 
London, 1877. 8vo. pp. 440. 12«. 

Lnzzatto. — Geammae of the Biblical Chaldaic Lansitage and the 
Talmud Babtxcnicai, Idioms. By S. D. Luzzatto. Translated from the 
Italian by J. S. Goldammer. Cr. 8vo. cl., pp. 122. 7*. 6d. 

Rawlmson,' — Notes on- the Eablt Hisioey of Babtlonia. By 
Colonel Eawlinson, C.B. 8vo. sd., pp. 48. 1». 

Rawlinson,' — A Commentaet on the Cuneieoem Inscriptions of 
Babylonia and Assteia, inclading Readings of the Inscription on the Nimrud 
Obelisk, and Brief Notice of the Ancient Kings of Nineveh and Babylon, 
by Major H. C. Rawlinson. 8vo. pp. 8*, sewed. London, 1850. 2.^. 6d. 

BawUnson. — Inscbiption of Tmiath Pilesee I., King of Assteia, 
B.C. 1150, as translated by Sir H. Eawlinson, Fox Talbot, Esq., Dr. HrNCKS. 
and Dr. Oppeet. Published by the Royal Asiatic Society. 8vo. sd., pp. 74. 2». 

Bawlinson. — Oittlines op Assyeian Histoey, from the Inscriptions of 
Nineveh. By Lieut, Col. Rawlinson, C.B. , followed by some Remarks by 
A. H. Latakd, Esq., D.C.L, 8vo., pp. ;liy., sewed. London, 1852, Ls. 

Becords of the Past : heing English Translations of the Assyrian: and 
the Egyptian Monuments. Published under the sanction of the Society of 
Biblical Archseology. Edited by S. Birch. Vols. 1 to 12. 1874 to 1879. 
£1 lis. 6d. or 3s. 6rf. each vol. 

Benan. — ^An Essay on the Age and ANTianiTY of the Book op 

Nabath^an Agriculture. To which is added an Inaugural Lecture on the 
FositiOH of the Shemitic Nations in the History of Civilization. By M. Ernest 
Eenan, Membredel'Institut. Crown 8vo., pp. xvi. and 118, cloth. 3s. 6d. 

Sayce. — An Assyeian Geammae foe Compaeatitb Ptteposes. By 

A. H. Sayce, M.A. 12mo.-cloth, pp. xvi. and 188. 1872. 7s. 6d. 
Sayce. — An Elementaet Gbammab and Reading Book of the Assyrian 
Language, in the Cuneiform Character ; containing the most complete Syllabary 
yet extant, and which will serve also as a Vocabulary of both Acoadian ani 
Assyrian, London, 1875. 4to. cloth. 9s. 

Sayce. — Lectuees upon the Assyrian Language and Syllabary. 

London, 1877. Large 8vo. 9«. 6rf. 
Sayce. — Basylonian Liteeattjee. Lectures. London, 1877. 8vo. 4«. 

Smith. — The Assyeian Eponym Canon ; containing Translations of the 
Documents of the Comparative Chronology of the Assyrian and Jewish King- 
doms, from the Death of Solomon to Nebuchadnezzar. By E. Smith. London, 
1876. 8vo. 9s. ______^^_^_^ 

AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES. 

Ctrey. — Handbook of Apeican, Atjsteaiian, and Polynesian Phi- 
LOLOQY. See page 49. 



58 Linguistic Publications of TrUbner 8f Cfe., 

BASQUE. 

Ellis. — SouECES OP THE BASQUE AND Etettscan Langitages. See p. 48 . 

Van Eys. — OuTLnrEs or Basque Geammae. By W. J. Yak Ets. 
Crown 8vo. pp. xii. and 52, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6rf. 



BENGALI. 

Catalogue of Bengali Books, sold Jyy Messrs. TriiBner ^ Co., post free for penny stamp. 

Browne. — A BIngIxi PEmEE, in Eoman Character. By J. P. Beo^vne^ 

B.C.S. Crown Svo. pp. 32, cloth. 1881. 2s, 
Charitabali (The) ; oe, Insteuctive Biogeaphy by Istaeachaitdea 

Vidyasagara. With a Vocabulary of aU the Words occurring in the Text, by 

J. F. Blumhaedt, Bengali Lecturer University College, London ; and Teacher 

of Bengali Cambridge University. 12mo. pp. 120-iv.-48, cloth. 1884. 5s. 
Mitter. — Bengaxi and English Diciionaet for the Use of Schools. 

Eevised and improved. 8vo. cloth. Calcutta, 1860. 7s. 6d. 
Sykes. — English and Bengali Dictionaht for the Use of Schools. 

Eevised by Gopee Kissen Mitteb. 8vo. cloth. Calcutta, 1874. T«. 6rf. 
Yates. — A BengIij Geammae. By the late Eev. "W. Tates, D.D. 

Eeprinted, with improvements, from his Introduction to the Beng&li Language. 

Edited by I. Wengeb. Fcap. 8vo. bds, pp. iv. and 160. Calcutta, 1864. 4», 



BIHARI. 

Catalogue of Bihari Books, sold by Messrs. Trubner § Co., post free for penny stamp. 

G-rierson. — Seten Geammaes op the Dialects and Stjb-Dialects of 

the BihSirf Language Spoken in the Province of Bih&r, in the Eastern Portion 
of the N. W. Provinces, and in the Northern Portion of the Central Provinces. 
Compiled under orders of the Government of Bengal. By Geoege E. Griekson, 
B.C.S., Joint Magistrate of Patna. Part 1. Introductory; 2. Bhojpfiri; 
3. Magadhi ; 4. Maithil-Bhojpuri ; 5. South Maithili ; 6. South Maithil- 
Magadhi ; 7. Not yet Published. Fcap. 4to. cloth. Price 2s. 6rf. each. 

Hoemle and Grierson. — Compaeative Dictionaet op the Bihasi 
Language. Compiled by A. F. E. Hoeenle, of the Bengal Educational ServicOj 
and G. A. Gkierson, of Her Majesty's Bengal Civil Service. (Published 
under the Patronage of the Government of BengaJ.) Part I. From A to. 
Ag'mani. 4to. pp. 106, wrapper. 1885. 5s. 



BRAHOE (Beahui). 

Bellew.— Feom the Indus to the Tigeis. A Narrative ; together with. 
Synoptical Grammar and Vocabulary of the Brahoe language. See p. 19. 

Duka. — An Essat on the Beahui Geammae. By Dr. T. Duka.. 
Demy 8vo. pp. 78, paper. 1887. 3s. 6d. 



67 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.G. 59 

BURMESE. . 
Hough's Geneeal OTTTLiifES OF Geogjeapht (in Burmese). Ke-written 

and enlarged by Eev. Jas. A. Haswell. Large 8to. pp. 368. Eangoon. 

1874. 9s. 
Jadson. — A Dictiojstaet, English and Burmese, Burmese and English. 

By A. JcDSON. 2 vols. 8to. pp. iv. and 968, and viii. and 786. 25». each. 
STudson. — A Geammak oe the Bttemesb Langttage. 8vo. pp. 52, 

boards. Rangoon, 1883. 3«. 

Sloan. — A Peacticax Method with the Burmese Language. By W. 

H. Sman. Second Edition. Large 8vo. pp. 232. Rangoon, 1887. 12«. 6<?. 
We-than-da-ya, The Stoet of, a Buddhist Legend. Sketched from 

the Burmese Version of the Pali Text. By L. Allan Gobs, Inspector of 

Schools, Burma. With five Illustrations by a native artist. 4to. pp. x. — 80, 

paper. 1886. 5«. 



CHINESE. 

Acheson. — ks Index to De. WmiAMs's " Syllabic Dictionaet of the 
Chinese Languase." Arranged according to Sir Thomas Wade's System of 
Orthography. Eoyal 8vo. pp. viii. and 124. Half bound. Hongkong. 1879. 18sv 

Baldwin. — A Manual of the Eoochow Dialect. By Eev. C. C. 

Baldwin, of the American Board Mission. Svo. pp. viii.-256. 18». 

BalfoTir. — Taoist Texts. See page 41. 

Balfour. — The Ditute Classic of Nan-hua. Being the "Works of 
Chuang-Tsze, Taoist Philosopher. With an Excursus, and copious Annotations 
in English and Chinese. Bv H. Balpotjr, F.R.G.S. Demy 8vo. pp. xxxviii. 
and 426, cloth. 1881. 14*'. 

Balfonr. — Waifs and Steats feom the Fae East ; heing a Series of 
Disconnected Essays on Matters relating to China. By F. H. Balfour. 8vo. 
pp. 224, cloth. 1876. 10s. M. 

Balfour. — Leates feoh mt Chinese Sceap Book. See page 6. 

Ball. — The Cantonbse-made-east Vocabulaet. A small Dictionary 
in English and Cantonese, containing only Words and Phrases used in the 
Spoken Language, with the Classifiers Indicated for each Noun, and Definitions 
of the Difierent Shades of Meaning ; as well as Notes on the Different Uses of 
some of the Words where Ambiguity might Otherwise Arise. By J. Dyer 
, Ball, M.K.A.S., etc., of H.M.C.S., Hong Kong. Eoyal 8vo. pp. 6—27, 
wrappers. 5s. 

Ball. — Easy Sentences in the Cantonese Dialect, with a Vo- 
CAEDLART. Being the Lessons in "Cantonese-raade-easy" and " The Cantonese- 
made-.ea«y Vocabulary." By J. Dyer Ball, M.E.A.S., etc., of H.M.C.S.» 
Hong Kong. Eoyal Svo. pp. 74, paper. 7s. M. 

Ball. — An English-Cantonese Pocket Vocabuxaet. Containing 
Common Words and Phrases, Printed without the Chinese Characters, or Tonic 
Marks, the Sounds of the Chinese Words being Eepresented by an English 
Spelling as far as Practicable. By J. Dyer Ball, M.E.A.S., etc., Author of 
" Cantonese-made-easy." Crown 8vo. pp. 8 — 24, cloth. 4s. 

Beal. — The Buddhist Teipitaka, as it is known in China and Japan. 
A Catalogue and Compendious Eeport. By Samuel Beal, B.A. Folio, sewed, 
. pp. 117. 7s. %d. 



60 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co. 

Beal.— The Dhammaiaba. See "Trvitner's Oriental Series," page 3. 
Beal. — Buddhist Literattire. See pages 6, 41 and 42. 
Bretselmeider. — See page 27. 

Chalmers. — The OEionsr oe the Chinese; an Attempt to Trace the 
connection of the Chinese with Western Nations, in their EeEgion, Superstitions, 
Arts, Language, and Traditions. By John Chalmeks, A.M. Foolscap 8v». 
cloth, pp. 78. 5«. 

Chalmers. — ^A Concise Khatts-hsi Chinese Dictionaet. By the Kev. 
J. Chalmers, LL.D., Canton. Three Vols. Royal 8to. bound in Chinese 
style, pp. 1000. £1 10*. 

Chalmers. — The Steitctuee of Chinese Chabactees, irNDEE 300 
Primary Forms; after the Shwoh-wan, 100 a.d., and the Phonetic Shwoh-wan 
1833. By John Chalmees, M.A., LL.D. 8to. pp. 1-199, -with a plate, cloth. 
1882. 128. U. 

China Review; oe, Notes and Queeies on the Pae East. Pub- 
lished bi-monthly. Edited by E. J. Eitel. 4to. Subscription, £\ 10». 
per volume. 

Dennys.— A Handbook op the Canton Veenaoulae of the Chinese 

Languaoe. Being a Series of Introductory Lessons, for Domestic and 
Business Purposes. By N. B. Dennys, M.R.A.S., Ph.D. 8vo. cloth, pp. 4, 
195. and 31. £1 10«. 

Dennys, — The Foik-Loee of China, and its Affinities with that of 

the Aryan and Semitic Races. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., author of " A Hand- 
book of the Canton Vernacular," etc. 8to. cloth, pp. 168. Ifis, 6d. 

Douglas. — Chinese-English Dictionaet of the Veenacttlae oe Spoken 

Language of Amoy, with the principal variations of the Chang'Chew and 
Chin-Chew Dialects. By the Kev. Carstairs Douglas, M.A., LL.D., Glasg. 
High quarto, cloth, double columnp, pp. 632. 1873. £3 3«. 

Douglas. — Chinese Lansttagb and Liteeatttee. Two Lectures de- 
livered at the Royal Institution, by R. X. Douglas, of the British Museum, 
and Prof, of Chinese at King's College. Cr. 8vo. pp. 118, cl. 1875. 6s. 

Douglas. — The Life of Jbnbhiz Khan. Translated from the Chinese, 
with an Introduction, by R. K. Douglas, of the British Museum. Crown 8vo. 
pp. xxxvi.-106, cloth. 1877. 5«. ^ 

Edkius. — A Geammae of CoLioauiAL Chinese, as exhibited in the 

Shanghai Dialect. By J. Ede.ins> B.A. Second edition, corrected. 8vo. 
half-calf, pp. viii. and 255. Shanghai, 1868. 21*. 

Edkins. — A Vocaetoaet of the Shanghai Diaxect. By J. Edkins. 

8vo. half-calf, pp. vi. and 151. Shanghai, 1869. 21s. 

Edkins . — Eeligion in China. A Brief Account of the Three EeligioiW 
of the Chinese. By Josejh Edkins, D.D. Post 8vo. cloth. 7s. 6d. 

Edkins. — A Geammae of the Chinese CoixoatnAL Language, com- 
monly called the Mandarin Dialect. By Joseph Edkins. Second edition. 
8vo- half-calf, pp. viii. and 279. Shanghai, 1864. £1 10s. 

Edkins. — Inteoduction to the Study of the Chinese Chaeactees. 
By J. Edkins, D.D., Peking, China. Roy. 8vo. pp. 340, paper boards. 18s. 



57 and. 59, Ludff ate Hill, London, E.C. 61 

Edkins. — ChiN4.'s Place in Philology. An attempt to show that the 
Languages of Europe and Asia have a common origin. By the Rev. Joseph 
Edkess. Crown 8vo., pp. xxiii. — 403, cloth. 10». 6<?. 

Edkinfl.— Chinese Buddhism. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 4. 

Edkius. — PEoeEESsivE Lessons est the Chinese Spoken Language, 
with Lists of Common Words and Phrases, and an Appendix containing the Laws 
of Tones in the Petin Dialect. Fourth Edition, 8to. Shanghai, 1881. 12«. 

Edkins. — The Evolution op the Chinese Language, as exemplifying 
the ori^n and growth of Human Speech. By Joseph Edkins, D.D. Author 
of "Eeligion in China;" "Chinese Buddhism;" etc. Eeprinted from the 
Journal of the Peking Oriental Society. 1887. 8to. pp. xvi. — 96. 3«. 6<f. 

Eitel. — Chinese Dictionaet in the Cantonese Dialect. By Eknest 
John Eitel, Ph.D. Tubing. I. to IV. 8yo. sewed, \1a. ^d. each. 

Eitel. — Handbook eok the Student of Chinese Buddhism. By th« Eev. 
E. J. Eitel, of the London Missionary Society. Cr. 8vo. pp. viii., 224, cl. 18». 

Eitel. — Feng-Shui : or, The Rudiments of Ifatural Science in China. 
By Rev, E. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Demy 8to. sewed, pp. vi. and 84. 6<. 

Eaber. — A. systematical Digest of the Doctrines of Confucius, 
according to the Analects, Great Learning, and Doctrine of the Mean, with an 
Introduction on the Authorities upon Confucius and Confucianism. By Eknst 
Fabeb, Rhenish Missionary. Translated from the German by P. 6. von. 
MoUendorfF. 8to. sewed, pp. viii. and 131. 1876. 12s. M. 

Faber. — Intboduction to the Science of Chinese Eeligion. A Critique 
of Max Miiller and other Authors. By E. Fabeb. 8vo. paper, pp. xii. and 154. 
Hong Kong, 1880. 7». 6rf. 

Faber. — Mind of MenciuS. See "Triihner's Oriental Series," p. 5. 

Ferguson.' — Chinese Eeseaeches. First Part : Chinese Chronology 

and Cycles. By T. Fbbbuson. Cr. 8vo. pp. vii. and 274, sd. 1880. 10s. U, 
Giles." — A DicTioNAEY of CoLLoauiAL Idioms in the Mandaein Dialect. 

By Heueebt A. Giles. 4to. pp. 65. £,\ 8s. 
Giles. — The San Tzu Ching ; or, Three Character Classic ; and the 

Ch'Jen Tsa Wen ; or, Thousand Character Essay. Metrically Translated by 

Herbert A. Giles. 12mo. pp. 28. 2s. 6d. 
GUes. — Synoptical Studies in Chinbsb Chaeactee. By Heebeet A. 

Giles. 8vo. pp. 118. 15s. 

Giles. — Chinese Sketches. By Heebeet A. Giles, of H.B.M.'s 

China Consular Service. 8vo. cl., pp. 204. 10s. 6rf. 

Giles. — A Glossaey of Refeeencb on Subjects connected with the 

Far East. By H A. Giles, of H.M. China Consular Service. 8vo. sewed, 

pp. V.-183. 7s. 6(?. 
Giles. — Chinese without a Teachee. Being a Collection of Easy and 

Useful Sentences in the M andarin Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Heebert 

A. Giles. 12mo. pp. 60. 6s. 
Hemisz. — A Guide to Conteesation in the English and Chinese 

Languaoes, for the use of Americans and Chinese in California and elsewhere. 

By Stanislas Hernisz. Square 8vo. pp. 274, sewed. 10s. 6d. 
The Chinese characters contained in this work are ftom the collections of Chinese groups 
engraved on steel, and cast into moveable types, by Mr. Maroellin Legiand, engraver of the 
Imperial Printing^ Office at Paris. They are used by most of the missions to China. 



62 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co., 

Eidd. — Catalogue of the Chinese Libeart of the Royal Asiatic 

Society. By the Rev. S. Kidd. 8vo. pp. 58, sewed. Is. 

Zwong. — KwoN&'s EDTTCATioiirAL Semes. By Kwong Ki Chtu, late 
Member of the Chinese Educational Commission in the United States, &c. In 
English and Chinese. All Post 8vo. cloth. First Beading Book. Illustrated 
-with Cuts. pp. 162. 188S. 4s. First Conversation Book. pp. xxxii. and 
248. lOs. Second Conversation Book. pp. xvi. and 406. 12s. Manual of 
Correspondence and Social Usages, pp. x^i. and 276. 12s. 

Legge.— ^Tkb Chotese Classics. With a Translation, Critical and 

Exegetical Notes, Prolegomena, and Copious Indexes. By Jambs Lbgoe, 
D.D., of the London Missionary Society. 7 vols. Boyal 8vo. cloth. 
Vol. I. Confucian Analects, the Great Learning, and the Doctrine of the Mean* 
pp. 526. £2 2s. Vol. II. Works of Mencius. pp. 634. £% 2». Vol. III. 
Part I. First Part of the Shoo-King, or the Books of Tang, the Books of 
Yu, the Books of Hea. the Books of Shang, and the Prolegomena, pp. viii. 
and 280. £% 2s. Vol. III. Part II. Fifth Part of the Shoo-King, or the Books 
of Chow, and the Indexes, pp. 281— 736. £2 2s. Vol. IV. Part I. First Part 
of the She-King, or the Lessons from the States ; and the Prolegomena, pp. 
182-244. £2 2s. Vol. IV. Part II. The 2nd, 3rd and 4th Parts of the She- 
King, or the Minor Odes of the Kingdom, the Greater Odes of the Kingdomj] 
the Sacrificial Odes and Praise-Songs, and the Indexes, pp. 540. £1 2s. 
Vol. V. Part I. Dukes Vin, Hwan, Chwang, Min, He, Wan, Seuen, and 
Ch'ing ; and the Prolegomena, pp. xii., 148 and 410. £2 2s. Vol. \. Part 
II. Dukes Seang, Ch'aon, Ting, and Gal, with Tso'e Appendix, and the 
Indexes, pp. 526. £2 2j. 

Legge. — The Chinese Classics. Translated into English. "With 

Preliminary Essays and Explanatory Notes. By James Legge, D.D., LL.D. 
Crown 8vo. cloth. Vol. I. The Life and Teachings of Confucius, pp. vi. and 
338. lOs. M. Vol. II. The Life and Works of Mencius. pp. 412. 12s. 
Vol. III. The She King, or The Book of Poetry, pp. viii. and 432. 12s. 

Legge. — Inaitsueal Lectuee on the Constititting of a Chinese Chaie 

in the University of Oxford, 1876, by Rev. James Legge, M.A., LL.D., 
Professor of Chinese at Oxford. Svo. pp. 28, sewed, dd. 

Legge. — Confucianism in Relation to Cheistianitt. A Paper 

Bead before the Missionary Conference in Shanghai, on May 11, 1877. By 
Rev. James Legge, D.D., LL.D. Svo. sewed, pp. 12. 1877. Is. 6d. 

Legge. — A Leitbe to Peopessoe Max Mtollee, chiefly on the Trans- 
lation into English of the Chinese Terms Ti and Shang Ti. By J. Legqe 
Professor of Chinese, Oxford. Crown 8vo. sewed, pp. 30. 1880. Is. ■■'- 

Leland. — Pusang ; or, the Discovery of America by Chinese Buddhist 
Priests in the Fifth Century. By Charles G. Leland. Cr. 8vo cloth 
pp. xix. and 212. 1875. 7s. U. ' 

Leland. — ^Pidgin-English Sing-Song ; or Songs and Stories in the 
China-English Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 
Svo. pp. viii. and 140, cloth. 1876. 6s. 

Lobscheid. — English and Chinese Diction aet, with the Punti and 

Mandarin Pronunciation. By the Rev. W. Lobscheid, Knight of Francis 
Joseph, etc. Folio, pp. viii. and 2016. In Four Parts. £& 8s. 

Lobscheid. — Chinese and English Dictionaet, Arranged according to 

the Radicals. By the Rev. W. Lobscheid, Knight of Francis Joseph, 
etc. Imp. Svo. double columns, pp. 600, bound. £2 8s, ' 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hitl, London, E.Q. 63 

H'ClatcMe. — Contitcian CosMoaoNr. A Translation (with, the Chinese 
Text opposite) of section 49 (Treatise on Cosmogony) of the " Complete Works" 
of the Philosopher Choo-Foo-Tze, with Explanatory Notes. By the Eev. 
Thomas M'Clatchie, M.A. Small 4to. pp. xviii. and 162. 1874. £\ la. 

ilacgowan. — A Manual op the Amot CoLioauiAL. By Eev. J. 
Macqowan, of the London Missionary Society. Second Edition. 8to. hall- 
hound, pp. 206. Amoy, 1880. £\ lOs. 

Maegowan.^ENeLisHAJsrD Chinese Diction abtoe the Amot Dialect. 
By Eev. J. Maogowan, London Missionary Society. Small 4to. half-hound, 
pp. 620. Amoy, 1883. £3 3s. 

Kaday and Baldwin. — An Alphabetic Diction aet or the Chinesb 
Language in the Foochow Dialect. By Rev. R. S. Maclay, D.D., of the 
Methodist Episcopal Mission, and Rev. C. 0. Baldwin, A.M., of the American 
Board of Mission. 8vo. half-bound, pp. 1132. Foochow, 1871. £i is. 

Uayers. — The Anglo-Chinese Calendab, Manual. A Handbook of 

Reference for the Determination of Chinese Dates during the period from 
1860 to 1879. With Comparative Tables of Annual and Mensual Designations, 
etc. Compiled by W. F. Masers, Chinese Secretary, H.B.M.'s Legation, 
Peking. 2nd Edition. Sewed, pp. 28. 7«. 6rf. 

Mayers. — The Chinese Government. A Manual of Chinese Titles, 

Categorically arranged, and Explained with an Appendix. By W. F. Mayers, 
Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking. Second Edition, 
with additions by G. M. H. Playfair, H.B.M. Vice-Consul, Shanghai. 8vQ. 
cloth, pp. lxiv-158. 1886. 1.5«. 

Medhurst.- — Chinese Dialogues, Questions, and Familiar Sentences, 

literally translated into English, with a view to promote commercial intercourse 
and assist beginners in the Language. By the late W. H. Medhurst, D.D. 
A new and enlarged Edition. 8vo. pp. 226. 18s, 

Kollendorff. — Manual oe Chinese Bibliography, being a List of 

Works and Essays relating to China. By P. G. and O. F. voN Mollendorpf, 
Interpreters to H.I.G.M.'s Consulates at Shanghai and Tientsin. 8vo. pp. viii. 
and 378. £1 lOs. 
Uorrison. — A Diciionabt op the Chinese Language. By the Eev. 

R. MoBBisoN,D.D. Two vols. Vol. I. pp. x. and 762; Vol. II. pp. 828, 
cloth. Shanghae, 1865. £6 6s. 

Peking Gazette. — Translation of the Peking Gazette for 1872 to 1885, 

8vo. cloth. 10s. 6rf. each. 
Piry. — Le Saint Edit, Etude de Litterature Chinoise. Preparee par 

A. Theophile Piry, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine. Chinese 

Text with French Translation. 4to. cloth, pp. xx. and 320. 21s. 
Playfair. — Cities and Totvns of China. 25*. See page 37. 
Hoss. — A Mandarin Primer. Being Easy Lessons for Beginners, 

Transliterated according to the European mode of using Roman Letters. By 

Rev. John Eoss, Newchang. 8vo. wrapper, pp. 122. 7s. &d. 
Rudy. — The Chinese Mandarin Language, after Ollendorflf's New 

Method of Learning Languages. By Charles Rudy. In 3 Volumes. 

Vol. I. Grammar. 8vo. pp. 248. £1 Is. 

Scarborough. — A Collection op Chinese Proterbs. Translated and 
Ajrranged by William Scarborough, Wesleyan Missionary, Hankow. With 
an Introduction, Notes, and Copious Index. Cr. 8vo. pp. xliv. and 278. 10s.6rf. 



64 Zingttistie Publications of Trubner & Co. 

Stent. — A Chdtese and Engiisb: Vocabtjlaet iw the Peeutese 
Dialect. By G. E. Stent. Second Edition, 8to. pp. xii.-720, half bound, 
1877. £2. 

Stent. — A Chinese ajstd English Pocket Dictionabt. By Gr. E. 
Stent. 16mo. pp. 250. 1874. 15s. 

Vanghan. — The Manners and Customs of the Chinese of the Straits 
Settlements. By J. D. Vaughan. Royal 8vo. toarde. Singapore, 1879. 7». 6rf, 

Vissering. — On Chinese Cttreency. Coin and Paper Money. "With 
a Facsimile of a Bank Note. By W. Vissering. Eoyal 8vo. cloth, pp. xv. and 
219. Leiden, 1877. 18s. 

Williams.— A Stllasic Dictionaet op the Chinese Language, 
arranged according to the Wu-Fang Yuen Tin, with the pronunciation of the 
Characters as heard in Peking, Canton, Amoy, and Shanghai. By S. Wells 
WiLLLAMS. 4to. cloth, pp. Ixxxiv. and 1262. 1874. £5 6«. 

Wylie. — Notes on Chinese LiiEHAumE ; ■with introductory Eemarks 
on the Progressive Advancement of the Art ; and a list of translations from the 
Chinese, into various European Languages. By A. Wylie, Agent of the 
British and Foreign Bible Society in China. 4to. pp. 296, cloth. Price, £1 16s. 



COREAN. 

Boss. — A CoBEAN Petmee. Being Lessons in Corean on all Ordinary 
Subjects. Transliterated on the principles of the Mandarin Primer by the 
same author. By the Rev. John Ross, Newchang. Demy 8vo. stitched, 
pp. 90. 10s. 

DANISH. 

Otte. — How TO lEAEN Dano-Nohwegian. a Manual for Students of 
Dano-Norwegian, and especially for Travellers in Scandinavia. Based upon 
the OUendorman System of teaching languages, and adapted for Self-Instruction. 
By E. C. Otte. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. xx.-338, cloth. 1884. 
7s. 6d. (Key to the Exercises, pp. 84, cloth, price 3s.) 

Ott6. — SntPiiEiED Gbammae op the Danish Language. By E. C. 
Otte. Crown 8vo. pp. viii.-66, cloth. 1884. 2s. 64. 



EGYPTIAN (Coptic, Hieroglyphics). 

Birch. — EGrpTiAN Texts: I. Text, Transliteration and Translation 
— II. Text and Transliteration. — III. Text dissected for analysis. — IV. Deter- 
minatives, etc. By S. Birch. London, 1877. Large 8vo. 12s. 

Catalogue (C) of leading Books on Egypt and Egyptology on Assyria 
and Assyriology. To be had at the affixed prices of Triibner and Co. 8vo., pp. 
40. 1880. Is. 

Chabas. — ^Les Pasteues en Egytte. — Memoire Publie pax rAcademie 
Eoyale des Sciences a Amsterdam. By F. Chabas. 4to. sewed, pp^ 56. 
Amsterdam, 1868. 6s. 



57 and 59, Lmdgate Hill, London, E.G. fi5 

Clarke, — Mbmoib on the Compaeatite G-eammah of Egyptian, Coptic, 

AND Ude. By Hyde Clarke, Cor. Member American Oriental Society ; Mem. 
German Oriental Society, etc. , etc. Demy 8vo. sd., pp. 32. is. 

Egyptologie.— (Forms also the Second Yolume of the First Bulletin of 
the Congrfes Provincial des Orientalistes Francjais.) 8vo. sewed, pp. 604, ■vritt 
Eight Plates. Saint-Etiene, 1880. .8«. 6rf. 

Lieblein. — Recheeches sub la Chkonologie Egypiienne d'apres les 
liates G6uealogiques. By J. Lieblein. Boy. 8to. sewed, pp. 147, with Nine 
Plates. Christiana, 1873. 7s. 6<?. 

Mariette-Bey. — The Monuments as TJppek Egypt ; a translation of 

the " Itineraire de la Haute Egypte " of Augdste Maribttb-Bey. Translated 
by Alphonse Makiette. Crown 8vo. pp. xtI, and 262, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6(i 

Records of the Fast> being Enoush Translations of the Assyrian 
AND THE Egyptian Monuments. Published under the Sanction of the Society of 
Biblical Archeology. Edited by Dr. S. Biroh. 

Vols. I. to XII., 1874-79. 3s. 6d. eaeli. (Vols. I., HI., V., VII., IX., XI., contain 
Assyriaoi Texts.) - 

Renouf. — Eikmentaey Geamkab of the Ancient Egyptian Language, 
in the Hieroglyphic Type. By Lb Page Eenoup. 4to., cloth. 1875. 12s. 



ENGLISH (Early and Modern English and Dialects). 

Ballad Society (The). — Subscription — Small paper, one guinea, and 
large paper, three guineas, per annum. List of publications 
on application. 

Barnes.— ^Glossahy of the Doeset Dialect, with a Grammar of its 
Word Shapening and Wording. By W. Barnes, B.D. Demy 8vo. pp. viii. — 
126, sewed. 1886. 6s. 

Boke of Nurture (The). By John RtrssELL, about 1460-1470 Anno 

Domini. The Boke of Keruynge. By Wy'NKYn de Wobde, Anno Domini 
1S13. The Boke of Nurture. By Hugh Rhodes, Anno Domini 1577. Edited 
from the Originals in the British Museum Library, by Frederick J. Furni- 
VALL, M.A., Trinity Hall, Cambridge, Member of Council of the Philological 
2ind Early English Text Societies. 4to. half-morocco, gilt top, pp. zix. and 146, 
28, xxviii. and 56. 1 867. 1 1. 1 Is. 6d. 

Burne. — Shbopshiee Folk-Lobe ; A Sheaf of Gleanings. Edited' by 
C. S. Burne from the Collections of G. F. Jackson. Demy 8yo. pp xvi,— 664, 
cloth. 1886. 25s. 

Chamock. — ^Vebba Nominalia ; or Words derived from Proper Names. 
By Richard Stephen Charnock, Ph. Dr., F.S.A.,etc. Svo.pp. 326, cloth. 14j. 

Chamock. — Lunus Patbonymicus ; or, the Etymology of Curious Sur- 
names. By Richard Stephen Charnock, Ph.D., F.S.A., F.R.G.S. Crown 
8to., pp. 182, cloth. 7s. 6d. 

Chamock. — A Glossaey of the Essex Dialect. By E. S. Chaenock, 
8vo. cloth, pp. X. and 64. 1880. 3s. &d. 

Chaucer Society (The). — Subscription, two guineas per annum. 

List of Publications on application. 

5 



66 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co., 

Eger and Grime ; an Early English Romance. Edited from Bishop 

Percy's Folio Manuscript, about 1650 a.d. By J. W. Hales, M.A., and 
F. J. FuBNiVALL, M.A., of Trinity Hall, Cambridge. 4to., pp. 64. (only 
100 copies printed), bound in the Eoxburghe style. 10s. 6d. 

Early English Text Society's Puhlications. Subscription, one guinea 

per annum. All demy 8vo. in wrappers. 

1. Ea:elt Elf gush Alliterative Poems. In the "West-Midland 

Dialect of the Fourteenth Century. Edited by R. Mokris, Esq., from an 
unique Cottonian MS. 16s. 

2. Aethuk (about 1440 a.d.). Edited by F. J. Ettenitall, Esq., 

from the Marquis of Bath's unique MS. is. 

3. Ane CoMPENDiotrs AND Breue Tractate conceentng te Office 

AND Dewtie of Kyngis, etc. By William Lauder. (1566 a.D.) Edited 
by F. Hall, Esq., D.O.L. is. 

4. Sir Gtawatne and the Green Knight (about 1320-30 a.d.). 

Edited by K. Morris, Esq., from an unique Cottonian MS. 10s. 

5. Of the Orthogeaphie and Congettiiie of the Britan Tonqte ; 

a treates, noe shorter than necessarie, for the Schooles, be Alexander Hume. 
Edited for the first time from the unique MS. in the British Museum (about 
1617 A.D.), by Henry B. Wheatley, Esq. 4s. 

6. Lancelot of the Laik. Edited from the unique MS. in the Cam- 

bridge University Library (ab. 1500), by the ilev. Walter W. Skeat, 
M.A. 8s. 

7. The Story of Genesis and Exodus, an Early English Song, of 

about 1250 a.d. Edited for the first time from the unique MS, in the Library 
of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, by K. Morris, Esq. 8s. 

8 MoRTE Arthitee ; the Alliterative Version. Edited from Kobebt 
Thornton's unique MS. (about 1440 a.d.) at Lincoln, by the Rev. George 
Perry, M.A., Prebendary of Lincoln. 7s. 

9. Animadversions ttppon the Annotacions and Corrections of 
SOME Imperfections op Impressiones op Chaucer's Workes, reprinted 
in 1598; by Francis TniNNB. Edited from the unique MS. in the 
Bridgewater Library. By G. H. Kingsley, Esq., M.D., and F. J. Furnivall, 
Esq., M.A. 10s. 

10. Merlin, or the Early History of King Arthtje. Edited for the 

first time from the unique M S. in the Cambridge University Library (about 
1450 A.D.), by Henry B. Wheatley, Esq. Part L 2s. 6(?. 

1 1 . The Monarohe, and other Poems of Sir David Lyndesay. Edited 

from the first edition by Johne Skott, in 1562, by Fitzedward Hall, 
Esq., D.C.L. Part L 3s. 

12. The "Wright's Chaste "Wife, a Merry Tale, by Adam of Cobsam 

(about 1462 a.d.), from the unique Lambeth MS. 306. Edited for the first 
time bv F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. Is. 

13. Seinte Marhebete, ]>e Melden ant Maetye. Three Texts of ab.. 

1200,1310, 1330 A.D. First edited in 1862, by the Rev. Oswald Cockayne, 
M.A., and now re-issued. 2s^ 

14. Kyng Hoen, with fragments of Floriz and Blauncheflur, and the 

Assumption of the Blessed Virgin. Edited from the MSS. in the Library of 
the University of Cambridge and the British Museum, by the Rev. J. Eawson 
LuMBY. 3s. dd. 



57 and 69, LudgaU Hill, London, E.C. ' 67 

15. PouTicAL, Eeliwotis, AND LoTE PoEMS, from the Lambeth MS. 

No, 306, and other sources. Edited by F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. 
7s. 6d. 

16. A TsETicE IN Ensiish breuely dra-we out of Tp book of Quintis 

essencijs in Latyn, J; Hermys Tp prophete and king of Egipt after ]i flood 
of Noe, fader of Philosophris, hadde by reuelaciouw of an aungil of God to him 
sente. Edited from the Sloane MS. 73, by F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. Is. 

17. Parallel Exteacts from 29 Manuscripts of Piees Plotvman, with 

Comments, and a Proposal for the Society's Three-text edition of this Poem. 
By the Rer. W. Skeat, M.A. \s. 

18. Hali Meidenhead, about 1200 a.d. Edited for the first time from 

the MS. (with a translation) by the Rev. Oswald Cockayne, M.A. Is. 

19. The Monaeche, and other Poems of Sir David Lyndesay. Part II., 

the Complaynt of the King's Fapingo, and other minor Poems. Edited from 
the First Edition by F. Hall, Esq., D.C.L. 3s. 6d. 

20. Some Teeatises bt Eichaed Eolle de Hampole. Edited from 

Robert of Thornton's MS. (ab. 1440 a.d,), by Rev. George G. Perry, 
M.A. Is. 

21. Meelin, ok the Eaelt Histoet ob Kin& Aethije. Part II. Edited 

by Henry B. Wheatley; Esq. 4s. 

22. The Eomans op Paetenat, oe Ltjsi&nen. Edited for the first time 

from the unique MS. in the Library of Trinity College, Cambridge, by the 
Rev. W. W. Skeat. M.A. 6s. 

23. Dan Michel's Atenbite oe Inwtt, or Eemorse of Conscience, in 

the Kentish dialect, 1340 A.u. Edited from the unique MS. in the British 
Museum, by Richard Morris, Esq. 10s. 6d. 

24. Hymns oe the Yiegin and Cheist ; The Paeliament op Detils, 

and Other Religious Poems. Edited from the Lambeth MS. 853, by F. J. 
Fcrnivall, M.A. 3s. 

25. The Stacions op Eome, and the Pilgrim's Sea-Voyage and Sea- 

Sickness, with Clene Maydenhod. Edited from the Vernon and Forkington 
MSS., etc., by F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. Is. 

26. Eeligiotts Pieces in Peose and Veesb. Containing Dan Jon 

Gaytrigg's Sermon ; The Abbaye of S. Spirit j Sayne Jon, and other pieces 
in the Northern Dialect. Edited from Robert of Thorntone's MS. (ab. 1460 
A.D.), by the Rev. G. Perry, M.A. 2s. 

27. MA^rpuLirs Vocabuloetjm : a Ehyming Dictionary of the English 

Language, by Petek Levins (1570). Edited, with an Alphabetical Index 
by Henry B. Wheatley. 12s. 

28. The Vision op William conceening Piees Plowman, together with 

Vita de Dowel, Dobet et Dobest. 1362 a.d., by William Langland. The 
earliest or Vernon Text; Text A. Edited from the Vernon "MS., with full 
Collations, by Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 7s. 

29. Old English HoMrLiES and Homileiic Teeatises. (Sawles "Warde 

and the "Wohunge of Ure Lauerd : Ureisuns of ITre Louerd and of Ure Lefdi, 
etc.) of the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. Edited from MSS. in the Brit- 
ish Museum, Lambeth, and Bodleian Libr-aries ; with Introdiictton, Transla- 
tion, and Notes, by Eichard Morris. Mrst Series, Part I. 7s. 



68 Linguistic Publications of Tmbner & Co., 

30. PiEES, THE Plottghman's Gbebe (about 1394). Edited from the 

MSS. by the fiev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 2s. 

31. Instkttctions for Pasish Peie&ts. By John Mtec. Edited from 

Cotton MS. Claudius A. II., by Edward Peacock, Esq., F.S.A., etc., etc. 4ff. 

32. Easit Engiish Meals and Manners; John Eussell's Boke of 

Nuture, "Wynfeyn de Worde's Boke of Keruynge, The Boke of Curtasye, K. 
Weste's Booke of Demeanor, Seager's Schoole of Vertue, The Babees Book, 
Aristotle's ABC, Urbanitatis, Stans Puer ad Mensara, The Lytille Childrenefr 
Lytil Boke, For to serve a Lord, Old Symon, The Birched School-Boy, etc. 
With some Forewords on Education in Early England. Edited by F. J. 
Fuenivall, M.A., Trin. Hall, Cambridge, 1S«. 

33. The Book of the Knight de la Totte Landbt, 1372. A Father's 

Book for his Daughters, Edited from the Harleian MS. 1764, by Thomas 
Wright Esq., M.A. , and Mr. William Rosmtek. S«. 

34. Old English Homilies and HomHetic Treatises. (Sawles "Warde, 

and the Wohnuge of Ure Lauerd : Ureisiins of Ure Louerd and of Ure L^fdi, 
etc.) of the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. Edited from MSS. in the 
British Museum, Lambeth, and Bodleian Libraries ; with Introduction, Trans- 
lation, and Notes, by Eichakd Moreis. First Series. Part 2. 8«. 

35. Snt Dato) Ltndesat's Works. Part 3. The Historie of an& 

Nobil and WaUzeand Sqvyer, William Meldeum, umqvhyle Laird of 
Cleische and Bynnis, compylit be Sir Dauid Ltndesat of the Mont alias- 
Lyoun King of Armes. With the Testament of the said Williame Mel- 
drum, Squyer, compylit alswa be Sir Dauid Lyndesay, etc. Edited by F. 
Hall, D.C.L. 2s. 

36. Merlin, or the Early History of King Arthur. A Prose 

Eomance (about 1450-1460 a.d.), edited from the unique MS. in th& 
University Library, Cambridge, by HfeNEY B. Wheatlbt. With an Essay 
on Arthurian Localities, by J. S. Stuart Glemnie, Esq. Partlll. 1869. 12s. 

37. Sir Datid Lyndesay's "Works. Part IV. Ane Satyre of the- 

thrie estaits, in commendation of vertew and vitvperation of vyce. Maid 
be Sir David Lindesay, of the Mont, alias Lyon King of Armes. At 
Edinbvrgh. Printed be Eobert Charteris, 1602. Cvm privilegio regis.. 
Edited by F. Hall, Esq., D.C.L. 4s. 

38. The Vision of William concerning Piers the Plowman, 

together with yita de Dowel, Dobet, et Dobest, Secundum Wit et Besoun,. 
by William Langland (1377 a.d.). The "Crowley" Text; or Text B. 
Edited from MS. Laud Misc. 581, collated with MS. Rawl. Poet. .38, MS. 
B. 15. 17. in the Library of Trinity College, Cambridge, MS. Dd. 1. 17. la- 
the Cambridge University Library, the MS. in Oriel College, Oxford, MS. 
Bodley 814, etc. By the Rev. Waltek W. Skeat, M.A., late Fellow of 
Christ's College, Cambridge. 10s. 6d. 

39. The "Gest Hystoeiale" of the Destritciion of Teoy. An. 

Alliterative Romance, translated from Guido De Colonna's "Hysteria. 
Troiana." Now first edited from the unique MS. in the Hunterian Museum, 
University of Glasgow, by the Rev. Geo. A. Panton and David Donaldson. 
Part I. 10s. 6d. 

40. English Gelds. The Original Ordinances of more than One 

Hundred Early English Gilds : Together with the olde usages of the cite of 
Wynchestre; The Ordinances of Worcester; The Office of the Mayor of 
Bristol; and the Customary of the Manor of Tettenhall- Regis. From. 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 69 

Original MSS. of the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries. Editted with 
Notes by the late Toulmin Smith, Esq., F.R.S. of Northern Antiquaries 
(Copenhagen). With an Introduction and Glossary, etc., by his daughter, 
Lucy Toulmin Smith. And a Preliminary Essay, in Five Parts, On the 
History and Development or Gilds, by Lujo Brentano, Doctor Juris 
XJtriusqne et Philosophiee. 21*. , 

41. The Minoe Poems of "William Laudeii,, Playwright, Poetj and 

Minister of the Word of God (mainly on the State of Scotland in and about 
1568 A.D., that year of Famine and Plague). Edited from the Unique 
Originals belonging to S. Christie-Miller, Esq., of Britwell, by P. J. 
FuRNiVALL, M.A., Trin. Hall, Camb. 3s. 

42. Beenaebus he Cuba eei rAMtrLiABis, with some Early Scotch 

Prophecies, etc. From a MS., KK 1. 5, in the Cambridge University 
Library. Edited by J. Rawson Lumby, M.A., late Fellow of Magdalen 
College, Cambridge. 2s. 

43. Ratis Rating, and other Moral and Religious Pieces, in Prose and 

Verse. Edited from the Cambridge University Library MS. KK 1. S, by J. 
Rawson Lumby, M.A., late Fellow of Magdalen College, Cambridge. 3». 

44. Joseph op Aeimathie : otherwise called the Romance of the 

Seint Graal, or Holy Grail: an alliterative poem, written about a.d. 1350, 
and now first printed from the unique copy in the Vernon MS. at Oxford, 
With an appendix, containing "The Lyfe of Joseph of Armathy," reprinted 
from the black-letter copy of W^nkyn de Worde ; " De sancto Joseph ab 
Arimathia," first printed by Pynson, a.d. 1516 ; and " The Lyfe of Joseph of 
Arimathia," first printed by Pynson, a.d. I.'i20. Edited, with Notes and 
Glossarial Indices, l)y the Rev. Walter W. Skeat, M.A. 5». 

45. Kiifa Alpked'sWesx-Saxon Veesion of Geegoet's Pasioeal Caee. 

With an English translation, the Latin Text, Notes, and an Introduction 
Edited by Henry Sweet, Esq., of Balliol College, Oxford. Part I. 10*. 

46. Legends op the Holt Rood ; Symbols op the Passion and Ceoss- 

PoEMS. In Old English of the Eleventh, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Cen- 
turies. Edited from MSS. in the British Museum and Bodleian Libraries; 
with Introduction, Translations, and Glossarial Index. By Richard 
Morris, LL.D. IOs. 

47. SiE Datid Ltndesat's Woeks. Paet Y. The Minor Poems of 

Lyndesay. Edited by J. A. H. Murray, Esq. 3s. 

48. The Times' Whistle : or, A Newe Daunce of Seven Satires, and 

other Poems : Compiled by R. C, Gent. Now first Edited from MS. Y. 8. 3. 
in the Library of Canterbury Cathedral ; with Introduction, Notes, and 
Glossary, by J. M. Cowpeb. 6s. 

49. An Old English Miscellany, containing a Bestiary, Kentish 

Sermons, Proverbs of Alfred, Religious Poems of the 13th century. Edited 
from the MSS. by the Rev. K. Morris, LL.D. 10s. 
-50. King Alpeed's "Wbst-Saxon Veesion op Gteegoet's Pastoeal Caee. 

Edited from 2 MSS., with an English translation. By Henry Sweet, Esq., 

Balliol College, Oxford. Part II. 10s. 
■51. pE LiPLADE of St. Juliana, from two old English Manuscripts of 

1230 a.d. With renderings into Modern English, by the Hev. O. Cockayne 

and Edmund Brock. Edited by the Rev. O. Cockayne, M.A. Price 2». 
.62. Palladius on Husbondbie, from the uniijue MS., ab. 1420 a.d., 

ed. Rev. B. Lodge. Part 1. 10s. 



70 Linguistic Piihlications of Triibner & Co., 

53. Old English Homilies, Series II., from the unique 13tli-century 

MS. in Trinity Coll. Cambridge, with a photolithograph ; three Hymns to 
the Virgin and God, from a unique 13th-century MS. at Oxford, a photo- 
lithograph of the music to two of them, and transcriptions of it in modern 
, notation by Dr. Rimbault, and A. J. Ellis, Esq., F.R.S.; the whole 
edited by the Rev. Richard Mo^is, LL.D. 8«. 

54. The Vision of Piees Plowman, Text C (completing tie three 

versions of this great poem), with an Autotype ; and two unique alliterative 
Poems : Richard the Redeles (by William, the author of the Vision) ; and 
The Crowned King ; edited by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 18s. 

55. Genektdes, a Eomance, edited from the unique MS., ab. 1440 a.d., 

in Trin. Coll. Cambridge, by W. Aldis Weight, Esq., M.A., Trin. Coll. 
Cambr. Part I. 3*. 

56. The Gest Htstokiaie op the Destbttction op Teoy, translated 

from Guide de Colonna, in alliterative verse ; edited from the unique MS. in 
the Hunteriau Museum, Glasgow, by D. Donaldson, Esq., and the late Eev. 
G. A. Panton. Part II. 10s.' 6d. 

57. The Eahlt Enolish Version op the "Cuesob Mtjndi," in four 

Texts, from MS. Cotton, Vesp. A. iii. in the British Museum ; Fairfax MS. 
14. in the Bodleian ; the Gottingen MS. Theol. 107 ; MS. R. 3, 8, in Trinity 
College, Cambridge. Edited by the Eev. R. Morris, LL.D. Part I. with 
two photo-lithographic facsimiles by Cooke and Fotheringham. 10s. 6d. 

58. The Blicklino Homilies, edited from the Marquis of Lothian's 

Anglo-Saxon MS. of 971 a.d., by the Rev. R. Moreis, LL.D. (With a 
Photolithograph). Parti. 8s. 

59. The Eaelt Enslish Veesion op the " Cuesoe Mtjndi ; " in four 

Texts, from MS. Cotton Vesp. A. iii. in the British Museum ; Fairfax MS. 
14. in the Bodleian ; the Gottingen MS. Theol. 107 ; MS. E. 3, 8, in Trinity 
College, Cambridge. Edited by the Rev. E. Mo:5»ls, LL.D. Part II. 15s, 

60. Meditacytjns on the Sopee op otje Loede (perhaps by Bobeet 

OP Brtjnnb). Edited from the MSS. by J. M. Cowper, Esq. 2s. 6d. 

61. The Eomance and Peophecies op Thomas op Eecelboune, printed 

from Five MSS. Edited by Dr. James A. H. Murray. 10s. 6rf. 

62. The Eaelt English Veesion of the "Cuesoe Mundi," in Four 

Texts. Edited by the Rev. E. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Part IIL ISs. 

63. The Blickling Homilies. Edited from the Marquis of Lothian's 

Anglo-Saxon MS. of 971 a.d., by the Rev. R. Morris, LL.D. Part II. 4s. 

64. Feancis Thtnne's Emblemes and Epigeams, a.d. 1600, from the- 
Earl of EUesmere's unique MS. Edited by F. J. Fubnivall, M.A. 4s. 

65. Be Domes D^ge (Bede's De Die Judicii) and other short Anglo- 
Saxon Pieces. Ed. from the uniqueMS. by the Eev. J. Eawson Lumby, B.D. 2s 

66. The Eaelt English Veesion op the " Cuesoe Mundi," in Four 
Texts. Edited by Rev. R. Mokris, M.A., LL.D. Part IV. 10s. 

67. Notes on Piees Plowman. By the Eev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 

Part I. 21s. 

68. The Early English Version of the "Cuesoe Mundi," in Four 

Texts. Edited by Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Part V. 25s. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.G. 71 

69. Adam Davy's Five Debams about Ed-waed II. The Lite of 

Saint Alexius. Solomon's Book of Wisdom. St. Jerome's 15 Tokens 
before Doomsday. The Lamentation of Souls. Edited from the Laud MS. 
622, in the Bodleian Library, by F. J. Furnivall, M.A. 6«. 

70. Geneetdes, a Eomance. Edited by "W. Aidis Weight, M.A. 

Part II. 4«. 

71. The Lay Folk's Mass-Book, 4 Texts. Edited by Eer. Canon 

Simmons. 25s. 

72. PALLAnnrsoH-HTTSBoirDErE, englisht (ab. 1420 a.b.'^. Part II. Edited 

by S. J. Heketage, B.A. 5s. 

73. THEBLicKLKfG Homilies, 971 a.d. Edited by Eev. Dr. E. Moeeis. 

Part III. 8s. 

74. English "Woeks oe "Wtclie, Htberto unprinted. Edited by F. D. 

Matthew. 20s. 

75. Catholicon Am-glicum, an early English Dictionary, from Lord 

Monson's MS., a.d. 1483. Edited with Introduction and Notes by S. J. 
Herbtage, B.A. ; and with a Preface by H. B. Wheatley. 20s. 

76. Aeleeic's Meteical Lives of Saints, in MS. Cott. Jul. E. 7. 

Edited by Eev. Prof. Skeat, M.A. Part I. 10s. 

77. Beowulf. The unique MS. Autotyped and Transliterated. 

Edited by Professor Zupitza, Ph.D. 2o«. 

78. The Fiftt Eabliest English "Wnxs in the Court of Probate, 

1387-1439. Edited by F. J. Furnivall, M.A. 7s. 

79. King Alfeed's Oeosius feom Lokd Tollemachb's 9th Centuey 
MS. Part I. Edited by H. Sweet, M.A. 13s. 

Extra Volume. Facsimile of the Epinal Glossary, 8th Century, edited by H. 
Sweet. 15s. 

80. The Anglo-Saxon Life of St. Katheedste and its Latin Osiginal. 
Edited by Dr. Einenkbl. 12s. 

81. PiEES Plowman. Notes, Glossary, etc., Part IV., Section II., 
completing the Work. Edited by Eev. Prof. Skeat, M.A. 18s. 

82. Aelfeic's Meteical Lives of Saints, MS. Cott. Jul. E. 7. ed. 
Eev. Prof. Skeat, M.A., LL.D. Part II. 12s. 

83. The Oldest English Texts. Charters, etc., ed. H. Sweet, M.A. 20*. 

84. Additional Analogs to " The Weight's Chaste "Wife." No. 12. 
By W. A. Clouston. Is. 

85. The Theee ExtfGS of Cologne. 2 English Texts and 1 Latin, 
ed. Dr. C. Horstmann. 17s. 

86. Peose Lives OF Women Saints, ab, 1610 a.d., from the unique 
MS., by Dr. C. Horstmann. 12s. 

Extra Series. Subscriptions — Small paper, one guinea ; large paper 
two guineas, per annum. 

1. The Eomance of William of Paleene (otherwise known as the 
Romance of William and the Werwolf). Translated from the French at the 
command of Sir Humphrey de Bohun, about a.d. 1350, to which is added a 
fragment of the Alliterative Eomance of Alisaunder, translated from the 



72 Linguistic PMicatiom of Triibner & Co., 

Latin by the same author, about a.d. 1340 ; the former re-edited from the 
unique MS. in the Library of King's College, Cambridge, the latter now 
first edited from the unique MS. in the Bodleian Library, Oxford. By the 
Rev. WALTEa W. Skeat, M.A. 8vo. sewed, pp. xliv. and 328. 13«. 

2; On Eaelt English PBONnNciATioN, with especial xeferenoe to 
Shakspere and Chaucer ; containing an investigation of the Correspondence 
of Writing with Speech in England, from the Anglo-Saxon period to the 
present day, preceded by a systematic Notation of all Spoken Sounds by 
means of the/ordinary Printing Types ; including a re-arrangement of Prof. 
F. J. Child's Memoirs on the Language of Chaucer and Gower, and reprints 
of the rare Tracts by Salesbury on English, Ibil, and Welsh, 1567, and by 
Barcley on French, 1S2J By Alexander J. Ellis, F.R.S. Part L On 
the Pronunciation of the xivth, xvith, xviith, and xviiith centuries. 8vo. 
sewed, pp. viii. and 416. 10s. 

3. Caxton's Book op Cukteste, printed at Westminster about 1477-8, 

A.D., and now reprinted, with two MS. copies of the same treatise, from the 
Oriel MS. 79, and the Balliol MS. 354. Edited by Frederick J. Fubni- 
VALL, M.A. 8vo. sewed, pp. xii. and 68. 5s. 

4. The Lat of Hatelok the Dane ; composed in tlie reign of 

Edward I., about A.D. 1280. Formerly edited by Sir F. Madden for the 
Roxburghe Club, and now re-edited from the unique MS. Laud Misc. 108, in 
the Bodleian Library, Oxford, by the Rev. Walter W. Skeat, M.A. 8vo. 
sewed, pp. Iv. and 160. 10s. ' 

5. Chaitcee's Teanslation oe BoETHiTJs's " De Consolatione 

Philosophie." Edited from the Additional MS. 10,340 in the British 
Museum. Collated with the Cambridge Univ. Libr. MS. li. 3. 21. By 
BicEARD Morris. 8vo. 12s. 

6. The Eomance op the Chevbleee Assione. Ee-edited from the 

unique manuscript in the British Museum, with a Preface, Notes, and 
Glossarial Index, by Henby H. Gibbs, Esq., M.A. Bvo. sewed, pp. 
xviii. and 38. 3s. 

7. On Eaelt English Peontjnciation, "with especial reference to 

Shakspere and Chaucer. By Alexander J. Ellis, F.R.S., etc., etc. 
Part IL On the Pronunciation of the xiii th and previous centuries, of 
Anglo-Saxon, Icelandic, Old IVorse and Gothic, with Chronological Tables of 
the Value of Letters and Expression of Sounds in English Writing. 10s. 

8. QuEENB Elizabeihes Achabemy, hy Sir Humpheet Gilbeei. 

A Booke of Precedence, The Ordering of a Funerall, etc. Varying Versions 
of the Good Wife, The Wise Man, etc., Maxims, Lydgate's Order of Fools, 
A Poem on Heraldry, Occleve on Lords' Men, etc.. Edited by F. J. 
Furnivall, M.A., Trin. Hall, Camb. With Essays on Early Italian and 
German Books of Courtesy, by W. M. Rossetti, Esq., and E. Oswald 
Esq. 8vo. 13s. 

9. The Feateknitte op Yacabondes, by John Awbelet (licensed 

in 1560-1, imprinted then, and in 1565), from the edition of 1575 in the 
Bodleian Library. A Caueat or Warening for Commen Cursetors vulgarely 
called Vagabones, by Thomas Harman, EsauiERE. From the 3rd edition of 
1567, belonging to Henry Huth, Esq., collated with the 2nd edition of 1567, 
in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, and with the reprint of the 4th edition of 
1573. A Sermon in Praise of Thieves and Thievery, by Pauson Haben or 
Hybeudyne, from the Lansdowne MS. 98, and Cotton Vesp. A. 25. Those 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, B.C. 73 

parts of the Groundworke of Conny-catching (ed. 1592), that differ from 
Harmim's Gaueat. Edited by Edward Viles & F. J. Fornivall, 8vo. 
7*. 6d. 

10. The Fyest Boee of the Introductioit of Knowledge, made by 

Andrew Borde, of Physycke Doctor. A Compendyods Reoyment of a 
Cyetaby of Eelth made in Mountpyllier, compiled by Andrewe Boorde, 
of Physycke Doctor. Barnes in the Depenob of the Berde : a treatyse 
made, answerynge the treatyse of Doctor Borde upon Berdes. Edited, with 
a life of Andrew Boorde, and large extracts from his Breuyary, by F. 3 
FuRNivALL, M. A., Trinity Hall, Camb. 8vo. 18s. 

1 1 . The Beitce ; or, the Book of the most excellent and noble Prince, 

Robert de Broyss, King of Scots : compiled by Master John Barbour, Arch- 
deacon of Aberdeen, A.s. 1375. Edited from MS. G 23 in the Library of St. 
John's College, Cambridge, -written A. D. 1487; collated with the MS. in the 
Advocates' Library at Edinburgh, written a.d. 1489, and with Hart's 
Edition, printed a.d. 1616 ; with a Preface, Notes, and Glossarial Index, by 
the Rev. Walter W. Skeai, M.A. Parti 8vo. 12«. 

12. Engiand js -the Eeign of King Hestbt the Eighih. A 

Dialogue between Cardinal Pole and Thomas Lupset, Lecturer in Bhetoric 
at Oxford. By Thomas Starkey, Chaplain to the King. Edited, with 
Preface, Notes, and Glossary, by J. M. Cowper. And with an Introduction, 
containing the Life and Letters of Thomas Starkey, by the Rev. J. S. Brewer, 
M.A. Part II. 12s. 

13. A SiTPPLicACTON FOE THE Begoaes. "Written about the year 1529, 

by Simon Fish. Now re-edited by Frederick J. Fdrnivall. With a 
Supplycacion to our moste Soueraigne Lorde Kynge Henry the Eyght 
(1544 A.D.), A Supplication of the Poore Commons (1546 a.d.), The Decaye 
of England by the great multitude of Shepe (1550-3 a.d.). Edited by J. 
Meadows Cowpbe. 6s. 

14. On Eaelt English Peonitnciation, with especial reference to 

Shakspere and Chaucer. By A. J. Ellis, F.R.S., F.S.A. Part III. 
Illustrations of the Pronunciation of the xivth and xvith Centuries. Chaucer, 
Gower, Wycliffe, Spenser, Shakspere, Salesbury, Barcley, Hart, Bullokar, 
Gill. Pronouncing Vocabulary. 10s. 

15. Edbeet Ceowley's Thikit-one Epigrams, Voyee of the Last 

Trumpet, Way to Wealth, etc., 1550-1 a.d. Edited by J. M. Cowper, Esq. 
12s. 

16. A TfiEATisB ON THE AsTEOiABE ; addressed to his son Lowys, by 

Geoffrey Chaucer, a.d. 1391. Edited from the earliest MSS. by the Rev. 
Walter W. Skeat, M.A., late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. iOs. 

17. The Complatnt of Scoilaube, 1549, a.d., with an Appendix of 

four Contemporary English Tracts. Edited by J. A. H. Murray, Esq. 
Part I. Ills. 

18. The Complaynt of Scotlaude, etc. Part II. 8s. 

19. OuEE Ladyes Myeouee, A.D. 1530, edited by the Kev. J. H. 

Blunt, M.A., with four full-page photolithographic facsimiles by Cooke and 
Fotiieringham. 24s. 

20. Lonelich's Histoey op the Holy Geail (ab. 1460 a.d.), translated 

from the French Prose of Sires Robiers de Borron. Ke-edited fron the 
Unique MS. in Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, by F. J. FurnivaU, Esq. 
M.A. Part I. 8s. 



74 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co., ' 

21. Bibboub's Beuce. Edited from the MSS. and the earliest 

printed edition by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M. A. Part 11. is. 

22. Henet Beinklow's Complatnt op Eodeetck Moes, somtyme 

a gray Fryre, unto the Parliament Howse of Ingland his naturall Country^ 
for the Bedresse of certen wicked Lawes, euel Customs, and cruel Decreys 
(ab. 1542); and The Lamentacion of a Cheistian Against the Citib 
OP London, made by Eoderigo Mors, a.d. 1545. Edited by J. M. Cowpbr, 
Esq. 9s. 

23. On Eaelt Enslish PEOKTrafciAiioif, with especial reference to 

Shakspere and Chaucer. By A. J. Ellis, Esq., F.R.S. Part IV. 10*. 

24. LoifELicH's HisioEY OP THE HoLT Geail (ab. 1450 A.D.), translated 

from the French Prose of Sibes Robieks de Bobhon. Re-edited from the 
Unique MS. in Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, by F. J. Fornivali., 
Esq., M.A. Part II. 10s. 

25. The Eomance op Gtjt op Waewick. Edited from the Cambridge 

University MS. by Prof. J. Zcpitza, Ph.D. Part I. 20s. 

26. The Eomance op Gtjt op Waewick. Edited from the Cambridge 

University MS. by Prof J. Zupitza, Ph. D. (The 2nd or 15th century version). 
Part II. 14s. 

27. The English Woeks op John Eishee, Bishop of Koohester (died 

1535). Edited by Professor J. E. B. Mayor, M.A. Part I., the Text. 16s. 

28. Lonelich's Histoet of the Holt Geail. Edited by E. J". 

FuRNivALL, M.A. Part III. 10s. 

29. Baebotje's Bextce Edited from the MSS. and the earliest Printed 

Edition, by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. Part III. 2]s. 

30. Lonelich's Histoey op the Holy Geail. Edited by F. J. 

Fdrhivall, Esa., M.A. Part IV. 15«. 

31. Alexanbee and DiNDimrs. Translated from the Latin about 

A.D. 1340-50. Ee-edited by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 6i. 

32. Sta.eb:ey's" England IN HbneyVIIL's Time." Part L Starkey'a 

Life and Letters. Edited by S. J. Hebrtaqe, B.A. 8s. 

33. Gesta Eomanoeum : the Early English Yersions. Edited from 

the MSS. and Black-letter Editions, by S. J. Heertagb, B.A. 15s. 

34. Chaelemagne Eomances : Ifo. I. Sir Eenimbras. Edited from 

the unique Ashmole MS. by S. J. Hebbtage, B.A. 15s. 

35. Chaelemagne Eomances : II. The Sege off Malayne, Sir Otuell, 

etc. Edited by S. J. Herrtage, B.A. 12s. 

36. Chaelemagne Eomances: III. Lyf of Charles the Grete, Pt. 1. 
' Edited by S. J. Hebrtagb, B.A. 16«. 

37. Chaelemagne Eomances : IV. Lyf of Charles the Grete, Pt. 2. 

Edited by S. J. Herrtage, B.A. ISs. 

38. Chaelemagne Eomances : V. The Sowdone of Babylone. Edited 

by Dr. Hauskneoht. 16s. 

39. CHAiiiEMAGNB EoMANCES : VI. The Taill of Eauf Colyear, Eoland, 

Otuel, etc. Edited by Sydney J. Hbrbtage, B.A. 15s. 

40. Chaelemagne Romances: VII. Houn of Burdeux. By Lord 

Berners. Edited by S. L. Lee, B.A. Part I. 15s. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 75 

41. Chaelbmaqne Eomances : VITI. Huon of Burdeux. By Lord 
Bekners. Edited by S. L. Lee, B.A. Part II. 15s. 

42. Gxrr of "Waewici. Two Texts (Auchinleok MS. and Cain's 
MS.). Edited by Prof. Zdpitza. Part I. 15». 

43. CHAEiiEMAGNEEoMANCEs: IX. Huoh of Burdeux, by Loid Bebnees. 
Edited by S. L. Lee, B.A. Part III. 15s. 

44. Charlemagne Eomajjoes : X. The Four Sons of Aymon. Edited 
Miss O. SioHABDSON. Part I. 15s. 

45. Chaelemagne Eomances : XI. The Eour Sons of Aymon. Edited 
iy 0. EioHARDSON. Part II. 20s. 

46. SiE Bevis or HAMPioisr, from the Auchinleok and other MSS. 
Edited by Prof. E. Kolbinq. Part I. 10s. 

47. The Waes oe Alexandee. Edited by Prof. Skeat, Litt.D., 
LL.D. 20s. 

48. SiB Bevis of Hamton, ed. Prof. E. Kolbing. Part II. 10«. 

49. Gttt of "Waewick, 2 texts (Auchinleck and Caius MSS.). Part 2.. 
Edited by Prof. J. Zupitza. 15s. 

50. Chaelemagne Eomances : Huon of Burdeux. By Lord Beenbes, 
Edited by S. L. Lee, B.A. Part IV. 5s. 

English Dialect Society's Publications. Subscription, 1873 to 1876, 

lOs. 6rf. per annum ; 1877 and following years, 20». per annum. All demy Svo^ 
in wrappers. 

1. Series B. Part 1. Eeprinted Glossaries, I. -VII. Containing a 
Glossary of North of England Words, by J. H. ; Glossaries, by Mr. 
Makshali, ; and a West-Riding Glossary, by Dr. Willan. 7s. 6rf. 

2. Series A. Bibliographical. A List of Books illustrating English 
Dialects. Part I. Containing a General List of Dictionaries, etc. ; and a 
List of Books relating to some of the Counties of England. 4s. 6(J. 

3. Series C. Original Glossaries. Part I. Containing a Glossary 
of Swaledale Words. By Captain Hakland. 4s. 

4. Series D. The History of English Sounds. By H. Sweet, Esq. 
4s. 6<?. 

5. Series B. Part II. Eeprinted Glossaries. YIII.-XIV. Con- 
taining seven Provincial English Glossaries, from various sources. 7s. 

6. Series B. Part III. Eeprinted Glossaries. XV.-XVII. Bay's 
Collection of English Words not generally used, from the edition of 1691 ; 
together with Thoresby's Letter to Ray, 1703. Re-arranged and newly edited 
by Rev. Waltek W. Skeat. 8s. 

6*. Subscribers to the English Dialect Society for 1874 also receive 
a copy of ' A Dictionary of the Sussex Dialect.' By the Eev. W. D. 
Pakibh. 

7. Series D. Part II. The Dialect of "West Somerset. By F. T. 
Elworthy, Esq. 3». 6d. 

8. Series A. Part II. A List of Books Eelating to some of the 
Counties of England. Part II. 6s. 

9. Series C. A Glossary of Words used in the Neighbourhood of 
Whitby. By F. K. Robinson. Part I. A— P. 7s. 6«?. 



76 Linguistic Publications of Truhner & Co., 

10. Series C. A Glossary of the Dialect of Lancashire. By J. H. 
Nodal and G. Milner. Part I. A— E. 3». 6d. 

11. On the Survival of Early English "Words in our Present Dialects. 
By Dr. E. Morris. 6d. 

12. Series C. Original Glossaries. Part III. Containing Five 
Original Provincial English Glossaries. 7s. 

13. Series C. A Glossary of "Words used in the Neighhourhood ef 
Wiitby. By F. K. Robinson. Part II. P— Z. 6» 6A 

14. A Glossary of Mid-Torkshire "Words, with a Grammar. By G. 
Clough Robinson. 9». 

15. A Glossaet oe "Woeds used in the "Wapentakes of Manley and 

Corringham, Lincolnshire. By Edward Peacock, F.S.A. 9s. &d. 

16. A Glossary of Holderness "Words. By F. Ross, E. Steab, and 
T. Holderness. "VS^ith a Map of the District. Is. 6d. 

17. On the Dialects of Eleven Southern and South- Western Comities, 
with a new Classification of the English Dialects. By Prince Louis Lucien 
Bonaparte. With Two Maps. 1». 

18. Bibliographical List. Part III. completing the "Work, and 
containing a List of Books on Scottish Dialects, Anglo-Irish Dialect, Cant 
and Slang, and Americanisms, with additions to the English List and Index. 
Edited by J. H. Nodal, is. 6d. 

19. An Outline of the Grammar of "West Somerset. By F. T. 
Elworthy, Esa. 5«. 

• 20. A Glossary of Cumberland "Words and Phrases. By "Wiliiam 
Dickinson, F.L.S. 6s. 

21. Tusser's Five Hundred Pointes of Good Husbandrie. Edited 
with Introduction, Notes and Glossary, by W. Paine and Sidney J. 
Herktage, B.A. 12s. 6d. 

22. A Dictionary of English Plant Names. By James BEiTTEif, 
F.L.S., and Robert Holland. Part I. (A to F). 8«. 6d. 

23. Five Reprinted Glossaries, including "Wiltshire, East Anglian, 

Suffolk, and East Yorkshire "W^ords, and Words from Bishop Kennett's 
Parochial Antiquities. Edited by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A. 7s, 

24. Supplement to the Cumberland Glossary (No. 20). By "W. 
Dickinson, F.L.S. Is. 

25. Specimens of English Dialects. First Yolume. I. Devonshire ; 
Exmoor Scolding and Courtship. Edited, with Notes and Glossary, by F. T. 
Elworthy. ll. Westmoreland: Wm. de Worfat's Bran New Waik. 
Edited by Rev. Prof. Skeat. 8». 6d. 

26. A Dictionary of English Plant Names. By J. Bbhteit and R. 
Holland. Part II. (G to 0). 1880. 8s. Gd. 

27. Glossary of "Words in use in Cornwall. I. "West Cornwall. By 
Miss M. A. Courtney. II. East Cornwall. By Thomas Q. Couch. With 
Map. 6s. 

28. Glossary of "Words and Phrases in use in Antrim and Down. By 
William Pugh Patterson, M.E.I.A. 7s. 



.57 and 59, Ludgflte Sill, London, E.G. 77 

29. An Early Englisli Hymn to the Virgin. By E. J. FuEirrvAn, 

M.A., and A. J. Ellis, F.E.S. 6<f. 

30. Old Country and Farming Words. Gleaned from Agricultural 

Books. By James Britten, F.L.S. 10s. 6rf. 

31. The Dialect of Leicestershire. By the Kev. A. B., Evans, D.D., 

and Sebastian Evans, LL.D. 10«. M. 

32. Five Original Glossaries. Isle of "Wight, Oxfordshire, Cumber- 

land, North Linoolnsliiie and Eadnorshire. By various Authors. Is. 6rf. 

S3. George Eliot's Use of Dialect. By "W. E. A. Axon. (Forming- 
No. 4 of " Miscellanies.") 6rf. 

34. Turner's Names of Herbes, a.d. 1548. Edited (with Index and 

Indentification of Names) by James Britten, F.L.S. 6s'. 6<?. 

35. Glossary of the Lancashire Dialect. By J. H. Nodal and Geo. 
Milnes. Partll. (FtoZ). 6j. 

3:6. West "Worcester "Words. By Mks. Chambeeiain-. 4s. Qd. 

37. Fitzherbert's Book of Husbandry, A,n. 1534. Edited with Intro- 
duction, Notes, and Glossaiial Index. By the Eev. Propessor Skeat. 8«. M. 

38. Devonshire Plant Names. By the Eev. Hildebic Feiend. 5s. 

39. A Glossary of the Dialect of Aldmondbury and Huddersfleld. By 
the Eev. A. Easher, M.A., and the Eev. Thos. Lees, M.A. 8s. 6rf. 

40-. HAMPSHraE Words and Pheases. Compiled and Edited by the 
Eev. Sir "William H. Cope, Bart. 6«. 

41. Naihaniel Baiiet's English Dialect Woeds of the 18th Cbntuet. 
Edited by V. E. A. Axon. 9s. 

41.* The Tebatyse of Ftsshinge with an Angle. By Juliana Baenes. 
An earlier form (circa 1450) edited with Glossary by Thomas Satohell, and 
by him presented to the subscribers for 1883. 

42. TJpton-on-Sevee^ Woeds and Pheases. By the Eev. Canon 
Lawson. 2s. td. 

43. Anglo-Feench Vowel Sounds. A Word List Illustrating their 
Correspondence with Modern English. By Mies B. M. Skbat. 4s. 

44. Glossary OE Cheshiee Woeds. By E.Holland. Parti. (A-F.) 7s. 

45. English Plant Names. Part III. completing the work. 10s. 

46. Glossary op Cheshire Woeds. By Eobeet Holland. Part 2. 
(G-Z), completing the vocabulary. 9«. 

47. Bied Names. By the Eev. Chaeles Swainson. 12s. 

48. Four Dialect Woeds — Clem, Lake, Oss, Nesh. By Thomas 
Hallam. 4s. 

49. Eepoet on Dialectal Woek. From May '85 to May '86. By 
A. J. Ellis, F.E.S. (Miscellanies, No. 5). 2s. 

SO.-Glossaex of West Someeset Woeds. By F. T. Elwoetht. 20s. 

61. Cheshiee Glossaex. By. E. Holland. Part III. completing 

the work. 6s. 
52. S.W. LiNCOLNSHiEE Glossaet (Wapentake of Graffoe). By the 

Ebv. E. E. Cole. 7s. 6rf. 



78 Linguistic Publications of Trubner & Co., 

53. The Folk Sfeectt OP SoTJTH Cheshire. By Thomas Dabliwgtok. 15». 

54. A DicTioNABT OF THE Kentish Diaiect. By the Eev. W. D. 
Parish and the Rev. W. Frank Shaw. 10«. 

55. Second Eepokt on Dialectal Woeb:. Prom May '86 to May '87. 
By A. J. Ellis, F.R.S. (Miscellanies, No. 6). 2». 

Preeman. — On Speech Foemation as the Basis foe Tette Spbleeno. 

By H. Freeman. Crown 8to. pp. viii.-88,j!loth. 3«. 6d. 
Fumivall. — Edttcation in Eaelt England. Some Notes used as 

Forewords to a Collection of Treatises on "Manners and Meals in the Olden 
Time," for the Early English Text Society. By F. J. Furnivall, M.A. 
8vo. sewed, pp. 74. Is. 

Garlanda. — The Foeiitnes of "Woeds. Letters to a Lady. By 
Fbberico Gablahda, Ph.D. Crown Sto. pp. vi.-226, cloth. 1888. 6«. 

Garlanda. — The Philosophy op "Woeds. A Popular Introduction to 
the Science of Language. By Fedebico Garlahda, Ph.D. Crown 8vo. pp. 
Ti.-294, cloth. 1888. 5*. 

Gould. — Good English ; or, Popular Errors in Language. By E. ' S. 
Gould. Revised Edition. Crown 8to. cloth, pp. xii. and 214. 1880. 6». 

HaU. — On English Adjectives in -Able, -with. Special Reference to 
Reliable. By Fitzedwaed Hall, C.E., M.A., Hon. D.C.L. Ozon. Crown 
Bvo. cloth, pp. viii. and 238. 1877. Is. 6d. 

Hall. — MoDEEN English. By Fitzedwaed Hall, M. A., Hon. D.C.L., 
Oxon. Cr. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 394. 187?. 10«. 6d. 

Jackson. — Sheopshiee Woed-Book ; A Glossary of Archaic and Pro- 
vincial Words, etc., used in the County. By Georgina F. Jackson. 8vo. pp. 
xcvi. and 524. 1881. 31s. 6d. 

Manipnlns Vocabnlorum. — A Ehyming Dictionary of the English 

Language. By Peter Levins (1570) Edited, with an Alphabetical Index, by 
Henrt B. Wheatlet. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 370, cloth, 14s. 

Manning. — An iNainEr into the Chaeactee and Oeigin of the 

Possessive Augment in English and in Cognate Dialects. By the late 
James Manning, Q.A.S., Recorder of Oxford. Svo.pp. iv. and 90. 2s, 

Percy. — Bishop Peect's Folio Manttsceipts — Ballads and Romances. 
Edited by John W. Hales, M.A., Fellow and late Assistant Tutor of Christ's 
College, Cambridge ; and Frederick J. Furnivall, M.A., of Trinity Hall, Cam- 
bridge; assisted by Professor Child, of Harvard University, Cambridge, U.S.A., 
W. Chappell, Esq., etc. In 3 volumes. Vol. I., pp. 610 ; Vol. 2, pp. 681, ; 
Vol. 3, pp. 640. Demy 8vo. half-bound, £4 4s. Extra demy 8vo. half-bound, 
on Whatman's ribbed paper, dE6 6s. Extra royal 8vo., paper covers, on What- 
man's best ribbed paper, £10 10s. Large 4to., paper covers, on Whatman's 
best ribbed paper, £12. 

Philological Society. Transactions of the, contains several valuable 

Papers on Early English. For contents see page 21. 

Shakespeare-Notes.— By F. A. Leo. Demy 8vo. pp. viii. and 120, 

cloth. 1885. 6s. 

Stratmann.— A Diciionaet op the Old English Language. Compiled 

from the writings of the xiiith, xivth, and xvth centuries. By FkancIs 
Henry Stratmann. 3rd Edition. 4to. with Supplement. In wrapper. £1 16«. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.O. 79 

Stratmann. — An Old English Poem of the Owl and the Nighiinoale 

Edited by Francis Henry STEiTKANN. 8vo. cloth, pp. 60. 3*. 
Turner. — The English Language. A Concise History of the English 
Language, with, a Glossary showing the Derivation and Pronunciation of the 
English Words. By E. Turneb,. In German and English on opposite pages. 
18mo. sewed, pp. viii. and 80. 1884. Is. Qd. 

Wedgwood. — A Dictionaey of English Ettmologt. By Hensleigh 
Wedgwood. Third revised Edition. With an Introduction on the Formation 
of Language. Imperial Svp., double column, pp. Ixxii. and 746. 21s. 

Wright.^ — Feudal Manuals of English JSisxoky. A Series of 
Popular Sketches of our National History, compiled at different periods, from 
the Thirteenth Century to the Fifteenth, for the use of the Feudal Gentry and 
Nobility. (In Old French). Now first edited from the Original Manuscripts. By 
Thomas Wright, Esq., M.A. Small 4to. cloth, pp. xxiv. and 184. 1872. 15». 

Wright. — Anglo-Saxon and Old-English Vooabuiaeibs, Illustrating 
the Condition and Manners of our Forefathers, as well as the History of the 
Forms of Elementary Education, and of the Languages Spoten in this Island 
from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth. Edited by Thomas Wkight, Esq., 
M.A., F.S.A., etc. Second Edition, edited and collated, by Richard Wdlcker. 
2 vols. 8vo. pp. XX.-408, and iv.-486, cloth. 1884. 28s. 

Wright. — Celt, Eoman, aitd Saxon. See page 41, 



FRISIAN. 

Cnmmiiis. — A Geammae of the Old Fkiesic Language. By A. H. 
Cummins, A.M. Second Edition, with Beading Book, Glossary, etc. Crown 
8V0. cloth, pp. xvi. and 130. 1887. 6«. 

Oera Linda Book, from a Manuscript of the Thirteenth Century, 
with the permission of the Proprietor, C. Over de Linden, of the Helder. 
The Original Frisian Text, as verified by Dr. J. 0. Ottema; accompanied 
by an English Version of Dr. Ottema's Dutch Translation, by William E. 
Sandbach. 8vo. cl. pp. xivii. and 223. 6s. 



GATJDIAN (See under " Hoeenle," page 42.) 



OLD GERMAN. 



Kroeger. — Thd Minnesingee of Geemant. By A. E. Keoegee. 12mo. 

ctoth, pp. vi. and 284. 7». 
Contents.— Chapter I. The Minnesinger and the Minncsong.— II. The Minnelay. — III. The 
Divine Minnesong.^IV. Walther von der Vogelweide.— V. Ulrioh von Lichtenstein.— VI. The 
Metrical Eomances of the Minnesinger and Gottfried von Strassburg's ' Tristan and Isolde." 



GIPSY. 
Leland. — The English Gipsies and iheie Language. By Chaeles 

G. Leland. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 276. 7s. &d. 

Leland.— The Gypsies. — By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo. pp. 372, 
cloth. 1882. lOs. &d. 



80, Linguistic Publications of Tmhner ^ Co, 

PaSpati. filTIDES suit IES TcHINGHIANfiS (GyTSIES) OTT BoHfiMZENS DE 

L'Empire Ottoman. Par Alexandbe G. Paspati, M.D. Large 8vo. sewed, 
pp. xii. and 652. Constantinople, 1871. 28s. 



GOTHIC. 

Skeat. — A Moeso-Gothic Glossakt, with -an Inteodttction, an Outline 
j)f Moeso-Grothic Grammar, and a List of Anglo-Saxon and Modem English 
Words etymologically connected with Moeso-Gothie. By the Key. W. W. 
Skeat. SmaU 4to. cloth, pp. xxiv.and 342. 1868. 9a. 



GEEEK (MoDEKN AND Classic). 

Bizyenos. — ATGIAES AYPAI Poems. By M. Biztenos. "With Frontis- 
piece Etched by Prof. A. Lesros. Eoyal 8vo. pp. Tiii.-3I2. Printed on 
hand-made paper, and richly bound. 1884. £1 lis. 6d. 

Bnttmann. — A Gbammae of thb New Testament Gkebk. By A. 

BuTTMANN. Authorized translation by Prof J. H. Thayer, with numerous 
additions and corrections by the author. Demy 8to. cloth, pp. zx, and 474, 
187 . 14«. 

Byrne. — Origin of the Gkeek, Latin and Gothic Roots. By James 

Byrne, M.A. Demy 8vo. pp. viii. and 360, cloth. 1887. 18». 

Contopoulos. — A Lexicon oe Mobeen GitEEK-ENeiiSH and Engiish 

Modern Greek. By N. Contopotjlos. In 2 vols. 8vo. cloth. Part 1. 

Modern Greek-English, pp. 460. Part II. English-Modern Greek, pp. 582. 

£\ 7s. 
Contopoulos. — Handbook oe Gkeek and Engxish Diaxogties and Coe- 

BESPONDENCE. Fcap. 8vo. cloth, pp. 238. 1879. 2». Sd. 
Edmonds. — Greek Lats, Idtlls, Legends, etc. A Selection from 

Eecent and Contemporary Poets. Translated by E. M. Edmonds. With 
Introduction and Notes. Crown 8vO. pp. xiv. and 264, cloth. 1885. 6s. M^ 

Gaster. — Ilchester Lbctueks on Geeeko-Slavonic Liteeajxibe, and 
its Eelation to the Folk-lore of Europe during the Middle Ages. With two 
Appendices and Plates. Bv M. Gaster, Ph.D. Crown 8vo. pp. x. and 230, 
cloth. 1887. 7«. 6A 

Geldart. — A Guide to Modeen Geeek. By E. M. Geldaet. Post 
8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and 274. 1883. 7s. 6«f. Key, cloth, pp. 28. 2s. &d. 

Geldart. — Simplified Geammae of Modern Geeek. By E. M. 
Gelbart, M.A. Crown 8vo. pp. 68, cloth. 1883. 2s. Qd. 

Lascarides. — A Comprehensiye Phraseomqical English- Ancient ani> 
Modern Greek Lexicon. Founded upon a manuscript of G. P. Lascarides, 
Esq., and Compiled by L. Myrianthehs, Ph. D. In 2 vols, foolscap 8vo. pp. 
xii. and 1,338, cloth. 1882. £1 10s. 

Murdoch. — A Note on Indo-Etjropean Phonology. With Especial 
Reference to the True Pronunciation of Ancient Greek, By D. B. Murdoch, 
L.R.C.P.,, etc. Demy 8vo. pp. 40, wrapper. 1887. Is. 6rf. 

Newman.— Comments on the Text of .iSlscsixus. By F. "W. Newmait. 
Demy 8vo. pp. xii. and 144, cloth. 1884. 5s. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E. C. 81 

Sophocles. — EoMAic ok Modern Greek Grammar. By E. A. Sophocles. 

8vo. pp. xxviii. and 196. 10s. &d. 

Sophocles. — Greek Lexicon op the Roman and Byzantine Periods 
(From B.C. 146 to a.d. 1100). By B. A. Sophocles. Super-royal 8to. pp. 
xvi.-1188, half-bound, cloth sides. 62s. 6(?. 



GUJAEATI. 

Catalogue of Oujarati Sooks sold by Messrs. Trubner and Co, post free for penny stamp. 

Minochelierji. — Pahlavi, Gtoaeati and English Dictionary. By 
Jamaspji Dastur Minocheherji Jamasp Asana. Svo. Vol. I., pp. olxii. 
and 1 to 168. Vol. II., pp. xxxii and pp. 169 to 440. 1877 and 1879. Cloth. 
14s. each. (To be completed in 5 vols.) 

Shapurji Edalji. — A Grammar of the GujAR^if Lastqitage. By 

SHXpuRjf EoALji. Cloth, pp. 127. 10s. 6d. 
Shapurji Edalji. — A Dictionary, Gotahati and English. By SH^piTRjf 

EdaljI. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. clolh, pp. xxiv. and 874. 21«, 



GURMUKHI (Punjabi). 

Adi Granth (The) ; or. The Holy Scriptures op the Sikhs, trans- 
lated from the original Gurmuki, with Introductory Essays, by Dr. Ernest 
Teumpp, Munich. Eoy. Svo. pp. 866, cloth. £2 12s. 6d. 

Singh.: — Saeeeb Book ; or, The Description of Gooroo Gobind Singh's 
fieligion and Doctrines, translated from Gooroo Mukhi into Hindi, and after- 
wards into English. By Sibdar Attae Singh, Chief of Biiadour. With the 
author's photograph. 8vo. pp. xviii. and 205. 15s. 



HAWAIIAN. 
Andrews. — A Dictionary op the Hawaiian Language, to which is 

appended an English-Hawaiian Vocabulary, and a Chronological Table of 
Remarkable Events. By Loeein Andrews. Svo. pp. 560, cloth. £\ lis. 6<?. 



HEBREW. 

Bickell. — Outlines of Hebrew Grammar. By Gustavus Bickell, 
D.D. Revised by the Author; Annotated by the Translator, Samuel Ives 
CuETiss, junior, Ph.D. With a Lithographic Table of Semitic Characters by 
Dr. J. EuTisa. Cr. 8vo. sd., pp. xiv. and 140. 1877. Ss. 6d. 

Collins.— A Grammar and Lexicon of the Hebrew Language, entitled 
Sefer Hassoham. Bv Rabbi Mosbh Ben Titshak, of England. Edited from 
a MS. in the Bodleian Library of Oxford, and collated with a MS. in the 
Imperial Library of St. Petersburg, with Additions and Corrections. By G. 
W. Collins, M.A., Corpus Christi College, Camb., Hon. Hebrew Lecturer, 
Keble College, Oxford. Part I. 4to. pp. 112, wrapper. 1884. 7s. 6d. 

Gesenius. — Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, 
including the Biblicar Chaldee, from the Latin. By Edward Robinson. 
Fifth Edition. Svo. cloth, pp. xii. and 1160. £1 16s. 

6 



82 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co. 

Oesenins. — ^Hebeew Gkammae. Translated from the Seventeenth 

Edition. By Dr. T. J. Conant. With Grammatical Exercises, and a 
Chrestomathy by tlie Translator. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi.-364. £\. 

Hebrew Literature Society (Fuhlications of the). 

First Series. 
Vol. I. Miscellany of Hebrew Literature. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 

228. 10». 
Vol. II. The Commentary of Ibn Ezra on Isaiah. Edited from MSS., and 

Translated with Notes, Introductions, and Indexes, by M. FBiEDiaNDEE, 

Ph.D. Vol. I. Translation of the Commentary. Demy 8vo. cloth, 

pp. xxviii. and 332. 10<. 6d. 
Vol. III. The Commentary of Ibn Ezra. Vol.11. The Anglican Version of 

the Book of the Prophet Isaiah amended according to the Commentary of 

Ibn Ezra. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. 112. 4s. 6d, 

Second Series. 

Vol. I. Miscellany of Hebrew Literature. Vol. II. Edited by the Beir. A, 

LowT. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. Ti. and 276. 10s. 6d. 
Vol. II. The Commentary of Ibn Ezra. Vol. III. Demy Bvo. cloth, 
pp. 172. 7s. 
Vol. III. Ibn Ezra Literature. Vol. IV. Essays on the Writings of Abraham 
Ibn Ezra. By M. Fbiedlandeb, Ph.D. Demy 8to. cloth, pp. x.— 252 
and 78. 12s. 6d. 

Third Series. 

Vols. I. -III. The Guide of the Perplexed of Maimonides. Translated from the 
original text and annotated by M. Friedlander, Ph.D. Demy 8vo. pp. Ixxx, 
—370, and x.— 226, and xxviii. — 328, cloth. £1 lis. 6d. 

Hershon. — Taimubic MiscEiiAirr. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," 

I 4. 



Jastrow. — A. Dictionaet of the Taegumim, the Taxitob Babli aitd 
Terushalmi, and the Midrashic Literature. Compiled by M. Jastrow, Ph.D. 
Demy 4to. boards. Part I. pp. 100. 5s. Part II. pp. 96. 5s. 

Land. — The Peincipies of Hebeew Geammae. By J. P. N. Land, 
Professor of Logic and Metaphysio in the University of Leyden. Translated 
from the Dutch by Eeoinald Lane Poolb, BaUiol College, Oxford. Part I. 
Sounds. Part II. Words. Crown 8vo. pp. xx. and 220, cloth. 7s. 6d. 

Mathews. — Abraham ben Ezea's Unedited Commentaet on the Cait- 

TicLBS, the Hebrew Text after two MS., with English Translation by H. J. 
Mathews, B.A., Exeter College, Oxford. 8vo. cl. Ihnp, pp. x., 34, 24. 2s. Gd. 

Nutt. — Two Teeatises on Veebs containing Feeble and Dottble 
Lettees by K. Jehuda Hayug of F«z, translated into Hebrew from the original 
Arabic by E.. Moses Gikatilia, of Cordova; with the Treatise on Punctuation 
by the same Author, translated by Aben Ezra. Edited from Bodleian MSS. 
with an English Translation by J. W. NnxT, M.A. Demy 8to. sewed, pp. 312. 
1870. 7s. 6d. 

Semitic (Songs of the). In English Verse. By G. E. W. Cr. 8vo. 

cloth, pp. 140. 5s. 

Weber. — System der altsynagogalen Palastinischen Theologie. By 
Dr. Fbrd. Weber. 8vo. sewed. Leipzig, 1880. 7s. 



57 and 59, Lwdgate Hill, London, E. C. 83 

HINDI. 

Catahgw of Hindi Books sold by Messrs. Triibner and Co, post free for penny stamp, 

Ballantyne. — Elements op Hiiraf and Beaj BhXeX Gbamuab. By tTie 
late James R. Ballantyne, LL.D. Second edition, revised and corretted. 
Crown 8vo., pp. 38, cloth. 1868. 6s. 

Bate. — A Diciionaet op the Hinbeb LANGUAeE. Coinpiied- by J. 

D. Bate. Svo. cloth, pp. 806. £2 12». 6rf. 
Beames. — Notes on the BHOjpnEi Dialect op Hikbi, spoken in 

Western Behar. By Johk Bbames, Esq., B.C.S., Magistrate of Chumparun. 
8to. pp. 26, sewed. 1868. Is. 6d. 

Browne. — k. Hdtdi Peimee. In Koman Character. By J. F. 

Bbo-wnb, B.C.S. Crown 8vo. pp. 36, cloth. 1882. 2s. %d. 
Hoernle. — Hindi Grammar. See page 49. 

Kellogg. — A Geammas of the Hindi Langttage, in which are treated 
the Standard Hindi, Braj, and the Eastern Hindi of the Eamayan of Tulsl 
Das ; also the Colloquial Dialects of Marwar, Kumaon, Avadh, Baghelkhand, 
Bhojpur, etc., with Copions Philological Notes. By the Rev. S. H. KEiLoeo, 
M.A. Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. 400. 2ls. 

Ulaliabliarata. Translated into Hindi for Madan Mohtjn Bhait, by 
Kbishnachandradhabmadhikaein of Benares. (Containing all but the 
Harivansl.) 3 vols. 8vo. cloth, pp. 574, 810, and 1106. £2 2s. 

Matliuraprasada Misra. — A TmuNQirAL Dictionart, being a Compre- 
hensive Lexicon in English, TJrdii, and Hindi, exhibiting the Syllabication, Pro- 
nunciation, and Etymology of English Words , with their Explanation in English, 
and in Urdd and Hindi in the Roman Character. By Matkukafbasada Misra, 
Second Master, Queen's College, Benares. Svo. cloth, pp. xv. and 1330. 
Benares, 1865. £1 10s. 



HINDUSTANI. 

Catalogue of Hindustani Books sold by Messrs. Triibner and Co. post free for penny 

stamp. 

Ballantyae.— HrNDusTAiTi Seieotions in the Naskhi and Devanagari 

Character. With a Vocabulary of the Words. Prepared for the use of the 
Scottish Naval and Military Academy, by James R. Ballantyne. Royal 8to. 
cloth, pp. 74. 3s. 6d. 

Craven. — The Popular Dictionary in English and Hindustani and 
Hindustani and English, with a Number of Useful Tables. By the Rev. T. 
Ceaven, M.A. Ecap. 8vo. pp. 214, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d. 

Dowson. — A Geammae of the Urdu or Hindustani Language. By 
J. Dowson. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. xvi. and 264, cloth. 1887. 10s. 6rf. 

Dowson. — A Hindustani Exeeoise Book. Containing a Series of 
Passages and Extracts adapted for Translation into Hindustani. By Jobk 
Dowson, M.R.A.S. Crown Svo. pp. 100, limp cloth. 2s. 6d. 

Eastwiek. — Khibad Apeoz (The Illuminator of the' Understanding). 
By Maulavi Hafizu'd-din. A New Edition of HindCistanl Text, carefully revised, 
with Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By Edwakd B. EastWiok, F.R.S., 
Imperial Svo. cloth, pp. xiv. and 319. Re-issue, 1867. 18s. 



84 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co, 

Fallon. — A. New HurDTisiAui-EirGLisH: Dictionaet. "With Illustra- 
tions from HindustaDi Literature and Folk-lore, By S. 'W. Fallon, Ph.D. 
Halle. Boy. Svo. cloth, pp. xxviii. and 1216 and x. Benares, 1879. £3 10s. 

Fallon. — EiTGLisH-HiirDusiANi DicrioifAET. With Illustrations from. 
English Literature and Colloquial English Translated into Hindustani. By S. 
W. Fallon. Roy. 8to. pp. iT.-674, sewed. £1 10s. 

Fallon. — A HiNBTrsTAiri-EifGLisH Law and Commehcial Dictionabt. 

By S. W. Fallon. 8to. cloth, pp. ii. and 284. Benares, 1879. 12». 6rf. 
Ikhwann-s Safa; or, Beothees of Ptteitt. Describing the Contention 

between Men and Beasts as to the Superiority of the Human Race. Translated 

from the Hindust&ni by Professor J. Dowsos, Staff College, Sandhurst. 

Crown 8to. pp. viii. and 156, cloth. 7s. 
Khirad-Afroz (The Illuminator of the Understanding). By Maulavi 

Hafizu'd din. A new edition of the Hindtist^ni Text, carefully revised, with - 

Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By E. B. Eastwick, M.P., F.R.S. 8to. 

cloth, pp. xiy. and 321. 1 8s. 

Lutaifi Hindee (The) ; or, Hjotdoostaitee Jest-Book, containing a 

Choice Collection of Humorous Stories in the Arabic and Roman Characters ; 
to which is added a Hindoostanee Poem by Meek Moohuhmud TuaUEE. 
2nd edition, revised by W, C. Smyth. Svo. pp. xvi. and 160. 1840. 10s. 6d. ; 
reduced to 5s. 

Uathnraprasada Uisra. — A TErmrGTrAi Dichonaet, being a compre- 
hensive Lexicon in English, Urdfi, and Hindi. See under Hindi, page 83. 
Palmer. — Hindttstakt Gsajimae. See page 56. 



HUNGARIAN. 



Singer. — SntPLiiTEi) Geammae of the HiwGAEiAir Lasguage. By 
I. Sdjgek, of Buda-Pesth. Crown Svo. cloth, pp. vi. and 88. 1884. 4s. 6<f. 



ICELANDIC. 

Anderson., — Noese Mtthoiogt, or the Religion of our Forefathers. 
Containing all the Myths of the Eddas carefully systematized and interpreted, 
with an Introduction, Vocabulary and Index. By E. B. Anderson, Prof, of 
Scandinavian Languages in the University of "Wisconsin. Crown 8vo. cloth. 
Chicago, 1879. 12s. 6(1. 

Anderson and Bjarnason. — ViKnrG Taies op the Noeth. The Sagas 
of Thorstein, Viking's Son, and Fridthjof the Bold. Translated from the 
Icelandic by B. B. Anderson, M.A., and J. Bjarnason. Also, Tegner's Frid- 
thjof 's Saga. Translated into English by G. Stephens. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 
xviii. and 370. Chicago, 1877. 10s. 

Cleasby,— An Icelandic-English Dictionaet. Based on the MS. 
Collections of the late Jiichard Cleasby. Enlarged and completed by G. 
ViBFtissoN. "With an Introduction, and Life of Richard Cleasby, by G. "Webbe 
Dasent, D.CL. 4to. £3 7s. 

Cleasby.- — Appendix to an Icelandic -English Dictionaet. See 
Skeat. 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C, 85 

Edda Saemundar Hinns Froda — The Edda of Saemund the Learned. 
From the Old Norse or Icelandic. By Benjamin Thorpe. Part II. with Index 
of Persons and Places. 12mo. pp. viii. and 172, cloth. 1866. 4s. 

Publications of the Icelandic Literary Society of Copenhagen. For 

Numbers 1 to 54, see " Eecord," No. Ill, p. 14. 
-55. SKfRNEE TfDiNDi. Hins Islenzka Bokmentafelags, 1878. 8vo. 
pp. 176. Kaupmannahofn, 1878. Price 5s. 

56. Um Sidbotina i. Islanbi eptir porkel Bjarnason, prest a Eeyni- 
ToUum. Utgefid af Hinu Islenzka Bokmentafelagi. 8vo. pp. 177. Reyk- 
javik, 1878. Price 7s. 6d. 

57. BisKUPA SoGTJK, gefnar lit af Hinu fslenzka Bokmentafelagi. 
Annat Bindi III. 1878. 8vo. pp. 609 to 804. Kaupmannahofn. Price 10s. 

58. Skyesltte oa EErorfisrGAE Hins Islenzka BokmentafMags, 1877 to 
1878. 8vo. pp. 28. Kaupmannahofn, 1878. Price 2s. 

59. Fejetiis TEA IsLANDi, 1877, eptir V. Briem. 8vo. pp. 50. 
Reykjavik, 1878. Price 2s. 6(^. 

60. ALjjfNGissTADtrE HiNiT FoEisT Ved Oxara, med Uppdrattum eptir 
Sigurd Gudmundsson. 8vo. pp. 66, with Map. Kaupmannahofn, 1878. Price 
6s. 

Skeat. — A List oe English "Woeds, the Etymology of which is illus- 
trated by Comparison with Icelandic. Prepared in the form of an Appendix to 
Cleasby and Vigfusson's Icelandic- English Dictionary: By the Rev. Walter 
W. Skeat, M.A., English Lecturer and late Fellow of Christ's College, Cam- 
bridge; and M.A. of Exeter College, Oxford; one of the Vice-Presidents of 
the Cambridge Philological Society ; and Member of the Council of the Philo- 
logical Society of London. 1876. Demy 4to. sewed. 2s. 

Tegner. — Feidthjof's Sasa, A Noesb Eomakce. By Esaias Tbgn£e, 
Bishop of Wexio. Translated from the Swedish by Thomas A. E. Holcomb 
and Maktha A. Lyon Holoomb. Crown 8vo. pp. viii.-214, cloth. 1883. 
65. 6rf. 

'Thorhelson, Pall. — Diciionnaieb Islandais-Feajtcais. Yol. I. Part 
I. 8vo. pp. 32. To be completed in about 50 parts. Price Is. each. 



JAPANESE. 
Aston. — A Geammae of thb Japanese Weitibn Language. By "W. G. 

Aston, M.A., Assistant Japanese Secretary, H.B.M.'s Legation, Yedo, Japan. 

Second edition. Enlarged and Improved. Royal 8vo. pp. 306. 28s. 
Aston. — A Shoet Geammae of the Japanese Spoken Language. By 

W. G. Aston, M.A., H. B. M.'s Legation, Yedo, Japan. Third edition. 

I2mo. cloth, pp. 96. I2s. 
Black. — Young Japan, Yokohama and Yedo. A Narrative of the 

Settlement and the City, from the Signing of the Treaties in 1858 to the close 

of the Tear 1879. With a Glance at the Progress of Japan during a period of 

Twenty-one Tears. By J. E. J3lack. Two Vols., demy 8vo. pp. xviii. and 418 ; 

xiv. and S22, cloth. 1881. £2 2s. 
^Chamberlain. — A Romanised Japanese Eeadbe. Consisting of 

Japanese Anecdotes, Maxima, etc., in Easy Written Style ; with English 
Translation and Notes. By B. H. Chamberlain, Professor of Japanese and 
Philology in the Imperial University of Tokyo. 12mo. pp. xlii.— 346, cloth. 
1886. 6s. 



86 Linguistic Publications of TrUbner & Co. 

Chamberlain. — Sihplipied Jasaitbsb Gba.mmae. See page 50. 

Chamberlain. — Classicai, Poetet of the Japaitbsb. See page 4. 

Dickins. — The Ou) Bamboo-Hbwbe's Stokt (Taketori no Okina 
no Monogatari). The JSarliest ot the Japanese Homances, written in the 
Tenth Cfntnry. Translated, with ObserTations and Notes, by F. Viciob 
Dickins. With Three Chromo- Lithographic Illustrations taken from 
Japanese Makimonos, to which is added the Original Text in Boman, with 
Grammar, Analytical Notes and Yocabulary. 8to. cl., pp. 118. 1888. 7s. 6d. 

Hepburn. — A Japaitese asd English Dictiohaet. "With an English 

and Japanese Index. By J. C. Hepbuiut, M.D., LL.D. Second edition. 
Imperial 8vo. cloth, pp. xxziL, 632 and 201 . 18s. 

Hepburn. — A Japasese-Engush Aim EwGnBH-JAPHTESE DicrrojCAbT. 

By J. C. Hepeukn, M.D., LL.D. Third Edition, demy 8to. pp. xxxiv.— 964, 

half-morocco. 1887. £1 10*. 
Hepburn. — A Japasese-Eugltsh ant EwGiisH-JAPAinESE Dictionaet. 

By J. C. Hepbuen, M.D., LL.D. Abridged by the Author. Second Edition, 

Bevised and Enlarged. 16mo. cloth, pp. viiL and 1033. 1887. lis. 

Hoffinann, J. J. — A Japaitese Gtbahhae. Second Edition. Large 

8to. cloth, pp. riii. and 368, with two plates. £1 1». 
Hoffinann. — Shopping Dialogttes, in Japanese, Dutch, and English. 

By Professor J. Hoffmann. Oblong 8to. pp. xiii. and 44, sewed. 5s. 

Hoffinann (Prof. Dr. J. J.) — Japaitese-Ekgijsh Diction aex. — ^Pub- 
lished by order of the Dutch GoTemment. Elaborated and Edited by Dr. L. 
Seeetjeieb. Vols. 1 and 2. Royal 8to. BriU, 1881. 12«. 6d. 

Imbrie. — Handboox op English-Japanese ExYMOLOGy. By "W. 

luBBiE. 8to. pp. xxiv. and 208, cleth. ToUyo, 1880. £1 1». 
Metchnikoff. — L'Empire Japonais, texte et dessins, par L. Metch- 
NiEOFF. 4to. pp. viii. and 694. Illustrated with maps, coloured plates and 
woodcuts, cloth. 1881. £1 10». 

Pfoundes. — Yv So Mna Bttctjeo. See page 37. 

Satow. — ^An English Japanese Dictiohabt op the Spoken Language. 
By Eexest Mason Satow, Japanese Secretary to H.M. Legation at Tedo, and 
IsHiBASHi Masaeata, of the Imperial Japanese Foreign Office. Second 
edition. Imp. 32mo., pp. xvi. and 416, cloth. 12«. 6d. 

Snyematz. — Genji MoNooAiAEt. The most celebrated of the Classical 

Japanese Bomances. Translated by K. Sutematz. Crown Svo. pp. xvi. and! 
254, cloth. 1882. 7». 6d. 



KABAIL. 

Newman. — ^Kabah VocAEtrLABT. Supplemented by Aid of a New 
Source. By F. W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of UniTeisity Collegev 
London. Crown 8vo., pp. 124, cloth. 1888. 6s. 



KANAEESE. 
Garrett. — A Mantai English and Kanaeese Dictionaet, containing: 
about Twenty-three Thousand Words. By J. Gaeeett. 8vo. pn. 908 cloth 
Bangalore, 1872. 18*. vt , t^- 



57 and 59, Lwdgate Hill, London, E.G. 87 

KAYATHI. 

Grierson. — A Handbook to the Katathi Chabactee. By G. A. 
Griehson, B.C.S.. late Subdivisional Officer, Madhubani, Darbhanga. With 
Thirty Plates in Facsimile, with Trauslations. 4to. cloth, pp. vi. and 4. 
Calcutta, 1881. 18«. 



KELTIC (CoKNiSH, Gaelic, Welsh, Irish). 
Sottrell. — .Teaditions and Heaethside Stoeies oe "West Counwaii. 

By "William BoTTRELL. With Illustrations by Mr. Joseph Blight. Crown 
8to. cloth. Second Series, pp. iv. and 300. 6s. Third Series, pp. viii. and 
200, cloth. 1880. 6». 

Evans. — Dictionaet oe the "Welsh Language. By the Eev. D. 
SiLTAN Evans, B.D., Rector of Llanwrin, N. Wales. Part 1, A— AWYS. 
Eoyal 8to. pp. 420, paper. 1887. 10s. 6rf. 

Ehys. — Lectuees on "Welsh Philologt. By John Ehts, M.A., 

Professor of Celtic at Oxford. Second revised and enlarged edition. Crown 
8vo. cloth, pp. xiv. and 468. 1879. 15s. 

Spurrell. — A Gkammae op the "Welsh Language. By "William 

Spurbell. 3rd Edition. Fcap. cloth, pp. viii.-206. 1870. 3». 

Spurrell. — A "Welsh Diotionabt. English-"Welsh and "Welsh-English. 
With Preliminary Observations on the Elementary Sounds of the English 
Language, a copious Vocabulary of the Roots of English Words, a list- of 
Scripture Proper Names and English Synonyms and Explanations. By 
William Spuerell. Third Edition. Fcap. cloth, pp. xxv. and 732. 8s. &d. 

Stokes. — GoroELicA — Old and Early-Middle Irish Glosses : Prose and 
Verse. Edited by Whitley Stokes. Second edition. Medium 8vo. cloth, 
pp. 192. 1872. 18s. 

Stokes. — ToGAiL Teoi ; The Destruction of Troy. Transcribed from 
the fascimQe of the Book of Leinster, and Translated, with a Glossarial Index of 
the Rare Words, by W. Stokes. 8vo. pp. xv.-188, boards. 1882. 18s. A 
limited edition only, privately printed, Calcutta. 

Stokes. — The Beeton Glosses at Oeleans. By "W. Stokes. 8vo. 
pp. X.-78, boards. 1880. 10s. &d. A limited edition only, privately printed, 
Calcutta. 

Stokes. — Theee Middle-Ieish Homilies on the Lives of Saints Patrick, 
Brigit, and-Columba. By W. Stokes. 8vo. pp. xii.-140, boards. 1877. 
10s. 6d. A limited edition only privately printed, Calcutta. 

Stokes. — ^Beuhans Mbeiasek. The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop 
and Confessor. A Cornish Drama, Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by 
Whitley Stokes. Medium 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. -280, and Facsimile. 1872. ISs. 

Stokes. — The Old-Ieish Glosses at "Wttezbueg and Carlseuhe. 
Edited, with a Translation and Glossarial Index, by Whitley Stokes, D.C.L., 
Part I. The Glosses and Translation. Demy 8yo. pp. viii. and 342, paper. 
10s. 6d. 

Wright's Celt, Eoman, and Saxon. See page 41. 



88 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co., 

KONKAHI. 
Maffei. — A Konkani Geammae. By Angelus E. X. Mafeei. 8vo. 

pp. xir. and 438, cloth. Mangalore, 1882. 18«. 
Kaffei. — An English-Konkahi and Konkani-Engiish Dictioitaet. 

8to. pp. xii. and 646 ; xii. and 158. Two parts in one. Half bound. £1 10». 



LIBYAN. 

Newman. — Libtan Vocabulaet. An Essay towards Eeproducing the 
Ancient Numidian Language, out of Four Modern Languages. By F. W. 
Newman, Emeritus Professor of University College, London. Crown 8vo. pp. 
vi. and 204. cloth. 1882. 10*. 6il. 



MAHRATTA (Marathi). 

Catalogue of Marathi Books sold hy Messrs. Triibner If Co. post free for penny stamp, 

jSlsop's Fables. — Originally Translated into Marathi hy Sadashiva 

Kashinath Chhatre. Revised from the 1st ed. 8vo. cloth. Bomhay, 1877. hs.6d. 

Ballantyne. — A Geammae op the Maheatta Language. For the 

use of the East India College at Haileybury. By James R. Ballantyne, of 
the Scottish Naval and Military Academy. 4to. cloth, pp. 56. 5^. 

Bellairs. — A Grammae op the Maeathi Language. By H. S. K. 

Bellaius, M.A., and Laxhan Y. Ashe.edkah, B.A. 12mo. cloth, pp. 90. 5s. 
Molesworth. — A Dictionaet, Maeathi and English. Compiled by 
3. T. MoLESwORTH, assisted by George and Thomas Candy. Second Edition, 
revised and enlarged. By J. T. Molesworth. Koyal 4to. pp. xxx and 922, 
boards. Bombay, 1857. £2 2s. 

Holesworth. — A Compendium op Moleswoeth's Maeathi and English 
Dictionary. By Baba Padmanji. Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. 
Demy 8vo. pp. xx. and 624, cloth. 15«. 

Navalkar. — The Student's MLieathi Geammae. By G. E. Nataxkae. 

New Edition. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 342. Bombay, 1879. 18s. 

Tnkarama. — A Complete Collection of the Poems of Tukarama 
(the Poet of the Mah^rSshtra). In Marathi. Edited by Vishnu Parashu- 
RAM Shastri Pandit, under the supervision of Sankar Pandurang Pandit, M. A. 
With a complete Index to the Poems and a Glossary of difficult Words. To 
which is prefixed a Life of the Poet in English, by Janirdan Sakh&rS,m G&dgil. 
2 vols, in large 8vo. cloth, pp. xxxii. and 742, and pp. 728, 18 and 72. Bombay 
1873. £1 1«. each vol. 



MALAGASY. 

Catalogue of Malagasy Books sold by Messrs. Triibner ^ Co. post free for penny stamp. 

Parker. — A Concise Geammae op the Malagasy Language. By G. 

W. Parker. Crown 8vo. pp. 66, with an Appendix, cloth. 1883. 5«. 

Van der Tuuk. — Outlines op a Geammae op the Malagasy Language 

By H. N. VAN DER TurK. 8vo., pp. 28, sewed. Is. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E, C. 89 

MALAY. 

Catalogue of Malay Bohlks sold by Mtssrs. Triibner % Co. post fret for penny stamp, 
Dennys. — :A Handbook of Malay CoLLoairiAL, as spoken in Singapore, 

Being a Series of Introdactory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. 
By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.E.A.S., etc., Author of "The 
Folklore of China," etc. 8to. pp. 204, cloth. 1878. £V Is. 

Maxwell. — A Mabtjai, of the Maxat Lanstja&e. With an Intro- 
ductory Sketch of the Sanskrit dement in Malay. By V. , E. Maxwell, 
Assistant Besident, Perak, Malay Peninsula. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. yiii.- 
184. 1882. 7». 6d. 

Miscellaneous Papers relating to Indo-China and tte Indian 
Archipelago. See page 7. 

Swettenham. — Vocabuiaet of the English and Malay Langitages. 
With Notes. By F. A. Swettenham. 2 Yols. Vol. I. English-Malay Vo- 
cabulary and Dialogues. Vol. II. Malay-English Vocabulary. Small 8vo. 
boards. Singapore, 1881. £1. 

The Traveller's Malay Pronouncing Handbook, for the Use of 

Travellers and New-comers to Singapore. 32rao. pp. 261, hoards. Singapore, 
1886. 5*. 

Van der Tuuk. — Shoet Acootinx of the Malay Manuscripts belonging 
TO THE Royal Asiatic Society. By H. N. van der Tuuk. 8vo. pp.52. 1s.6d. 



MALATALIM. 
Gundert. — A Malayalam and English Dictionaey. By Eev. H. 

Gundert, D. Ph. Royal 8vo. pp. viil. and 1116. £'i 10*. 



MAORI. 
Orey. — Maoei Mementos: being a Series of Addresses presented by 

the Native People to His Excellency Sir George Grey, K.C.B., F.R.S. With 
Introductory Remarks and Explanatory Notes ; to which is added a small Collec- 
tion of Laments, etc. By Ch. Olivers. Davis. 8vo. pp. iv. and 228, cloth. 12». 
■Williams. — Flbst Lessons in the Maoei Language. "With a Short 
Vocabulary. By W. L. Wllliams, B.A. Fcap. 8vo. pp. 98, cloth. 5«. 

PALI. 

D'Alwis. — ^A Desceiptive Catalogue of Sanskrit, Pali, and Sinhalese 
Literary Works of Ceylon. By James D'Alwis, M.R.A.S., etc., Vol. I. (all 
published), pp. xxxii. and 244. 1870. 8s. M. 

Seal. — Dhammapada. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3. 

Bigandet. — Gaudama. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4. 

Buddhist Birth Stories. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4. 

Biihler. — Teeee New Edicts of Asoka. By G. BiiHLEE. 16mo, 

sewed, with Two Facsimiles. 2». Sd. 
Childers. — A Pali-English Dictionaet, with Sanskrit Equivalents, 
and numerous Quotations, Extracts, and References. Compiled by the late Prof. 
R. C. Childers, late of the Ceylon C. S. Imperial 8vo., double columns, pp. 
xxii. and 622, cloth. 1873. £3 Zs. The first Pali Dictionary ever published. 



90 . Lmgmstic Publications of Truhner & Co., 

Childers. — The MAHipAEiNiBBijrAsriTA of the Stjtta-Pitaka. The 
Pali Text. Edited by the late Professor E. C. Childebs. 8to. cloth, pp. 
72. 5s. 

CMlders.— On Sandhi m Pali. By tbe late Prof. E. C. Childees. 

8vo. sewed, pp. 22. Is. 

Coomara Swamy. — ^Sutta NipiTA ; or, the Dialogues and Discourses 
of Gotama Buddha. Translated from the Pali, with Introduction and Notes. 
By Sir M. Coomaka Swamy. Cr. 8t.o. cloth, pp. xxxvi. and 160. 1874. 6s.. 

CoomSra Swamy. — The DathXvansa ; or, the History of the Tooth- 
Eelic of Gotama Buddha. The Pali Text and its Translation into English,, 
with Notes. By Sir M. Coomaha Swamy, Mudeliar. Demy Svo. cloth, pp. 
174. 1874. 10s. 6d. English Translation only, with Notes. Pp. 100, cloth. 6s. 

Davids. — See Btodhisi Bieth Stoetes, " Triibner's Oriental Series," 
page 4. 

Davids. — SIgiei, the Lion Eook, neae Ptclastiptjba, and the 39ih 
Chapter of the Mahavamsa. By T. W. Rhys Davids. 8v.o. pp. 30. Is. 6d. 

Dickson. — The PItimokkha, being the Buddhist Office of the Con- 
fession of Priests. The Pali Text, with a Translation, and Notes, hy J. F. 
Dickson. 8vo. sd., pp. 69. 2». 

Fausboll. — JliAKA. See under JItaka. 

Fausboll. — The Dasaeatha-JItaka, being the Buddhist Story of King 

R5,ma. The original P&U Text, with a Translation and Notes by V. Fausboll.. 
Svo. sewed, pp. iv. and 48. 2s. 6cl, 

FansboU. — Five JItakas, containing a Fairy Tale, a Comical Story, 

and Three Fables. In the original F&li Text, accompanied with a Translation 
and Notes. By V. Fausboll. Svo. sewed, pp. viii. and 72. 6s. 

Fausboll. — Ten Jatakas. The Original Pali Text, with a Translation 
and Notes. By V. Fausboll. Svo. sewed, pp. xiii. and 128. 7s. 6d. 

Fryer. — ^Vitxiobata. (Exposition of Metre.) By Sanghaeakkhita 

Tbera. a Pali Text, Edited, with Translation and Notes, by Major G.. E. 
Fryer. Svo. pp. 44. 2«. 6rf. 

Haas. — Catalogtte op Sanskeit and Pali Books in the Libeaet of 
THE British Museum. By Dr. Ernst Haas. Printed by Permission of the 
Trustees of the British Museum. 4to. cloth, pp. 200. £1 Is. 

Jataka (The) ; together with its Commentary. Being Tales of the 

Anterior Birth of Gotama Buddha. For the first time Edited in the original 
Pali by V. Fausboll. Demy Svo. cloth. Vol. I. pp. 512. 1877. 28s. 
Vol. II., pp. 452. 1879. 28s. Vol. III. pp. viii.-544. 1883. 28s. Vol. 
IV. pp. I.-460. 1887. 28s. For Translation see under " Buddhist Birth 
Stories," page 4. 

The " Jataka " is a collection of legends in Pali, relating the history of Bnddha's trans- 
migration before he was born as Gotama. The great antiquity of this work is authenticated 
by its forming part of the sacred canon of the Southern Buddhists, which was finally settled at 
the last Council in 246 b.c. The collection has long been. known as a storehouse of ancient 
fables, and as the most original attainable source to which almost the whole of this kind of 
literature, from the Panchatantra and Pilpay's fables down to the nursery stories of the present 
day, is traceable ; and it has been considered desirable, in the interest of Buddhistic studies aa 
well, as for more general literary purposes, that an edition and translation of the complete 
■ work should be prepared. The present publication is intended to supply this ■want.—Athmaium^ 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, JE.C, 91 

Mahawansa (The) — The Mahawaitsa. From the Thirty- Seventh 
Chapter. Revised and edited, under orders of the Ceylon GovernmBnt, by 
H. SuMANOALA, and Don Andkis de Silta Bathwantxjdawa. Vol. I. Pali 
Text in Sinhalese character, pp. xxxii. and 436. Yol. II. Sinhalese Transla- 
tion, pp. lii. and 378 half-bound. Colombo, 1877. £2 2s. 

Mason. — The Pali Text op Kaohchata»-o's Gbammak, with English 
Annotations. By Fkanois Mason, D.D. I. The Text Aphorisms, 1 to 673. 
II. The English Aiinotations, including the various Readings of six independent 
Burmese Manuscripts, the Singalese Text on Yerbs, and the Cambodian Text 
on Syntax. To which is added a Concordance of the Aphorisms. In Two 
Parts. 8vo. sewed, pp. 208, 75, and 28. Toongoo, 1871. £1 Ua. 6ii. 

Minayeff. — Gbammaiee Palie. Esquisse d'une Phoii6tiqxie et d'une 
Morphologie de la Langue Palie. Traduite du Russe par St. Guyard. By 
J. MiWAYBJT. 8vo. pp. 128. Paris, 1874. 8«. 

Hvlller. — Simplified Grammae oe the Pali Language. By E. MUllee,. 
Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 144. 1884. 7». 6d. 

Senart. — Eaccatana et la Litteratuee Geammaticale dv Piii. 
Ire Partie. Grammaire Palie de Kaccayana, Sutras et Commentaire, public 
aveo une traduction et des notes par E. Senakt. 8vo. pp.338. Paris, 1871. 
12j. 

PAZAND. 
Uaino-i-Khard (The Book of the). — The Pazand and Sanskrit 

Texts (in Roman characters) as arranged by Neriosengh Dhaval, in the 
fifteenth century. With an English translation, a Glossary of the Pazand 
texts, containing the Sanskrit, Rosian, and Pahlavi equivalents, a sketch erf 
• Pazand Grammar, and an Introduction. By E. W. West. 8vo. sewed, pp. 
484. 1871. 16*. 

PEGUAN. 
Haswell. — Geammatical Notes and Yocabttlaet op the Pegttan 

Language. To which are added a few pages of Phrases, etc. By Rev. J. M. 
HASVfELL. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 160. 15«. 



PEHLEWI. 
Dinkard (The). — The Original Pehlwi Text, the same transliterated 

in Zend Characters. Translations of the Text in the Gujrati and English 
Languages ; a Commentary and Glossary of Select Terms. By Peshotun 
Ddstoob Behbamjeb SuNJANA. Yols. I. and II. 8vo. cloth. £2 2s. 

Haug. — An Old Pahlati-Pazand Glossabt. Ed., with Alphabetical 
Index, by Dbstur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa, High Priest of the Parsis in 
Malwa. Rev. and Enl., with Intro. Essay on the Pahlavi Language, by M. Haug, 
Ph.D. Pub. by order of Gov. of Bombay. 8vo. pp. xvi. 152,268,sd. 1870. 28«. 

Haug. A LECinEE on an Original Speech op Zoeoastee (Tasna 45), 

with remarks on his age. By Martin Hauo, Ph.D. 8vo. pp. 28, sewed. 
Bombay, 1865. 2s. 

Haug.— The Paesis. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3. 



J92 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co., 

Hang. — An Old Zand-Pahlavi Gtlossaet. Edited in the Original 
Characters, with a Transliteration in Roman Letters, an English Translation, 
and an Alphabetical Index. By I>estuk Hoshengji Jamaspji, High-priest of 

,• the Parsis in Malwa, India. Rev. with Notes and Intro, by Martin Hatjo, 
Ph.D. Publ. by order of Got, of Bombay. 8vo. sewed, pp. Ivi. and 132. 15». 

-Hang. — The Book of Abba Vieaf. The Pahlavi text prepared- by 

Destur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa. Revised and collated with further MSS., with 
an English translation and Introduction, and,.an Appendix containing the Texts 
and Translations of the Gosht-i Fryano and Hadokht Nask, By Martin 
Haug, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology at the Uni- 
versity of Munich. Assisted by E. W. West, Ph.D. Published by order of 
the Bombay Government. 8vo. sewed, pp. Ixxx., v., and 316. £1 5s. 

JUinocheherji. — Pahiati, GtrjAElix ajs^d Engiish Diciionabt. By 
Jamaspji Dastdr Minochebji, Jamasp Asana. .8vo. Yol. I. pp. clxii. 
and 1 to 168, and Vol. II. pp. xxxii. and pp. 169 to 440. 1877 and 1879. 
Cloth. 14*. each. (To be completed in 5 vols.) 

Sunjana. — A Gbammae op the Pahlvi Language, with Quotations 

and Examples from Original Works and a Glossary of Words bearing affinity 
with the Semitic Languages. By Peshotun Dustoor Behramjee Sunjana, 
Principal of Sir Jamsetjee Jejeeboy Zurthosi Madressa. 8vo.cl., pp. 18-457. 
25». 

Thomas. — Eab.lt Sassanian iNSCEiPiioisrs, SBAisAjn) Coors, illustrating 
the Early History of the Sassanian Dynasty, containing Proclamations of Arde- 
shir Babek, Sapor I., and his Successors. With a Critical Examination and 
Explanation of the Celebrated Inscription in the HS.jl5,bad Cave, demonstrating 
that Sapor, the Conqueror of Valerian, was a Professing Christian. By Edward 
Thomas, F.R.S. Illustrated. 8vo. cloth, pp. 148. 7«. 6d. 

Thomas. — Comments on Eecent Pehlvi Becipheements. "With an 
Incidental Sketch of the Derivation of Aryan Alphabets, and Contributions 'to 
the Early History and Geography of Tabarist&n. Illustrated by Coins. By 
Edward Thomas, F.R.S. 8vo. pp. 56, and 2 plates, cloth, sewed. Ss.Qd. 

West. — Glossaet and Index of the Pahlati Texts op the Book: of 

Arda Viraf, The Tale of Gosht-I Fryano, The Hadokht Nask, and to some 
extracts from the Din-Kard and Nirangistan ; prepared from Destur Hoshangji 
Asa's Glossary to the Arda Viraf Namak, and from the Original Texts, with 
Notes on Pahlavi Grammar. By E. W. West, Ph.D. Revised by Martdt 
Haug, Ph.D. Published by order of the Government of Bombay. Svo. sewed, 
pp. viii. and 352. 25s. 



PENNSYLVANIA DUTCH. 
Haldeman. — Pennsylvania Dutch : a Dialect of South Germany 

with an Infusion of English. By S. S. Haldeman, A.M., Professor of Com- 
parative Philology in the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Svo. pp. 
viii. and 70, cloth. 1872. 3«. 6d. 



PERSIAN. 
Sallantyne. — Peinciples of Pebsian Caligeapht, illustrated by 

Lithographic Plates of the TA"LIK characters, the one usually employed in 
writing the Persian and the Hindustani. Second edition. Prepared for the 
use of the Scottish Naval and Military Academy, by James R. BALlANTrNE. 
4to. cloth, pp. 14, 6 plates. 2s. 6d. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 93 

Blochmann. — The Peosobt of the Psbsians, according to Saifi, Jatni, 
■ and other Writers. By H. Blochmann, M. A., Assistant Professor, Calcutta 
Madrasah. 8to. sewed, pp. 166. 10«. &d. 

Blochinann. — A Teeatise ok- the Rttba'i entitled Risalah i Taranah. 

By Agha Ahmad 'All With an Introduction and Explanatory Notes, by H. 
Blochmann, M.A. 8vo. sewed, pp. 11 and 17. 2«. 6^. 

Blochmaim. — The Peesian Metees bt Saiti, and a Treatise on Persian 
Ithyme by Jami. Edited in Persian, by H. Blochmann, M.A. 8to. scarce, 
pp. 62. Zs.Bd. 

Eastwick. — The Gtjlistan. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4. 

Finn. — Peesian- eoe Teavelless. By A. Finn, H.B.M. Consul at 

Resht. Part I. Rudiments of Grammar. Part II. English-Persian Vocabulary. 

Oblong 32mo, pp. xxii.— 232, cloth. 1884. 6«. 

Griffith. — Tusup anb Zttlaikha. See " Trubner's Oriental Series," p. 5. 

Oulshan-i-Raz. — The Dialootje op the Gtjlshan-i-Raz ; or. Mystical 
Garden of Eoses of Mahmoud Shabistari. With Selections from the 
Eubiayat of Omar Khayam. Crown 8vo. pp. vi. -64, cloth. 1888. 3s. 

H^fiz of Shiraz. — Selections eeom his Poems. Translated from the 
Persian by Hekman BicKNELL. With Preface by A. S. Bicknell. Demy. 
4to. , pp. XX. and 384, printed on fine stout plate-paper, with appropriate 
Oriental Bordering in gold and colour, and Illustrations by J. K. Herbert, 
E.A. £1 2s. 

Haggard and Le Strange. — The Vazie op Lanktjean. A Persian 
Play. A Text- Book of Modern Colloquial Persian, for the use of European 
Travellers, Residents in Persia, and Students in India. Edited, with a Gram- 
matical Introduction, a Translation, copious Notes, and a Vocabulary giving the 
Pronunciation of all the words. By W. H. Haqoaed and Guy Le Stkanbe. 
Crown 870. pp. xl.-176 and 66 (Persian Text), cloth. 1882. 10s. Qd. 

Mlrkhond. — The Histoet op the AiIbeks op Steia and Peesia. 

By MuHAMMED Een Khawendshah Ben Mahmcd, commonly called 
MiKKHOND. Now first Edited from the Collation of Sixteen MSS., by 
W. H. Morley, Barrister-at-law, M.E.A.S. To which is added a Series 
of Facsimiles of the Coins struck by the Atlbeks, arranged and described 
by W. S. W. Vaux, M.A., M.K.A.S. Roy. 8to. cloth, 7 Plates, pp. 118. 
1848. 7«. 6rf. 

Morley. — A Descriptive Catalogue of the Historical Manuscripts in 
the Arabic and Persian Languages preserved in the Library of the Royal Asiatic 
Society of Great Britain and Ireland. By William H. Mokley, M.E.A.S. 
8vo. pp. viii. and 160, sewed. London, 1854. 2s. 6d. 

Palmer. — The Song op the Eeed. See page 56. 

Palmer. — A Concise Peesian-English Dictionaet By E. H. 
Palmer, M.A., Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge. Second 
Edition. Royal 16mo. pp. viii. and 364, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. 

Palmer. — A Concise English-Peesian Dictionaey. Together with 
a Simplified Grammar of the Persian Language. By the late E. H. 
Palmek, M.A., Lord Almoner's Reader and Professor of Arabic, Cambridge. 
Completed and Edited from the MS. left imperfect at his death. By G. Lb 
Strange. Royal 16mo. pp. xii. and 546, cloth. 1883. IDs. 6rf. 

Palmer. — Simplipied Peesian Gteammae. See page 56. 

Redhouse. — The Mesnevi. See " Trubner's Oriental Series," page 4. 



94 Linguistic Publications of Trubner & Co., 

Rieu. — Cataiogtte or the Peksiajt Manttsceipts m thb Bbitisbc 
Museum. By Chakles Rieu, Ph.D., Keeper of the Oriental MSS. 4to. oloth. 
Vol. I. pp. 432. 1879. 25«. Vol.11. 1881. 25s. Vol. HI. 1883. 25«. 

"^^liijifield. — Gitlshait-i-Eaz ;' The Mystic Eose Garden of Sa'd ud 
din Mahmud Shabistani. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and 
Notes, chiefly from the Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By 
E. H. "Whinpield, U.A., late of H:.M.B.C.S. 4to. pp. xvi., 94, 60, cloth. 
1880. ]0». firf 

Wliiiifield. — QTJATEAiifs of Omas KHATriat. See page 5. 



PIDGIN-ENGLISH. 

Leland. — Pidgin-English Shtg-Song ; or Songs and Stories in the 
China-English Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Chakies G-. Lblajtd. Fcap. 
Svo. cl., pp. TJii. and 140. 1876. 5s. 



POLISH. 

Baranowski. — AifSM-PoiisH Lexicon. By J. J. BaeanowSki, 

formerly Under-Secretary to the Bank of Poland, in Warsaw. Fbap. Svo. pp. 

viii. and 492, cloth. 1883. 12s. 
Baranowski. — Smwnik Poisko-Angielski. (Polish-English Lexicon.) 

By J. J. Baranowski. Fcap. Svo. pp. iv.-402, cloth. 1884. 12s. 
Mor&ll. — A Simplified Ghammae ov the Polish Language. By 

W. R. MoRPiLL, M.A. Crown Svo. pp. viii. — 64, cloth. 1SS4. 3«. ed. 



PRAKRIT. 
Cowell. — A SHOET Inteodtjciion to the OaDiNAitT Peakeii op the 

Sanskrit Dkamas. With a List of Common Irregular Prakrit Words. By 
Prof. E. B. CowELi,. Cr. Svo. limp cloth, pp. 40. 1875. 3«. 6el. 
Cowell. — Peakeita-Peakasa ; or, The Prakrit Grammar of Vararuchi, 
with the Commentary (Manorama) of Bhamaha ; the first complete Edition of the 
Original Text, with various Readings from a collation of Six MSS, in the Bod- 
leian Library, etc., with Notes, English Translation, and Index of Prakrit Words, 
an Easy Introduction to Prakrit Grammar. By E. E. Cowell, Professor of 
Sanskrit at Cambridge. New Edition, with New Preface, etc. Second. Issue. 
Svo. clotb, pp. xxxi. and 204. 1868. 14». 



PUKSHTO (Pakkhto, Pashto). 
Bellew. — A Geammae op the Pukkhio oe Puxshto Lanqitage, on a 

New and Improved System. Combining Brevity with Utility, and Illustrated by 
Exercises and Dialogues. By H. W. Bellew, Assistant Surgeon, Bengal Army. 
Super-royal Svo., pp. zii. and 156, cloth. 21s. 

Bellew, — A Diciionaet of the PtfKKHTo, oa Pukshto Language, on a 

New and Improved System. With a reversed Part, or English and Pukkhto, 
By H. W, Bellew, Assistant Surgeon, Bengal Army, Super-royal Svo, 
pp. zii. and 356, cloth. 42s. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 95 

Plowden. — Teanslation op the K^lib-i-Aeghani, the Text Book for 
the Pakkhto Examination, with Notes, Historical, Geographical, Grammatical, 
and Explanatory. By Trevor Chichblb Plowden, Captain H.M. Bengal 
Infantry, and Assistant Commissioner, Panjab. Small 4to. doth, pp. xx. and 
395 andix. "With Map. Lahore, 1875. £2 10». 

Thorburn. — BanniJ ; or, Our Afghan Frontier. By S. S. THosBTmis-, 
I.C.S., Settlement Officer of the Bannfi District. 8vo. cloth, pp. i. and 480. 
1876. 18s. 
pp. 171 to 230 : Popular Stories, Ballads and Riddles, and pp. 231 to 413 : 
Pashto Proverbs Translated into English, pp. 414 to 473 : Fashto Proverbs 
in Pashto. 

Trumpp. — P4S10 Gbammak. See page 50. 



ROUMANIAN. 

Torceana. — SinPLmED Grammab of the Egtjmaktait LANeuAOE. By 
E. ToROBANU. Crown 8vo. pp. viii.-72, cloth. 1883. 5s. 



RUSSIAN. 

Freeth. — A Condensed Ettssian Geammar for the Use of Staff Officers 
and others. By F. Preeth, B.A.. late Classical Scholar of Emmanuel College, 
Cambridge. Crown 8vo. pp. iv.-76, cloth. 1886. 3s. 6d. 

Lermontoff. — The Demon. By Michadl Leemonioff. Translated 
from the Russian by A. Condie Stephen. Crown 8vo. pp. 88, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d. 

Riola. — A Geadtjatbd Russian Beadee,, with a Vocahulary of all the 
Eussian Words contained in it. By H. Eiola. Crown 8vo. pp. viii. and 314. 
1879. 10s. 6d. 

Kiola. — How TO Leaen Bxtssiaw. A Manual for Students of Eussian, 

based upon the Ollendorfian system of teaching languages, and adapted for 
self instruction. By Henry Riola, Teacher of the Russian Language. With 
a Preface by W. R. S. Eaxston, M. A. Second Edition. Crown 8to. cloth, 
pp. 576. 1884. 12s. 

Key to the above. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 126. 1878. 5«. 

Thompson. — Diaxogijes, Eussian and English. Compiled by A. E. 

Thompson. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. iv.- 132. 1882. 6s. 
Wilson. — 'Etjssian Lteics in English Veese. By the Eev. C. T. 

Wilson, M.A., late Chaplain, Bombay. Crown 8vo. pp. xvi. and 244, cloth. 

1887. 6s. 

SAMARITAN. 

Nutt. — A Sketch oe Samaeitan BListoet, Dogma, and Liieeattiee. 
Published as an Introduction to "Fragments of a Samaritan Targum." By 
J. W. Nutt, M. A. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 172. 1874. 5s. 

Nutt. — Feagments of a Samaeitan Taegitm. Edited from a Bodleian 
MS. With an Introduction, containing a Sketch of Samaritan History, 
Dogma, and Literature. By J. W. Nutt, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii., 
172, and 84. With Plate. 1874. 15s. 



96 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8{ Co. 

SAMOAN. 
Pratt. — A Geammae and DiciioiirABT of the Samoau Language. By 

Rev. Geobqe Pratt, Forty Years a Missionary of the London Missionary 
Society in Samoa. Second Edition. Edited by Rev. S.J. Whitmee, F.K.G.S. 
Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 380. 1878. 18«. 



Sanskrit: 

Aitareya Brahmanam of the Rig Veda. 2 toIs. See under Haug. 

D'Alwis. — A Descrtptive Catalogtje of Sanskeit, Pali, and Sinhalese 
LiTEKARY Works of Ceylon. By James D'Alwis, M.R.A.S., Advocate of 
the Supreme Court, &c., &c. In Three Volumes. Vol. I., pp. xxxii. and244, 
sewed. 1870. 8«. 6d. 

Apastambiya Dharma Sntram. — Aphobisms op the Saceed Laws op 

THE Hindus, by Apastamba. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by G. 
Biihler. By order of the Government of Bombay. 2 parts. 8vo. cloth, 
1868-71. £1 is. 6d. 

Arnold. — The Song Celestial; or, Bhagavad-Glta (from the Maha- 
bharata). Being a Discourse between Arjuna, Prince of India, and the Supreme- 
Being under the form of Krishna. Translated from the Sanskrit Text by Sir K 
Arnold, M.A., K.C.I.E., etc. Second edition. Crown 8vo. pp. 192, cloth. 
1885. 6a. 

Arnold. — The Seceet of Death : being a Yersion, in a Popular and 
Novel Form, of the Katha TJpanlshad,Jrom the Sanskrit, with some Collected 
Poems. By Sir E. Arnold, M.A., K.C.I.E. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. 
430, cloth. 1885. Is. 6cl. 

Arnold. — Light of Asia. See page 41. 

Arnold. — Indian Poetet. See " Triibner' s Oriental Series," page 4. 

Arnold. — The Iliad and Odtsset of India. By Sir Edwin Arnold, 

M.A., K.C.I.E., etc. Fcap. 8vo. sd., pp. 24." 1*. 
Apte. — The Student's Gitidb to Sanskeit Composition. Being a 
Treatise on Sanskrit Syntax for the use of School and Colleges. 8vo. boards. 
Poona, 1881. 6s. , ^, 

Apte. — The Student's English- Sanskeit Dictionakt. Eoy. 8vo. pp. 
xii. and 526, cloth. Poona, 1884. IBs. 

Atharva Veda PratlQakhya. — See under Whitney. 

Auctores Sanscrit!. Tol. I. The Jaiminiya-Nyaya-Maia-Vistara. 

Edited for the Sanskrit Text Society under the supervision of Theodor 
GoldstUoker. Parts I. to VII., pp. 582, large 4to. sewed. IDs. each part. 
Complete in one vol., cloth, £3 13s. Sd. Vol. II. The Institutes of Gautama. 
Edited with an Index of Words, by A. P. Stenzler, Ph.D., Professor of 
Oriental Languages in the University of Breslau. 8vo. cloth, pp. iv. 78. 
1876. 4«. 6d. Vol. III. VaitSna Siitra. The Ritual of the Atharva Veda. 
Edited with Critical Notes and Indices, by Dr. Richard Garbf. 8vo. 
sewed, pp. 119. 1878. 6». Vols. IV. and V. Vardhamana's Ganaratnama- 
bodadhi, with the Author's Commentary. Edited, with Critical Notes and 
Indices, by J. Eggling, Ph.D. 8vo. wrapper. Part I., pp. xii. and 240. 1879. 
6s. Part II., pp. 240. 1881. 6s. 



67 and 59, Ludgate Bill, London, E.G. '97 

Avery. — CoifiaiBirTioiirsTo the History orVEEB-Iira'i.BCTiojsriN Sab-skeit. 
By J. Atekt. 8vo. paper, pp. 106. is. 

Ballant3nie. — Sankhta Aphosisms of Kapila. See page 6. 

Ballantyne. — Fiest Lessons its Sanskeit Gkammar; together with an 
Introduction to the Hitopad^sa. Fourth edition. By James R. Ballantyne, 
LL.D., Librarian of the India Office. 8vo. pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1884. Ss. 6rf. 

Benfey. — A Peactical Geammak op the Sanskrit LAusuAeE, for the 

use of Early Students. By Theodor Benfey, Professor of Sanslsrit In the 
University of Gdttingen. Second, revised and enlarged, edition. Boyal 8vo. 
pp. viii. and 296, cloth. 10s. 6rf. 

Benfey.— Vedica ustd Veewandxes. By Theod. Benfey. Crown 8vo. 

paper, pp. 178. Strasshurg, 1877. Is. Qd. 
Benfey. — Vedica ttnd Linguistica. — By Th. Benfey. Crown 8vo. 

pp. 254. io«. Qd. 
Bibliotheea Indica.— A Collection of Oriental "Worts published by 

the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Old Series. Pasc. 1 to 235. New Series. 

Faso. 1 to 408. (Special List of Contents to be had on application.) Each 

Fasc. in 8vo., 2«. ; in 4to., is. 

Bibliotheea Sanskrita. — See Teubner. 

Bombay Sanskrit Series. Edited under the superintendence of G-. 
BiiHLER, Ph. D., Professor of Oriental Languages, Elphinstone College, and 
P. KiELHORN, Ph. D., Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies, Deccau College. 
1868-84. 

1. Panchatantba IV. AND V. Edited, with l^otes, by G. Buhlee, 

Ph. D. Pp. 84, 16. 3». 

2. NXgojibhatta's Paeibhashendusekhara. Edited and explained 

by F. KiELHORN, Ph. D. Part I., the Sanskrit Text and Various Readings, 
pp. 116. 4«. 

3. Panchatantra II. AND III. Edited, with Notes, by G. Buhlee, Ph. D. 

Pp. 86, 14, 2. 3«. 

4. Panchatantra i. Edited, with Notes, by F. Kielhorn, Ph.D. 

Pp. 114, 53. Zs.&d. 

5. KIhdIsa's Eaghuvamsa. "With the Commentary of Mallinatha. 

Edited, with Notes, by ShankarP. Pandit, M.A. Part I. Cantos I.-VI. 4s. 

6. EliiDisA's MixATEEXGNiMiTEA. Edited, with Notes, by Shankah 

P. Pandit, M.A. 4s. %d. 

7. NIgojibhatta's ParibhIshendusekhaha Edited and explained 

by F. KiELHORN, Ph.D. Part II. Translation and Notes. (ParibhashSs, 
i.-xxxvii.) pp. 184. 4«. 

8. Kaiidasa's E,AGHrTAMSA. "With the Commentary of Mallinatha. 

Edited, with Notes, by Shankar P. Pandit, M.A. Part II. Cantos VII.- 
XI IL 4s. 

9. Nagojibhatta's PAB,iBHi.sHENDiTSEKHAHA. Edited and explained 

by F. KiELHORN. Part II Translation and Notes. (ParibhashSs xxxviii.- 
Ixix.) 4s. 

10. Dandin's Dasakumaracharita. Edited with critical and explana- 

tory Notes by G. Buhler. Part I. 3s. 

11. Bhaeirihari's Nitisataka and Vairagyasataka, with Extracts 

from Two Sanskrit Commentaries. Edited, with Notes, by Kasinath T. 
Telang. 4s. 6d. 

12. Nagojibhatia's PARiBHisHENDTrsEKHAEA. Edited and explained 

by F. KrELHOKN. Part II. Translation and Notes. (ParibhashSs bcx.- 
cxxii.) 4s, 

7 



98 Linguistic Publications of Triibner^ Co., 

13. Kaiibasa's Raohutamsa, with the Commentary of Mallinatha. 
Edited, with Notes, by Shankar P. Pandit. Part III. Cantos XIV.- 
XIX. 4*. ■ , 

-14. ViKEAMASTKABETACHAEiTA. Edited, With an Introduction, by G. 

BiiHLEK. 38. 

15. BsAVABHtri's Malati-Madhata. "With the Commentary of 
Jagaddhara, edited by Ramkbishna Gopal Bhandabkah. 14s. 

16. The ViKEAMOKVAsiTAMi A Drama in Five Acts. By KaxidIsa. 
Edited witli English Notes by Shankar P. Pandit, M.A. pp. xii. and 129 
(Sanskrit Text) and 148 (Notes). 1879. 6s. 

17. Hemachdea's DBSiNAMiLi, with a Glossary by Dr. Pischel 
and Dr. Buhleb. Pwi I. 10». 

18 — 22 and 26. Patanj alt's Vtakaeanamahabhashta. By Dr. 
KiELHORN. Part I— IV. Vol. I. II. Part U. Each part 5j. 

23. The Vasishthadhaemasasteam. Aphorisms on the Sacred Law 
of the Aryas, as taught in School of Vasishtha. Edited hy Rev. A. A. Ftjhbee. 
8vo. sewed. 1883. 2s. Qd. 

24. Kadambaei. Edited by Peter Petbeson. 8vo. sewed. 1883. 15s. 

25. KisTiKAUMUBi. Ski Somesvaeabbva, and edited by Abaji Vishstit 
Kathavati. 8yo. sewed. 1883. 3s. 6d. 

27. Mtjbeaeakshasa. By Visakbtabatta. "With the Commentary of 
Dhundhiraj. Edited with critical and explanatory notes by K. T. Telang. 8to. 
sewed. 1884. 6s. 

28, 29, and 30. Paianjali's Vyakaeanamahabhashta. By Dr. 
KiELHOBN. VolIII., Partsl., II., and III. Each Part 5s. 

31. Vallabhabeva's StrBHASHiiAVALi. Edited by Dr. P. Peteesoni 
and Pandit Dukgab Piiasad. 128. 6d. 

32. Labgakshi Bhaskae's Saeka-Katjitubi. Edited by Prof. M. N. 
DviYEDi. Is. Qd. 

33. "HiTOPADESA BY Natjayana. Edited by Prof. P. Peterson. 4». 6d. 
Borooah. — A Companion to the Sanskeit-Ebading Dnbbegeabbates 

of the Calcutta University, being a few notes on the Sanskrit Texts selected 
for examination, and their Commentaries. By ANUNDOitAU Bobooah. 8to. 
pp. 61. 3s. 6d. 

Borooah. — A Peactioax Bnqlish-Sanskeit Dictionaey. By Anun- 

doram Bobooah, B.A., B.C.S., of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law. 
Vol. I, A to Falseness, pp. xx.-580-lO. Vol. II. Falsification to Oyster, pp. 
581 to 1060. With a Supplementary Treatise on Higher Sanskrit Grammar or 
Gender and Syntax, with copious illustrations from standard Sanskrit Authors 
and Eeferences to Latin and Greek Grammars, pp. vi. and 296. 1879. Vol. III. 
f 1 Us. Gd. each. 

Borooah. — Bhavabhbti anb his Place in Sanskbit Liteeatitee. By 

Anundoram Borooah. 8vo. sewed, pp. 70. 5a. 

Brhat-Sanhita (The). — See under Eern. 

Brown. — Sanskeit Peosoby anb I^umeeical Symbols ExPLAnrEn. By 
Charles Ph(lip Brown, Author of the Telugu Dictionary, Grammar, etc., Pro- 
fessor of Telugu in the University of London. Demy 8vo. pp. 64, cloth. 3s. 6d. 

Bumell. — Eiktanteatyakakana. A Pratigakhya of the Samaveda. 
Edited, with an Introduction, Translation of the Sutras, and Indexes, by 
A. C. BuKNELL, Ph.D. Vol. i. Post 8vo. boards, pp. Iviii. and 84. 10s. 6d. 



57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 99 

Bnrnell. — A Classified Index to the Sanskrit MS8. in- the Palace at 
Tanjore. Prepared for the Madras Government. By A. C. Bhrnell, Ph.D. 
In 4to. Part I. pp. iv. and 80, stitched, stiff wrapper. Vedio and Technical 
Literature. Part II. pp. iv. and 80. Philosophy and Law. 1879. Part III. 
Drama, Epics, Puranas and Tantras, Indices, 1880. 10s. each part. 

Bnrnell, — Catalostje of a Collection op Sasskeit Manusceipis. By 
A. 0. BpRNELL, M.R.A.S., Madras Civil Service. Paut 1. Veiie Manuseripta. 
Fcap. 8vo. pp. e*, sewed. 1870. Is. 

Bnrnell. — I)atada9A9loki. Ten Slokas in Sanskeit, with English 
Translation. By A. C. Burnell. 8vo. pp. 11. 2s. 

Bnrnell. — On the Aindea School op Sanskeit Geammaeians. Their 

Place in the Sanskrit and Subordinate Literatures. By A. 0. Buknell. 8vo. 
pp. 120. 10«. 6rf. 

Bnrnell. — The SamatidhanabhIhmana (heing the Third Brahmana) 

of the Sama Veda. Edited, together with the Commentary of Sayana, an 
English Translation, Introduction, and Index of Words, by A. C. Buhnell. 
Volume I.— Text and Commentary, with Introduction. 8vo. pp. xxxviii. and 
104. 12*. 6<f. 

Bnrnell. — The Aeshetabeahmana (heing the fourth Brahmana) op 

THE Sama Veda. The Sanskrit Text. Edited, together with Extracts from the 
Commentary of Sayana, etc. An Introduction and Index of VVords. By A. C. 
Burnell, Ph D. Svo, pp. 51 and 109. 10s. b'rf. 

Burnell.^THE DEYAiaDHTaTABEaHMANA (being the Fifth Brahmana) 

of the Sama Veda. The Sanskrit Text edited, with the Commentary of Sayana, 
an Index of Words, etc., by A. C. Burnell, M.E.A.S. Svo. and Trans., 
pp. 34. 5s. 

Bnrnell, — The Jaiminita Text op the Aeshetabeahmana op the 
Sama Veda. Edited in Sanskrit by A. C. Burnell, Ph. D. Svo. sewed, pp. 
56. 7s. 6rf. 

finrneU. — The Sahmitopaitishadbeahmana (Being the SeTenth 

Brahmana) of the Sama Veda. The Sanskrit Text. With a Commentary, an 
Index of Words, etc. Edited by A. C. Bubnell, Ph.D. Svo. stifiF boards, 
pp. 86. 7». 6d 

Burnell. — The Vamqabeahmana (being the Eighth Brahmana) of the 

Sdma Veda. Edited, together with the Commentary of Sayana, a Preface and 
Index of Words, by A. C. Burnell, M.R.A.S., etc. Svo. sewed, pp. xliii,, 
12, and xii., with 2 coloured plates. 10s. 6(2. 

Bnrnell. — The Ordinances of Mann. See page 6. 

Catalogue op Sanskeit "Woeks Peinted in India, offered for 

Sale at the aflSxed nett prices by TkUbner & Co. 16mo. pp. 52. Is. 

Chintamon. — A Commentaey on the Text op the Bhagavad-Gita ; 

or, the Discourse between Krishna and Arjuna of Divine Matters. A Sanscrit 
Philosophical Poem. With a few Introductory Papers. By Hurrychund 
Chintamon, Political Agent to H. H. the Guicowar Mulhar Rao Maharajah 
of Baroda. Post Svo. cloth, pp. 118. 6s. 
Clark. — MEeHABtJTA, the Cloud Messengee. Poem of Kalidasa. 
Translated by the late Eev. Thomas Clark, M.A. Fcap. Svo. pp. 64, 
wrapper. 1882 Is. 

Colebrooke. — The Life and Miscellaneous Essays of Henry Thomas 
Colehrooke. See page 29. 



100 Linguistic Publications of Triibner §• Co., 

Cowell and Eggeling. — Catalobtib op Buddhist Sakskeit Manttsceipts 

in the Possession of the Royal Asiatic Society (Hodgson Collection). By Pro- 
fessors E. B. Cowell and J. Eggeling. 8vo. sd., pp. 36. 2s. 6d. 

Cowell. — Saeva Daesajta Samgeaha. See page 5. 

Da Cunlia. — The Sahtadei Khanda op the Skanda PuEAifA ; a 

Mythological, Historical and Geographical Account of Western India. First 
edition of the Sanskrit Text, with various readings. By J. Gebson da Cukha, 
M.R.C.S..and L.M. Eng., L.R.C.P. Edinb., etc. 8to. bds. pp. 680. £1 Is. 

Davies. — Hotdxt Phixosopht. See page 4. 

Savies. — Bhagavad Gita. See " Trubner's Oriental Series," page 5. 

Dutt. — Kings of KIshmIea : being a Translation of the Sanskrita "Work 

Eajataranggini of Kahlana Pandita. By J. Ch. Dtjtt. 12ino. paper, pp. v. 302, 

and xxiii. is. 
Edg^en. — A CoiiPEinDious Sanskrit Geammae. With a brief Sketch 

of Scenic Prakrit. By H. Edgrbn, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit in the 

TTniTersity of Nebraska, U.S.A. Crown 8vo. pp. xii. — 178, cloth. 1885. 10». 6<t 
Gautama. — The Institutes op Gautama. See Auetores Sanscriti. 
Goldstucker. — A Diciionaet, Sanskeit and English, extended and 

improved from the Second Edition of the Dictionary of Professor H. H. Wilson, 
with his sanction and concurrence. Together with a Supplement, Grammatical 
Appendices, and an Index, serving as a Sanskrit- Knglish Vocabulary. By 
Theodor GoldstUcker. Parts I. to VI. 4to. pp. 400. 1856-1863. 6«. each 
Goldstiicker. — Panini : His Place in Sanskrit Literature. An Inves- 
tigation of some Literary and Chronological Questions which may be settled by 
a study of his Work. A separate impression of the Preface to the Facsimile of 
MS. No. 17 in the Library of Her Majesty's Home Government for India, 
which contains a portion of the Manava-Kalpa-Sutra, with the Commentary 
of Kumarilh-Swamin. By Theodob Guldstucker. Imperial 8vo. pp. 
268, cloth. £2 2s. 

Gongh. — Phiiosopht op the Upanishads. See page 6. 

Griffith. — Scenes peom the Ramatana, Meghaduta, etc. Translated 

by Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Second 

Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. xviii., 244, cloth. 6s. 

Contents.— Preface— Ayodhya—Eavan Doomed— The Birth of Kama— The Heir apparent — 

Manthara's Guile — Dasaratha's Oath — The Step-mother— Mother and Son — The Triumph of 

Love— Farewell?— The' Hermit's Son— The Trial of Truth— The Forest— The Eape of Sita 

Kama's Despair— The Messenger Cloud— Khumhakama— The Suppliant Dove— True Glory- 
Feed the Poor— The Wise Scholar. 

Griffith. — The EImItan of Valmiki. Translated into English verse. 

By Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. 5 vols. 

Demy 8vo. cloth. Vol. I., pp. xxxii. 440. 1870. Out of print. II., pp. 

S04. Out of print. III., pp. V. and 371. 1872. IV., pp. viii. and 432. 

1873. v., pp. 368. 1875. Complete Sets £7 7s. 
Griffith. — ^KiLiDisA's Bieth op the "Wae God. See page 3. 
Haas. — Catalogue of Sanskrit and Pali Books in the Library of the 

British Museum. By Dr. Ernst Haas. 4to. pp. 200, cloth. 1876. £1 Is. 
Hang. — The Aitaeeya Brahmanam of the Rig Veda : containing the 

Earliest Speculations of the Brahmans on the meaning of the Sacrificial Prayers, 

and on the Origin, Performance, and Sense of the Rites of the Vedio Religion. 

Edited, Translated, and Explained by Martin Haug, Ph.D.. 2 vols. Or. 8to. 

Map of the Sacrificial Compound at the Soma Sacrifice, pp. 312 and 644. £2 2s! 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 101 

Hunter. — CATALoera; of Sanskrit Majtusckipts (Baddhist) Collected 
in Nepal by B. H. Hodgson, late Resident at the Court of Nep&l. Compiled 
from Lists in Calcutta, France, and England. By Sir "W. -V. Huntek, 
K.S.S.F.,LL.D., &o. 8vo. pp. 28, wrapper. 1880. 2s. 

Jacob. — HiNDTj Pantheism. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4. 

Jaiminiya-Nyaya-Mala-Vistara. — See under Auctoees Sansoeiti. 

Kasika. — A Commentaet on Panini's Geammatioai Aphoeisms. By 
Pandit Jayaditya. Edited by Pandit Bala SasikI, Prof. Sansk. Coll., 
Benares. First part, 8vo. pp. 490. Part II. pp. 474. 16s. each part. 

Eeru. — The Aetabhatita, witli the Commentary Bhatadlpika of 
Paramadi9vara, edited by Dr. H. Kern. 4to. pp. xii. and 107. 9s. 

Kern. — The Behat-SanhitI ; or, Complete System of ^Natural 
Astrology of Varaha-Mihira. Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. 
Kekn, Professorof Sanskrit at the University of Leyden. Part I. 8to. pp. 50, 
stitched. Parts 2 and 3pp. 51-154. Part4 pp. 155-210. Part 5 pp. 211-266. 
Part 6 pp. 267-330. Price 2s. each part. [Will be completed in Nine Parts. 

Eielhorn. — A G-eammae op the Sanskeit Language. By F. Kjgelhoen, 

Ph.D., Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies in Deccan College. Eegistered 
under Act xxv. of 1867. Demy 8vo. pp. xvi. 260. cloth. 1870. 10s. 6(i. 

Eielborn. — KItyItana and Patanjali. Their Eelation to each other 

and to Fanini. By F. Kielhorn, Ph. D., Prof, of Orient. Lang. Poena. 8to. 
pp. 64. 1876. 3s. 6d. 
Laghu Kaiimudi. A Sanskrit Grammar. ByVaradaraja. With an English 
Version, Commentary, and References. By James E. Ballantynb, LL.D. 
Third Edition. Svo. pp. xxxiv. and 424, cloth. 1881. £\ 6s. 

Lanman. — On Nonn-Inflection in the Veda. By R. Lanman, Asso- 
ciate Prof, of Sanskrit in Johns Hopkins University. 8vo. pp. 276, wrapper. 
1880. 10s. 

Lanman. — A Sanskeit Readee, with Vocabulary and Notes. By C. 
E. Lanman, Prof, of Sanskrit in Harvard College. Part I. and II.— Text and 
Vocabulary. Imp. 8vo. pp. xx.— 294, cloth. 1884. Ws. &d. 

Mahabharata. — Teanslated into Hindi for Madan Mohun Bhatt, by 
Kbishnachandradhaemadhikabin, of Benares. Containing all but the 
Harivansa. . 3 vols. Svo. cloth, pp. 574, 810, and 1106. £3 3s. 

Mahabharata (in Sanskrit), with the Commentary of Nilakantha. In 
Eighteen Books: Book I. AdiParvan,foL 248. II. Sabh&do. fol. 82.' III. Vana 
do. fol. 312. IV. Vir&ta do. fol. 62. V. Udyoga do. fol. 180. VI. Bhfshma do. 
fol. 189. VII. Drona do. fol. 213. VIII. Kama do fol. 115. IS. Salya do. 
fol. 42. X. Sauptika do. fol. 19. XI. Stri do. fol. 19. XII. Sinti do.:— 
a. ESjadharma, fol. 128; b. Apadharma, fol. 41; e. Mokshadharma, fol. 290. 
XIII. AnusSaana Parvan, fol. 207. XIV. Aswamedhika do. fol. 78. XV. Asra- 
mavSisika do. fol. 26. XVI. Mausala do. fol. 7. XVII. M&h&prasth&nika do. 
fol. 3. XVIII. Swargarokana do. fol. 8. Printed with movable types. Oblong 
folio. Bombay, 1863. £12 12s. 

Maha-Vira-Charita ; or, the Adventures of the Great Hero Eama. 

An Indian Drama in Seven Acts. Translated into English Prose from the 
Sanskrit of Bhavabhiiti, By J. Piokford, M.A. Crown 8vo. pp 192, cloth. 
1871. 5s. 

Maino-i-Khard (The Book of the). — The Pazand and Sanskrit Texts 
(in Eoman characters) as arranged by Neriosengh Dhaval, in the fifteenth 
century. With an English translation, a Glossary of the Pazand texts, con- 
taining the Sanskrit, Eosian, and Pahlavi equivalents, a sketch of Pazand Graift- 
mar, and an Introduction. By E. "W. West. Svo. sewed, pp. 484. 1871. 16s. 



102 Linguistic Pubhcations of Truhner S( Co:, 

ManavaH-Kalpa-Sutra ; being a portion of this ancient "Work on Ya,idik 

Rites, together with the Commentary of Kumarila-Swamin. A Facsimile of 
the MS. No. 17, in the Library of Her Majesty's Home Government for India. 
With a Preface by Theodor Goi.dstuckbe. Oblong folio, pp. 268 of letter- 
press and 121 leaves of facsimiles. Cloth. £4 4s. 

Mandlik. — The Tij^AVAiKTA Smeiti, Complete in Original, with an 
English Translation and Notes. With an Introduction on the Sources of, and 
Appendices containing Notes on various Topics of Hindu Law. By V. N. 
Mandlik. 2 vols, in one. Eoy. 8vo. pp. Text 177, and Transl. pp. Ixsxvii. and 
532. Bombay, 1880. £3. 

Megha-Duta (The). (Cloud-Messenger.) By Kalidasa. Translated 

from the Sanskrit into English verse, with Notes and Illustrations. By the 
late H. H. Wilson, M. A., F.R.S., etc. Vocabulary by F. Johnson, some- 
time Professor of Oriental Languages at the College of the Hon. the East India 
Company, Haileybury. New Edition. 4to. cloth, pp. xi. and 180. 10s. 6d. 

Mnir. — Teanslations from Sanskrit "Writers. See page 3. 

Muir. — OEisnfAL Sanskeit Texts, on the History of the People of 
India, their Religion and Institutions. Collected, Translated, and Illustrated 
by John Mhir, D.C.L., LL.D. Demy 8vo. cloth. Vol. I. Mythical Accounts 
of the Origin of Caste. Second Edition, pp. xx. 532. 1868. 21s. II. Trans - 
Himalayan Origin of the Hindus, and their Affinity with the Western Branches 
of the Aryan Race. Second Edition, pp. xxxii. and 512. 1871. 21s. III. 
The Vedas : Opinions of their Authors, and of later Indian Writers, on their 
Origin, Inspiration, and Authority, Second Edition, pp. xxxii. 312. 1868. 
1 6s. IV. Comparison of the Vedic with the later repi-esentations of the 
principal Indian Deities. Second Edition, pp. xvi. and 524. 1873. 21s. 
V. The Cosmogony, Mythology, Religious Ideas, Life and Manners of the 
Indians in the Vedic Age. Third Edition, pp. xvi. 492. 1884. 21s. 

Nagananda ; oe the Jot of the Si^ake-Woeii). A Buddhist Drama 

in Five Acts. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, from the 
Sanskrit of Sri-Harsha-Deva. By Palmee Boyd, B.A., Sanskrit Scholar of 
Trinity College, Cambridge. With an Introduction by Professor Coweil. 
Crown 8vo., pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 4s. &d. 

Ifalopakhyanam. — Stoet op Nala ; an Episode of the Maha-Bharata. 
The Sanskrit Text, with Vocabulary, Analysis, and Introduction. By Sir 
M. Moniee- Williams, K.C.I.E., M.A. The Metrical Translation by the Very 
Eev. H. H. MiLMAN, D.D. 8vo. cloth. 16s. 

ITaradiya Dharma Sastram; oe, the Institutes oe Naeada. Trans- 
lated for the First Time from the unpublished Sanskrit original. By Dr. Julius 
Jolly, University, W nrzhnrg. With a Preface, Notes chiefly critical, an Index 
of Quotations from Narada in the principal Indian Digests, and a general Index. 
Crown 8vo., pp. xxxv. 144, cloth. 10s. &d. 

Oppert. — List of Sanskrit Manuscripts in Private Libraries of 
Southern India. Compiled, Arranged, and Indexed, by Gttstav Oppert, 
Ph.D. Vol. L Eoyal 8vo. cloth, pp. 620. 1880. 21s. ' 

Oppert. — On the "Weapons, Aemt OEeANizATioN, and Poiiticai. Maxcms 
of the Ancient Hindus. With Special Eeference to Gunpowder and Fire Arms. 
By G. Oppekt. 8vo. sewed, pp. vi. and 162. Madras, 1880. 7s. Gd. 

Fatanjali. — The Vtakabana-Mahabhashya oe Patanjaii. Edited 
by F. KiELHORN, Ph.D., Professor of Oriental Languages, Deccan College. 
Vol. I., Part I. pp. 200. 8s. 6d. 



57 aiid 59, Liidgate Hilk London, E.C. 103 

Perry. — A Sanskrit Primer. Baaed on the " Leitfaden fur den 
Elementar-Cursus des Sanskrit " of Prof. Georg Eiihler, of Vienna. By E. 
D. Perry, of Columbia Coll., New York. 8vo. pp. xli. and 230, cl. 1886. Is. id. 

Peterson. — The Auchittaiamkaea of Kshemenbra ; with a Note 
on the Date of Patanjali, and an Inscription from Kotah. By P. Petekbon, 
ElphinBtone Professor of Sanskrit, Bombay. Demy 8vo. pp. 64, sewed. 1885. 2s. 

Ramayan of Valmiki. — 5 vols. See under Geiteith. 

Bam Jasan. — A Sanskeit and Enslish Dictionaet. Being an 

Abridgment of Professor Wilson's Dictionary. With an Appendix explaining 
the use of Affixes in Sanskrit. By Pandit Ram Jasan, Queen's College, 
Benares. Published under the Patronage of the Government, N.W.P. Royal 
8to. cloth, pp. ii. and 707. 28s. 

Rig-Veda SanMta. — A Colleciion of Ancient Hindit Hymns. 
See page 45. 

Rig-Veda-SanMta : The Sacred Hymns of the Beahmans. Trans- 
lated and explained by F. Max Mtjller. M.A., LL.D. See page 45. 

Rig-Veda. — TheHtmnsofiheEig-Veda in theSamhitaandPada Texts. 

By F. Max MOller, M.A., etc. See page 45. 
Sabdakalpadruma, the well-known Sanskrit Dictionary of EajIh 

Eadhakanta Deta. In Bengali characters. 4to. Parts 1 to 40. (In 

course of publication.) 3s. 6d. each part. 

SimarVidhana-Brahmana. "With the Commentary of Sayana. Edited, 
with Notes, Translation, and Index, by A. C. Burneli, M.R.A.S. Vol. I. 
Text and Commentary. With Introduction. 8to. cloth, pp. xxxviii. and 104. 
12«. 6d. 

Saknntala. — A Sanskrit Drama in Seven Acts. Edited by Sir M. 

Monier-Williams, K.C.I.E., M.A. Second Edition. 8vo. cl. £1 Is. 
SakUntala. — Kalidasa's Qakottiaxa. The Bengali Eecension. With 

Critical jS^otes. Edited by Eichakd Pischel. 8vo. cloth, pp. xi. and 210. 14s. 

Sarva-Sabda-Sambodhiiii ; or. The Complete Sanskrit Dictionaet. 

In Telugu characters. 4to. cloth, pp. 1078. £2 IBs. 

Surya-Siddhanta (Translation of the). — See Whitney. 

Taittiriya-PratiQakhya. — See Whitney. 

Tarkavachaspati. — Vachaspatya, a Comprehensive Dictionary, in Ten 

Parts. Compiled by Taranatha Tarkavachaspati, Professor of Grammar 
and Philosophy in the Government Sanskrit College of Calcutta. An Alpha- 
betically Arranged Dictionary, with a Grammatical Introduction and Copious 
Citations from the Grammarians and Scholiasts, from the Vedas, etc. Parts I. 
toXIII. 4to. paper. 1873-6. 18s. each Part. 

TMbaut. — The S1ilvas6teas. English Translation, with an Intro- 
duction. By G. Thiraut, Ph.D., Anglo-Sanskrit Professor Benares College. 
8vo. cloth, pp. 47, with 4 Plates. 5s. 

Thibant. — Contributions to the Explanation of Jyotisha-VedInga 
By G. Thibaut, Ph.D. 8vo. pp. 27. Is. &d. 

Triibner's Bibliotheca Sanscrita. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Litera- 
ture, chiefly printed in Europe. To which is added a Catalogue of Sanskrit 
Works printed in India ; and a Catalogue of Pali Books. Constantly for sale 
by Triibner & Co. Cr. 8vo. sd., pp. 84. 2s. 6d. 



104 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8j Co., 

Vardhamaua. — See Auctores Sanscriti, page 96. 

Vedarthayatna (The) ; or, an Attempt to Interpret the Vedas. A 
Marathi and English Translation of the Eig Veda, with the Original Samhita 
and Pada Texts in Sanskrit. Parts I. to XXVIII. 8to. pp. 1—896. Price 
38. 6d. each. 

Vishnu-Purana (The). — See page 45, and also " Wilson," page 105. 

Weber. — On the EImIyana. By Dr. ^lbbechi Webbb, Berlin. 

Translated from the German by the Rev. D. C. Boyd, M .A. Reprinted from 
" The Indian Antiquary." Fcap. 8vo. sewed, pp. 130. 5». 

Weber. — IwDiAif Liteeatijee. See page 3. 

Whitney. — Atharva Veda PkXti91khta ; or, Caunak(ya Caturadhya- 
yika, (The). Text, Translation, and Notes. By William U. Whitney, Pro- 
fessor of Sanskrit in Yale College. 8vo. pp. 286, boards. £\ lis. &d. 

Whitney.!— Stjeta-Seddhakta (Translation of the) : A Text-book of 
Hindu Astronomy, with Notes and an Appendix, containing additional Notes 
and Tables, Calculations of Eclipses, a Stellar Map, and Indexes. By the 
Rev. E. Burgess. Edited by W. D. Whitney. 8vo. pp. iv. and 354, 
boards. £\ lis. 6d. 

Whitney. — TiiiTiEiTA-PElTigiKHTA, with its Commentary, the 

Tribhishyaratna : Text, Translation, and Notes. By W. D. Whitney, Prof, 
of Sanskrit in Yale College, Mew Haven. 8vo. pp. 469. 1871. £1 5s. 

Whitney. — Index Verbonim to the Published Text of the Atharva- 
Veda. By William Dwight Whitney, Professor in Yale College. (Vol. XII. of 
the American Oriental Society). Imp. 8vo. pp. 384, wide margin, wrapper. 
1881. £1 5a. 

Whitney. — A Sanskrit Geammak, including both the Classical Lan- 
guage, and the Older Language, and the Older Dialects, of Veda and Srahmana. 
8vo. cloth, pp. - [New JBdition,. in the Tress. 

Whitney. — The Roots, Veeb-Poems, and Pbimaet Deeivatives of the 
Sanskrit Langdage. A Supplement to his Sanskrit Grammar. By William 
Dwight Whitney. Demy 8vo. pp. xiv.— 250, cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d. 

Williams. — A DicTioNAEr, English and Sansceit. By Sie 

Monies. Monieh-Williams, K.C.I.E., M.A. Published under the Patronage 
of the Hon East India Company. 4to. pp. xii. 862, cloth. 1851. £3 3s. 

Williams. — A Sanskeit-English Dictionaet, Etymologically and 
Philologically arranged, with special reference to Greek, Latin, German, Anglo- 
Saxon, English, and other cognate Indo-European Languages. By Sir Monieb 
MoNiER-WiLLiAMS, K.C.I.E., M.A., Boden Professor of Sanskrit. 4to. cloth, 
pp. XXV. and 1186. £4 14s. 6d. 

Williams. — A Peacticai Geammae of the Sanskrit Language, ar- 
ranged with reference to the Classical Languages of Europe, for the use of 
English Students, by Sir Moniek Monier- Williams, K.C.I.E., M.A. 1877. 
Fourth Edition, Revised. 8vo. cloth. ]5s. 

Wilson.— Works of the late Horace Hayman "Wilson, M.A., P.R.S., 

etc., and Boden Prof, of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford. 12 vols. Demy- 
Vols. I. and II. Essays and Lectures, chiefly on the Beligion of the 
Hindus. Collected and Edited by Dr. E. Rost. 2 vols. pp. xiii. and 399, 
vi. and 416. 21s. Vols. Ill, IV. and V. Essays Analytical, Critical, 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 105 

AND Philological, on Subjects connected -wiia Sanskkit LiTERATunE. 
Collected and Edited by Dr. R. RoST. 3 vols. pp. 408, 406, and 390. 36«. 
Vols. VI., VII., VIII, IX. and X., Part I. Vishnu PckXnX, a System op 
Hindu Mythology and Tradition. Vols. I. to V. Translated from the 
original Sanskrit, and Illustrated by Notes derived chiefly from other Purtin&s. 
Edited by F. Hall, M.A., D.C.L., Oxon. pp. cxl. and 200; 344; 344; 
346. 21. lis. 6rf. Vol. X., Part 2, containing the Index to, and completing 
the Vishnu Purina,, compiled by F. Hall. pp. 268. 12s. Vols. XI. and XII. 
Select Specimens of the Theatre op the Hindus. Translated from the 
Original Sanskrit. 3rd corrected Ed. 2 vols. pp. Ixi. and 384 ; and iv. and 
418 218. 

Wilson. — Select Specimens of the Theatee op the Hindus. Trans- 
lated from the Original Sanskrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. 
Third corrected edition. 2 vols. 8vo.,pp. Ixxi. and 384; iv. and 41 8, cloth. 2 Is. 

Contents. — Vol. I. — Preface — Treatise on the Dramatic System of the Hindus— Dramas trans- 
lated from the Original Sanskrit — The Mrichchakati, or the Toy Cart — Vikrama and 
Urvasi, or the Hero and the Nymph— TJttara K&ma Charitra, or continuation of 
the History ofE&ma. Vol. II.— Dramas translated from the Original Sanskrit — 
Mal&ti and MSdhava, or the Stolen Marriage— Mudr4 Bakshasa, or the Signet of 
the Minister — Ratafivall, or the Necklace — Appendix, containing short accounts of 
different Dramas. 

Wilson. — A. DicTiONAET in San^skeit and English. Translated, 
amended, and enlarged from an original compilation prepared by learned Natives 
for the College of Fort "William by H. H. Wilson. The Third Edition edited 
by Jagunmohana Tarkalankara and Khettramohana Mookerjee. Published by 
Gyanendrachandra Eayachoudhuri and Brothers. 4to. pp. 1008. Calcutta, 
1874. £3 3s. 

Wilson (H. H ). — See also Megha Duta, Eig-Yeda, and Vishnu- 

PurfmSi. 

Yajnrveda. — The "White Tajtjeveda in the Madhtandina Kecen- 

SION. "With the Commentary of Mahidhara. Complete in 36 parts. Large 
square 8to. pp. 571. £i 10». 

SERBIAN. 

MorfiU. — Simplified Serbian Geammae. By "W. E. Moefill, M.A., 
Crown 8vo. pp. viii. and 72, cloth. 1887. 4s. 6rf. 

SHAN. 

Gushing. — Geammae of the Shan Language. By the Eev. J. N. 

Gushing. Large 8vo. pp. xii. and 60, boards. Rangoon, 1871. 9s. 
Gushing. — Elementary Handbook of the Shan Language. By the 

Eev. J. N. Gushing, M A. Small 4to. boards, pp. i. and 122. 1880. 12s. &d. 
Gushing. — A Shan and EngUsh Dictionary. By J. N. Gushing, M.A. 

Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 600. 1881. £1 Is. &d. 

SINDHI. 

Trumpp. — Geammae of the Sindhi Language. Compared with the 
Sanskrit, Prakrit, and the Cognate Indian Vernaculars. By Dr. Ernest 
Trumpp. Printed by order of Her Majesty's Government for India. Demy 
8vo. sewed, pp. xvi, and 590. 15s. 



106 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8f Co., 

SINHALESE. 

Aratchy. — Athetha "Waxya Dbepajsta, or a Collection of Sinhalese 
Proverbs, Maxims, Fables, etc. Translated into English. By A. M. S. 
Aratcht. 8to. pp. iv. and 84, sewe-l. Colombo, 1881. 2s. 6d. 

D'Alwis. — A Desceiptive Cataxo&tte of Sanskrit, Pali, and Sinhalese 
Literary Works of Ceylon. By James D'Alwis, M.B.A.S. Vol. I. (all pub- 
lished) pp. xxxii. and 244, sewed. 1877. Ss. 6d. 

Childers. — Notes on the Sinhalese Language. No. 1. On the 

Formation of the Plural of Neuter Nouns. By the late Prof. E. C. Childebs. 
Demy 8vo. sd., pp. 16. 1873. Is. 
Mahawansa (The)-^THE Mahawansa. From the Thirty-Seventh 

Chapter. Kevised and edited, under orders of the Ceylon Government, by 
H. Sumangala, and Don Andris de Silva Batuwantudavra. Vol. I. Fall Text 
in Sinhalese Character, pp. xxxii. and 436. — Yol. II. Sinhalese Translation, 
pp. lii. and 378, half-bound. Colombo, 1877. £2 2s. 
Steele. — An Easteen Love-Sioet. Eusa Jatakaya, a Buddhistic 
Legend. Rendered, for the first time, into English Verse (with notes) from the 
Sinhalese Poem of Alagiyavanna Mohottala, by Thomas Steele, Ceylon 
Civil Service. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and 260. London, 1871. 6s. 



SUAHILI. 

Erapf. — DicTioNAET of the Stjahtli Language. By the Est. Dr. L. 
Krapp. With Introduction, containing an ontUne of a Suahili Grammar. 
The Preface contains a most interesting account of Dr. Krapf's philological 
researches respecting the large family of African Languages extending from the 
Equator to the Cape of Good Hope, from the year 1843, up to the present time. 
Royal 8vo. pp. xl.-434, cloth. 1882. 30s. 



SWEDISH. 

Otte. — SiMPLmED Geammae ov the Stvddise Language. By E. G. 
Otte. Crown 8vo. pp. xii.— 70, cloth. 1884. 2s. Gd. 



8YRIA0. 
Gottheil. — A Teeatise on Steiac Geammae. By Mae(i) Elia op Sob'^a. 

Edited and Translated from the Manuscripts in the Berlin Royal Library by 
E. J. H. Gottheil. Royal 8vo. pp. 174, cloth. 1887. 12s. 6d. 

Kalilah and Dimnah (The Book of). Translated from Arabic into 
Syriao. Edited by W. "Wright, LL.D., Professor of Arabic in the University 
of Cambridge. 8vo. pp. lxxxii.-408, cloth. 1884. 21s. 

Phillips.^THE DocTEiNE OP Abdai THE AposTiE. Now first Edited 
in a Complete Form in the Original Syriao, with an English Translation and 
Notes. By George Phillips, D.D., President of Queen's College, Cambridge. 
8vo. pp. 122, cloth. 7s. 6d. 

Stoddard. — Geammae oe the Modeen Steiac Language, as spoken in 
OroOmiah, Persia, and in Koordistan. By Rev. D. T. Stoddabb, Missionary of 
the American Board in Persia. DemySvo. bds., pp. 190. 10s. 6d. 



67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. 107 

TAMIL. 

Catalogue of Tamil BooTcs sold by Messrs, Triibner ^ Co. post free for penny stamp. 

BeSCM. CLA.TIS HuMAIflOETTM LlTTBRAEUM SnELlMIOBIS TaMTJLICI IdIO- 

MATis. Auctore E. P. Constantio Josepho Beschio, Soo. Jesu, in Madurensi 
Regno Missionario. Edited by the Eev. K. Ihlefeld, and printed for A. 
Burnell, Esq., Tranquebar. 8vo. sewed, pp. 171. lOs. &d. 

Lazarus. — A Tamil Geammae, Designed for use in Colleges and Schools. 
By J. LAZAET7S. 12mo. cloth, pp. viii. and 230. London, 1-879. 5s. Qd. 



TELUGU. 

Catalogue of Teluffu Books sold hy Messrs. Trubner ^ Co. post free for penny stamp, 

Arden. — A Peogeessfvi; Geammae of the Teltjgtj LANeuAGE, with 
Copious Examples and Exercises. In Three Parts. Part I. Introduction. — 
On the Alphabet and Orthography. — Outline Grammar, and Model Sentences. 
Part II. A Complete Grammar of the Colloquial Dialect. Part III. On the 
Grammatical Dialect used in Books. By A. H. Arden, M. A.., Missionary of 
the C. M. S. Masulipatam. 8vo. sewed, pp. xiv. and 380. IBs. 

Arden. — ^A CoMPANioif Telugu Reader to Arden's Progressive Telugu 
Grammar. 8vo. cloth, pp. 130. Madras, 1879. Is, 6d. 

Carr. — ft3-o[j?er*§ J^iToj^S'. a Collection of Telugu Peoteebs, 
Translated, Illustrated, and Explained ; together with some Sanscrit Proverbs 
printed in the DevanSgari and Telugu Characters. By Captain M. W. Cake, 
Madras Staff Corps. One Vol. and Supplement, roy. 8vo. pp. 488 & 148. SU. Gd. 

TIBETAN. 

Csoma de Koros. — A Diciiowaet Tibetan and English (only). By 
A. Csoma de Koeos. 4to. cloth, pp. xxii. and 352. Calcutta, 1834. £2 2s. 

Csoma de Koros. — A Geammae of the Tibetan Language. By A. 
Csoma de Koeos. 4to. sewed, pp. xii. and 204, and 40. 1834. 25s. 

Jaschke. — A Tibetait-Estglish Dictionaet. With special reference to 
the prevailing dialects ; to which is added an English-Tibetan Vocabulary. By 
H. A. Jaschke, late Moravian Missionary at Kijelang, British Lahoul. Com- 
piled and published under the orders of the Secretary of State for India in 
Council. Royal 8vo. pp. xxii. -672, cloth. 30s. 

Jaschke. — Tibetan Geammae. By H. A. Jaschke. Crown 8vo. pp. 

viii. and 104, cloth. 1883. 6s. 
Lewin. — A Manual of Tibetan, being a Guide to the Colloquial Speech 

of Tibet, in a Series of Progressive Exercises, prepared with the assistance of 

Tapa Ugyen Gyatsho, by Major Thomas Herbebt Lewin. Oblong 4to. cloth, 

pp. xi. and 176. 1879. £1 Is. 
Schiefner. — Tibetan Tales. See " Trubner's Oriental Series," page 5. 



TUEKI. 
Shaw. — A Sketch of the Tueki Language. As Spoken in Eastern 
Turkistan (Kelshghar and Yarkand). By Robert Baeklay Shaw, F.U.G.S., 
Political Agent. In Two Parts. With Lists of Names of Birds and Plants 
by J. SouiLY, Surgeon, H.M. Bengal Army. 8vo. sewed. Part I., pp. 130. 
1875, 7s. 6d. 



108 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co. 

TUEKISH. 
Arnold. — A Simple Teassiitebai Grammae op the Tuekish LAiraTrAGE. 

Compiled from various sources. With Dialogues and Vocabulary. By Sir 
Edwin Arnold, M.A., K.C.I.E., etc. Pott 8vo. cloth, pp. 80. 1877. 2«. 6d. 

Gibb. — OTTQMAir Poems. Translated into English Verse in their 
Original Forms, with Introduction, Biographieal Notices, and Notes. Foap. 4to. 
pp. Ivi. and 272. "With a plate and 4 portraits. Cloth. By E. J. W. Gibb. 
1882. £1 Is. 

Gibb. — The Stoet of jEwaD, a Romance, by Ali Aziz Efendi, the 
Cretan. Translated from the Turkish, by E. J. "W. Gibb. 8vo. pp. xii. and 
238, cloth. 1884. 7s. 

Hopkins. — Elemeniaet Geammak op the Tue^ish Lau-guage. With 

a few Easy Exercises. By F. L. Hopkins, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Trinity 
Hall, Cambridge. Cr. 8vo. cloth, pp. 48. 1877. 3s. 6d. 

Redhonse. — On the History, System, and Varieties of Turkish Poetry, 
Illustrated by Selections in the Original, and in English Paraphrase. With a 
notice of the Islamic Doctrine of the Immortality of Woman's Soul. By J. W. 
Redhotjse. Demy 8vo. pp. 64, sewed. 1879. Is. 6d. ; cloth, 2s. 6d. 

Bedhonse. — The Turkish Campaignbe's VADE-MEOtrM op Ottoman 

CoiiLoauiAL Language ; containing a concise Ottoman Grammar ; a carefully 
selected Vocabulary, alphabetically arranged, in two parts, English and Turkish, 
and Turkish and English; also a few Familiar Dialogues ; the whole in English 
characters. By J. W. Redhodse, F.R.A.S. Third Edition. Oblong 32mo. 
pp. Tiii.-372, limp cloth. 1882. 6s. 

Redhoiise. — Oitoman-Tuekish Geammae. See page 50. 

Redhouse. — Tfekish and English Lexicon, showing in English the 
Significations of the Turkish Terms. By J. W. Eedhovse, M.E.A.S., etc. 
Parts I. to III. Imperial 8vo. pp. 960, paper covers. 1885. 27s. 



UMBEIAlSr. 
Newman. — The Text op the Igittine Inscriptions, with interlinear 

Latin Translation and Notes. By Fbancis W. Newman, late Professor of 
Latin at University College, London. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 54, sewed. 1868. 2s. 

URIYA. 

Browne. — An URiri. Primer in Edman Chaeactee. By J. F. Beowne, 
B.C.S. Crown 8vo. pp. 32, cloth. 1882. 2s. Gd. 

Maltby. — A Peacticai Handbook op the Ueiya or Obita Language. 
By Thomas J. Maxtby, Madras C.S. 8vo. pp. xiii. and 201. 1874. 10s. 6<;. 

500 



12,3,88. 



STEPHEN ACSTIN AND SONS, FBINTEBS, HEBTFOBD.